What is the LSo fault code and how do I fix it?

LSo stands for Low Speed Motor Step-Out and is detected when the drive detects step-out while running at low speed. Possible causes include an incorrectly set motor code, a load that is too heavy, or the drive incorrectly detecting the motor magnetic pole position. Solutions include setting E5-01 correctly, decreasing the load, setting b3-01 = 1 to enable Speed Search at Start, or performing High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning for IPM motors. Do a Fault Reset to clear the fault after resolving the root cause. (Page 2)

What software version is required for the GA800 to use the features described in this supplemental manual?

This supplemental manual applies to GA800 drives running software version S9022 or later. You can check the software version on the nameplate affixed to the side of the product, or by viewing monitor parameter U1-25. (Page 1)

Can droop control be used with PM Advanced Open Loop Vector control mode?

Yes, droop control can now be used when A1-02 = 6 [PM Advanced Open Loop Vector], which is a change from previous specifications. Key droop control parameters include b7-01 [Droop Control Gain], b7-02 [Droop Control Delay Time], and b7-03 [Droop Control Limit Selection]. Note that when the motor accelerates with Droop control enabled, the LSo detection level becomes L8-94 [Low Speed Pull-out Detect Level] plus the Droop control output. (Page 2)

What does the oPE08 parameter selection error mean and how do I resolve it?

The oPE08 error indicates a Parameter Selection Error caused by incompatible parameter settings when A1-02 = 6 [PM Advanced Open Loop Vector]. This occurs either when n8-57 = 0 and n8-94 = 1 [Feedback] are used together, or when b7-01 [Droop Control Gain] is not 0.0 and n8-94 = 0 [Reference] at the same time. The solution is to correct the conflicting parameter settings. (Page 3)

What communication protocols are supported by the JOHB-SMP3 option card?

The JOHB-SMP3 option card supports multiple communication protocols including MECHATROLINK-4, Modbus TCP/IP, PROFINET, EtherNet/IP, and EtherCAT. To use MECHATROLINK-4 communication, JOHB-SMP3 software version S8208 (MECHATROLINK-4: Ver8000) or later is required. You can check the communication protocol software version by starting the applicable protocol and checking monitor U6-97. (Page 4)

How do I set the MECHATROLINK station address for the JOHB-SMP3 option?

The station address for MECHATROLINK communication is set using parameter F6-20, and you must cycle power on the drive after changing the parameter for it to take effect. For MECHATROLINK-4 (JOHB-SMP3), the valid range is 0000h to FFEFh, with a default of 0021h. If set to 0000h, the option uses the station address from when the previous cyclic communication was established; on first use, it defaults to 0021h. All station addresses must be unique, as incorrect settings will cause AEr [Station Address Setting Error] errors. (Page 6)

What is the Keypad Button Status Monitor and how does it work?

The Keypad Button Status Monitor is a newly added monitor (U5-92) that controls target bits based on key operations on the keypad, useful for setting operation sequences on a host controller or in DWEZ. Bit0 corresponds to the left key, bit1 to the right key, and bit2 to pressing the left and right keys simultaneously; bits 3 through 7 are not used. This function only operates in Drive Mode — in other modes, the value of U5-92 does not change. (Page 8)

Is it safe to use the Keypad Button Status Monitor (U5-92) to operate and stop the drive?

No — the manual includes an explicit safety warning stating that you must not create a host controller program or DriveWorksEZ program that references U5-92 to operate and stop the drive. Mishandling this monitor in that way may damage the drive or cause death or serious injury. (Page 8)

How do I apply a filter to motor speed readings over MEMOBUS/Modbus communications?

You can apply a filter to motor speed readings by setting parameter H5-18 [Motor Speed Filter over Comms], which sets the filter time constant in milliseconds (range: 0 to 100 ms, default: 0 ms). This filter applies to MEMOBUS/Modbus registers 003EH, 003FH, 0044H, 00ACH, and 00ADH, which correspond to output frequency and motor speed (U1-05) values. (Page 10)

What causes the oL7 High Slip Braking Overload fault and how can I fix it?

The oL7 fault is triggered when High Slip Braking overloads the drive, with common causes including excessive load inertia, an external force rotating the motor, something preventing deceleration on the load side, too small a value in n3-04 [HSB Overload Time], or high input voltage. To resolve it, you can decrease deceleration times in C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, and C1-08, use a braking resistor, increase the value in n3-04 (up to a maximum of 1200 s), increase n3-08 [HSB Speed Drop Voltage Level 1], or decrease n3-30 [HSB Speed Drop Voltage Hysteresis]. (Page 12)

What should I do if I receive a 'LSo' fault code?

Do a Fault Reset to clear the LSo (Low Speed Motor Step-Out) fault. Ensure correct motor code settings in E5-01, adjust load, repair issues on the load side causing movement from external forces, and configure speed search and polarity detection correctly.

How do I resolve an 'oPE08' parameter setting error?

Correct the parameter settings. Adjust n8-57 to enabled and change n8-94 [Flux Position Estimation Method] from reference to feedback, or ensure b7-01 [Droop Control Gain] ≠ 0.0.

What communication protocols does Ga800 support?

The GA800 supports CC-Link, DeviceNet, Mechatrolink-Ii, LonWorks, Modbus TCP/IP (including JOHB-SMP3), Profinet with JOHB-SMP3 option models, Profibus-Dp, EtherNet/IP, CANopen, and EtherCAT.

How can the filter time constant be applied during communications?

Set H5-18 parameter to an appropriate value between 0 and 100 milliseconds. This applies the filter to motor speed in MEMOBUS/Modbus registers like U1-05 (Motor Speed).

What are some common causes of a 'High Slip Braking Overload' fault?

Causes include large load inertia, insufficient braking resistor, external forces on the load side, incorrect HSB settings, and high input voltage. Solutions involve adjustments to deceleration times, n3-08 parameters for speed drop voltage levels, and braking configuration.

How does Droop Control work in specific control modes?

Droop Control is possible when A1-02 = 6 (PM Advanced Open Loop Vector) only for PM motors, and can help distribute motor loads by setting b7-01 [Gain] and b7-03 [Limit Selection].

What parameters need to be set for improved high slip braking operation?

New parameters n3-08 and n3-09 control the voltage levels that cause speed drops during high slip braking, while n3-30 sets hysteresis. Adjust as necessary based on voltage class standard.

How do I prevent host controller programs or DriveWorksEZ operations from triggering drive safety risks?

Avoid referencing U5-92 [Keypad Button Status Monitor] in host controller or DriveWorksEZ programs to control operating and stopping the drive. This may cause damage, injury, or death if mishandled.

How do I monitor frequency and speed during MEMOBUS communications?

Set H5-18 [Motor Speed Filter over Comms] parameter to the desired filter time constant for monitoring output frequency or motor speed during MEMOBUS/Modbus interactions.

How do I set the access level to 'Expert Level' on my GA800 drive?

Set A1-01 [Access Level Selection] to value 3; this allows full parameter access for expert settings. (Page 175)

What steps do I follow to initialize the parameters of my GA800 drive?

Set A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] to either No Initialization, User Initialization, 2-Wire Initialization, or 3-Wire Initialization to reset all settings accordingly. (Page 177)

How do I change the control method for my GA800 drive?

Change A1-02 [Control Method Selection] to desired value setting between V/f Control, V/f with Encoder, Open Loop Vector, Closed Loop Vector, Advanced OL Vector, PM Vector Control methods. (Page 176)

What is the procedure for bi-directional speed search on my GA800 drive?

Set b3-14 [Bi-directional Speed Search] to value 1; this allows the direction of Speed Search based on reference or detected motor rotation. (Pages 216, 125)

How do I enable DC injection braking for my GA800 drive?

Set b2-04 [DC Inject Braking Time at Stop] and related parameters (b2-01, b2-03) to configure the stopping method with DC Injection. Ensure selection is 'Ramp to Stop'. (Page 209)

How do I set up frequency reference input from an analog source for my GA800 drive?

Set b1-01 [Frequency Reference Selection 1] to value 1, indicating that the Frequency Reference is coming from an Analog Input; set up your analog signal accordingly. (Page 194)

How do I enable DC injection braking at start-up for my GA800 drive?

Adjust b2-03 [DC Inject Braking Time at Start] parameter as per application requirement to activate DC Injection Braking on startup. Ensure the selected Stopping Method enables braking. (Page 208)

How do I configure the station address for MECHATROLINK-4?

Set F6-20 parameter to a unique value between 0000h to FFEFh. Ensure all addresses are distinct; invalid settings cause AEr [Station Address Setting Error] faults.

How do I set up digital input reading protection against noise for my GA800 drive?

Set b1-06 [Digital Input Reading] to double scan option (value 1) to prevent malfunctions due to noise interruptions. (Page 201)

What steps are necessary for tuning the drive's acceleration and deceleration times?

Tune C1-01 [Accel Time] and/or C1-02 [Decel Time] parameters as per motor start-stop requirements to optimize machine performance. (Page 247)

How do I set up an auto-tuning procedure for my GA800 drive?

Follow the procedures described in Section T of the manual, selecting tuning modes that match your motor type and application needs. Consult detailed instructions within this section for setting parameters to activate auto-tuning processes. (Page 532)

Yaskawa Ga800 Variable Speed Drive — Manual, FAQ & Troubleshooting

Name: Yaskawa Ga800 Variable Speed Drive
Brand: Yaskawa

Page 1

![image 1](GA800-Programming-Manual_images/imageFile1.png)

![image 2](GA800-Programming-Manual_images/imageFile2.png)

![image 3](GA800-Programming-Manual_images/imageFile3.png)

![image 4](GA800-Programming-Manual_images/imageFile4.png)

GA800 Drive

##### AC Drive for Industrial Applications

#### Programming

############ Catalog Code: GA80Uxxxxxxxx 240 V: 1 to 150 HP 480 V: 1 to 600 HP

![image 5](GA800-Programming-Manual_images/imageFile5.png)

############### PDF

![image 6](GA800-Programming-Manual_images/imageFile6.png)

![image 7](GA800-Programming-Manual_images/imageFile7.png)

Get the DriveWizard® Mobile Commissioning App

https://www.yaskawa.com/dwm

########## This Page Intentionally Blank

i.2 Using the Product Safely. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Explanation of Signal Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 General Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Warning Label Content and Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

######### 1. Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

1.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

1.2 How to Read the Parameter List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Icons and Terms that Identify Parameters and Control Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Page 2

Page 3

Page 4

Page 5

Page 6

Page 7

Page 8

Page 9

|NOTICE| |---| |This signal word identifies a property damage message that is not related to personal injury.|

######## ◆ General Safety

|General Precautions| |---| |• Some figures in the instructions include options and drives without covers or safety shields to more clearly show the inside of the drive. Replace covers and shields before operation. Use options and drives only as specified by the instructions.
• The figures in this manual are examples only. All figures do not apply to all products included in this manual.
• Yaskawa can change the products, specifications, and content of the instructions without notice to make the product and/or the instructions better.
• If you damage or lose these instructions, contact a Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office on the rear cover of the manual, and tell them the document number on the front cover to order new copies.
|

|DANGER| |---| |Do not ignore the safety messages in this manual. If you ignore the safety messages in this manual, it will cause serious injury or death. The manufacturer is not responsible for injuries or damage to equipment.

Electrical Shock Hazard

Do not examine, connect, or disconnect wiring on an energized drive. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment and wait for the time specified on the warning label at a minimum. The internal capacitor stays charged after the drive is de-energized. The charge indicator LED extinguishes when the DC bus voltage decreases below 50 Vdc. When all indicators are OFF, remove the covers before measuring for dangerous voltages to make sure that the drive is safe.

If you do work on the drive when it is energized, it will cause serious injury or death from electrical shock. The drive has internal capacitors that stay charged after you de-energize the drive.|

|WARNING| |---| |Crush Hazard Test the system to make sure that the drive operates safely after you wire the drive and set parameters. If you do not test the system, it can cause damage to equipment or serious injury or death.

Sudden Movement Hazard Before you do a test run, make sure that the setting values for virtual input and output function parameters are correct. Virtual input and output functions can have different default settings and operation than wired input and output functions. Incorrect function settings can cause serious injury or death.

Remove all personnel and objects from the area around the drive, motor, and machine and attach covers, couplings, shaft keys, and machine loads before you energize the drive. If personnel are too close or if there are missing parts, it can cause serious injury or death.

Examine the I/O signals and internal sequence with the engineer who made the DriveWorksEZ program before you operate the drive.

If you do not know how the drive will operate, it can cause serious injury or death. When you use DriveWorksEZ to make custom programming, the drive I/O terminal functions change from factory settings and the drive will not operate as written in this manual.

Electrical Shock Hazard Do not modify the drive body or drive circuitry. Modifications to drive body and circuitry can cause serious injury or death, will cause damage to the drive, and will void the warranty. Yaskawa is not responsible for modifications of the product made by the user. Only let approved personnel install, wire, maintain, examine, replace parts, and repair the drive. If personnel are not approved, it can cause serious injury or death. Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the drive is energized. If you touch the internal components of an energized drive, it can cause serious injury or death.

After the drive blows a fuse or trips a GFCI, do not immediately energize the drive or operate peripheral devices. Wait for the time specified on the warning label at a minimum and make sure that all indicators are OFF. Then check the wiring and peripheral device ratings to find the cause of the problem. If you do not know the cause of the problem, contact Yaskawa before you energize the drive or peripheral devices. If you do not fix the problem before you operate the drive or peripheral devices, it can cause serious injury or death.

Fire Hazard Do not use the main circuit power supply (Overvoltage Category III) at incorrect voltages. Operate the drive in the specification range of the input voltage on the drive nameplate. Voltages that are higher than the permitted nameplate tolerance can cause damage to the drive.

Install sufficient branch circuit short circuit protection as specified by applicable codes and this manual. The drive is suited for circuits that supply not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac maximum (200 V Class), 480 Vac maximum (400 V Class). Incorrect branch circuit short circuit protection can cause serious injury or death.

|

|CAUTION| |---| |Crush Hazard Tighten terminal cover screws and hold the case safely when you move the drive. If the drive or covers fall, it can cause moderate injury.|

|NOTICE| |---| |Use an inverter-duty motor or vector-duty motor with reinforced insulation and windings applicable for use with an AC drive.

If the motor does not have the correct insulation, it can cause a short circuit or ground fault from insulation deterioration.

When you touch the drive and circuit boards, make sure that you observe correct electrostatic discharge (ESD) procedures. If you do not follow procedures, it can cause ESD damage to the drive circuitry. Do not do a withstand voltage test or use a Megger insulation tester on the drive. These tests can cause damage to the drive. Do not operate a drive or connected equipment that has damaged or missing parts. You can cause damage to the drive and connected equipment.

Do not use steam or other disinfectants to fumigate wood for packaging the drive. Use alternative methods, for example heat treatment, before you package the components.

Gas from wood packaging fumigated with halogen disinfectants, for example fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine or DOP gas (phthalic acid ester), can cause damage to the drive.|

◆ Warning Label Content and Location The drive warning label is in the location shown in Figure i.1. Use the drive as specified by this information.

| | | |---|---| | | |

A - Warning label

Figure i.1 Warning Label Content and Location

Page 10

Page 11

Page 12

Page 13

Page 14

1.4 A: Initialization Parameters

####### 1.4 A: Initialization Parameters

◆ A1: Initialization

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |A1-00 (0100) RUN|Language Selection|Sets the language for the LCD keypad.

Note:

When you use A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] to initialize the drive, the drive will not reset this parameter.

0 : English
1 : Japanese
2 : German
3 : French
4 : Italian
5 : Spanish
6 : Portuguese
7 : Chinese
8 : Czech
9 : Russian
10 : Turkish
11 : Polish
12 : Greek

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 12)|175| |A1-01 (0101) RUN|Access Level Selection|Sets user access to parameters. The access level controls which parameters the keypad will display, and which parameters the user can set.

0 : Operation Only
1 : User Parameters
2 : Advanced Level
3 : Expert Level

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2 (0 - 3)|175| |A1-02 (0102)|Control Method Selection|Sets the control method for the drive application and the motor.

0 : V/f Control
1 : V/f Control with Encoder
2 : Open Loop Vector
3 : Closed Loop Vector
4 : Advanced Open Loop Vector
5 : PM Open Loop Vector
6 : PM Advanced Open Loop Vector
7 : PM Closed Loop Vector
8 : EZ Vector Control

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2 (0 - 8)|176| |A1-03 (0103)|Initialize Parameters|Sets parameters to default values. 0 : No Initialization 1110 : User Initialization 2220 : 2-Wire Initialization 3330 : 3-Wire Initialization

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3330)|177| |A1-04 (0104)|Password|Entry point for the password set in A1-05 [Password Setting]. The user can view the settings of parameters that are locked without entering the password. Enter the correct password in this parameter to change parameter settings.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0000 (0000 - 9999)|178| |A1-05 (0105)|Password Setting|Set the password to lock parameters and prevent changes to parameter settings. Enter the correct password in A1-04 [Password] to unlock parameters and accept changes.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0000 (0000 - 9999)|179| |A1-06 (0127)|Application Preset|Sets the drive to operate in selected application conditions.

0 : General-purpose
1 : Water Supply Pump 2
2 : Conveyor
3 : Exhaust Fan
4 : HVAC Fan
5 : Air Compressor

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 5)|179|

1.4 A: Initialization Parameters

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |A1-07 (0128)|DriveWorksEZ Function Selection|Sets the drive to operate with DriveWorksEZ.

0 : DWEZ Disabled
1 : DWEZ Enabled
2 : Enabled/Disabled wDigital Input

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|192| |A1-11 (111D) Expert|Firmware Update Lock|Protects the drive firmware. When you enable the protection, you cannot update the drive firmware.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|192| |A1-12 (1564)|Bluetooth ID|Sets the password necessary to use Bluetooth to control the drive with a smartphone or tablet.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|(0000 - 9999)|193|

######## ◆ A2: User Parameters

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |A2-01 to A2-32 (0106 - 0125)|User Parameters 1 to 32|You can select a maximum of 32 parameters for the drive and set them to parameters A201 to A2-32. The [User Parameters] section of the keypad main menu shows the set parameters. You can immediately access these set parameters.

Note:

Settings for A2-01 to A2-32 change when the A1-06 [Application Preset] value changes.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Parameters in GeneralPurpose Setup Mode

(Determined by A1-06)|193| |A2-33 (0126)|User Parameter Auto Selection|Sets the automatic save feature for changes to parameters A2-17 to A2-32 [User Parameters 17 to 32].

0 : Disabled: Manual Entry Required
1 : Enabled: Auto Save Recent Parms

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-06 (0, 1)|193|

####### 1.5 b: Application

◆ b1: Operation Mode Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Setting Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b1-01 (0180)|Frequency Reference Selection 1|Sets the input method for the frequency reference.

0 : Keypad
1 : Analog Input
2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications
3 : Option PCB
4 : Pulse Train Input

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 4)|194|

Page 15

|b1-02 (0181)|Run Command Selection 1|Sets the input method for the Run command.

0 : Keypad
1 : Digital Input
2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications
3 : Option PCB

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 3)|196| |b1-03 (0182)|Stopping Method Selection|Sets the method to stop the motor after removing a Run command or entering a Stop command.

Note: When A1-02 = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 [Control Method Selection = CLV, AOLV, OLV/PM, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM, EZOLV], the setting range is 0, 1, 3.

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : DC Injection Braking to Stop
3 : Coast to Stop with Timer

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3)|197| |b1-04 (0183)|Reverse Operation Selection|Sets the reverse operation function. Disable reverse operation in fan or pump applications where reverse rotation is dangerous.

0 : Reverse Enabled
1 : Reverse Disabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|200| |b1-05 (0184)|Operation Below Minimum Freq|Sets the drive operation when the frequency reference decreases to less than the value set in E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency].

0 : Operate at Frequency Reference
1 : Baseblock (Motor Coasts)
2 : Operate at Minimum Frequency
3 : Operate at Zero Speed

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3)|200| |b1-06 (0185)|Digital Input Reading|Sets the number of times that the drive reads the sequence input command to prevent malfunction because of noise.

0 : Single Scan
1 : Double Scan

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|201| |b1-07 (0186)|LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection|Sets drive response to an existing Run command when the drive receives a second Run command from a different location.

0 : Disregard Existing RUN Command
1 : Accept Existing RUN Command

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|202| |b1-08 (0187)|Run Command Select in PRG Mode|Sets the conditions for the drive to accept a Run command entered from an external source when using the keypad to set parameters.

0 : Disregard RUN while Programming
1 : Accept RUN while Programming
2 : Allow Programming Only at Stop

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|202| |b1-09 (0188) Expert|LOCAL/REMOTE Select during RUN|Sets the function that lets you use the during operation to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE Modes.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|203|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Setting Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b1-14 (01C3)|Phase Order Selection|Sets the phase order for output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3. This parameter can align the Forward Run command from the drive and the forward direction of the motor without changing wiring.

0 : Standard
1 : Switch Phase Order

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|203| |b1-15 (01C4)|Frequency Reference Selection 2|Sets the input method for frequency reference 2.

0 : Keypad
1 : Analog Input
2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications
3 : Option PCB
4 : Pulse Train Input

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 4)|203| |b1-16 (01C5)|Run Command Selection 2|Sets the input method for Run Command 2 when the user switches the control circuit terminals ON/OFF to change the Run command source.

0 : Keypad
1 : Digital Input
2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications
3 : Option PCB

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3)|205| |b1-17 (01C6)|Run Command at Power Up|Sets drive response when energizing a drive that has an external Run command. Set this parameter in applications where energizing or de-energizing the drive enables the Run command.

0 : Disregard Existing RUN Command
1 : Accept Existing RUN Command

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|206| |b1-21 (0748) Expert|CLV Start Selection|Sets the conditions for the drive to accept a Run command when A1-02 = 3, 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV, CLV/PM]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Reject RUN if b2-011 : Accept RUN Command at Any Speed

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|206| |b1-35 (1117) Expert|Digital Input Deadband Time|Sets the deadband time for MFDIs.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 ms (0.0 to 100.0 ms)|207|

######## ◆ b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b2-01 (0189)|DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold|Sets the frequency to start DC Injection Braking, Short Circuit Braking, and Zero Servo. Note: This parameter is available when b1-03 = 0 [Stopping Method Selection = Ramp to Stop].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.0 - 10.0 Hz)|207| |b2-02 (018A)|DC Injection Braking Current|Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50% (0 - 100%)|208| |b2-03 (018B)|DC Inject Braking Time at Start|Sets the DC Injection Braking Time at stop. Sets the time of Zero Speed Control at start when A1-02 = 3, 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV, CLV/PM].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|A1-02 = 4: 0.03 s Other than A1-02 = 4: 0.00 s (0.00 - 10.00 s)|208| |b2-04 (018C)|DC Inject Braking Time at Stop|Sets the DC Injection Braking Time at stop. Sets the time of Zero Speed Control at stop when A1-02 = 3, 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV, CLV/PM].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.00 - 10.00 s)|209| |b2-08 (0190)|Magnetic Flux Compensation Value|Sets how much current the drive injects when DC Injection Braking at Start starts (Initial Excitation) as a percentage of E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0% (0 - 1000%)|209| |b2-12 (01BA)|Short Circuit Brake Time @ Start|Sets the Short Circuit Braking time at start.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 s (0.00 - 25.50 s)|209|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b2-13 (01BB)|Short Circuit Brake Time @ Stop|Sets the Short Circuit Braking time at stop.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|A1-02 8: 0.00 s Other than A1-02 8: 0.50 s (0.00 - 25.50 s)|210| |b2-18 (0177)|Short Circuit Braking Current|Sets the Short Circuit Braking Current as a percentage of the motor rated current.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the motor rated current.

• A1-02 = 5, 6 [OLV/PM, AOLV/PM]: E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]
• A1-02 8 [EZOLV]: E9-06 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (0.0 - 200.0%)|210|

######## ◆ b3: Speed Search

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---|

Page 16

|b3-01 (0191)|Speed Search at Start Selection|Sets the Speed Search at Start function where the drive will perform Speed Search with each Run command.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0, 1)|214| |b3-02 (0192)|SpeedSearch Deactivation Current|Sets the current level that stops Speed Search as a percentage of the drive rated output current. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0 - 200%)|214| |b3-03 (0193)|Speed Search Deceleration Time|Sets the deceleration time during Speed Search operation. Set the length of time to decelerate from the maximum output frequency to the minimum output frequency.

Note:

When A1-02 8 [Control Method Selection EZOLV], this parameter takes effect only in Expert Mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2.0 s (0.1 - 10.0 s)|214| |b3-04 (0194)|V/f Gain during Speed Search|Sets the ratio used to reduce the V/f during searches to reduce the output current during speed searches.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04 (10 - 100)|215| |b3-05 (0195)|Speed Search Delay Time|Sets the Speed Search delay time to activate a magnetic contactor installed between the drive and motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.2 s (0.0 - 100.0 s)|215| |b3-06 (0196) Expert|Speed Estimation Current Level 1|Sets the level of current that flows to the motor during Speed Estimation Speed Search as a coefficient of the motor rated current. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04 (0.0 - 2.0)|215| |b3-07 (0197) Expert|Speed Estimation Current Level 2|Sets the level of current that flows to the motor during Speed Estimation Speed Search as a coefficient of E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current] or E4-03 [Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 (0.0 - 3.0)|215| |b3-08 (0198)|Speed Estimation ACR P Gain|Sets the proportional gain for the automatic current regulator during Speed Estimation Speed Search. Also adjusts speed search responsiveness. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 and o2-04

(0.00 - 6.00)|215| |b3-09 (0199)|Speed Estimation ACR I Time|Sets the integral time for the automatic current regulator during Speed Estimation Speed Search. Also adjusts speed search responsiveness. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 when A1-02 ≠ 5

20.0 when A1-02 = 5 (0.0 - 1000.0 ms)|216| |b3-10 (019A) Expert|Speed Estimation Detection Gain|Sets the gain to correct estimated frequencies from Speed Estimation Speed Search.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.05 (1.00 - 1.20)|216|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b3-14 (019E)|Bi-directional Speed Search|Sets the direction of Speed Search to the direction of the frequency reference or in the motor rotation direction as detected by the drive.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled Note:

• Refer to page 125 for information about the initial value of b3-14 [Bi-directional Speed Search] that applies when you set these parameters:

–A1-02 0, 2, 8 [Control Method Selection V/f, OLV, EZOLV]
–E9-01 0 [Motor Type Selection Induction (IM)]
–b3-24 = 1 [Speed Search Method Selection = Speed Estimation Speed Search]

• The initial value of b3-14 is 0 when you set these parameters:

–A1-02 = 0, 2, 8
–E9-01 0
–b3-24 2 [Current Detection 2]

• Refer to page 125 for information about the initial value of b3-14 that applies when you set these parameters:

–A1-02 = 1, 4, 8 [CL-V/f, AOLV, EZOLV]
–E9-01 1, 2 [Permanent Magnet (PM), Synchronous Reluctance (SynRM)]

• When you change A1-02, b3-24, and E9-01, also set b3-14.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 and b3-24 (0, 1)|216| |b3-17 (01F0) Expert|Speed Est Retry Current Level|Sets the current level for the search retry function in Speed Estimation Speed Search as a percentage where drive rated current is a setting value of 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|150% (0 - 200%)|216| |b3-18 (01F1) Expert|Speed Est Retry Detection Time|Sets the length of time that the drive will wait to retry Speed Estimation Speed Search when too much current flow stopped the Speed Search.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.10 s (0.00 - 1.00 s)|217| |b3-19 (01F2)|Speed Search Restart Attempts|Sets the number of times to restart Speed Search if Speed Search does not complete.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|3 times (0 - 10 times)|217| |b3-24 (01C0)|Speed Search Method Selection|Sets the Speed Search method when you start the motor or when you return power after a momentary power loss.

Note:

• The default setting is different for different control methods.

–A1-02 = 0, 2 [Control Method Selection = V/f, OLV]: 2
–A1-02 = 1 [CL-V/f]: 1
–A1-02 = 8 [EZOLV] and E9-01 = 0 [Motor Type Selection = Induction (IM)]: 2
–A1-02 = 8 and E9-01 ≠ 0: 1

• Set b3-24 = 1. If b3-24 = 2, the drive will detect oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2 (1, 2)|217| |b3-25 (01C8) Expert|Speed Search Wait Time|Sets the length of time the drive will wait to start the Speed Search Retry function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.5 s (0.0 - 30.0 s)|217| |b3-26 (01C7) Expert|Direction Determination Level|Sets the level to find the motor rotation direction. Increase the value if the drive cannot find the direction.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1000 (40 to 60000)|218| |b3-27 (01C9) Expert|Speed Search RUN/BB Priority|Sets the conditions necessary to start Speed Search.

0 : SS Only if RUN Applied Before BB
1 : SS Regardless of RUN/BB Sequence

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|218| |b3-29 (077C) Expert|Speed Search Back-EMF Threshold|Sets the induced voltage for motors that use Speed Search. The drive will start Speed Search when the motor induced voltage level is the same as the setting value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10% (0 - 10%)|218| |b3-31 (0BC0) Expert|Spd Search Current Reference Lvl|Sets the current level that decreases the output current during Current Detection Speed Search.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.50 (1.50 - 3.50)|218| |b3-32 (0BC1) Expert|Spd Search Current Complete Lvl|Sets the current level that completes Speed Search.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.20 (0.00 - 1.49)|218| |b3-33 (0B3F) Expert|Speed Search during Uv Selection|Sets the function that starts Speed Search at start-up if the drive detects a Uv [Undervoltage] when it receives a Run command.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|219|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b3-35 (0BC3) Expert|Low Back EMF Detection Level|Sets the Low Back EMF Detection Level. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10% (5 - 50%)|219| |b3-36 (0BC4) Expert|High Back EMF Detection Level|Sets the voltage level for Speed Search restart. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.970 (0.500 - 1.000)|219| |b3-54 (3123)|Search Time|Sets the length of time that the drive will run Speed Search.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|400 ms (10 - 2000 ms)|219| |b3-55 (3124) Expert|Current Increment Time|Sets the length of time that the drive will increase the current from zero current to the setting value of b3-06 [Speed Estimation Current Level 1].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 ms (10 - 2000 ms)|219| |b3-56 (3126)|InverseRotationSearch WaitTime|Sets the wait time until the drive starts inverse rotation search after it completes forward search when you do inverse rotation search during Current Detection Speed Search.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04 (0.1 - 5.0 s)|220| |b3-61 (1B96) Expert|Init Magnet Pole Estimation Gain|Adjusts the Initial Pole Detection response gain when A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM]. Set b3-61 > 0.0 for a general IPM motor.

The drive sets this value automatically when High Frequency Injection Tuning completes correctly.

Note:

• It is available when n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection].
• To adjust the Initial Pole Detection response gain when A1-02 = 5, 7 [OLV/PM, CLV/ PM], set n8-41 [HFI P Gain].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5.0 (-20.0 - +20.0)|220|

######## ◆ b4: Timer Function

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---|

Page 17

######## ◆ b5: PID Control

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b5-01 (01A5)|PID Mode Setting|Sets the type of PID control.

0 : Disabled
1 : Standard
2 : Standard (D on feedback)
3 : Fref + PID Trim
4 : Fref + PID Trim (D on feedback)
5 : Same as 7series & prior, b5-01=1
6 : Same as 7series & prior, b5-01=2
7 : Same as 7series & prior, b5-01=3
8 : Same as 7series & prior, b5-01=4 Note: Use settings 5 to 8 when the drive is a replacement for a previous generation drive.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 8)|227| |b5-02 (01A6) RUN|Proportional Gain (P)|Sets the proportional gain (P) that is applied to PID input.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.00 - 25.00)|228| |b5-03 (01A7) RUN|Integral Time (I)|Sets the integral time (I) that is applied to PID input.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 s (0.0 - 360.0 s)|228| |b5-04 (01A8) RUN|Integral Limit|Sets the upper limit for integral control (I) as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (0.0 - 100.0%)|228| |b5-05 (01A9) RUN|Derivative Time (D)|Sets the derivative time (D) for PID control. This parameter adjusts system responsiveness.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 s (0.00 - 10.00 s)|229| |b5-06 (01AA) RUN|PID Output Limit|Sets the maximum possible output from the PID controller as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (0.0 - 100.0%)|229| |b5-07 (01AB) RUN|PID Offset Adjustment|Sets the offset for the PID control output as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-100.0 - +100.0%)|229| |b5-08 (01AC) RUN Expert|PID Primary Delay Time Constant|Sets the primary delay time constant for the PID control output. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 s (0.00 - 10.00 s)|229| |b5-09 (01AD)|PID Output Level Selection|Sets the polarity of the PID output.

0 : Normal Output (Direct Acting)
1 : Reverse Output (Reverse Acting)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|229| |b5-10 (01AE) RUN|PID Output Gain Setting|Sets the amount of gain to apply to the PID output.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.00 - 25.00)|229|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b5-11 (01AF)|PID Output Reverse Selection|Sets the function that enables and disables reverse motor rotation for negative PID control output.

0 : Lower Limit is Zero
1 : Negative Output Accepted

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|230| |b5-12 (01B0)|Feedback Loss Detection Select|Sets the drive response to PID Feedback Low/High. Sets drive operation after the drive detects PID feedback Low/High.

0 : Digital Out Only, Always Detect
1 : Alarm + Digital Out, Always Det
2 : Fault + Digital Out, Always Det
3 : Digital Out Only, @ PID Enable
4 : Alarm + Digital Out, @PID Enable
5 : Fault + Digital Out, @PID Enable

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 5)|230| |b5-13 (01B1)|PID Feedback Loss Detection Lvl|Sets the level that triggers PID Feedback Loss [FbL] detection as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0% (0 - 100%)|231| |b5-14 (01B2)|PID Feedback Loss Detection Time|Sets the length of time that PID Feedback must be less than b5-13 [PID Feedback Loss Detection Lvl] to detect PID Feedback Loss [FbL].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 s (0.0 - 25.5 s)|231| |b5-15 (01B3)|PID Sleep Function Start Level|Sets the output level that triggers the PID Sleep function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.0 - 590.0)|231| |b5-16 (01B4)|PID Sleep Delay Time|Sets a delay time to start or stop the PID Sleep function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 25.5 s)|231| |b5-17 (01B5) RUN|PID Accel/Decel Time|Raises or lowers the PID setpoint using the acceleration and deceleration times set to the drive. This is a soft-starter for the PID setpoint.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|231| |b5-18 (01DC)|b5-19 PID Setpoint Selection|Sets the function that enables and disables b5-19 [PID Setpoint Value].

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|232| |b5-19 (01DD) RUN|PID Setpoint Value|Sets the PID setpoint when b5-18 = 1 [b5-19 PID Setpoint Selection = Enabled].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00% (0.00 - 100.00%)|232| |b5-20 (01E2)|PID Unit Selection|Sets the number of digits to set and show the PID setpoint.

0 : 0.01Hz units
1 : 0.01% units
2 : rev/min
3 : User Units

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 3)|232| |b5-34 (019F) RUN|PID Output Lower Limit Level|Sets the output lower limit for the PID control as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-100.0 - +100.0%)|232| |b5-35 (01A0) RUN|PID Input Limit Level|Sets the output upper limit for the PID control as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1000.0% (0.0 - 1000.0%)|233|

Page 18

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b5-36 (01A1)|PID High Feedback Detection Lvl|Sets the level that triggers Excessive PID Feedback [FbH] as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100% (0 - 100%)|233| |b5-37 (01A2)|PID High Feedback Detection Time|Sets the length of time that the PID feedback signal must be more than the level set in b536 [PID Feedback High Detection Lvl] to cause Excessive PID Feedback [FbH].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 s (0.0 - 25.5 s)|233| |b5-38 (01FE)|PID User Unit Display Scaling|Sets the value that the drive sets or shows as the PID setpoint when at the maximum output frequency.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by b5-20 (1 - 60000)|233| |b5-39 (01FF)|PID User Unit Display Digits|Sets the number of digits to set and show the PID setpoint.

0 : No Decimal Places (XXXXX)
1 : One Decimal Places (XXXX.X)
2 : Two Decimal Places (XXX.XX)
3 : Three Decimal Places (XX.XXX)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by b5-20 (0 - 3)|233| |b5-40 (017F)|Frequency Reference Monitor @PID|Sets the contents for monitor U1-01 [Frequency Reference] in PID control.

0 : U1-01 Includes PID Output
1 : U1-01 Excludes PID Output

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|234| |b5-47 (017D)|PID Trim Mode Output Reverse Sel|Sets reverse motor rotation when the PID control output is negative.

0 : Lower Limit is Zero
1 : Negative Output Accepted

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|234| |b5-53 (0B8F) RUN|PID Integrator Ramp Limit|Sets the responsiveness of PID control when the PID feedback changes quickly.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 Hz (0.0 - 10.0 Hz)|234| |b5-55 (0BE1)|PID Feedback Monitor Selection|Sets the monitor (Ux-xx) used as the PID Feedback. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|000 (000 - 999)|234| |b5-56 (0BE2)|PID Feedback Monitor Gain|Sets the gain for the monitor set in b5-55 [PID Feedback Monitor Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.00 - 10.00)|235| |b5-57 (11DD)|PID Feedback Monitor Bias|Sets the bias for the monitor specified in b5-55 [PID Feedback Monitor Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 (-10.00 - +10.00)|235| |b5-58 to b5-60: (1182 - 1184) RUN|PID Setpoints 2 to 4|Sets the PID setpoint when H1-xx = 3E or 3F [MFDI Function Selection = PID Setpoint Selection 1/2]. This value is a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00% (0.00 - 100.00%)|235| |b5-61 (119A)|PID Trim Mode Lower Limit Sel|Sets the function that adjusts the PID output in relation to the frequency reference.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|235| |b5-62 (119B)|PID Trim Mode Lower Limit Value|Sets the PID Trim Mode Lower Limit Value as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00% (0.00 - 100.00%)|236| |b5-63 (119C)|PID Differential FB Monitor Sel|Selects the monitor (Ux-xx) used as the PID Differential Feedback. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|000 (000 - 999)|236| |b5-64 (119D)|PID Differential FB Monitor Gain|Sets the gain for the monitor specified in b5-63 [PID Differential FB Monitor Sel].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.00 - 10.00)|236|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b5-65 (119F)|PID Differential FB Monitor Bias|Sets the bias for the monitor specified in b5-63 [PID Differential FB Monitor Sel].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 (-10.00 - +10.00)|236| |b5-66 (11DE)|PID Feedback Monitor Level|Sets the signal level for the monitor specified in b5-55 [PID Feedback Monitor Selection].

0 : Absolute
1 : Bi-directional (+/-)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|236| |b5-67 (11DF)|PID Differential FB Monitor Lvl|Sets the signal level for the monitor specified in b5-63 [PID Differential FB Monitor Sel].

0 : Absolute
1 : Bi-directional (+/-)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|236| |b5-89 (0B89) RUN|Sleep Method Selection|Sets sleep and wake up operation when using PID.

0 : Standard
1 : EZ Sleep/Wake-up

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|236| |b5-90 (0B90)|EZ Sleep Unit|Sets the measurement units for b5-91 [EZ Sleep Minimum Speed] and b5-92 [EZ Sleep Level].

0 : 0.1Hz units
1 : rev/min

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|237| |b5-91 (0B91) RUN|EZ Sleep Minimum Speed|Sets the minimum speed for the EZ Sleep/Wakeup function. This parameter uses the largest value from b5-91, b5-34 [PID Output Lower Limit Level], and d2-02 [Frequency Reference Lower Limit].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 Hz or 0 min-1 (r/min) (0.0 to 590.0 Hz or 0 to 35400 min-1 (r/min))|237| |b5-92 (0B92) RUN|EZ Sleep Level|Sets the value that the output frequency or motor speed must be less than for longer than b5-93 [EZ Sleep Time] to enter Sleep Mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 Hz or 0 min-1 (r/min) (0.0 to 590.0 Hz or 0 to 35400 min-1 (r/min))|237| |b5-93 (0B93) RUN|EZ Sleep Time|Sets the length of time that the output frequency or motor speed must be less than b5-92 [EZ Sleep Level] to enter Sleep Mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5.0 s (0.0 - 1000.0 s)|237| |b5-94 (0B94) RUN|EZ Sleep Wake-up Level|Sets the level at which the drive resumes operation when exiting Sleep Mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00% (0.00 - 600.00%)|237| |b5-95 (0B95)|EZ Sleep Wake-up Mode|Sets the wake-up mode to use when exiting Sleep Mode.

0 : Absolute
1 : Setpoint Delta

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|238| |b5-96 (0B96) RUN|EZ Sleep Wake-up Time|Sets the EZ Wake-up time.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 s (0.0 - 1000.0 s)|238|

######## ◆ b6: Dwell Function

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b6-01 (01B6)|Dwell Reference at Start|Sets the output frequency that the drive will hold momentarily when the motor starts.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 (Determined by A1-02)|238| |b6-02 (01B7)|Dwell Time at Start|Sets the length of time that the drive will hold the output frequency when the motor starts.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 10.0 s)|239| |b6-03 (01B8)|Dwell Reference at Stop|Sets the output frequency that the drive will hold momentarily when ramping to stop the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 (Determined by A1-02)|239| |b6-04 (01B9)|Dwell Time at Stop|Sets the length of time for the drive to hold the output frequency when ramping to stop the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 10.0 s)|239|

Page 19

◆ b7: Droop Control

◆ b8: Energy Saving

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b7-01 (01CA) RUN|Droop Control Gain|Sets the amount of deceleration when the torque reference is at 100% as a percentage of E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 100.0%)|240| |b7-02 (01CB) RUN|Droop Control Delay Time|Sets the responsiveness of Droop control. Decrease this setting when drive response is slow. Increase this setting when hunting or oscillation occur.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.05 s (0.03 - 2.00 s)|240| |b7-03 (017E)|Droop Control Limit Selection|Sets the Droop control limit function.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|240|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b8-01 (01CC)|Energy Saving Control Selection|Sets the Energy-saving control function.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled
2 : Automatic Optimization Note:

Setting 2 is available only when A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM] and in Expert Mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|240| |b8-02 (01CD) RUN Expert|Energy Saving Gain|Sets the gain for Energy-saving control.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.0 - 10.0)|241| |b8-03 (01CE) RUN Expert|Energy Saving Filter Time|Sets the responsiveness for Energy-saving control.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02， C6-01 and o2-04

(0.00 - 10.00 s)|241| |b8-04 (01CF) Expert|Energy Saving Coefficient Value|Sets the Energy-saving control coefficient to maintain maximum motor efficiency. The default setting is for Yaskawa motors.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by C6-01, E2-11, and o2-04

(0.00 - 655.00)|241| |b8-05 (01D0) Expert|Power Detection Filter Time|Sets the time constant to measure output power.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|20 ms (0 - 2000 ms)|241| |b8-06 (01D1) Expert|Search Operation Voltage Limit|Sets the voltage limit for Search Operation as a percentage of the motor rated voltage.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0% (0 - 100%)|241| |b8-16 (01F8) Expert|PM E-Save Coefficient Ki|Sets torque linearity. This parameter uses the Ki value from the motor nameplate. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.00 - 3.00)|242| |b8-17 (01F9) Expert|PM E-Save Coefficient Kt|Sets torque linearity. This parameter uses the Kt value from the motor nameplate. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.00 - 3.00)|242| |b8-18 (01FA) Expert|E-Save d-axis Current FilterTime|Sets the d-axis current reference filter time constant.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.100 s (0.000 - 5.000 s)|242| |b8-19 (0B40) Expert|E-Save Search Frequency|Sets the frequency of Energy-saving control search operations. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (10 - 300 Hz)|242| |b8-20 (0B41) Expert|E-Save Search Width|Sets the amplitude of Energy-saving control search operations.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 degrees (0.1 - 5.0 degrees)|243|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b8-21 (0B42) Expert|PM E-Save Search Gain|Sets the gain of Energy-saving control search operations.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.3Hz (0.1 - 20.0 Hz)|243| |b8-22 (0B43) Expert|PM E-Save Search LPF Cutoff Freq|Sets the frequency of the filter used to extract the high-efficiency phase from search operations. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 Hz (1.0 - 30.0 Hz)|243| |b8-23 (0B44) Expert|PM E-Save Search Limit|Sets the search operations output limit. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|15.0 degrees (0.0 - 30.0 degrees)|243| |b8-24 (0B45) Expert|PM E-Save High Freq ACR Gain|Sets the gain for high-frequency current control.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200.0 Hz (100.0 - 1000.0 Hz)|243| |b8-25 (0B46) Expert|PM E-Save Search Start Level|Sets the start level for search operations.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0% (0.0 - 100.0%)|243| |b8-26 (0B47) Expert|PM E-Save Power Setpoint|Sets a value to increase torque accuracy.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-10.0 - +10.0%)|244| |b8-28 (0B8B) Expert|Over Excitation Action Selection|Sets the function for excitation operation.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|244| |b8-29 (0B8C)|Energy Saving Priority Selection|Sets the priority of drive response between changes to the load or Energy-saving control. Enable this to prioritize energy-saving control. Disable this to prioritize tracking related to fast load changes, and prevent motor stall.

0 : Priority: Drive Response
1 : Priority: Energy Savings

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|244| |b8-50 (0B0D)|Standby Mode Selection|Sets the Standby Mode function.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|244| |b8-51 (0B01)|Standby Mode Wait Time|Sets the delay time before turning off the electromagnetic contactor after the drive stops.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|600 s (0 - 6000 s)|245|

Page 20

######## ◆ b9: Zero Servo

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |b9-01 (01DA)|Zero Servo Gain|Sets the responsiveness for the Zero Servo function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5 (0 - 100)|246| |b9-02 (01DB)|Zero Servo Completion Window|Sets the range to trigger an output terminal set for “Zero Servo Complete” during Zero Servo operation. Be sure to set the deviation from the Zero Servo start position.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 (0 - 16383)|246|

####### 1.6 C: Tuning

◆ C1: Accel & Decel Time

◆ C2: S-Curve Characteristics

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |C1-01 (0200) RUN|Acceleration Time 1|Sets the length of time to accelerate from zero to maximum output frequency.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|249| |C1-02 (0201) RUN|Deceleration Time 1|Sets the length of time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to zero.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|249| |C1-03 (0202) RUN|Acceleration Time 2|Sets the length of time to accelerate from zero to maximum output frequency.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|249| |C1-04 (0203) RUN|Deceleration Time 2|Sets the length of time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to zero.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|249| |C1-05 (0204) RUN|Acceleration Time 3|Sets the length of time to accelerate from zero to maximum output frequency.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|249| |C1-06 (0205) RUN|Deceleration Time 3|Sets the length of time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to zero.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|249| |C1-07 (0206) RUN|Acceleration Time 4|Sets the length of time to accelerate from zero to maximum output frequency.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|250| |C1-08 (0207) RUN|Deceleration Time 4|Sets the length of time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to zero.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|250| |C1-09 (0208) RUN|Fast Stop Time|Sets the length of time that the drive will decelerate to zero for a Fast Stop.

Note:

• Decelerating too quickly can cause an ov [Overvoltage] fault that shuts off the drive while the motor to coasts to a stop. Set a Fast Stop time in C1-09 that prevents motor coasting and makes sure that the motor stops quickly and safely.
• When L2-29 = 0 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1] and you do KEB Auto-Tuning, the drive will automatically set C1-09. If you must not change the Fast Stop time, do not do KEB Tuning.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|250| |C1-10 (0209)|Accel/Decel Time Setting Units|Sets the setting units for C1-01 to C1-08 [Accel/Decel Times 1 to 4], C1-09 [Fast Stop Time], L2-06 [Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time], and L2-07 [Kinetic Energy Backup Accel Time].

0 : 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)
1 : 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|250| |C1-11 (020A)|Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency|Sets the frequency at which the drive will automatically change acceleration and deceleration times.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.0 - 590.0 Hz)|251| |C1-14 (0264) RUN|Accel/Decel Rate Frequency|Sets the base frequency used to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 Hz (0.0 - 590.0 Hz)|251|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |C2-01 (020B)|S-Curve Time @ Start of Accel|Sets the S-curve acceleration time at start.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.00 - 10.00 s)|253| |C2-02 (020C)|S-Curve Time @ End of Accel|Sets the S-curve acceleration time at completion.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.20 s (0.00 - 10.00 s)|253|

ParameterList

1

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---|

Page 21

|C2-03 (020D)|S-Curve Time @ Start of Decel|Sets the S-curve deceleration time at start.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.20 s (0.00 - 10.00 s)|253| |C2-04 (020E)|S-Curve Time @ End of Decel|Sets the S-curve deceleration time at completion.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 s (0.00 - 10.00 s)|253|

######## ◆ C3: Slip Compensation

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |C3-01 (020F) RUN|Slip Compensation Gain|Sets the gain for the slip compensation function. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Note: Correctly set these parameters before changing the slip compensation gain:

• E2-01 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]
• E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip]
• E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.0 - 2.5)|254| |C3-02 (0210) RUN|Slip Compensation Delay Time|Sets the slip compensation delay time when speed is unstable or when the slip compensation response is too slow. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0 - 10000 ms)|254| |C3-03 (0211)|Slip Compensation Limit|Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of the motor rated slip.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200% (0 - 250%)|254| |C3-04 (0212)|Slip Compensation at Regen|Sets the slip compensation function during regenerative operation.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled Above 6Hz
2 : Enabled Above C3-15

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|255| |C3-05 (0213)|Output Voltage Limit Selection|Sets the automatic reduction of motor magnetic flux when the output voltage is saturated.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|255| |C3-16 (0261) Expert|Vout Modulation Limit Start Lvl|Sets the modulation factor that starts the output voltage limit operation when C3-05 1 [Output Voltage Limit Selection Enabled].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|90.0% (70.0 - 90.0%)|256| |C3-17 (0262) Expert|Vout Modulation Limit Max Level|Sets the modulation factor used with C3-18 [Output Voltage Limit Level] for the output voltage limit operation when C3-05 1 [Output Voltage Limit Selection Enabled].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (85.0 - 100.0%)|256| |C3-18 (0263) Expert|Output Voltage Limit Level|Sets the maximum drop width of the voltage reference when C3-05 = 1 [Output Voltage Limit Selection Enabled].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|90.0% (50.0 - 100.0%)|256| |C3-21 (033E) RUN|Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain|Sets the gain for the motor 2 slip compensation function. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Note: Correctly set these parameters before changing the slip compensation gain:

• E4-01 [Motor 2 Rated Current]
• E4-02 [Motor 2 Rated Slip]
• E4-03 [Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (0.0 - 2.5)|256| |C3-22 (0241) RUN|Motor 2 Slip Comp Delay Time|Sets the slip compensation delay time for motor 2 when speed is unstable or when the slip compensation response is too slow. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (0 - 10000 ms)|256| |C3-23 (0242)|Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit|Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of the motor 2 rated slip.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200% (0 - 250%)|256|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |C3-24 (0243)|Motor 2 Slip Comp during Regen|Sets the slip compensation during regenerative operation function for motor 2.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled Above 6Hz
2 : Enabled Above C3-15

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|257| |C3-28 (1B5B) Expert|Adaptive Slip Control Mode|Sets the slip compensation function mode.

0 : Normal
1 : Advanced

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|257|

######## ◆ C4: Torque Compensation

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |C4-01 (0215) RUN|Torque Compensation Gain|Sets the gain for the torque compensation function. Use this parameter value for motor 1 when operating multiple motors.

Note:

If A1-02 8 [Control Method Selection EZOLV], you cannot change the setting while the drive is running.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.00 - 2.50)|258| |C4-02 (0216) RUN|Torque Compensation Delay Time|Sets the torque compensation delay time. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Note:

If A1-02 8 [Control Method Selection EZOLV], you cannot change the setting while the drive is running.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0 - 60000 ms)|258| |C4-03 (0217)|Torque Compensation @ FWD Start|Set the amount of torque reference for forward start as a percentage of the motor rated torque.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 200.0%)|258| |C4-04 (0218)|Torque Compensation @ REV Start|Sets the amount of torque reference for reverse start as a percentage of the motor rated torque.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-200.0 - 0.0%)|259| |C4-05 (0219)|Torque Compensation Time|Sets the starting torque constant to use with C4-03 and C4-04 [Torque Compensation @ FWD/REV Start].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 ms (0 - 200 ms)|259| |C4-06 (021A)|Motor 2 Torque Comp Delay Time|Sets the value if ov [Overvoltage] occurs with sudden changes in the load, at the end of acceleration, or at the start of deceleration.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|150 ms (0 - 10000 ms)|259| |C4-07 (0341) RUN|Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain|Sets the gain for motor 2 torque compensation function when using the Motor Switch function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.00 - 2.50)|259| |C4-19 (0B8D) Expert|Torque Ripple Suppress Min Freq|Adjust this if slow oscillation occurs at low speeds. Increase this parameter in 1.0 Hz increments when current ripples and torque ripples occur during low-speed operation. Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable the function if increasing the value does not fix the problem. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.1 Hz (0.0 - 10.0 Hz)|259| |C4-20 (0BCB) Expert|Voltage Compensation Adjust 1|Sets voltage precision compensation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|120 (0 - 200)|260| |C4-21 (0BCC) Expert|Voltage Compensation Adjust 2|Sets voltage precision compensation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5 (0 - 10)|260| |C4-23 (1583) RUN Expert|Current Control Gain|Current control gain. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.50 - 2.50)|260|

Page 22

######## ◆ C5: Auto Speed Regulator (ASR)

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |C5-01 (021B) RUN|ASR Proportional Gain 1|Sets the gain to adjust ASR response.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.00 - 300.00)|264| |C5-02 (021C) RUN|ASR Integral Time 1|Sets the ASR integral time.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.000 - 60.000 s)|264| |C5-03 (021D) RUN|ASR Proportional Gain 2|Sets the gain to adjust ASR response.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.00 - 300.00)|264| |C5-04 (021E) RUN|ASR Integral Time 2|Sets the ASR integral time.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.000 - 60.000 s)|264| |C5-05 (021F)|ASR Limit|Set the ASR output limit as a percentage of E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5.0% (0.0 - 20.0%)|265| |C5-06 (0220)|ASR Delay Time|Sets the filter time constant of the torque reference output from the speed loop. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.000 - 0.500 s)|265| |C5-07 (0221)|ASR Gain Switchover Frequency|Sets the frequency where the drive will switch between these parameters:

C5-01 and C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain 1/2]
C5-02 and C5-04 [ASR Integral Time 1/2]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (Determined by A1-02)|265| |C5-08 (0222)|ASR Integral Limit|Set the upper limit of the ASR integral amount as a percentage of the rated load.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|400% (0 - 400%)|265| |C5-12 (0386)|Integral Operation @ Accel/Decel|Sets ASR integral operation during acceleration and deceleration.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|265| |C5-17 (0276) Expert|Motor Inertia|Sets the motor inertia.

Note:

The default settings and the display units for setting ranges are different for different drive models.

• 0.0001 kgm2 units (setting range: 0.0001 kgm2 to 6.0000 kgm2): 2004 to 2021, 4002 to 4012
• 0.001 kgm2 units (setting range: 0.001 kgm2 to 60.000 kgm2): 2030 to 2211, 4018 to 4103
• 0.01 kgm2 units (setting range: 0.01 kgm2 to 600.00 kgm2): 2257 to 2415, 4140 to 4720

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01, and E5-01

(0.0001 - 600.00 kgm2)|266| |C5-18 (0277) Expert|Load Inertia Ratio|Sets the load inertia ratio for the motor inertia.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 (0.0 - 6000.0)|266| |C5-21 (0356) RUN|Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1|Sets the gain to adjust ASR response for motor 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (0.00 - 300.00)|266| |C5-22 (0357) RUN|Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1|Sets the ASR integral time for motor 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (0.000 - 60.000 s)|266| |C5-23 (0358) RUN|Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 2|Sets the gain to adjust ASR response for motor 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (0.00 - 300.00)|267| |C5-24 (0359) RUN|Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2|Sets the ASR integral time for motor 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (0.000 - 60.000 s)|267| |C5-25 (035A)|Motor 2 ASR Limit|Set the motor 2 ASR output limit as a percentage of E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5.0% (0.0 - 20.0%)|267| |C5-26 (035B)|Motor 2 ASR Delay Time|Sets the motor 2 filter time constant of the torque reference output from the speed loop. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (0.000 - 0.500 s)|267|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |C5-27 (035C)|Motor 2 ASR Gain Switchover Freq|Sets the frequency where the drive will switch between these parameters:

C5-21 and C5-23 [Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1/2]
C5-22 and C5-24 [Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1/2]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 (0.0 - 400.0)|267| |C5-28 (035D)|Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit|Set the upper limit of the motor 2 ASR integral amount as a percentage of the rated load.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|400% (0 - 400%)|268| |C5-29 (0B18) Expert|Speed Control Response|Sets the level of speed control responsiveness. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Standard
1 : High Performance 1

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|268| |C5-32 (0361)|Motor 2 Integral Oper at Acc/Dec|Sets ASR integral operation during acceleration and deceleration for motor 2.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|268| |C5-37 (0278) Expert|Motor 2 Inertia|Sets the motor inertia for motor 2.

Note:

The default settings and the display units for setting ranges are different for different drive models.

• 0.0001 kgm2 units (setting range: 0.0001 kgm2 to 6.0000 kgm2): 2004 to 2021, 4002 to 4012
• 0.001 kgm2 units (setting range: 0.001 kgm2 to 60.000 kgm2): 2030 to 2211, 4018 to 4103
• 0.01 kgm2 units (setting range: 0.01 kgm2 to 600.00 kgm2): 2257 to 2415, 4140 to 4720

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.0001 - 600.00 kgm2)|268| |C5-38 (0279) Expert|Motor 2 Load Inertia Ratio|Sets the load inertia ratio for the motor 2 inertia.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 (0.0 - 6000.0)|269| |C5-39 (030D)|ASR Primary Delay Time Const 2|Sets the filter time constant used when the torque reference is output from ASR. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.000 s (0.000 - 0.500 s)|269| |C5-50 (0B14) Expert|Notch Filter Frequency|Sets the machine resonance frequency. Note: Set C5-50 = 0 [0 Hz] to disable the notch filter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 Hz (0, or 2 to 100 Hz)|269| |C5-51 (0B15) Expert|Notch Filter Bandwidth|Sets the notch width of the notch filter. Note: Set C5-50 = 0 [Notch Filter Frequency = 0 Hz] to disable the notch filter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 (0.5 - 5.0)|269|

######## ◆ C6: Duty & Carrier Frequency

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---|

Page 23

|C6-01 (0223)|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|Sets the drive duty rating.

0 : Heavy Duty Rating
1 : Normal Duty Rating

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|269| |C6-02 (0224)|Carrier Frequency Selection|Sets the carrier frequency for the transistors in the drive.

1 : 2.0 kHz
2 : 5.0 kHz (4.0 kHz AOLV/PM)
3 : 8.0 kHz (6.0 kHz AOLV/PM)
4 : 10.0 kHz (8.0 kHz AOLV/PM)
5 : 12.5 kHz (10.0 kHz AOLV/PM)
6 : 15.0 kHz (12.0 kHz AOLV/PM)
7 : Swing PWM1 (Audible Sound 1)
8 : Swing PWM2 (Audible Sound 2)
9 : Swing PWM3 (Audible Sound 3) A : Swing PWM4 (Audible Sound 4) F : User Defined (C6-03 to C6-05)

Note: The carrier frequency for Swing PWM 1 to 4 is equivalent to 2.0 kHz.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02, C6-01, and o2-04

(Determined by A1-02)|270| |C6-03 (0225)|Carrier Frequency Upper Limit|Sets the upper limit of the carrier frequency. Set C6-02 F [Carrier Frequency Selection User Defined (C6-03 to C6-05)] to set this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by C6-02 (1.0 - 15.0 kHz)|271| |C6-04 (0226)|Carrier Frequency Lower Limit|Sets the lower limit of the carrier frequency. Set C6-02 F [Carrier Frequency Selection User Defined (C6-03 to C6-05)] to set this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by C6-02 (1.0 - 15.0 kHz)|272| |C6-05 (0227)|Carrier Freq Proportional Gain|Sets the proportional gain for the carrier frequency. Set C6-02 F [Carrier Frequency Selection = User Defined (C6-03 to C6-05)] to set this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by C6-02 (0 - 99)|272| |C6-09 (022B)|Carrier Freq at Rotational Tune|Sets the Auto-Tuning carrier frequency. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : 5kHz
1 : use C6-03

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|272|

####### 1.7 d: Reference Settings

◆ d1: Frequency Reference

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |d1-01 (0280) RUN|Reference 1|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection.

Note:

When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|276| |d1-02 (0281) RUN|Reference 2|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|277| |d1-03 (0282) RUN|Reference 3|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|277| |d1-04 (0283) RUN|Reference 4|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|277| |d1-05 (0284) RUN|Reference 5|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|277| |d1-06 (0285) RUN|Reference 6|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|277| |d1-07 (0286) RUN|Reference 7|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|278| |d1-08 (0287) RUN|Reference 8|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|278| |d1-09 (0288) RUN|Reference 9|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 1 [0.01% (100% E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|278| |d1-10 (028B) RUN|Reference 10|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 6, 7 [Control Method Selection AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 1 [0.01% (100% E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|278| |d1-11 (028C) RUN|Reference 11|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 6, 7 [Control Method Selection AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 1 [0.01% (100% E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|279|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |d1-12 (028D) RUN|Reference 12|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 1 [0.01% (100% E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|279| |d1-13 (028E) RUN|Reference 13|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|279| |d1-14 (028F) RUN|Reference 14|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|279| |d1-15 (0290) RUN|Reference 15|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|279| |d1-16 (0291) RUN|Reference 16|Sets the frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection].

Note:

When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive changes o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|280| |d1-17 (0292) RUN|Jog Reference|Sets the Jog frequency reference in the units from o1-03 [Frequency Display Unit Selection]. Set H1-xx = 6 [MFDI Function Select = Jog Reference Selection] to use the Jog frequency reference.

Note: When A1-02 = 6, 7 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/PM, CLV/PM], the drive sets o1-03 = 1 [0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|6.00 Hz (0.00 - 590.00 Hz)|280|

######## ◆ d2: Reference Limits

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |d2-01 (0289)|Frequency Reference Upper Limit|Sets maximum limit for all frequency references. The maximum output frequency is 100%.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Motor Max Revolutions]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (0.0 - 110.0%)|280|

Page 24

|d2-02 (028A)|Frequency Reference Lower Limit|Sets minimum limit for all frequency references. The maximum output frequency is 100%.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Motor Max Revolutions]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 110.0%)|281| |d2-03 (0293)|Analog Frequency Ref Lower Limit|Sets the lower limit for the master frequency reference (the first frequency of the multistep speed reference) as a percentage. The maximum output frequency is 100%.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 110.0%)|281|

◆ d3: Jump Frequency

◆ d4: Frequency Ref Up/Down & Hold

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |d3-01 (0294)|Jump Frequency 1|Sets the median value of the frequency band that the drive will avoid.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 Hz (Determined by A1-02)|282| |d3-02 (0295)|Jump Frequency 2|Sets the median value of the frequency band that the drive will avoid.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 Hz (Determined by A1-02)|282| |d3-03 (0296)|Jump Frequency 3|Sets the median value of the frequency band that the drive will avoid.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 Hz (Determined by A1-02)|282| |d3-04 (0297)|Jump Frequency Width|Sets the width of the frequency band that the drive will avoid.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 Hz (Determined by A1-02)|282|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |d4-01 (0298)|Freq Reference Hold Selection|Sets the function that saves the frequency reference or the frequency bias (Up/Down 2) after a Stop command or when de-energizing the drive.

Set H1-xx [MFDI Function Selection] to one of these values to enable this parameter:

• A [Accel/Decel Ramp Hold]
• 10/11 [Up/Down Command]
• 75/76 [Up/Down 2 Command]

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|282| |d4-03 (02AA) RUN|Up/Down 2 Bias Step Frequency|Sets the bias that the Up/Down 2 function adds to or subtracts from the frequency reference.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 99.99 Hz)|284| |d4-04 (02AB) RUN|Up/Down 2 Ramp Selection|Sets the acceleration and deceleration times for the Up/Down 2 function to apply the bias to the frequency reference.

0 : Use Selected Accel/Decel Time
1 : Use Accel/Decel Time 4

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|285| |d4-05 (02AC) RUN|Up/Down 2 Bias Mode Selection|Sets the function that saves the bias value to the drive when you open or close the two Up/ Down 2 Commands [H1-xx = 75, 76]. Set d4-03 [Up/Down 2 Bias Step Frequency] = 0.00 before you set this parameter.

0 : Hold when Neither Up/Down Closed
1 : Reset when Neither Both Closed

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|285| |d4-06 (02AD)|Frequency Ref Bias (Up/ Down 2)|Saves the bias value from the Up/Down 2 Command where the Maximum Output Frequency is 100%.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-99.9 - +100.0%)|286| |d4-07 (02AE) RUN|Analog Freq Ref Fluctuate Limit|If the frequency reference changes for more than the level set to this parameter, then the bias value will be held. The value is set as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0% (0.1 - 100.0%)|286| |d4-08 (02AF) RUN|Up/Down 2 Bias Upper Limit|Sets the upper limit of the Up/Down 2 bias as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (0.0 - 100.0%)|286|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |d4-09 (02B0) RUN|Up/Down 2 Bias Lower Limit|Sets the lower limit of the Up/Down 2 bias as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-99.9 - 0.0%)|287| |d4-10 (02B6)|Up/Down Freq Lower Limit Select|Sets the lower frequency limit for the Up/Down function.

0 : Greater of d2-02 or Analog
1 : d2-02

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|287|

◆ d5: Torque Control

◆ d6: Field Weakening /Forcing

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |d5-01 (029A)|Torque Control Selection|Sets the drive for torque control or speed control.

0 : Speed Control
1 : Torque Control

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|291| |d5-02 (029B)|Torque Reference Delay Time|Sets the primary delay time constant for the torque reference filter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0 - 1000 ms)|291| |d5-03 (029C)|Speed Limit Selection|Sets the torque control speed limit method.

1 : Active Frequency Reference
2 : d5-04 Setting

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (1, 2)|291|

Page 25

|d5-04 (029D)|Speed Limit|Sets the speed limit during Torque Control as a percentage of E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]. Set d5-03 2 [Speed Limit Selection d5-04 Setting] before you set this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0% (-120 - +120%)|292| |d5-05 (029E)|Speed Limit Bias|Sets the speed limit bias value as a percentage of E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10% (0 - 120%)|292| |d5-06 (029F)|Speed/Torque Changeover Time|Sets the delay time to switch between Speed Control and Torque Control. Set H1-xx = 71 [MFDI Function Selection = Torque Control] before you set this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 ms (0 - 1000 ms)|292| |d5-08 (02B5)|Uni-directional Speed Limit Bias|Sets the direction of the speed limit reference to which Speed Limit Bias [d5-05] applies.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|292|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |d6-01 (02A0)|Field Weakening Level|Sets the drive output voltage as a percentage of E1-05 [Maximum Output Voltage] when H1-xx 63 [Field Weakening] is activated.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|80% (0 - 100%)|293| |d6-02 (02A1)|Field Weakening Frequency Limit|Sets the minimum output frequency to start field weakening.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 Hz (0.0 - 590.0 Hz)|293| |d6-03 (02A2)|Field Forcing Selection|Sets the field forcing function.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|293| |d6-06 (02A5)|Field Forcing Limit|Sets the limit value for field forcing to increase the motor excitation current reference as a percentage of E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|400% (100 - 400%)|293|

######## ◆ d7: Offset Frequency

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |d7-01 (02B2) RUN|Offset Frequency 1|Uses H1-xx = 44 [MFDI Function Select = Add Offset Frequency 1 (d7-01)] as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency to add or subtract the set frequency to/from the frequency reference.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-100.0 - +100.0%)|294| |d7-02 (02B3) RUN|Offset Frequency 2|Uses H1-xx 45 [MFDI Function Select Add Offset Frequency 2 (d7-02)] as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency to add or subtract the set frequency to/from the frequency reference.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-100.0 - +100.0%)|294| |d7-03 (02B4) RUN|Offset Frequency 3|Uses H1-xx 46 [MFDI Function Select Add Offset Frequency 3 (d7-03)] as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency to add or subtract the set frequency to/from the frequency reference.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-100.0 - +100.0%)|294|

####### 1.8 E: Motor Parameters

◆ E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |E1-01 (0300)|Input AC Supply Voltage|Sets the drive input voltage. NOTICE: Set parameter E1-01 to align with the drive input voltage (not motor voltage). If this parameter is incorrect, the protective functions of the drive will not operate correctly and it can cause damage to the drive.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V Class: 240 V, 400 V: 480 V

(200 V Class: 155 to 255 V, 400 V Class: 310 to 510 V)|296| |E1-03 (0302)|V/f Pattern Selection|Sets the V/f pattern for the drive and motor. You can use one of the preset patterns or you can make a custom pattern.

0 : Const Trq, 50Hz base, 50Hz max
1 : Const Trq, 60Hz base, 60Hz max
2 : Const Trq, 50Hz base, 60Hz max
3 : Const Trq, 60Hz base, 72Hz max
4 : VT, 50Hz, 65% Vmid reduction
5 : VT, 50Hz, 50% Vmid reduction
6 : VT, 60 Hz, 65% Vmid reduction
7 : VT, 60Hz, 50% Vmid reduction
8 : High Trq, 50Hz, 25% Vmin boost
9 : High Trq, 50Hz, 65% Vmin boost

A : High Trq, 60Hz, 25% Vmin boost
B : High Trq, 60Hz, 65% Vmin boost
C : High Freq, 60Hz base, 90Hz max
D : High Freq, 60Hz base, 120Hz max
E : High Freq, 60Hz base, 180Hz max
F : Custom Note:

• When A1-02 = 2 [Control Method Selection = OLV], settings 0 to E are not available.
• Set the correct V/f pattern for the application and operation area. An incorrect V/f pattern can decrease motor torque and increase current from overexcitation.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (Determined by A1-02)|296| |E1-04 (0303)|Maximum Output Frequency|Sets the maximum output frequency for the V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 and E5-01

(Determined by A1-02 and E5-01)|301| |E1-05 (0304)|Maximum Output Voltage|Sets the maximum output voltage for the V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V Class: 230.0 V, 400 V: 460.0 V

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V, 400 V Class: 0.0 510.0 V)|302| |E1-06 (0305)|Base Frequency|Sets the base frequency for the V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 and E5-01

(0.0 - E1-04)|302| |E1-07 (0306)|Mid Point A Frequency|Sets a middle output frequency for the V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.0 - E1-04)|302| |E1-08 (0307)|Mid Point AVoltage|Sets a middle output voltage for the V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02， C6-01 and o2-04

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V, 400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0 V)|302| |E1-09 (0308)|Minimum Output Frequency|Sets the minimum output frequency for the V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 and E5-01

(Determined by A1-02, E1-04, and E5-01)|302| |E1-10 (0309)|Minimum Output Voltage|Sets the minimum output voltage for the V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (200 V Class: 0.0 to 255.0 V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to 510.0 V)|302| |E1-11 (030A) Expert|Mid Point B Frequency|Sets a middle output frequency for the V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 Hz (0.0 - E1-04)|302|

Page 26

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |E1-12 (030B) Expert|Mid Point B Voltage|Sets a middle point voltage for the V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 V (200 V Class: 0.0 to 255.0 V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to 510.0 V)|303| |E1-13 (030C) Expert|Base Voltage|Sets the base voltage for the V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 V (200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V,400 V Class: 0.0 510.0 V)|303|

######## ◆ E2: Motor Parameters

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |E2-01 (030E)|Motor Rated Current (FLA)|Sets the motor rated current in amps.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(10% to 200% of the drive rated current)|303| |E2-02 (030F)|Motor Rated Slip|Sets motor rated slip.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.000 - 20.000 Hz)|303| |E2-03 (0310)|Motor No-Load Current|Sets the no-load current for the motor in amps when operating at the rated frequency and the no-load voltage.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0 to E2-01)|304| |E2-04 (0311)|Motor Pole Count|Sets the number of motor poles.

Note:

• When A1-02 = 0, 1, 3 [Control Method Selection = V/f, CL-V/f, CLV], the maximum value is 120.
• When A1-02 = 2, 4 [OLV, AOLV], the maximum value is 48.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|4 (2 - 120)|304| |E2-05 (0312)|Motor Line-to-Line Resistance|Sets the line-to-line resistance for the motor stator windings.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.000 - 65.000 Ω)|304| |E2-06 (0313)|Motor Leakage Inductance|Sets the voltage drop from motor leakage inductance when the motor is operating at the rated frequency and rated current. This value is a percentage of Motor Rated Voltage.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.0 - 60.0%)|305| |E2-07 (0314)|Motor Saturation Coefficient 1|Sets the motor iron-core saturation coefficient at 50% of the magnetic flux.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.50 (0.00 - 0.50)|305| |E2-08 (0315)|Motor Saturation Coefficient 2|Sets the motor iron-core saturation coefficient at 75% of the magnetic flux.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.75 (E2-07 - 0.75)|305| |E2-09 (0316) Expert|Motor Mechanical Loss|Sets the mechanical loss of the motor. It is set as a percentage of E2-11 [Motor Rated Power]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 10.0%)|305| |E2-10 (0317)|Motor Iron Loss|Sets the motor iron loss.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0 - 65535 W)|305| |E2-11 (0318)|Motor Rated Power|Sets the motor rated output in the units from o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.00 - 650.00 HP)|305|

◆ E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2

◆ E4: Motor 2 Parameters

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |E3-01 (0319)|Motor 2 Control Mode Selection|Sets the control method for motor 2.

Note:

When you change this setting, the drive will set all parameters that are dependent on this parameter to their default settings.

0 : V/f Control
1 : V/f Control with Encoder
2 : Open Loop Vector
3 : Closed Loop Vector

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3)|306| |E3-04 (031A)|Motor 2 Maximum Output Frequency|Set the maximum output frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (40.0 - 590.0 Hz)|306| |E3-05 (031B)|Motor 2 Maximum Output Voltage|Sets the maximum output voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V, 400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0 V)|307| |E3-06 (031C)|Motor 2 Base Frequency|Sets the base frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (0.0 - E3-04)|307| |E3-07 (031D)|Motor 2 Mid Point A Frequency|Sets a middle output frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (0.0 - E3-04)|307| |E3-08 (031E)|Motor 2 Mid Point A Voltage|Sets a middle output voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V, 400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0 V)|307| |E3-09 (031F)|Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency|Sets the minimum output frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (0.0 - E3-04)|307| |E3-10 (0320)|Motor 2 Minimum Output Voltage|Sets the minimum output voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V, 400 V Class: 0.0 - 510.0 V)|307| |E3-11 (0345) Expert|Motor 2 Mid Point B Frequency|Sets a middle output frequency for the motor 2 V/f pattern. Set this parameter to adjust the V/f pattern for the constant output range. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 Hz (0.0 - E3-04)|307| |E3-12 (0346) Expert|Motor 2 Mid Point B Voltage|Sets a middle output voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern. Set this parameter to adjust the V/ f pattern for the constant output range. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 V (200 V Class: 0.0 to 255.0 V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to 510.0 V)|308| |E3-13 (0347) Expert|Motor 2 Base Voltage|Sets the base voltage for the motor 2 V/f pattern. Set this parameter to adjust the V/f pattern for the constant output range. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 V (200 V Class: 0.0 to 255.0 V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to 510.0 V)|308|

Page 27

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |E4-01 (0321)|Motor 2 Rated Current|Sets the motor rated current for motor 2 in amps.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(10% to 200% of the drive rated current)|308| |E4-02 (0322)|Motor 2 Rated Slip|Sets the motor rated slip for motor 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.000 - 20.000 Hz)|308| |E4-03 (0323)|Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current|Sets the no-load current for motor 2 in amps when operating at the rated frequency and the no-load voltage.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(Less than 0 - E4-01)|309| |E4-04 (0324)|Motor 2 Motor Poles|Sets the number of poles for motor 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|4 (2 - 120)|309|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |E4-05 (0325)|Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance|Sets the line-to-line resistance for the motor 2 stator windings.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.000 - 65.000 Ω)|309| |E4-06 (0326)|Motor 2 Leakage Inductance|Sets the voltage drop from motor 2 leakage inductance as a percentage of Motor Rated Voltage when motor 2 operates at the rated frequency and rated current.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.0 - 60.0%)|309| |E4-07 (0343)|Motor 2 Saturation Coefficient 1|Sets the motor 2 iron-core saturation coefficient at 50% of the magnetic flux.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.50 (0.00 - 0.50)|310| |E4-08 (0344)|Motor 2 Saturation Coefficient 2|Sets the motor 2 iron-core saturation coefficient at 75% of the magnetic flux.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.75 (E4-07 - 0.75)|310| |E4-09 (033F) Expert|Motor 2 Mechanical Loss|Sets the mechanical loss of motor 2. It is set as a percentage of E4-11 [Motor 2 Rated Power]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 10.0%)|310| |E4-10 (0340)|Motor 2 Iron Loss|Sets the motor iron loss for motor 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0 - 65535 W)|310| |E4-11 (0327)|Motor 2 Rated Power|Sets the motor rated power in the units from o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.00 - 650.00 HP)|310|

######## ◆ E5: PM Motor Settings

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01 (0329)|PM Motor Code Selection|Sets the motor code for Yaskawa PM motors. The drive uses the motor code to set some parameters to their correct settings automatically.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|FFFF (0000 - FFFF)|311| |E5-02 (032A)|PM Motor Rated Power|Sets the PM motor rated output in the units set in o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.10 - 650.00 HP)|311| |E5-03 (032B)|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|Sets the PM motor rated current (FLA).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(10% to 200% of the drive rated current)|311| |E5-04 (032C)|PM Motor Pole Count|Sets the number of PM motor poles.

Note:

• When A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM], the maximum value is 120.
• When A1-02 = 5, 6 or 8 [OLV/PM, AOLV/PM or EZOLV], the maximum value is 48.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|4 (2 - 120)|311| |E5-05 (032D)|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Sets the resistance per phase of the PM motors. Set 50% of the line-to-line resistance.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.100 Ω (0.000 - 65.000 Ω)|312| |E5-06 (032E)|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|Sets the PM motor d-axis inductance.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 mH (0.00 - 300.00 mH)|312| |E5-07 (032F)|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|Sets the PM motor q-axis inductance.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 mH (0.00 - 600.00 mH)|312| |E5-09 (0331)|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|Sets the peak value of PM motor induced voltage.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 mV/(rad/s) (0.0 - 2000.0 mV/(rad/s))|312| |E5-11 (0333)|Encoder Z-Pulse Offset|Sets the encoder Z-pulse offset.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 degrees (-180.0 - +180.0 degrees)|313| |E5-24 (0353)|PM Back-EMF L-LVrms (mV/rpm)|Sets the RMS value for PM motor line voltage.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.1 mV/min-1 (0.0 - 6500.0 mV/min-1)|313| |E5-25 (035E) Expert|Polarity Estimation Timeout|Sets the function that switches polarity for initial polarity estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|313|

######## ◆ E9: Motor Setting

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |E9-01 (11E4)|Motor Type Selection|Sets the type of motor.

0 : Induction (IM)
1 : Permanent Magnet (PM)
2 : Synchronous Reluctance (SynRM)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 to 2)|313| |E9-02 (11E5)|Maximum Speed|Sets the maximum speed of the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E9-01 (40.0 - 120.0 Hz)|314|

Page 28

|E9-03 (11E6)|Rated Speed|Sets the rated rotation speed of the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E9-01 (100 - 7200 min-1)|314| |E9-04 (11E7)|Base Frequency|Sets the rated frequency of the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E9-01 (40.0 - 120.0 Hz)|314| |E9-05 (11E8)|Base Voltage|Sets the rated voltage of the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V Class: 230.0 V, 400 V: 460.0 V

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V,400 V Class: 0.0 510.0 V)|314| |E9-06 (11E9)|Motor Rated Current (FLA)|Sets the motor rated current in amps.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E9-01 and o2-04

(10% to 200% of the drive rated current)|314| |E9-07 (11EA)|Motor Rated Power|Sets the motor rated power in the units from o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E9-02 and o2-04

(0.00 - 650.00 HP)|315| |E9-08 (11EB)|Motor Pole Count|Sets the number of motor poles.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|4 (2 to 120)|315| |E9-09 (11EC)|Motor Rated Slip|Sets the motor rated slip.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.000 Hz (0.000 - 20.000 Hz)|315| |E9-10 (11ED)|Motor Line-to-Line Resistance|Sets the line-to-line resistance for the motor stator windings.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04 (0.000 - 65.000 Ω)|315|

####### 1.9 F: Options

◆ F1: Encoder Option Setup

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F1-01 (0380)|Encoder 1 Pulse Count (PPR)|Sets the number of output pulses for each motor revolution.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1024 ppr (1 - 60000 ppr)|317| |F1-02 (0381)|Encoder Signal Loss Detect Sel|Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue operating when the drive detects PGo [Encoder (PG) Feedback Loss].

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
3 : Alarm Only
4 : No Alarm Display

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 4)|317| |F1-03 (0382)|Overspeed Detection Selection|Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue operating when the drive detects oS [Overspeed].

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
3 : Alarm Only

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 3)|317| |F1-04 (0383)|Speed Deviation Detection Select|Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue operating when the drive detects dEv [Speed Deviation].

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
3 : Alarm Only

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|3 (0 - 3)|318| |F1-05 (0384)|Encoder 1 Rotation Selection|Sets the output sequence for the A and B pulses from the encoder, assuming that the motor is operating in the forward direction.

0 : Pulse A leads in FWD Direction
1 : Pulse B leads in FWD Direction

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0, 1)|318| |F1-06 (0385)|Encoder 1 Pulse Monitor Scaling|Sets the ratio between the pulse input and the pulse output of the encoder as a 3-digit number. The first digit is the numerator and the second and third digits set the denominator.

The dividing ratio = (1 + x)/yz when the setting value is a 3-digit value (xyz).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|001 (001 - 032, 102 - 132 (1 1/32))|319| |F1-08 (0387)|Overspeed Detection Level|Sets the detection level of oS [Overspeed] as a percentage when the maximum output frequency is 100%.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|115% (0 - 120%)|319| |F1-09 (0388)|Overspeed Detection Delay Time|Sets the length of time that the speed feedback must be more than the F1-08 level to cause oS [Overspeed].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.0 - 2.0 s)|319| |F1-10 (0389)|Speed Deviation Detection Level|Sets the detection level of dEv [Speed Deviation] as a percentage when the maximum output frequency is 100%.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10% (0 - 50%)|319| |F1-11 (038A)|Speed Deviation Detect DelayTime|Sets the length of time that the difference between the frequency reference and speed feedback must be more than the level in F1-10 to cause dEv [Speed Deviation].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.5 s (0.0 - 10.0 s)|319| |F1-12 (038B)|Encoder 1 Gear Teeth 1|Sets the number of gear teeth on the motor side. This parameter and F1-13 [Encoder 1 Gear Teeth 2] set the gear ratio between the motor and encoder.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 1000)|319|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F1-13 (038C)|Encoder 2 Gear Teeth 1|Sets the number of gear teeth on the load side. This parameter and F1-12 [Encoder 1 Gear Teeth 1] set the gear ratio between the motor and encoder.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 1000)|320| |F1-14 (038D)|Encoder Open-Circuit Detect Time|Sets the length of time that the drive must not receive a pulse signal to cause PGo [Encoder (PG) Feedback Loss].

Note:

Motor speed and load conditions can cause ov [Overvoltage] and oC [Overcurrent] faults.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2.0 s (0.0 - 10.0 s)|320| |F1-18 (03AD)|Deviation 3 Detection Selection|Sets the number of rotations necessary to detect conditions that invert the torque reference and rate of acceleration and cause dv3 [Inversion Detection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 (0 - 10)|320| |F1-19 (03AE)|Deviation 4 Detection Selection|Sets the number of pulses necessary to cause dv4 [Inversion Prevention Detection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|128 (0 - 5000)|320| |F1-20 (03B4)|Encoder 1 PCB Disconnect Detect|Sets the function that enables and disables detection of a disconnected encoder connection cable to cause PGoH [Encoder (PG) Hardware Fault].

0 : No
1 : Yes

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|321| |F1-21 (03BC)|Encoder 1 Signal Selection|Sets the number of channels for the signal to the encoder option card.

0 : A Pulse Detection
1 : AB Pulse Detection

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|321| |F1-30 (03AA)|Motor 2 Encoder PCB Port Select|Sets the drive port to install the motor 2 encoder option card.

0 : CN5-C
1 : CN5-B

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|321| |F1-31 (03B0)|Encoder 2 Pulse Count (PPR)|Sets the number of output pulses for each motor revolution for motor 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1024 ppr (1 - 60000 ppr)|321| |F1-32 (03B1)|Encoder 2 Rotation Selection|Sets the output sequence for the A and B pulses from the encoder for motor 2. This parameter assumes that the motor is operating in the forward direction.

0 : Pulse A leads in FWD Direction
1 : Pulse B leads in FWD Direction

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|321| |F1-33 (03B2)|Encoder 2 Gear Teeth 1|Sets the number of gear teeth on the motor side for motor 2. This parameter and F1-34 [Encoder 2 Gear Teeth 2] set the gear ratio between the motor and encoder.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 1000)|322|

Page 29

|F1-34 (03B3)|Encoder 2 Gear Teeth 2|Sets the number of gear teeth on the load side for motor 2. This parameter and F1-33 [Encoder 2 Gear Teeth 1] set the gear ratio between the motor and encoder.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 1000)|322| |F1-35 (03BE)|Encoder 2 Pulse Monitor Scaling|Sets the ratio between the pulse input and the pulse output of the encoder as a 3-digit number for motor 2. The first digit is the numerator and the second and third digits set the denominator.

The dividing ratio = (1 + x)/yz when the setting value is a 3-digit value (xyz).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|001 (001 - 032, 102 - 132 (1 1/32))|322| |F1-36 (03B5)|Encoder 2 PCB Disconnect Detect|Sets the function that enables and disables detection of a disconnected encoder connection cable to cause PGoH [Encoder (PG) Hardware Fault] for motor 2.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|322| |F1-37 (03BD)|Encoder 2 Signal Selection|Sets the number of channels for the signal to the encoder option card for motor 2.

0 : A Pulse Detection
1 : AB Pulse Detection

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|322| |F1-50 (03D2)|PG-F3 Option Encoder Type|Sets the type of encoder connected to the PG-F3 option.

0 : EnDat Sin/Cos
1 : EnDat Serial Only
2 : HIPERFACE

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|323|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F1-51 (03D3)|PG-F3 PGoH Detection Level|The drive will detect PGoH [Encoder (PG) Hardware Fault] if the value of this parameter is smaller than the value of .

Note: This function is enabled when F1-20 = 1 [Encoder 1 PCB Disconnect Detect = Enabled].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|80% (1 - 100%)|323| |F1-52 (03D4)|Serial Encoder Comm Speed|Sets the communication speed between the PG-F3 option and the serial encoder.

0 : 1M/9600bps
1 : 500k/19200bps
2 : 1M/38400bps

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|323|

◆ F2: Analog Input Option

◆ F3: Digital Input Option

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F2-01 (038F)|Analog Input Function Selection|Sets the input method for the analog reference used with AI-A3.

0 : 3 Independent Channels
1 : 3 Channels Added Together

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|323| |F2-02 (0368) RUN|Analog Input Option Card Gain|Sets the analog reference gain as a percentage when the maximum output frequency is 100%.

Note:

• Set F2-01 = 1 [Analog Input Function Selection = 3 Channels Added Together] to enable this function.
• Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

–A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
–A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|325| |F2-03 (0369) RUN|Analog Input Option Card Bias|Sets the analog reference bias as a percentage when the maximum output frequency is 100%.

Note:

• Set F2-01 = 1 [Analog Input Function Selection = 3 Channels Added Together] to enable this function.
• Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

–A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
–A1-02 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|325|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F3-01 (0390)|Digital Input Function Selection|Sets the data format of digital input signals. This parameter is enabled when o1-03 = 0 or 1 [Frequency Display Unit Selection = 0.01 Hz or 0.01% (100% = E1-04)].

Note:

When o1-03 = 2 or 3 [Revolutions Per Minute (RPM) or User Units (o1-10 & o1-11)], the input signal will be BCD. The o1-03 value sets the setting units.

0 : BCD, 1% units
1 : BCD, 0.1% units
2 : BCD, 0.01% units
3 : BCD, 1 Hz units
4 : BCD, 0.1 Hz units
5 : BCD, 0.01 Hz units
6 : BCD (5-digit), 0.02 Hz
7 : Binary input
8 : Multi-Function Digital Input

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|8 (0 - 8)|326| |F3-03 (03B9)|Digital Input Data Length Select|Sets the number of bits to set the frequency reference with DI-A3.

0 : 8-bit
1 : 12-bit
2 : 16-bit

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2 (0 - 2)|326|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F3-10 (0BE3) Expert|Terminal D0 Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal D0 of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 8 [Digital Input Function Selection Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|327| |F3-11 (0BE4) Expert|Terminal D1 Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal D1 of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 8 [Digital Input Function Selection Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|327| |F3-12 (0BE5) Expert|Terminal D2 Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal D2 of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 8 [Digital Input Function Selection Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|328| |F3-13 (0BE6) Expert|Terminal D3 Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal D3 of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 = 8 [Digital Input Function Selection Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|328| |F3-14 (0BE7) Expert|Terminal D4 Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal D4 of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 8 [Digital Input Function Selection = Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|328| |F3-15 (0BE8) Expert|Terminal D5 Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal D5 of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 = 8 [Digital Input Function Selection Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|328| |F3-16 (0BE9) Expert|Terminal D6 Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal D6 of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 8 [Digital Input Function Selection = Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|328| |F3-17 (0BEA) Expert|Terminal D7 Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal D7 of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 = 8 [Digital Input Function Selection Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|328| |F3-18 (0BEB) Expert|Terminal D8 Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal D8 of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 8 [Digital Input Function Selection = Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|328| |F3-19 (0BEC) Expert|Terminal D9 Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal D9 of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 = 8 [Digital Input Function Selection Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|329|

Page 30

|F3-20 (0BED) Expert|Terminal DA Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal DA of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 8 [Digital Input Function Selection = Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|329| |F3-21 (0BEE) Expert|Terminal DB Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal DB of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 = 8 [Digital Input Function Selection Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|329| |F3-22 (0BEF) Expert|Terminal DC Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal DC of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 8 [Digital Input Function Selection = Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|329| |F3-23 (0BF0) Expert|Terminal DD Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal DD of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 = 8 [Digital Input Function Selection Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|329| |F3-24 (0BF1) Expert|Terminal DE Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal DE of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 = 8 [Digital Input Function Selection = Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|329| |F3-25 (0BF2) Expert|Terminal DF Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal DF of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 = 8 [Digital Input Function Selection = Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|329|

◆ F4: Analog Output Option

◆ F5: Digital Output Option

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F4-01 (0391)|Terminal V1 Function Selection|Sets the monitor signal output from terminal V1. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set F4-01 = 102 to monitor U1-02 [Output Frequency].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|102 (000 - 999)|330| |F4-02 (0392) RUN|Terminal V1 Gain|Sets the gain of the monitor signal that is sent from terminal V1. Sets the analog signal output level from the terminal V1 at 10 Vor 20 mA as 100% when an output for monitoring items is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|330| |F4-03 (0393)|Terminal V2 Function Selection|Sets the monitor signal output from terminal V2. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set F4-03 103 to monitor U1-03 [Output Current].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|103 (000 - 999)|331| |F4-04 (0394) RUN|Terminal V2 Gain|Sets the gain of the monitor signal that is sent from terminal V2. Sets the analog signal output level from terminal V2 at 10 Vor 20 mA as 100% when an output for monitoring items is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|331| |F4-05 (0395) RUN|Terminal V1 Bias|Sets the bias of the monitor signal that is sent from terminal V1. When an output for monitoring items is 0%, this parameter sets the analog signal output level from the V1 terminal as a percentage of 10 Vor 20 mA.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|331| |F4-06 (0396) RUN|Terminal V2 Bias|Sets the bias of the monitor signal that is sent from terminal V2. Set the level of the analog signal sent from the V2 terminal at 10 Vor 20 mA as 100% when an output for monitoring items is 0%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|331| |F4-07 (0397)|Terminal V1 Signal Level|Sets the output signal level for terminal V1.

0 : 0 to 10 V
1 : -10 to 10 V

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|332| |F4-08 (0398)|Terminal V2 Signal Level|Sets the output signal level for terminal V2.

0 : 0 to 10 V
1 : -10 to 10 V

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|332|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F5-01 (0399)|Terminal P1-PC Function Select|Sets the function of terminal P1-PC on the DO-A3 option. Set F5-09 2 [DO-A3 Output Mode Selection = Programmable (F5-01 to F5-08)] to enable this function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 1A7)|333| |F5-02 (039A)|Terminal P2-PC Function Select|Sets the function of terminal P2-PC on the DO-A3 option. Set F5-09 = 2 [DO-A3 Output Mode Selection = Programmable (F5-01 to F5-08)] to enable this function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 1A7)|333| |F5-03 (039B)|Terminal P3-PC Function Select|Sets the function of terminal P3-PC on the DO-A3 option. Set F5-09 = 2 [DO-A3 Output Mode Selection = Programmable (F5-01 to F5-08)] to enable this function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2 (0 - 1A7)|334| |F5-04 (039C)|Terminal P4-PC Function Select|Sets the function of terminal P4-PC on the DO-A3 option. Set F5-09 = 2 [DO-A3 Output Mode Selection = Programmable (F5-01 to F5-08)] to enable this function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|4 (0 - 1A7)|334| |F5-05 (039D)|Terminal P5-PC Function Select|Sets the function of terminal P5-PC on the DO-A3 option. Set F5-09 = 2 [DO-A3 Output Mode Selection = Programmable (F5-01 to F5-08)] to enable this function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|6 (0 - 1A7)|334| |F5-06 (039E)|Terminal P6-PC Function Select|Sets the function of terminal P6-PC on the DO-A3 option. Set F5-09 = 2 [DO-A3 Output Mode Selection = Programmable (F5-01 to F5-08)] to enable this function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|37 (0 - 1A7)|334| |F5-07 (039F)|Terminal M1-M2 Function Select|Sets the function of terminal M3-M2 on the DO-A3 option. Set F5-09 = 2 [DO-A3 Output Mode Selection = Programmable (F5-01 to F5-08)] to enable this function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - 1A7)|334|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F5-08 (03A0)|Terminal M3-M4 Function Select|Sets the function of terminal M3-M4 on the DO-A3 option. Set F5-09 2 [DO-A3 Output Mode Selection Programmable (F5-01 to F5-08)] to enable this function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - 1A7)|334| |F5-09 (03A1)|DO-A3 Output Mode Selection|Sets the output mode of signals from the DO-A3 option.

0 : Predefined Individual Outputs
1 : Binary Output
2 : Programmable (F5-01 to F5-08)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|334|

######## ◆ F6: Communication Options

Page 31

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F6-01 (03A2)|Communication Error Selection|Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue operating when the drive detects a bUS [Option Communication Error].

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop
3 : Alarm Only
4 : Alarm (Run at d1-04)
5 : Alarm - Ramp Stop

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 5)|340| |F6-02 (03A3)|Comm External Fault (EF0) Detect|Sets the conditions at which EF0 [Option Card External Fault] is detected.

0 : Always Detected
1 : Detected during RUN Only

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|341| |F6-03 (03A4)|Comm External Fault (EF0) Select|Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue operating when the drive detects an EF0 [Option Card External Fault].

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
3 : Alarm Only

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 3)|341| |F6-04 (03A5)|bUS Error Detection Time|Sets the delay time for the drive to detect bUS [Option Communication Error]. Note: When you install an option card in the drive, the parameter value changes to 0.0 s.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2.0 s (0.0 - 5.0 s)|341| |F6-06 (03A7)|Torque Reference/Limit by Comm|Sets the function that enables and disables the torque reference and torque limit received from the communication option.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|341| |F6-07 (03A8)|Multi-Step Ref @ NetRef/ComRef|Sets the function that enables and disables the multi-step speed reference when the freqency reference source is NetRef or ComRef (communication option card or MEMOBUS/Modbus communications).

0 : Disable Multi-Step References
1 : Enable Multi-Step References

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|342| |F6-08 (036A)|Comm Parameter Reset @Initialize|Sets the function to initialize F6-xx and F7-xx parameters when the drive is initialized with A1-03 [Initialize Parameters].

0 : No Reset - Parameters Retained
1 : Reset Back to Factory Default

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|342| |F6-10 (03B6)|CC-Link Node Address|Sets the node address for CC-Link communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

Note:

Be sure to set a node address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0. Incorrect parameter settings will cause AEr [Station Address Setting Error] errors and the L.ERR LED on the option will come on.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 64)|342|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F6-11 (03B7)|CC-Link Communication Speed|Sets the communication speed for CC-Link communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

0 : 156 kbps
1 : 625 kbps
2 : 2.5 Mbps
3 : 5 Mbps
4 : 10 Mbps

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 4)|342| |F6-14 (03BB)|BUS Error Auto Reset|Sets the automatic reset function for bUS [Option Communication Errors].

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|343| |F6-15 (0B5B)|Comm. Option Parameters Reload|Sets the update method when you change F6-xx, F7-xx [Communication Options].

0 : Reload at Next Power Cycle
1 : Reload Now
2 : Cancel Reload Request

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|343| |F6-16 (0B8A)|Gateway Mode|Sets the gateway mode operation and the number of connected slave drives.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled: 1 Slave Drives
2 : Enabled: 2 Slave Drives
3 : Enabled: 3 Slave Drives
4 : Enabled: 4 Slave Drives

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 to 4)|343| |F6-20 (036B)|MECHATROLINK Station Address|Sets the station address for MECHATROLINK communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

Note:

• The setting range changes if using MECHATROLINK-II or MECHATROLINK-III:

–MECHATROLINK-II (SI-T3) range: 20 - 3F
–MECHATROLINK-III (SI-ET3) range: 03 - EF

• Be sure to set a node address that is different than all other node addresses. Incorrect parameter settings will cause AEr [Station Address Setting Error] errors and the L. ERR LED on the option will come on.
• When the station addressis 20 or 3F, the drive detects AEr errors.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0021h (MECHATROLINK-II: 0020h - 003Fh, MECHATROLINK-III: 0003h - 00EFh)|343| |F6-21 (036C)|MECHATROLINK Frame Size|Sets the frame size for MECHATROLINK communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

0 : 32byte (M-2) / 64byte (M-3)
1 : 17byte (M-2) / 32byte (M-3)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|344| |F6-22 (036D)|MECHATROLINK Link Speed|Sets the communications speed for MECHATROLINK-II. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

Note: This parameter is only available with the MECHATROLINK-II option.

0 : 10 Mbps
1 : 4 Mbps

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|344| |F6-23 (036E)|MECHATROLINK Monitor Select (E)|Sets the MEMOBUS register used for the monitor functions of INV_CTL (drive operation control command) and INV_I/O (drive I/O control command). Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0000h (0000h - FFFFh)|344| |F6-24 (036F)|MECHATROLINK Monitor Select (F)|Sets the MEMOBUS register used for the monitor functions of INV_CTL (drive operation control command) and INV_I/O (drive I/O control command). Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0000h (0000h - FFFFh)|344| |F6-25 (03C9)|MECHATROLINK Watchdog Error Sel|Sets the method to stop the motor or let the motor continue operating when the drive detects an E5 [MECHATROLINK Watchdog Timer Err].

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
3 : Alarm Only

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 3)|344| |F6-26 (03CA)|MECHATROLINK Allowable No of Err|Sets the number of times that the option must detect a bUS alarm to cause a bUS [Option Communication Error].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2 (2 - 10 times)|345|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F6-30 (03CB)|PROFIBUS-DP Node Address|Sets the node address for PROFIBUS-DP communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

Note:

Be sure to set an address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 125)|345| |F6-31 (03CC)|PROFIBUS-DP Clear Mode Selection|Sets what the drive will do after it receives the Clear Mode command.

0 : Reset
1 : Hold Previous State

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|345| |F6-32 (03CD)|PROFIBUS-DP Data Format Select|Sets the data format of PROFIBUS-DP communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

0 : PPO Type
1 : Conventional
2 : PPO (bit0)
3 : PPO (Enter)
4 : Conventional (Enter)
5 : PPO (bit0, Enter)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 5)|345| |F6-35 (03D0)|CANopen Node ID Selection|Sets the node address for CANopen communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

Note:

Be sure to set an address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0. Incorrect parameter settings will cause AEr [Station Address Setting Error] errors and the L.ERR LED on the option will come on.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 126)|346| |F6-36 (03D1)|CANopen Communication Speed|Sets the CANopen communications speed. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

0 : Detect Automatically
1 : 10 kbps
2 : 20 kbps
3 : 50 kbps
4 : 125 kbps
5 : 250 kbps
6 : 500 kbps
7 : 800 kbps
8 : 1 Mbps

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|6 (0 - 8)|346| |F6-45 (02FB)|BACnet Node Address|Sets the node address for BACnet communication.

Note:

Be sure to set an address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 127)|346| |F6-46 (02FC)|BACnet Baud Rate|Sets the BACnet communications speed.

0 : 1200 bps
1 : 2400 bps
2 : 4800 bps
3 : 9600 bps
4 : 19.2 kbps
5 : 38.4 kbps
6 : 57.6 kbps
7 : 76.8 kbps
8 : 115.2 kbps

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|3 (0 - 8)|346| |F6-47 (02FD)|Rx to Tx Wait Time|Sets the wait time for the drive to receive and send BACnet communication.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5 ms (5 - 65 ms)|347| |F6-48 (02FE)|BACnet Device Object Identifier0|Sets the last word of BACnet communication addresses.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - FFFF)|347| |F6-49 (02FF)|BACnet Device Object Identifier1|Sets the last word of BACnet communication addresses.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3F)|347|

Page 32

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F6-50 (03C1)|DeviceNet MAC Address|Sets the MAC address for DeviceNet communication. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

Note:

Be sure to set a MAC address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0. Incorrect parameter settings will cause AEr [Station Address Setting Error] errors and the MS LED on the option will flash.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|64 (0 - 64)|347| |F6-51 (03C2)|DeviceNet Baud Rate|Sets the DeviceNet communications speed. Restart the drive after you change the parameter setting.

0 : 125 kbps
1 : 250 kbps
2 : 500 kbps
3 : Adjustable from Network
4 : Detect Automatically

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|4 (0 - 4)|347| |F6-52 (03C3)|DeviceNet PCA Setting|Sets the format of data that the DeviceNet communication master sends to the drive.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|21 (0 - 255)|347| |F6-53 (03C4)|DeviceNet PPA Setting|Sets the format of data that the drive sends to the DeviceNet communication master.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|71 (0 - 255)|348| |F6-54 (03C5)|DeviceNet Idle Fault Detection|Sets the function to detect EF0 [Option Card External Fault] when the drive does not receive data from the DeviceNet master.

0 : Enabled
1 : Disabled, No Fault Detection
2 : Vendor Specific
3 : RUN Forward
4 : Reverse run

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 4)|348| |F6-55 (03C6)|DeviceNet Baud Rate Monitor|Sets the function to see the actual DeviceNet communications speed using the keypad. This parameter functions as a monitor only.

0 : 125 kbps
1 : 250 kbps
2 : 500 kbps

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|348| |F6-56 (03D7)|DeviceNet Speed Scaling|Sets the speed scale for DeviceNet communication.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-15 - +15)|348| |F6-57 (03D8)|DeviceNet Current Scaling|Sets the current scale of the DeviceNet communication master.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-15 - +15)|348| |F6-58 (03D9)|DeviceNet Torque Scaling|Sets the torque scale of the DeviceNet communication master.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-15 - +15)|348| |F6-59 (03DA)|DeviceNet Power Scaling|Sets the power scale of the DeviceNet communication master.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-15 - +15)|349| |F6-60 (03DB)|DeviceNet Voltage Scaling|Sets the voltage scale of the DeviceNet communication master.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-15 - +15)|349| |F6-61 (03DC)|DeviceNet Time Scaling|Sets the time scale of the DeviceNet communication master.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-15 - +15)|349| |F6-62 (03DD)|DeviceNet Heartbeat Interval|Sets the heartbeat for DeviceNet communication. Set this parameter to 0 to disable the heartbeat function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 10)|349| |F6-63 (03DE)|DeviceNet Network MAC ID|Sets the function to see the actual DeviceNet MAC address using the keypad. This parameter functions as a monitor only.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|63 (0 - 63)|349| |F6-64 to F6-67 (03DF - 03E2)|Dynamic Out Assembly 109 Param 1 to 4|Sets Configurable Outputs 1 to 4 written to the MEMOBUS register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0000h (0000h - FFFFh)|349| |F6-68 to F6-71 (03E3, 03E4, 03C7, and 03C8)|Dynamic In Assembly 159 Param 1 to 4|Sets Configurable Inputs 1 to 4 written to the MEMOBUS register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0000h (0000h - FFFFh)|349| |F6-72 (081B)|PowerLink Node Address|Sets the node ID for PowerLink communication.

Note:

Be sure to set an address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 255)|349|

######## ◆ F7: Ethernet Options

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F7-01 (03E5)|IPAddress 1|Sets the first octet of the IP Address for the device that is connecting to the network. Restart the drive after you change this parameter.

Note: When F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static]:

• Use parameters F7-01 to F7-04 [IPAddress 4] to set the IPAddress. Be sure to set a different IP address for each drive on the network.
• Also set parameters F7-01 to F7-12.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|192 (0 - 255)|350| |F7-02 (03E6)|IPAddress 2|Sets the second octet of the IP Address for the device that is connecting to the network. Restart the drive after you change this parameter.

Note: When F7-13 0 [Address Mode at Startup Static]:

• Use parameters F7-01 to F7-04 [IPAddress 4] to set the IPAddress. Be sure to set a different IP address for each drive on the network.
• Also set parameters F7-01 to F7-12.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|168 (0 - 255)|350| |F7-03 (03E7)|IPAddress 3|Sets the third octet of the IPAddress for the device that is connecting to the network. Restart the drive after you change this parameter.

Note: When F7-13 0 [Address Mode at Startup Static]:

• Use parameters F7-01 to F7-04 [IPAddress 4] to set the IPAddress. Be sure to set a different IP address for each drive on the network.
• Also set parameters F7-01 to F7-12.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 255)|350| |F7-04 (03E8)|IPAddress 4|Sets the fourth octet of the IP Address for the device that is connecting to the network. Restart the drive after you change this parameter.

Note: When F7-13 0 [Address Mode at Startup Static]:

• Use parameters F7-01 to F7-04 [IPAddress 4] to set the IPAddress. Be sure to set a different IP address for each drive on the network.
• Also set parameters F7-01 to F7-12.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|20 (0 - 255)|350| |F7-05 (03E9)|Subnet Mask 1|Sets the first octet of the subnet mask of the connected network. Note: Set this parameter when F7-13 0 [Address Mode at Startup Static].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|255 (0 - 255)|350| |F7-06 (03EA)|Subnet Mask 2|Sets the second octet of the subnet mask of the connected network. Note: Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|255 (0 - 255)|351| |F7-07 (03EB)|Subnet Mask 3|Sets the third octet of the subnet mask of the connected network. Note: Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|255 (0 - 255)|351| |F7-08 (03EC)|Subnet Mask 4|Sets the fourth octet of the subnet mask of the connected network. Note: Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 255)|351| |F7-09 (03ED)|Gateway Address 1|Sets the first octet of the gateway address of the connected network. Note: Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|192 (0 - 255)|351| |F7-10 (03EE)|Gateway Address 2|Sets the second octet of the gateway address of the connected network. Note: Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|168 (0 - 255)|351| |F7-11 (03EF)|Gateway Address 3|Sets the third octet of the gateway address of the connected network. Note: Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 255)|351|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F7-12 (03F0)|Gateway Address 4|Sets the fourth octet of the gateway address of the connected network. Note: Set this parameter when F7-13 = 0 [Address Mode at Startup = Static].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 255)|352| |F7-13 (03F1)|Address Mode at Startup|Sets the method to set option card IP addresses.

0 : Static
1 : BOOTP
2 : DHCP Note:

• The following setting values are available when using the PROFINET communication option card (SI-EP3).

–0: Static
–2: DHCP

• When F7-13 = 0, set parameters F7-01 to F7-12 [IPAddress 1 to Gateway Address 4] to set the IP Address. Be sure to set a different IP address for each drive on the network.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2 (0 - 2)|352|

Page 33

|F7-14 (03F2)|Duplex Mode Selection|Sets the duplex mode setting method.

0 : Half/Half
1 : Auto/Auto
2 : Full/Full
3 : Half/Auto
4 : Half/Full
5 : Auto/Half
6 : Auto/Full
7 : Full/Half
8 : Full/Auto

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 8)|352| |F7-15 (03F3)|Communication Speed Selection|Sets the communications speed. 10 : 10/10 Mbps

100 : 100/100 Mbps
101 : 10/100 Mbps
102 : 100/10 Mbps

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 (10, 100 - 102)|352| |F7-16 (03F4)|Timeout Value|Sets the detection time for a communications timeout. Note: Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable the connection timeout function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 30.0 s)|353| |F7-17 (03F5)|EtherNet/IP Speed Scaling Factor|Sets the scaling factor for the speed monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-15 - +15)|353| |F7-18 (03F6)|EtherNet/IP Current Scale Factor|Sets the scaling factor for the output current monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-15 - +15)|353| |F7-19 (03F7)|EtherNet/IP Torque Scale Factor|Sets the scaling factor for the torque monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-15 - +15)|353| |F7-20 (03F8)|EtherNet/IP Power Scaling Factor|Sets the scaling factor for the power monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-15 - +15)|353| |F7-21 (03F9)|EtherNet/IP Voltage Scale Factor|Sets the scaling factor for the voltage monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-15 - +15)|353| |F7-22 (03FA)|EtherNet/IP Time Scaling|Sets the scaling factor for the time monitor in the EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-15 - +15)|353| |F7-23 - F7-27 (03FB - 03FF) F7-28- F7-32 (0370 - 0374)|Dynamic Out Param 1 to 10 for CommCard|Sets Output Assembly 116. The drive writes the values from Output Assembly 116 to the MEMOBUS/Modbus address register that is stored for each parameter. The drive will not write the values from Output Assembly 116 to the registers when the MEMOBUS/Modbus address is 0.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|354| |F7-33 - F7-42 (0375 - 037E)|Dynamic In Param 1 to 10 for CommCard|Sets Input Assembly 166. The drive sends the values from the MEMOBUS/Modbus address registers stored for each parameter to Input Assembly 166. The drive returns the default register value for the option card when the MEMOBUS/Modbus address is 0 and the value sent to Input Assembly 166 is not defined.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|354| |F7-60 (0780)|PZD1 Write (Control Word)|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD1 (PPO output). PZD1 (PPO output) functions as the STW when F7-60 = 0, 1, or 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|354|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |F7-61 (0781)|PZD2 Write (Frequency Reference)|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD2 (PPO output). PZD2 (PPO output) functions as the HSW when F7-61 0, 1, or 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|354| |F7-62 (0782)|PZD3 Write|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD3 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD3 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|354| |F7-63 (0783)|PZD4 Write|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD4 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD4 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|354| |F7-64 (0784)|PZD5 Write|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD5 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD5 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|354| |F7-65 (0785)|PZD6 Write|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD6 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD6 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|355| |F7-66 (0786)|PZD7 Write|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD7 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD7 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|355| |F7-67 (0787)|PZD8 Write|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD8 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD8 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|355| |F7-68 (0788)|PZD9 Write|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD9 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD9 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|355| |F7-69 (0789)|PZD10 Write|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD10 (PPO output). A value of 0, 1, or 2 will disable the PZD10 (PPO output) write operation to the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|355| |F7-70 (078A)|PZD1 Read (Status Word)|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD1 (PPO Read). PZD1 (PPO input) functions as the ZSW when F7-70 = 0.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|355| |F7-71 (078B)|PZD2 Read (Output Frequency)|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD2 (PPO Read). PZD2 (PPO input) functions as the HIW when F7-71 = 0.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|355| |F7-72 (078C)|PZD3 Read|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD3 (PPO Read). A value of 0 will disable the PZD3 (PPO Read) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|355| |F7-73 (078D)|PZD4 Read|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD4 (PPO Read). A value of 0 will disable the PZD4 (PPO Read) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|356| |F7-74 (078E)|PZD5 Read|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD5 (PPO Read). A value of 0 will disable the PZD5 (PPO Read) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|356| |F7-75 (078F)|PZD6 Read|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD6 (PPO Read). A value of 0 will disable the PZD6 (PPO Read) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|356| |F7-76 (0790)|PZD7 Read|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD7 (PPO Read). A value of 0 will disable the PZD7 (PPO input) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|356| |F7-77 (0791)|PZD8 Read|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD8 (PPO Read). A value of 0 will disable the PZD8 (PPO Read) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|356| |F7-78 (0792)|PZD9 Read|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD9 (PPO Read). A value of 0 will disable the PZD9 (PPO Read) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|356| |F7-79 (0793)|PZD10 Read|Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus address for PZD10 (PPO Read). A value of 0 will disable the PZD10 (PPO Read) load operation from the MEMOBUS/Modbus register.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0|356|

####### 1.10 H: Terminal Functions

◆ H1: Digital Inputs

Page 34

|---|---|---|---|---| |H1-01 (0438)|Terminal S1 Function Selection|Sets the function for MFDI terminal S1. Note: The default setting is F when the drive is initialized for 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|40 (1 - 1FF)|358| |H1-02 (0439)|Terminal S2 Function Selection|Sets the function for MFDI terminal S2. Note: The default setting is F when the drive is initialized for 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|41 (1 - 1FF)|358| |H1-03 (0400)|Terminal S3 Function Selection|Sets the function for MFDI terminal S3.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|24 (0 - 1FF)|358| |H1-04 (0401)|Terminal S4 Function Selection|Sets the function for MFDI terminal S4.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|14 (0 - 1FF)|358| |H1-05 (0402)|Terminal S5 Function Selection|Sets the function for MFDI terminal S5. Note: The default setting is 0 when the drive is initialized for 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|3 (0 - 1FF)|358| |H1-06 (0403)|Terminal S6 Function Selection|Sets the function for MFDI terminal S6.

Note:

When you initialize the drive for 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330], the default setting is 3.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|4 (0 - 1FF)|359| |H1-07 (0404)|Terminal S7 Function Selection|Sets the function for MFDI terminal S7.

Note:

When you initialize the drive for 3-Wire Initialization [A1-03 = 3330], the default setting is 4.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|6 (0 - 1FF)|359| |H1-08 (0405)|Terminal S8 Function Selection|Sets the function for MFDI terminal S8.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|8 (0 - 1FF)|359| |H1-21 (0B70)|Terminal S1 Function Selection 2|Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S1.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|359| |H1-22 (0B71)|Terminal S2 Function Select 2|Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|359| |H1-23 (0B72)|Terminal S3 Function Selection 2|Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S3.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|359| |H1-24 (0B73)|Terminal S4 Function Selection 2|Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S4.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|360| |H1-25 (0B74)|Terminal S5 Function Selection 2|Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S5.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|360| |H1-26 (0B75)|Terminal S6 Function Selection 2|Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S6.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|360| |H1-27 (0B76)|Terminal S7 Function Selection 2|Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S7.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|360| |H1-28 (0B77)|Terminal S8 Function Selection 2|Sets the second function for MFDI terminal S8.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|360| |H1-40 (0B54)|Mbus Reg 15C0h bit0 Input Func|Selects MFDI function assigned to bit 0 of the MEMOBUS register 15C0 (Hex.).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|361| |H1-41 (0B55)|Mbus Reg 15C0h bit1 Input Func|Selects MFDI function assigned to bit 1 of the MEMOBUS register 15C0 (Hex.).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|361| |H1-42 (0B56)|Mbus Reg 15C0h bit2 Input Func|Selects MFDI function assigned to bit 2 of the MEMOBUS register 15C0 (Hex.).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|361|

######## ■ H1-xx: MFDI Setting Values

|Setting Value|Function|Description|Ref.| |---|---|---|---| |0|3-Wire Sequence|Sets the direction of motor rotation for 3-wire sequence.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|361| |1|LOCAL/REMOTE Selection|Sets drive control for the keypad (LOCAL) or an external source (REMOTE). ON : LOCAL OFF : REMOTE

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|362| |2|External Reference 1/2 Selection|Sets the drive to use Run command source 1/2 or Reference command source 1/2 when in REMOTE Mode. ON : b1-15 = [Frequency Reference Selection 2], b1-16 [Run Command Selection 2] OFF : b1-01 = [Frequency Reference Selection 1], b1-02 [Run Command Selection 1]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|362| |3|Multi-Step Speed Reference 1|Uses speed references d1-01 to d1-16 to set a multi-step speed reference.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|362| |4|Multi-Step Speed Reference 2|Uses speed references d1-01 to d1-16 to set a multi-step speed reference.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|363| |5|Multi-Step Speed Reference 3|Uses speed references d1-01 to d1-16 to set a multi-step speed reference.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|363| |6|Jog Reference Selection|Sets the drive to use the JOG Frequency Reference (JOG command) set in d1-17. The JOG Frequency Reference (JOG command) overrides Frequency References 1 to 16 (d1-01 to d1-16).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|363| |7|Accel/Decel Time Selection 1|Sets the drive to use Acceleration/Deceleration Time 1 [C1-01, C1-02] or Acceleration/Deceleration Time 2 [C1-03, C1-04].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|363| |8|Baseblock Command (N. O.)|Sets the command that stops drive output and coasts the motor to stop when the input is ON. ON : Baseblock (drive output stop) OFF : Normal operation

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|363| |9|Baseblock Command (N. C.)|Sets the command that stops drive output and coasts the motor to stop when the input terminal is OFF. ON : Normal operation OFF : Baseblock (drive output stop)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|364| |A|Accel/Decel Ramp Hold|Momentarily pauses motor acceleration and deceleration when the terminal is turned ON, retains the output frequency that was stored in the drive at the time of the pause, and restarts motor operation.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|364| |B|Overheat Alarm (oH2)|Sets the drive to display an oH2 [Drive Overheat Warning] alarm when the input terminal is ON. The alarm does not have an effect on drive operation.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|364| |C|Analog Terminal Enable Selection|Sets the command that enables or disables the terminals selected in H3-14 [Analog Input Terminal Enable Sel]. ON : Input to the terminal selected with H3-14 is enabled OFF : Input to the terminal selected with H3-14 is disabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|364| |D|Ignore Speed Fdbk (V/f w/o Enc)|Sets the command to disable speed feedback control and run the drive in V/f control or use speed feedback from the encoder.

ON : Speed feedback control disable (V/f Control) OFF : Speed feedback control enable (Closed Loop V/f Control)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|364| |E|ASR Integral Reset|Sets the command to reset the integral value and use PI control or P control for the speed control loop. ON : P control OFF : PI control

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|364| |F|Not Used|Use this setting for unused terminals or to use terminals in through mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|365|

Page 35

|10|Up Command|Sets the command to use a push button switch to increase the drive frequency reference. You must also set Setting 11 [Down Command].

ON : Increases the frequency reference. OFF : Holds the current frequency reference.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|365|

|Setting Value|Function|Description|Ref.| |---|---|---|---| |11|Down Command|Sets the command to use a push button switch to decrease the drive frequency reference. You must also set Setting 10 [Up Command].

ON : Decreases the frequency reference. OFF : Holds the current frequency reference.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|366| |12|Forward Jog|Sets the command to operate the motor in the forward direction at the Jog Frequency set in d1-17 [Jog Reference].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|367| |13|Reverse Jog|Sets the command to operate the motor in reverse at the Jog Frequency set in d1-17 [Jog Reference].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|367| |14|Fault Reset Procedure|Sets the command to reset the current fault when the Run command is inactive.

Note:

The drive ignores the fault reset command when the Run command is active. Remove the Run command before trying to reset a fault.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|368| |15|Fast Stop (N.O.)|Sets the command to ramp to stop in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time] when the input terminal is activated while the drive is operating.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|368| |16|Motor 2 Selection|Sets the command for the drive to operate motor 1 or motor 2. Stop the motors before switching. ON : Operate motor 2 OFF : Operate motor 1

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|368| |17|Fast Stop (N.C.)|Sets the command to ramp to stop in the deceleration time set in C1-09 [Fast Stop Time] when the input terminal is activated while the drive is operating.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|369| |18|Timer Function|Sets the command to start the timer function. Use this setting with Timer Output [H2-xx = 12].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|369| |19|PID Disable|Sets the command to disable PID control when b5-01 = 1 to 8 [PID Mode Setting = Enabled]. ON : PID control disabled OFF : PID control enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|370| |1A|Accel/Decel Time Selection 2|Set this function and H1-xx = 7[Accel/Decel Time Selection 1] together. Sets the drive to use Acceleration/ Deceleration Time 3 [C1-05, C1-06] or Acceleration/Deceleration Time 4 [C1-07, C1-08].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|370| |1B|Programming Lockout|Sets the command to prevent parameter changes when the terminal is OFF. ON : Programming Lockout OFF : Parameter Write Prohibit

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|370| |1E|Reference Sample Hold|Sets the command to sample the frequency reference at terminals A1, A2, or A3 and hold the frequency reference at that frequency.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|370| |20 to 2F|External fault|Sets a command to stop the drive when a failure or fault occurs on an external device.

20 : External Fault (NO-Always-Ramp)
21 : External Fault (NC-Always-Ramp)
22 : External Fault (NO-@Run-Ramp)
23 : External Fault (NC-@Run-Ramp)
24 : External Fault (NO-Always-Coast)
25 : External Fault (NC-Always-Coast)
26 : External Fault (NO-@Run-Coast)
27 : External Fault (NC-@Run-Coast)
28 : External Fault (NO-Always-FStop)
29 : External Fault (NC-Always-FStop)

2A : External Fault (NO-@Run-FStop)
2B : External Fault (NC-@Run-FStop)
2C : External Fault (NO-Always-Alarm)
2D : External Fault (NC-Always-Alarm)
2E : External Fault (NO-@Run-Alarm)
2F : External Fault (NC-@Run-Alarm)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|371| |30|PID Integrator Reset|Sets the command to reset and hold the PID control integral to 0 when the terminal is ON.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|371| |31|PID Integrator Hold|Sets the command to hold the integral value of the PID control while the terminal is activated.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|372|

|Setting Value|Function|Description|Ref.| |---|---|---|---| |32|Multi-Step Speed Reference 4|Uses speed references d1-01 to d1-16 to set a multi-step speed reference.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|372| |34|PID Soft Starter Disable|Sets the PID soft starter function. ON : No OFF : Yes

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|372| |35|PID Input (Error) Invert|Sets the command to turn the terminal ON and OFF to switch the PID input level (polarity).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|372| |3E|PID Setpoint Selection 1|Set this function and H1-xx = 3F [PID Setpoint Selection 2] together. Sets the function to switch the PID setpoint to b5-58 to b5-60 [PID Setpoint 2 to 4].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|372| |3F|PID Setpoint Selection 2|Set this function and H1-xx = 3E [PID Setpoint Selection 1] at the same time. Sets the function to switch the PID setpoint to b5-58 to b5-60 [PID Setpoint 2 to 4].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|372| |40|Forward RUN (2-Wire)|Sets the Forward Run command for 2-wire sequence 1. Set this function and H1-xx = 41 [Reverse Run Command (2Wire Seq)] at the same time.

ON : Forward Run OFF : Run Stop

Note:

• If you activate the Forward Run command terminal and the Reverse Run command terminal, the drive will detect minor fault/alarm EF [FWD/REV Run Command Input Error] and the motor will ramp to stop.
• Initialize the drive with a 2-wire sequence to set the Forward Run command to terminal S1.
• This function will not operate at the same time as H1-xx = 42, 43 [Run Command/FWD/REV Command (2-Wire Seq 2)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|373| |41|Reverse RUN (2-Wire)|Sets the Forward Run command for 2-wire sequence 1. Set this function and H1-xx = 40 [Forward Run Command (2Wire Seq)] at the same time.

ON : Reverse Run OFF : Run Stop

Note:

• If you activate the Forward Run command terminal and the Reverse Run command terminal, the drive will detect minor fault/alarm EF [FWD/REV Run Command Input Error] and the motor will ramp to stop.
• Initialize the drive with a 2-wire sequence to set the Reverse Run command to terminal S2.
• This function will not operate at the same time as H1-xx = 42, 43 [Run Command/FWD/REV Command (2-Wire Seq 2)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|373| |42|Run Command (2-Wire Sequence 2)|Sets the Run command for 2-wire sequence 2. Set this function and H1-xx = 43 [FWD/REV Command (2-Wire Seq 2)] at the same time.

ON : Run OFF : Stop

Note: This function will not operate at the same time as H1-xx = 40, 41 [Forward/Reverse Run Command (2-Wire Seq)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|373| |43|FWD/REV (2-Wire Sequence 2)|Sets the direction of motor rotation for 2-wire sequence 2. Set this function and H1-xx = 42 [Run Command (2-Wire Sequence 2)] together.

ON : Reverse run OFF : Forward run

Note: This function will not operate at the same time as H1-xx = 40, 41 [Forward/Reverse Run Command (2-Wire Seq)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|374| |44|Offset Frequency 1|Sets the function to add the offset frequency set in d7-01 [Offset Frequency 1] to the frequency reference when the terminal activates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|374| |45|Offset Frequency 2|Sets the function to add the offset frequency set in d7-02 [Offset Frequency 2] to the frequency reference when the terminal activates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|374| |46|Offset Frequency 3|Sets the function to add the offset frequency set in d7-03 [Offset Frequency 3] to the frequency reference when the terminal activates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|374| |47|Node Setup (CANopen)|Sets the function in CANopen communications to start the Node Setup function to set the drive node address from the host controller.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|374|

|Setting Value|Function|Description|Ref.| |---|---|---|---| |60|DC Injection Braking Command|Sets the command to use DC Injection Braking to stop the motor. Note: When A1-02 8 [Control Method Selection EZOLV], this function is available only when you use a PM motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|374|

Page 36

|61|Speed Search from Fmax|Sets the function to start speed search using an external reference although b3-01 = 0 [Speed Search Selection at Start

= Disabled]. Note: The drive will detect oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err] when H1-xx = 61 and 62 are set at the same time.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|375| |62|Speed Search from Fref|Sets the function to use an external reference to start speed search although b3-01 = 0 [Speed Search Selection at Start

= Disabled]. Note: The drive will detect oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err] when H1-xx = 61 and 62 are set at the same time.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|375| |63|Field Weakening|Sets the function to send the Field Weakening Level and Field Weakening Frequency Limit commands set in d6-01 [Field Weakening Level] and d6-02 [Field Weakening Frequency Limit] when the input terminal is activated.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|375| |65|KEB Ride-Thru 1 Activate (N.C.)|Sets operation of the KEB1 function through the KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.). ON : Normal operation OFF : Deceleration during momentary power loss

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|375| |66|KEB Ride-Thru 1 Activate (N.O.)|Sets operation of the KEB1 function through the KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.O.). ON : Deceleration during momentary power loss OFF : Normal operation

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|376| |67|Communications Test Mode|Set the function for the drive to self-test RS-485 serial communications operation.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|376| |68|High Slip Braking|Sets the command to use high-slip braking to stop the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|376| |6A|Drive Enable|Sets the function to show dnE [Drive Enabled] on the keypad and ignore Run commands when the terminal is OFF.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|376| |71|Torque Control|Sets the function to switch between torque control and speed control. ON : Torque Control OFF : Speed Control

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|376| |72|Zero Servo|Sets the function to hold a stopped motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|377| |75|Up 2 Command|Sets the function to increase the frequency reference bias value to accelerate the motor when the terminal is activated. Set this function and H1-xx = 76 [Down 2 Command] together.

Note:

When you use this function, use d4-08 and d4-09 [Up/Down 2 Bias Upper Limit/Lower Limit] to set the optimal bias limit value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|377| |76|Down 2 Command|Sets the function to decrease the frequency reference bias value to decelerate the motor when the terminal is activated. Set this function and H1-xx 75 [Up 2 Command] at the same time.

Note:

When you use this function, use d4-08 and d4-09 [Up/Down 2 Bias Upper Limit/Lower Limit] to set the optimal bias limit value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|378| |77|ASR Gain (C5-03) Select|Sets the function to switch the ASR proportional gain set in C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1] and C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain 2].

ON : C5-03 OFF : C5-01

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|379| |78|Analog TorqueRef Polarity Invert|Sets the rotation direction of the external torque reference. ON : External torque reference reverse direction OFF : External torque reference forward direction

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|379| |7A|KEB Ride-Thru 2 Activate (N.C.)|Sets operation of the KEB2 function through the KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.C.). ON : Normal operation OFF : Deceleration during momentary power loss

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|379|

|Setting Value|Function|Description|Ref.| |---|---|---|---| |7B|KEB Ride-Thru 2 Activate (N.O.)|Sets operation of the KEB2 function through the KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.O.). ON : Deceleration during momentary power loss OFF : Normal operation

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|379| |7C|Short Circuit Braking (N. O.)|Sets operation of Short Circuit Braking (N.O.). ON : Short Circuit Braking is enabled. OFF : Normal operation

Note: When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], this function is available only when you use a PM motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|380| |7D|Short Circuit Braking (N. C.)|Sets operation of Short Circuit Braking (N.C.). ON : Normal operation OFF : Short Circuit Braking is enabled.

Note: When A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV], this function is available only when you use a PM motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|380| |7E|Reverse Rotation Identifier|Sets the rotation direction of the motor when in Simple Closed Loop V/f Control method and F1-21, F1-37 = 0 [Encoder Option Function Selection = A pulse detection], or when in Closed Loop V/f Control method.

ON : Reverse run OFF : Forward run

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|380| |90 - 97|DWEZ Digital Inputs 1 to 8|Sets digital inputs used with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ online manual for more information.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|380| |9F|DWEZ Disable|Sets operation of the DriveWorksEZ program saved in the drive. ON : No OFF : Yes

Note: Set A1-07 = 2 [DriveWorksEZ Function Selection = Digital input] to enable this function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|380| |101 to 19F|Inverse Inputs of 1 to 9F|Sets the function of the selected MFDI to operate inversely. To select the function, enter “1xx”, where the “xx” is the function setting value.

Note: You cannot use inverse input for all functions. Refer to Table 2.55 for more information.|381|

######## ◆ H2: Digital Outputs

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |H2-01 (040B)|Term M1-M2 Function Selection|Sets the function for MFDO terminal M1-M2.

Note:

Set this parameter to F when the terminal is not being used or to use the terminal in through mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 1FF)|383| |H2-02 (040C)|Term M3-M4 Function Selection|Sets the function for MFDO terminal M3-M4.

Note:

Set this parameter to F when the terminal is not being used or to use the terminal in through mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 1FF)|383| |H2-03 (040D)|Term M5-M6 Function Selection|Sets the function for MFDO terminal M5-M6.

Note:

Set this parameter to F when the terminal is not being used or to use the terminal in through mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2 (0 - 1FF)|383| |H2-06 (0437)|Watt Hour Output Unit Selection|Sets the unit for the output signal when H2-01 to H2-03 = 39 [MFDO Function Selection

= Watt Hour Pulse Output].

0 : 0.1 kWh units
1 : 1 kWh units
2 : 10 kWh units
3 : 100 kWh units
4 : 1000 kWh units

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 4)|384|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |H2-07 (0B3A)|Modbus Register 1 Address Select|Sets the address of the MEMOBUS/Modbus register output to the MFDO terminal.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0001 (0001 - 1FFF)|384| |H2-08 (0B3B)|Modbus Register 1 Bit Select|Sets the bit of the MEMOBUS/Modbus register output to the MFDO terminal.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0000 (0000 - FFFF)|384|

Page 37

|H2-09 (0B3C)|Modbus Register 2 Address Select|Sets the address of the MEMOBUS/Modbus register output to the MFDO terminal.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0001 (0001 - 1FFF)|384| |H2-10 (0B3D)|Modbus Register 2 Bit Select|Sets the bit of the MEMOBUS/Modbus register output to the MFDO terminal.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0000 (0000 - FFFF)|385| |H2-20 (1540)|Comparator 1 Monitor Selection|Sets the monitor number for comparator 1. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set H2-20 102 to monitor U1-02 [Output Frequency].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|102 (000 - 999)|385| |H2-21 (1541)|Comparator 1 Lower Limit|Sets the lower limit detection level for comparator 1 when the full scale analog output for the monitor selected in H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection] is the 100% value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 300.0%)|385| |H2-22 (1542)|Comparator 1 Upper Limit|Sets the upper limit detection level for comparator 1 when the full scale analog output for the monitor selected in H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection] is the 100% value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 300.0%)|385| |H2-23 (1543)|Comparator 1 Hysteresis|Sets the hysteresis level for comparator 1 as a percentage of the full scale analog output for the monitor selected in H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 10.0%)|385| |H2-24 (1544)|Comparator 1 On-Delay Time|Sets the on-delay time for comparator 1.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 600.0 s)|385| |H2-25 (1545)|Comparator 1 Off-Delay Time|Sets the off-delay time for comparator 1.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 600.0 s)|386| |H2-26 (1546)|Comparator 2 Monitor Selection|Sets the monitor number for comparator 2. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set H2-26 = 103 to monitor U1-03 [Output Current].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|103 (000 - 999)|386| |H2-27 (1547)|Comparator 2 Lower Limit|Sets the lower limit detection level for comparator 2 as a percentage of the full scale analog output for the monitor selected in H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 300.0%)|386| |H2-28 (1548)|Comparator 2 Upper Limit|Sets the upper limit detection level for comparator 2 as a percentage of the full scale analog output for the monitor selected in H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 300.0%)|386| |H2-29 (1549)|Comparator 2 Hysteresis|Sets the hysteresis level for comparator 2 as a percentage of the full scale analog output for the monitor selected in H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 10.0%)|386| |H2-30 (154A)|Comparator 2 On-Delay Time|Sets the on-delay time for comparator 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 600.0 s)|386| |H2-31 (154B)|Comparator 2 Off-Delay Time|Sets the off-delay time for comparator 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 600.0 s)|387| |H2-32 (159A)|Comparator 1 Filter Time|Sets the time constant that is applied to the primary delay filter used for the analog output of the monitor selected with H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0s (0.0 - 10.0 s)|387| |H2-33 (159B)|Comparator1 Protection Selection|Sets drive operation when it detects CP1 [Comparator1 Limit Fault].

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
3 : Alarm Only
4 : Digital Output Only

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|4 (0 - 4)|387| |H2-34 (159C)|Comparator 2 Filter Time|Sets the time constant that is applied to the primary delay filter used for the analog output of the monitor selected with H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0s (0.0 - 10.0 s)|387| |H2-35 (159D)|Comparator2 Protection Selection|Sets drive operation when it detects CP2 [Comparator2 Limit Fault].

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
3 : Alarm Only
4 : Digital Output Only

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|4 (0 - 4)|387|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |H2-36 (159E)|Comparator 1 Ineffective Time|Sets the length of time that CP1 [Comparator1 Limit Fault] is disabled.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 1000.0 s)|388| |H2-37 (159F)|Comparator 2 Ineffective Time|Sets the length of time that CP2 [Comparator2 Limit Fault] is disabled.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 1000.0 s)|388| |H2-40 (0B58)|Mbus Reg 15E0h bit0 Output Func|Sets the MFDO for bit 0 of MEMOBUS register 15E0 (Hex.).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - 1FF)|388| |H2-41 (0B59)|Mbus Reg 15E0h bit1 Output Func|Sets the MFDO for bit 1 of MEMOBUS register 15E0 (Hex.).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - 1FF)|388| |H2-42 (0B5A)|Mbus Reg 15E0h bit2 Output Func|Sets the MFDO for bit 2 of MEMOBUS register 15E0 (Hex.).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - 1FF)|388| |H2-60 (1B46) Expert|Term M1-M2 Secondary Function|Sets the second function for terminal M1-M2. Outputs the logical calculation results of the terminals assigned to functions by H2-01 [Term M1-M2 Function Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - FF)|389| |H2-61 (1B47) Expert|Terminal M1-M2 Logical Operation|Sets the logical operation for the functions set in H2-01 [Term M1-M2 Function Selection] and H2-60 [Term M1-M2 Secondary Function].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 8)|389| |H2-62 (1B48) Expert|Terminal M1-M2 Delay Time|Sets the minimum on time used to output the logical calculation results from terminal M1M2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.1 s (0.0 - 25.0 s)|389| |H2-63 (1B49) Expert|Term M3-M4 Secondary Function|Sets the second function for terminal M3-M4. Outputs the logical calculation results of the terminals assigned to functions by H2-02 [Term M3-M4 Function Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - FF)|389| |H2-64 (1B4A) Expert|Terminal M3-M4 Logical Operation|Sets the logical operation for the functions set in H2-02 [Term M3-M4 Function Selection] and H2-63 [Term M3-M4 Secondary Function].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 8)|389| |H2-65 (1B4B) Expert|Terminal M3-M4 Delay Time|Sets the minimum on time used to output the logical calculation results from terminal M3M4.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.1 s (0.0 - 25.0 s)|389| |H2-66 (1B4C) Expert|Term M5-M6 Secondary Function|Sets the second function for terminal M5-M6. Outputs the logical calculation results of the terminals assigned to functions by H2-03 [Terminal M5-M6 Function Select].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - FF)|389| |H2-67 (1B4D) Expert|Terminal M5-M6 Logical Operation|Sets the logical operation for the functions set in H2-03 [Term M5-M6 Function Selection] and H2-66 [Term M5-M6 Secondary Function].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 8)|390| |H2-68 (1B4E) Expert|Terminal M5-M6 Delay Time|Sets the minimum on time used to output the logical calculation results from terminal M5M6.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.1 s (0.0 - 25.0 s)|390|

######## ■ H2-xx: MFDO Setting Values

|Setting Value|Function|Description|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|

Page 38

|0|During Run|The terminal activates when the Run command is input and when the drive is outputting voltage. ON : Drive is running OFF : Drive is stopping

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|390| |1|Zero Speed|The terminal activates when the output frequency < E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency] or b2-01 [DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold].

Note: Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the reference.

|A1-02 Setting|Control method selection|Parameter Used as the Reference| |---|---|---| |0|V/f|E1-09| |1|CL-V/f|E1-09| |2|OLV|b2-01| |3|CLV|E1-09| |4|AOLV|E1-09| |5|OLV/PM|E1-09| |6|AOLV/PM|E1-09| |7|CLV/PM|b2-01| |8|EZOLV|E1-09|

ON : Output frequency < value of E1-09 or b2-01. OFF : Output frequency ≥ value of E1-09 or b2-01.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|390| |2|Speed Agree 1|The terminal turns on when the output frequency is in the range of the frequency reference ± L4-02 [Speed Agree Detection Width].

Note:

• The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions.
• The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 3, 7 [CLV, CLV/PM]. It also outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 4 and n4-72 = 1.

ON : The output frequency is in the range of “frequency reference ± L4-02”. OFF : The output frequency does not align with the frequency reference although the drive is running.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|391| |3|User-Set Speed Agree 1|The terminal activates when the output frequency is in the range of L4-01 [Speed Agree Detection Level] ± L4-02 [Speed Agree Detection Width] and in the range of the frequency reference ± L4-02.

Note:

• The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions. The drive uses the L4-01 value as the forward/reverse detection level.
• The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 3, 7 [CLV, CLV/PM]. It also outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 4 and n4-72 = 1.

ON : The output frequency is in the range of “L4-01 ± L4-02” and the range of frequency reference ± L4-02. OFF : The output frequency is not in the range of “L4-01 ± L4-02” or the range of frequency reference ± L4-02.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|392| |4|Frequency Detection 1|The terminal deactivates when the output frequency > L4-01 [Speed Agree Detection Level] + L4-02 [Speed Agree Detection Width]. After the terminal turns off, the terminal continues to remain off until the output frequency reaches the level set with L4-01.

Note:

• The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions. The drive uses the L4-01 value as the forward/reverse detection level.
• The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 3, 7 [CLV, CLV/PM]. It also outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 4 and n4-72 = 1.

ON : The output frequency is less than the value of L4-01 or does not exceed the value of L4-01 + L4-02. OFF : The output frequency > L4-01 + L4-02.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|392| |5|Frequency Detection 2|The terminal activates when the output frequency is higher than the value of L4-01 [Speed Agree Detection Level]. After the terminal activates, the terminal stays activated until the output frequency = L4-01 - L4-02.

Note:

• The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions. The drive uses the L4-01 value as the forward/reverse detection level.
• The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 3, 7 [CLV, CLV/PM]. It also outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 4 and n4-72 = 1.

ON : The output frequency is higher than the value of L4-01. OFF : The output frequency < “L4-01 - L4-02”, or ≤ L4-01.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|393|

|Setting Value|Function|Description|Ref.| |---|---|---|---| |6|Drive ready|The terminal activates when the drive is ready and running.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|393| |7|DC Bus Undervoltage|The terminal activates when the DC bus voltage or control circuit power supply is less than the voltage set with L2-05 [Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)]. The terminal also turns on when there is a fault with the DC bus voltage.

ON : The DC bus voltage is less than the setting value of L2-05. OFF : The DC bus voltage is more than the setting value of L2-05.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|393| |8|During Baseblock (N.O.)|The terminal turns on during baseblock. When the drive is in baseblock, the drive output transistor stops switching and does not make DC bus voltage.

ON : During baseblock OFF : The drive is not in baseblock.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|394| |9|Frequency Reference from Keypad|Shows the selected frequency reference source. ON : The keypad is the frequency reference source. OFF : Parameter b1-01 or b1-15 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 or 2] is the frequency reference source.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|394| |A|Run Command Source|Shows the selected Run command source. ON : The keypad is the Run command source. OFF : Parameter b1-02 or b1-16 [Run Command Selection 1 or 2] is the Run command source.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|394| |B|Torque Detection 1 (N. O.)|The terminal activates when the drive detects overtorque or undertorque. ON : The output current/torque > L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1], or < L6-02 for longer than the time set with L6-03 [Torque Detection Time 1].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|394| |C|Frequency Reference Loss|The terminal activates when the drive detects a loss of frequency reference.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|394| |D|Braking Resistor Fault|The terminal activates when the mounting-type braking resistor is overheating or when there is a braking transistor fault.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|394| |E|Fault|The terminal activates when the drive detects a fault. Note: The terminal will not activate for CPF00 and CPF01 [Control Circuit Error] faults.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|395| |F|Not Used|Use this setting for unused terminals or to use terminals in through mode. Also use this setting as the PLC contact output via MEMOBUS/Modbus or the communication option. This signal does not function if signals from the PLC are not configured.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|395| |10|Alarm|The terminal turns on when the drive detects a minor fault.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|395| |11|Fault Reset Command Active|The terminal turns on when the drive receives the Reset command from the control circuit terminal, serial communications, or the communication option.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|395| |12|Timer Output|Use this setting when the drive uses the timer function as an output terminal.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|395| |13|Speed Agree 2|The terminal activates when the output frequency is in the range of the frequency reference ± L4-04 [Speed Agree Detection Width (+/-)].

Note:

• The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions.
• The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 3, 7 [Control Method Selection CLV, CLV/PM].

ON : The output frequency is in the range of “frequency reference ± L4-04”. OFF : The output frequency is not in the range of “frequency reference ± L4-04”.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|395| |14|User-Set Speed Agree 2|The terminal activates when the output frequency is in the range of L4-03 [Speed Agree Detection Level (+/-)] ± L4-04 [Speed Agree Detection Width (+/-)] and in the range of the frequency reference ± L4-04.

Note:

• The detection level set in L4-03 is a signed value. The drive will only detect in one direction.
• The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 3, 7 [Control Method Selection CLV, CLV/PM].

ON : The output frequency is in the range of “L4-03 ± L4-04” and the range of frequency reference ± L4-04. OFF : The output frequency is not in the range of “L4-03 ± L4-04” or the range of frequency reference ± L4-04.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|396|

|Setting Value|Function|Description|Ref.| |---|---|---|---| |15|Frequency Detection 3|The terminal deactivates when the output frequency is higher than the value of “L4-03 [Speed Agree Detection Level (+/-)] L4-04 [Speed Agree Detection Width (+/-)]”. After the terminal deactivates, the terminal stays off until the output frequency is at the value of L4-03.

Note:

• The detection level set in L4-03 is a signed value. The drive will only detect in one direction.
• The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 3, 7 [Control Method Selection CLV, CLV/PM].

ON : The output frequency is less than the value of L4-03 or it is not higher than the value of L4-03 + L4-04. OFF : The output frequency is higher than the value of L4-03 + L4-04.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|396| |16|Frequency Detection 4|The terminal activates when the output frequency is higher than the value of L4-03 [Speed Agree Detection Level (+/-)]. After the terminal activates, the terminal stays on until the output frequency is at the value of L4-03 - L4-04.

Note:

• The detection level set in L4-03 is a signed value. The drive will only detect in one direction.
• The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 3, 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV, CLV/PM].

ON : The output frequency is higher than the value of L4-03. OFF : The output frequency is less than the value of “L4-03 - L4-04”, or it is not higher than the value of L4-03.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|397|

Page 39

|17|Torque Detection 1 (N.C.)|The terminal deactivates when the drive detects overtorque or undertorque. OFF : The output current/torque is more than the torque value set with L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1], or the level is less than the torque value set with L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1] for longer than the time set with L6-03 [Torque Detection Time 1].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|397| |18|Torque Detection 2 (N. O.)|The terminal activates when the drive detects overtorque or undertorque. ON : The output current/torque is more than the torque value set with L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 2], or the level is less than the torque value set with L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 2] for longer than the time set with L6-06 [Torque Detection Time 2].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|398| |19|Torque Detection 2 (N.C.)|The terminal deactivates when the drive detects overtorque or undertorque. OFF : The output current/torque is more than the torque value set with L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 2], or the level is less than the torque value set with L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 2] for longer than the time set with L6-06 [Torque Detection Time 2].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|398| |1A|During reverse|The terminal activates when the motor operates in the reverse direction. ON : The motor is operating in the reverse direction. OFF : The motor is operating in the forward direction or the motor stopped.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|398| |1B|During Baseblock (N.C.)|The terminal deactivates during baseblock. When the drive is in baseblock, the drive output transistor stops switching and does not make DC bus voltage. ON : The drive is not in baseblock. OFF : During baseblock

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|398| |1C|Motor 2 Selected|The terminal activates when motor 2 is selected. ON : Motor 2 Selection OFF : Motor 1 Selection

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|399| |1D|During Regeneration|The terminal activates on when the motor is regenerating. ON : Motor is regenerating. OFF : Motor is operating or stopped.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|399| |1E|Executing Auto-Restart|The terminal activates when the Auto Restart function is trying to restart after a fault.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|399| |1F|Motor Overload Alarm (oL1)|The terminal activates when the electronic thermal protection value of the motor overload protective function is a minimum of 90% of the detection level.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|399| |20|Drive Overheat PreAlarm (oH)|The terminal activates when the drive heatsink temperature is at the level set with L8-02 [Overheat Alarm Level].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|399| |21|Safe Torque OFF|The terminal activates (safety stop state) when the safety circuit and safety diagnosis circuit are operating correctly and when terminals H1-HC and H2-HC are OFF (Open).

ON : Safety stop state OFF : Safety circuit fault or RUN/READY

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|399| |22|Mechanical Weakening Detection|The terminal activates when the drive detects mechanical weakening.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|400|

|Setting Value|Function|Description|Ref.| |---|---|---|---| |2F|Maintenance Notification|The terminal activates when drive components are at their estimated maintenance period. Tells the user about the maintenance period for these items:

• IGBT
• Cooling fan
• Capacitor
• Soft charge bypass relay

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|400| |30|During Torque Limit|The terminal activates when the torque reference is the torque limit set with L7 parameters, H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 [MFAI Function Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|400| |31|During Speed Limit|The terminal activates when the speed limit is active.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|400| |32|In Speed Limit During Trq Ctrl|The motor accelerates in the forward direction or the reverse direction after enabling torque control and the externally input torque reference is disproportionate to the load. The output terminal activates when this speed is not higher than a constant speed and the motor speed is at the speed limit. This does not include operation when the drive is stopped.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|400| |33|Zero Servo Complete|The terminal activates when positioning in the range set with b9-02 [Zero Servo Completion Window] completes after sending the Zero-Servo command.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|401| |37|During Frequency Output|The terminal activates when the drive outputs frequency. ON : The drive outputs frequency. OFF : The drive does not output frequency.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|401| |38|Drive Enabled|This terminal activates when the H1-xx = 6A [Drive Enable] terminal activates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|401| |39|Watt Hour Pulse Output|Outputs the pulse that shows the watt hours.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|401| |3C|LOCAL Control Selected|The terminal activates when the Run command source or frequency reference source is LOCAL. ON : LOCAL OFF : REMOTE

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|401| |3D|During Speed Search|The terminal activates when the drive is doing speed search.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|402| |3E|PID Feedback Low|The terminal activates when the drive detects FbL [PID Feedback Loss].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|402| |3F|PID Feedback High|The terminal activates when the drive detects FbH [Excessive PID Feedback].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|402| |4A|During KEB Ride-Thru|The activates during KEB Ride-Thru.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|402| |4B|During Short Circuit Braking|The terminal activates during Short Circuit Braking. Note: When A1-02 8 [Control Method Selection EZOLV], this function is available when you use a PM motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|402| |4C|During Fast Stop|The terminal activates when the fast stop is in operation.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|402| |4D|oH Pre-Alarm Time Limit|The terminal activates when L8-03 = 4 [Overheat Pre-Alarm Selection = Operate at Reduced Speed (L8-19)] and oH [Heatsink Overheat] does not clear after the drive decreases the frequency for 10 cycles.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|403| |4E|Braking Transistor Fault (rr)|The terminal activates when the internal braking transistor overheats and the drive detects an rr [Dynamic Braking Transistor Fault] fault.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|403| |4F|Braking Resistor Overheat (rH)|The terminal activates when the braking resistor overheats and the drive detects an rH [Braking Resistor Overheat] fault.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|403| |60|Internal Cooling Fan Failure|The terminal activates when the drive detects a cooling fan failure in the drive.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|403| |61|Pole Position Detection Complete|The terminal activates when drive receives a Run command and the drive detects the motor magnetic pole position of the PM motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|403|

|Setting Value|Function|Description|Ref.| |---|---|---|---| |62|Modbus Reg 1 Status Satisfied|The terminal activates when the bit specified by H2-08 [Modbus Register 1 Bit Select] for the MEMOBUS register address set with H2-07 [Modbus Register 1 Address Select] activates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|403| |63|Modbus Reg 2 Status Satisfied|The terminal activates when the bit specified by H2-10 [Modbus Register 2 Bit Select] for the MEMOBUS register address set with H2-09 [Modbus Register 2 Address Select] activates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|403|

Page 40

|65|Standby Output|The terminal deactivates after the drive stops operating and after the time set with b8-51 [Standby Mode Wait Time]. ON : The Run command turns on and the magnetic contactor on the input side turns on. OFF : The Run command turns off and the drive stops operating. Then, the magnetic contactor on the input side turns off after the time set in b8-51 [Standby Mode Wait Time] elapses.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|403| |66|Comparator1|The terminal activates if the monitor value set with H2-20 [Comparator 1 Monitor Selection] is in range of the values of H2-21 [Comparator 1 Lower Limit] and H2-22 [Comparator 1 Upper Limit] for the time set in H2-24 [Comparator 1 On-Delay Time].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|404| |67|Comparator2|The terminal activates if the monitor value set with H2-26 [Comparator 2 Monitor Selection] is not in the range of the values of H2-27 [Comparator 2 Lower Limit] and H2-28 [Comparator 2 Upper Limit] for the time set in H2-30 [Comparator 2 On-Delay Time].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|404| |69|External Power 24V Supply|The terminal activates when there is an external 24V power supply between terminals PS-AC. ON : An external 24V power supply supplies power. OFF : An external 24V power supply does not supply power.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|405| |6A|Data Logger Error|The terminal activates when the drive detects LoG [Com Error / Abnormal SD card].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|405| |90 to 93|DWEZ Digital Outputs 1 to 4|Sets the DriveWorksEZ digital output. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ online manual for more information.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|405| |A0 to A7|DWEZ Extended Digital Outputs 1 to 8|Sets the digital output for the DriveWorksEZ DO-A3 option card. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ online manual for more information.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|405| |100 to 1A7|Inverse Outputs of 0 to A7|Causes inverse output of the function for the selected MFDO. Uses the last two digits of 1xx to select which function to inversely output.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|405|

######## ◆ H3: Analog Inputs

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |H3-01 (0410)|Terminal A1 Signal Level Select|Sets the input signal level for MFAI terminal A1.

0 : 0 to 10V (Lower Limit at 0)
1 : -10 to +10V (Bipolar Reference)
2 : 4 to 20 mA
3 : 0 to 20 mA

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3)|408| |H3-02 (0434)|Terminal A1 Function Selection|Sets the function for MFAI terminal A1.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 32)|408| |H3-03 (0411) RUN|Terminal A1 Gain Setting|Sets the gain of the analog signal input to MFAI terminal A1.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|408| |H3-04 (0412) RUN|Terminal A1 Bias Setting|Sets the bias of the analog signal input to MFAI terminal A1.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|409| |H3-05 (0413)|Terminal A3 Signal Level Select|Sets the input signal level for MFAI terminal A3.

0 : 0 to 10V (Lower Limit at 0)
1 : -10 to +10V (Bipolar Reference)
2 : 4 to 20 mA
3 : 0 to 20 mA

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3)|409| |H3-06 (0414)|Terminal A3 Function Selection|Sets the function for MFAI terminal A3.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2 (0 - 32)|409|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |H3-07 (0415) RUN|Terminal A3 Gain Setting|Sets the gain of the analog signal input to MFAI terminal A3.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|410| |H3-08 (0416) RUN|Terminal A3 Bias Setting|Sets the bias of the analog signal input to MFAI terminal A3.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|410| |H3-09 (0417)|Terminal A2 Signal Level Select|Sets the input signal level for MFAI terminal A2.

0 : 0-10V (LowLim=0)
1 : -10 to +10V (Bipolar Reference)
2 : 4 to 20 mA
3 : 0 to 20 mA

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2 (0 - 3)|410| |H3-10 (0418)|Terminal A2 Function Selection|Sets the function for MFAI terminal A2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 32)|410| |H3-11 (0419) RUN|Terminal A2 Gain Setting|Sets the gain of the analog signal input to MFAI terminal A2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|411| |H3-12 (041A) RUN|Terminal A2 Bias Setting|Sets the bias of the analog signal input to MFAI terminal A2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|411| |H3-13 (041B)|Analog Input FilterTime Constant|Sets the time constant for primary delay filters on MFAI terminals.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.03 s (0.00 - 2.00 s)|411| |H3-14 (041C)|Analog Input Terminal Enable Sel|Sets the enabled terminal or terminals when H1-xx = C [MFDI Function Select = Analog Terminal Enable Selection] is ON.

1 : Terminal A1 only
2 : Terminal A2 only
3 : Terminals A1 and A2
4 : Terminal A3 only
5 : Terminals A1 and A3
6 : Terminals A2 and A3
7 : Terminals A1, A2, and A3

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|7 (1 - 7)|411| |H3-16 (02F0)|Terminal A1 Offset|Sets the offset level for analog signals input to terminal A1. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-500 - +500)|412| |H3-17 (02F1)|Terminal A2 Offset|Sets the offset level for analog signals input to terminal A2. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-500 - +500)|412| |H3-18 (02F2)|Terminal A3 Offset|Sets the offset level for analog signals input to terminal A3. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (-500 - +500)|412| |H3-40 (0B5C)|Mbus Reg 15C1h Input Function|Sets the MEMOBUS AI1 function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (4 - 2F)|412| |H3-41 (0B5F)|Mbus Reg 15C2h Input Function|Sets the MEMOBUS AI2 function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (4 - 2F)|412| |H3-42 (0B62)|Mbus Reg 15C3h Input Function|Sets the MEMOBUS AI3 function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (4 - 2F)|413| |H3-43 (117F)|Mbus Reg Inputs FilterTime Const|Sets the time constant to apply a primary delay filter to the MEMOBUS analog input terminal.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 s (0.00 - 2.00 s)|413|

######## ■ H3-xx: MFAI Setting Values

Page 41

|Setting Value|Function|Description|Ref.| |---|---|---|---| |0|Frequency Reference|The input value from the MFAI terminal set with this function becomes the master frequency reference.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|413| |1|Frequency Gain|The drive multiplies the analog frequency reference with the input value from the MFAI set with this function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|413|

|Setting Value|Function|Description|Ref.| |---|---|---|---| |2|Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1|Sets Reference 2 through multi-step speed reference to enable the command reference (Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1) from the analog input terminal set here. This value is a percentage where the Maximum Output Frequency setting is a setting value of 100%.

Note: Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|413| |3|Auxiliary Frequency Reference 2|Sets Reference 3 through multi-step speed reference to enable the command reference (Auxiliary Frequency Reference 2) from the analog input terminal set here. This value is a percentage where the Maximum Output Frequency setting is a setting value of 100%.

Note: Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|414| |4|Output Voltage Bias|Set this parameter to input a bias signal and amplify the output voltage.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|414| |5|Accel/Decel Time Gain|Enters a signal to adjust the gain used for C1-01 to C1-08 [Acceleration/Deceleration Times 1 to 4] and C1-09 [Fast Stop Time] when the full scale analog signal (10 Vor 20 mA) is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|414| |6|DC Injection Braking Current|Enters a signal to adjust the current level used for DC Injection Braking when the drive rated output current is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|414| |7|Torque Detection Level|Enters a signal to adjust the overtorque/undertorque detection level. Note: Use this function with L6-01 [Torque Detection Selection 1]. This parameter functions as an alternative to L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|415| |8|Stall Prevent Level During Run|Enters a signal to adjust the stall prevention level during run if the drive rated current is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|415| |9|Output Frequency Lower Limit|Enters a signal to adjust the output frequency lower limit level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Note: Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|415| |B|PID Feedback|Enter the PID feedback value as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Note: Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|415| |C|PID Setpoint|Enters the PID setpoint as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Note: Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|416| |D|Frequency Bias|Enters the bias value added to the frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Note: Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|416| |E|Motor Temperature (PTC Input)|Uses the motor Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) thermistor to prevent heat damage to the motor as a percentage of the current value when the 10 Vanalog signal is input.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|416| |F|Not Used|Use this setting for unused terminals or to use terminals in through mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|416| |10|Forward Torque Limit|Enters the forward torque limit if the motor rated torque is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|416| |11|Reverse Torque Limit|Enters the load torque limit if the motor rated torque is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|417|

|Setting Value|Function|Description|Ref.| |---|---|---|---| |12|Regenerative Torque Limit|Enters the regenerative torque limit if the motor rated torque is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|418| |13|Torque Reference / Torque Limit|Enters the torque reference if the motor rated torque is 100%. This setting is the torque limit for speed control.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|418| |14|Torque Compensation|Enters the torque compensation value if the motor rated torque is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|418| |15|General Torque Limit|Enters the torque limit that is the same for all quadrants for forward, reverse, and regenerative operation if the motor rated torque is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|418| |16|Differential PID Feedback|Enters the PID differential feedback value if the full scale analog signal (10 Vor 20 mA) is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|418| |1F|Not Used|Use this setting for unused terminals or to use terminals in through mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|418| |30|DWEZ Analog Input 1|Use with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ online manual for more information.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|418| |31|DWEZ Analog Input 2|Use with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ online manual for more information.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|418| |32|DWEZ Analog Input 3|Use with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ online manual for more information.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|419|

######## ◆ H4: Analog Outputs

Page 42

|---|---|---|---|---| |H4-01 (041D)|Terminal FM Analog Output Select|Sets the monitor number to send from MFAO terminal FM. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set H4-01 = 102 to monitor U1-02 [Output Frequency].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|102 (000 - 999)|420| |H4-02 (041E) RUN|Terminal FM Analog Output Gain|Sets the gain of the monitor signal that is sent from MFAO terminal FM. Sets the analog signal output level from the terminal FM at 10 Vor 20 mA as 100% when an output for monitoring items is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|420| |H4-03 (041F) RUN|Terminal FM Analog Output Bias|Sets the bias of the monitor signal that is sent from MFAO terminal FM. Set the level of the analog signal sent from terminal FM at 10 Vor 20 mA as 100% when an output for monitoring items is 0%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|421| |H4-04 (0420)|Terminal AM Analog Output Select|Sets the monitoring number to be output from the MFAO terminal AM. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set H4-04 = 103 to monitor U1-03 [Output Current].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|103 (000 - 999)|421| |H4-05 (0421) RUN|Terminal AM Analog Output Gain|Sets the gain of the monitor signal that is sent from MFAO terminal AM. When an output for monitoring items is 0%, this parameter sets the analog signal output level from the AM terminal at 10 Vor 20 mA as 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|421| |H4-06 (0422) RUN|Terminal AM Analog Output Bias|Sets the bias of the monitor signal that is sent from MFAO terminal AM. When an output for monitoring items is 0%, this parameter sets the analog signal output level from the AM terminal at 10 Vor 20 mA as 0%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-999.9 - +999.9%)|421| |H4-07 (0423)|Terminal FM Signal Level Select|Sets the MFAO terminal FM output signal level.

Note:

Set jumper S5 on the control circuit terminal block accordingly when changing these parameters.

0 : 0 to 10 Vdc
1 : -10 to +10 Vdc
2 : 4 to 20 mA

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|421|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |H4-08 (0424)|Terminal AM Signal Level Select|Sets the MFAO terminal AM output signal level.

Note:

Set jumper S5 on the control circuit terminal block accordingly when changing these parameters.

0 : 0 to 10 Vdc
1 : -10 to +10 Vdc
2 : 4 to 20 mA

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|422| |H4-20 (0B53)|Analog Power Monitor 100% Level|Sets the level at 10 V when U1-08 [Output Power] is set for analog output.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 kW (0.00 - 650.00 kW)|422|

######## ◆ H5: Modbus Communication

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |H5-01 (0425)|Drive Node Address|Sets the communication slave address for drives.

Note:

• Restart the drive after changing the parameter setting.
• Setting 0 will not let the drive respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1FH (0 - FFH)|422| |H5-02 (0426)|Communication Speed Selection|Sets the communications speed for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Note: Restart the drive after changing the parameter setting.

0 : 1200 bps
1 : 2400 bps
2 : 4800 bps
3 : 9600 bps
4 : 19200 bps
5 : 38400 bps
6 : 57600 bps
7 : 76800 bps
8 : 115200 bps

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|3 (0 - 8)|423| |H5-03 (0427)|Communication Parity Selection|Sets the communications parity used for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Note: Restart the drive after changing the parameter setting.

0 : No parity
1 : Even parity
2 : Odd parity

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|423| |H5-04 (0428)|Communication Error Stop Method|Sets the motor Stopping Method when the drive detects CE [Modbus Communication Error] issues.

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
3 : Alarm Only

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|3 (0 - 3)|423| |H5-05 (0429)|Comm Fault Detection Selection|Sets the function that detects CE [Modbus Communication Error] issues during MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|424| |H5-06 (042A)|Drive Transmit Wait Time|Sets the time to wait to send a response message after the drive receives a command message from the master.

Note: Restart the drive after changing the parameter setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5 ms (0 - 65 ms)|424| |H5-09 (0435)|CE Detection Time|Sets the detection time for CE [Modbus Communication Error] issues when communication stops.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2.0 s (0.0 - 10.0 s)|424|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |H5-10 (0436)|Modbus Register 0025H Unit Sel|Sets the unit of measure used for the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications monitor register 0025H (output voltage reference monitor).

0 : 0.1 V units
1 : 1 V units

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|424| |H5-11 (043C)|Comm ENTER Command Mode|Sets the function to make the Enter command necessary to change parameters through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

0 : ENTER Command Required
1 : ENTER Command Not Required

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|424| |H5-12 (043D)|Run Command Method Selection|Sets the input method for the Run command when b1-02 = 2 [Run Command Selection 1 = Memobus/Modbus Communications] or b1-16 = 2 [Run Command Selection 2 = Memobus/Modbus Communications].

0 : FWD/Stop, REV/Stop
1 : Run/Stop, FWD/REV

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|425| |H5-17 (11A1) Expert|ENTER command response @CPU BUSY|Sets operation when the EEPROM write command is sent without EEPROM write available. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Ignore Command(No ROM/RAM Write)
1 : Write to RAM Only

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|425| |H5-18 (11A2)|Motor Speed Filter over Comms|Sets the filter time constant used when monitoring motor speed during MEMOBUS/ Modbus communications or with a communication option.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 ms (0 - 100 ms)|425| |H5-20 (0B57)|Communication Parameters Reload|Sets the function to immediately enable updated MEMOBUS/Modbus communications parameters.

0 : Reload at Next Power Cycle
1 : Reload Now

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|425| |H5-22 (11CF)|Speed Search from MODBUS|Enables the MEMOBUS/Modbus communication register Speed Search function (bit0 of 15DFH).

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|426| |H5-25 (1589) RUN|Function 5A Register 1 Selection|Returns the contents of the specified MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register when responding to the master device.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0044H (U1-05) (0000H - FFFFH)|426| |H5-26 (158A) RUN|Function 5A Register 2 Selection|Returns the contents of the specified MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register when responding to the master device.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0045H (U1-06) (0000H - FFFFH)|426| |H5-27 (158B) RUN|Function 5A Register 3 Selection|Returns the contents of the specified MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register when responding to the master device.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0042H (U1-03) (0000H - FFFFH)|426| |H5-28 (158C) RUN|Function 5A Register 4 Selection|Returns the contents of the specified MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register when responding to the master device.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0049H (U1-10) (0000H - FFFFH)|426|

Page 43

######## ◆ H6: Pulse Train Input/Output

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |H6-01 (042C)|Terminal RP Pulse Train Function|Sets the function for pulse train input terminal RP.

0 : Frequency Reference
1 : PID Feedback Value
2 : PID Setpoint
3 : Speed Feedback (V/F Control)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3)|427| |H6-02 (042D) RUN|Terminal RP Frequency Scaling|Sets the frequency of the pulse train input signal used when the item selected with H6-01 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function] is input at 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1440 Hz (100 - 32000 Hz)|428|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |H6-03 (042E) RUN|Terminal RP Function Gain|Sets the gain used when the function in H6-01 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function] is input to terminal RP.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (0.0 - 1000.0%)|428| |H6-04 (042F) RUN|Terminal RP Function Bias|Sets the bias used when the function in H6-01 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function] is input to terminal RP. Sets a value at the time when the pulse train is 0 Hz.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-100.0 - 100.0%)|428| |H6-05 (0430) RUN|Terminal RP Filter Time|Sets the time constant for the pulse train input primary delay filters.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.10 s (0.00 - 2.00 s)|429| |H6-06 (0431) RUN|Terminal MP Monitor Selection|Sets a function for pulse train monitor output terminal MP. Sets the “x-xx” part of the Ux-xx monitor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|102

(000, 031, 101, 102, 105, 116, 501, 502, 801 - 809, 821 - 825, 831 - 839, 851 - 855)|429| |H6-07 (0432) RUN|Terminal MP Frequency Scaling|Sets the frequency of the pulse train output signal used when the monitor set with H6-06 [Terminal MP Monitor Selection] is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1440 Hz (0 - 32000 Hz)|430| |H6-08 (043F)|Terminal RP Minimum Frequency|Sets the minimum frequency of the pulse train signal that terminal RP can detect.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.5 Hz (0.1 - 1000.0 Hz)|430| |H6-09 (156E)|Voltage Phase Sync MP Selection|Set whether to output the pulse synchronized with drive output voltage phase from the pulse train monitor output terminal MP. This parameter is only enabled when H6-06 102 [Terminal MP Monitor Selection = Output Frequency] and H6-07 = 0 [Terminal MP Frequency Scaling 0 Hz].

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|430|

######## ◆ H7: Virtual MFIO selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |H7-00 (116F) Expert|Virtual MFIO selection|Sets the function to enable and disable the virtual I/O function. Set this parameter to 1 to operate the virtual I/O function.

0 : No
1 : Yes

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|431| |H7-01 (1185) Expert|Virtual Multi-Function Input 1|Sets the function that enters the virtual input set in H7-10 [Virtual Multi-Function Output 1].

Note:

Settings 1B [Programming Lockout] and 11B [!Programming Lockout] are not available.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|431| |H7-02 (1186) Expert|Virtual Multi-Function Input 2|Sets the function that enters the virtual input set in H7-12 [Virtual Multi-Function Output 2].

Note:

Settings 1B [Programming Lockout] and 11B [!Programming Lockout] are not available.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|431| |H7-03 (1187) Expert|Virtual Multi-Function Input 3|Sets the function that enters the virtual input set in H7-14 [Virtual Multi-Function Output 3].

Note:

Settings 1B [Programming Lockout] and 11B [!Programming Lockout] are not available.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|431| |H7-04 (1188) Expert|Virtual Multi-Function Input 4|Sets the function that enters the virtual input set in H7-16 [Virtual Multi-Function Output 4].

Note:

Settings 1B [Programming Lockout] and 11B [!Programming Lockout] are not available.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|432| |H7-10 (11A4) Expert|Virtual Multi-Function Output 1|Sets the function for virtual digital output 1.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - 1A7)|432|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |H7-11 (11A5) Expert|Virtual Output 1 Delay Time|Sets the minimum ON time for virtual digital output 1.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.1 s (0.0 - 25.0 s)|432| |H7-12 (11A6) Expert|Virtual Multi-Function Output 2|Sets the function for virtual digital output 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - 1A7)|432| |H7-13 (11A7) Expert|Virtual Output 2 Delay Time|Sets the minimum ON time for virtual digital output 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.1 s (0.0 - 25.0 s)|432| |H7-14 (11A8) Expert|Virtual Multi-Function Output 3|Sets the function for virtual digital output 3.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - 1A7)|432| |H7-15 (11A9) Expert|Virtual Output 3 Delay Time|Sets the minimum ON time for virtual digital output 3.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.1 s (0.0 - 25.0 s)|432| |H7-16 (11AA) Expert|Virtual Multi-Function Output 4|Sets the function for virtual digital output 4.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - 1A7)|433| |H7-17 (11AB) Expert|Virtual Output 4 Delay Time|Sets the minimum ON time for virtual digital output 4.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.1 s (0.0 - 25.0 s)|433|

Page 44

|H7-30 (1177) Expert|Virtual Analog Input Selection|Sets the virtual analog input function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - 32)|433| |H7-31 (1178) RUN Expert|Virtual Analog Input Gain|Sets the virtual analog input gain.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (-999.9 - 999.9%)|433| |H7-32 (1179) RUN Expert|Virtual Analog Input Bias|Sets the virtual analog input bias.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-999.9 - 999.9%)|433| |H7-40 (1163)|Virtual Analog Out Signal Select|Sets the signal level of the virtual analog output.

0 : 0 to 100% (Absolute Value)
1 : -100 to 100%
2 : 0 to 100% (Lower Limit at 0)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|433| |H7-41 (1164)|Virtual Analog Output Function|Sets the monitor to be output from the virtual analog output. Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set H7-41 = 102 to monitor U1-02 [Output Frequency].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|102 (0 - 999)|433| |H7-42 (1165)|Virtual Analog Output FilterTime|Sets the time constant for a primary filter of the virtual analog output.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 s (0.00 - 2.00 s)|434|

####### 1.11 L: Protection Functions

◆ L1: Motor Protection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L1-01 (0480)|Motor Overload (oL1) Protection|Sets the motor overload protection with electronic thermal protectors.

0 : Disabled
1 : Variable Torque
2 : Constant Torque 10:1 Speed Range
3 : Constant Torque 100:1 SpeedRange
4 : PM Variable Torque
5 : PM Constant Torque
6 : Variable Torque (50Hz) Note:

When only one motor is connected to a drive, set L1-01 = 1 to 6 [Enabled]. External thermal relays are not necessary in these conditions.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0 - 6)|436| |L1-02 (0481)|Motor Overload Protection Time|Sets the operation time for the electronic thermal protector of the drive to prevent damage to the motor. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 min (0.1 - 5.0 min)|439| |L1-03 (0482)|Motor Thermistor oH Alarm Select|Sets drive operation when the PTC input signal entered into the drive is at the oH3 [Motor Overheat Alarm] detection level.

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
3 : Alarm Only

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|3 (0 - 3)|440| |L1-04 (0483)|Motor Thermistor oH Fault Select|Sets the drive operation when the PTC input signal to the drive is at the oH4 [Motor Overheat Fault (PTC Input)] detection level.

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 2)|440| |L1-05 (0484)|Motor Thermistor Filter Time|Sets the primary delay time constant for the PTC input signal entered to the drive. This parameter prevents accidental motor overheat faults.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.20 s (0.00 - 10.00 s)|440| |L1-08 (1103)|oL1 Current Level|Sets the reference current for the motor 1 thermal overload detection. When the current level > 0.0 A, you cannot set this value < 10% of drive rated current.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 A (0.0 A or 10% to 150% of the drive rated current)|440| |L1-09 (1104)|oL1 Current Level for Motor 2|Sets the reference current for the motor 2 thermal overload detection. When the current level > 0.0 A, you cannot set this value < 10% of drive rated current.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 A

(0.0 A or 10 to150% of the drive rated current)|441| |L1-13 (046D)|Motor Overload Memory Selection|Sets the function that keeps the current electronic thermal protector value when the drive stops receiving power.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|441|

######## ◆ L2: Power Loss Ride Through

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L2-01 (0485)|Power Loss Ride Through Select|Sets the drive operation after a momentary power loss.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled
2 : Enabled while CPU Power Active
3 : Kinetic Energy Backup: L2-02
4 : Kinetic Energy Backup: CPU Power
5 : Kinetic Energy Backup: DecelStop

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 5)|447| |L2-02 (0486)|Power Loss Ride Through Time|Sets the maximum time that the drive will wait until trying to restart after power loss.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.0 - 25.5 s)|448| |L2-03 (0487)|Minimum Baseblock Time|Sets the minimum time to continue the drive output block (baseblock) after a baseblock.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.1 - 5.0 s)|448| |L2-04 (0488)|Powerloss V/f Recovery Ramp Time|Sets the time for the drive output voltage to go back to correct voltage after completing speed searches.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.0 - 5.0 s)|448| |L2-05 (0489)|Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)|Sets the voltage at which a Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] fault is triggered or at which the KEB function is activated. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. When you set this parameter

to a value lower than the default, you must install an AC reactor on the input side of the power supply. If you do not install an AC reactor, it will cause damage to the drive circuitry.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04 and E1-01

(200 V Class: 150 - 210 V, 400 V Class: 300 - 420 V)|449| |L2-06 (048A) Expert|Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time|Sets the deceleration time during KEB operation used to decrease the maximum output frequency to 0.

Note: When L2-29 1, 2, or 3 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method Single Drive KEB RideThru 2, System KEB Ride-Thru 1, or System KEB Ride-Thru 2] and you do KEB AutoTuning, the drive will automatically set this value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|449| |L2-07 (048B) Expert|Kinetic Energy Backup Accel Time|Sets the acceleration time to return the frequency to the frequency reference before a power loss after canceling KEB operation.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|449| |L2-08 (048C) Expert|Frequency Gain at KEB Start|Sets the quantity of output frequency reduction used when KEB operation starts as a percentage of the motor rated slip before starting KEB operation.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100% (0 - 300%)|450| |L2-09 (048D) Expert|KEB Minimum Frequency Level|Sets the quantity of output frequency reduction used as a percentage of E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip] when KEB operation starts.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|20% (0 - 100%)|450| |L2-10 (048E) Expert|Minimum KEB Time|Sets the minimum length of time to operate the KEB after the drive detects a momentary power loss.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50 ms (0 - 25500 ms)|450| |L2-11 (0461) Expert|KEB DC Bus Voltage Setpoint|Sets the target value that controls the DC bus voltage to a constant level in Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2. Sets the DC bus voltage level that completes the KEB operation for all other KEB methods.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E1-01 (Determined by E1-01)|451| |L2-29 (0475) Expert|Kinetic Energy Backup Method|Sets the KEB function operation mode.

0 : Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1
1 : Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2
2 : System KEB Ride-Thru 1
3 : System KEB Ride-Thru 2

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3)|451|

Page 45

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L2-30 (045E) Expert|KEB Zero Speed Operation|Sets the operation when the output frequency decreases below the zero level (DC braking injection starting frequency) during KEB deceleration when L2-01 3 to 5 [Power Loss Ride Through Select = Kinetic Energy Backup: L2-02, Kinetic Energy Backup: CPU Power, or Kinetic Energy Backup: DecelStop].

0 : Baseblock
1 : DC Injection Braking

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|451| |L2-31 (045D) Expert|KEB Start Voltage Offset Level|Sets the KEB start voltage offset.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (200 V Class: 0 - 100 V,400 V Class: 0 - 200 V)|452|

######## ◆ L3: Stall Prevention

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L3-01 (048F)|Stall Prevention during Accel|Sets the method of the Stall Prevention During Acceleration.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled
2 : Intelligent (Ignore Decel Ramp)
3 : Current Limit Acceleration

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 to 3)|452| |L3-02 (0490)|Stall Prevent Level during Accel|Sets the output current level to activate the Stall Prevention function during acceleration as a percentage of the drive rated output current.

Note: The upper limit of the setting range changes when C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] changes.

• 150% when C6-01 0 [Heavy Duty Rating].
• 110% when C6-01 1 [Normal Duty Rating].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by C6-01 and L8-38

(0 - 150%)|454| |L3-03 (0491)|Stall Prevent Limit during Accel|Sets the lower limit for the stall prevention level used in the constant output range as a percentage of the drive rated output current.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50% (0 - 100%)|454| |L3-04 (0492)|Stall Prevention during Decel|Sets the method that the drive will use to prevent overvoltage faults when decelerating.

Note:

1. To connect a dynamic braking option (braking resistor or braking resistor unit) to the drive, set this parameter to 0 or 3. Parameter values 1, 2, 4, and 5 will enable Stall Prevention function during deceleration, and the dynamic braking option will not function.
2. The setting range changes when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] value changes:

• When A1-02 = 5 [OLV/PM], the setting range is 0 to 2.
• When A1-02 6, 7, 8 [AOLV/PM, CLV/PM, EZOLV], the setting range is 0, 1.

0 : No
1 : General Purpose
2 : Intelligent (Ignore Decel Ramp)
3 : General Purpose w/ DB resistor
4 : Overexcitation/High Flux
5 : Overexcitation/High Flux 2

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (Determined by A1-02)|455| |L3-05 (0493)|Stall Prevention during RUN|Sets the function to enable and disable Stall Prevention During Run.

Note:

1. An output frequency lower than 6 Hz will disable Stall Prevention during Run. The L3-05 and L3-06 [Stall Prevent Level during Run] settings do not have an effect.
2. The setting range changes when the A1-02 [Control Method] value changes:

• A1-02 = 0, 1, 5 [V/f, CL-V/f, OLV/PM]: 0 to 2
• A1-02 =8[EZOLV]: 0, 3

0 : Disabled
1 : Deceleration Time 1 (C1-02)
2 : Deceleration Time 2 (C1-04)
3 : Intelligent (Ignore Decel Ramp)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2 (0 - Determined by A102)|456|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L3-06 (0494)|Stall Prevent Level during Run|Sets the output current level to enable the Stall Prevention function during operation as a percentage of the drive rated output current.

Note:

• This parameter is applicable when L3-05 1, 2 [Stall Prevention during RUN Deceleration Time 1 (C1-02), Deceleration Time 2 (C1-04)].
• The upper limit of the setting range changes when C6-01 [Normal Heavy Duty Selection] changes.

–150% when C6-01 0 [Heavy Duty Rating 1 (HD1) for Constant Torque Applications].
–110% when C6-01 = 1 [Normal Duty Rating 1 (ND1) for Variable Torque Applications].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by C6-01 and L8-38

(5 - 150%)|457| |L3-11 (04C7)|Overvoltage Suppression Select|Sets the overvoltage suppression function.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|458| |L3-17 (0462)|DC Bus Regulation Level|Sets the target value for the DC bus voltage when the overvoltage suppression function and the Decel Stall Prevention function (Intelligent Stall Prevention) are active.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V Class: 375 V, 400 V: 750 V

(200 V Class: 150 to 400 V, 400 V Class: 300 to 800 V)|458| |L3-20 (0465) Expert|DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain|Sets the proportional gain used to control the DC bus voltage.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.00 - 5.00)|458| |L3-21 (0466) Expert|OVSuppression Accel/ Decel P Gain|Sets the proportional gain to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.10 - 10.00)|458| |L3-22 (04F9)|PM Stall Prevention Decel Time|Sets the momentary deceleration time that the drive will use when it tries to accelerate a PM motor and detected motor stalls. This function is applicable when L3-01 = 1 [Stall Prevent Select duringAccel = General Purpose].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|459| |L3-23 (04FD)|Stall P Reduction at Constant HP|Sets the function to automatically decrease the Stall Prevention Level during Run for constant output ranges.

0 : Disabled
1 : Automatic Reduction @ CHP Region

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|459| |L3-24 (046E) Expert|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|Sets the motor acceleration time to reach the maximum frequency at the motor rated torque for stopped single-drive motors.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01, E2-11, and E5-01

(0.001 - 10.000 s)|459| |L3-25 (046F) Expert|Load Inertia Ratio|Sets the ratio between motor inertia and machine inertia.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 (0.1 - 1000.0)|460| |L3-26 (0455) Expert|Additional DC Bus Capacitors|Sets the capacity for external main circuit capacitors. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. Sets this parameter when you use the KEB Ride-Thru function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 μF (0 to 65000 μF)|460| |L3-27 (0456)|Stall Prevention Detection Time|Sets a delay time between reaching the Stall Prevention level and starting the Stall Prevention function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50 ms (0 - 5000 ms)|460| |L3-34 (016F) Expert|Torque Limit Delay Time|Sets the filter time constant that returns the torque limit to its initial value when KEB operation operates in Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.000 - 1.000 s)|460| |L3-35 (0747) Expert|Speed Agree Width for Auto Decel|Sets the width for speed agreement when L3-04 = 2 [Decel Stall Prevention Selection = Automatic Decel Reduction]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 Hz (0.00 - 1.00 Hz)|461| |L3-36 (11D0)|Current Suppression Gain@Accel|Sets the gain to suppress current and motor speed hunting during operation when L3-01 = 3 [Stall Prevention during Accel = Current Limit Method]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.0 - 100.0)|461| |L3-37 (11D1) Expert|Current Limit P Gain @ Accel|Suppresses current hunting during acceleration. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5 ms (0 - 100 ms)|461| |L3-38 (11D2) Expert|Current Limit I Time @ Accel|Suppresses current hunting and overshooting that occurs when the drive stalls during acceleration. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 (0.0 - 100.0)|461|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L3-39 (11D3)|Current Limit Filter Time @Accel|Sets the time constant to adjust the acceleration rate when L3-01 3 [Stall Prevention during Accel Current Limit Method]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0 ms (1.0 - 1000.0 ms)|461| |L3-40 (11D4)|Current Limit S-Curve @ Acc/Dec|Sets the function to enable and disable the best S-curve characteristic used for currentlimited acceleration.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|462|

Page 46

◆ L4: Speed Detection

◆ L5: Fault Restart

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L4-01 (0499)|Speed Agree Detection Level|Sets the level to detect speed agree or motor speed. Sets the level to detect speed agree or motor speed when H2-01 to H2-03 2, 3, 4, 5 [MFDO Function Selection Speed Agree 1, User-set Speed Agree 1, Frequency Detection 1, Frequency Detection 2].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (Determined by A1-02)|462| |L4-02 (049A)|Speed Agree Detection Width|Sets the width to detect speed agree or motor speed. Sets the width to detect speed agree or motor speed when H2-01 to H2-03 2, 3, 4, 5 [MFDO Function Selection Speed Agree 1, User-set Speed Agree 1, Frequency Detection 1, Frequency Detection 2].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (Determined by A1-02)|462| |L4-03 (049B)|Speed Agree Detection Level (+/-)|Sets the level to detect speed agree or motor speed. Sets the speed agree detection level or motor speed detection level when H2-01 to H2-03 13, 14, 15, 16 [MFDO Function Selection Speed Agree 2, User-set Speed Agree 2, Frequency Detection 3, Frequency Detection 4].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (Determined by A1-02)|462| |L4-04 (049C)|Speed Agree Detection Width (+/-)|Sets the width to detect speed agree or motor speed. Sets the width to detect speed agree or motor speed when H2-01 to H2-03 = 13, 14, 15, 16 [MFDO Function Selection = Speed Agree 2, User-set Speed Agree 2, Frequency Detection 3, Frequency Detection 4].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (Determined by A1-02)|462| |L4-05 (049D)|Fref Loss Detection Selection|Sets the operation when the drive detects a loss of frequency reference.

0 : Stop
1 : Run at (L4-06 x Last Reference)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|463| |L4-06 (04C2)|Frequency Reference @Loss of Ref|Sets the frequency reference as a percentage to continue drive operation after it detects a frequency reference loss. The value is a percentage of the frequency reference before the drive detected the loss.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|80.0% (0.0 - 100.0%)|463| |L4-07 (0470)|Speed Agree Detection Selection|Sets the condition that activates speed detection.

0 : No Detection during Baseblock
1 : Detection Always Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|463|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L5-01 (049E)|Number of Auto-Restart Attempts|Sets the number of times that the drive will try to restart.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 10 times)|464| |L5-02 (049F)|Fault Contact at Restart Select|Sets the function that sends signals to the MFDO terminal set for Fault [H2-xx = E] while the drive is automatically restarting.

0 : Active Only when Not Restarting
1 : Always Active

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|464| |L5-03 (04A0)|Continuous Method Max Restart T|Sets the time for which the drive will try to restart. If the drive cannot restart inthe time set in L5-03, the drive detects a fault. This is available when L5-05 = 0 [Auto-Restart Method = Continuous/Immediate Attempts].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 s (0.5 - 180.0 s)|464|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L5-04 (046C)|Interval Method Restart Time|Sets the time interval between each Auto Restart attempt. This function is enabled when L5-05 1 [Auto Restart Operation Selection Use L5-04 Time].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 s (0.5 - 600.0 s)|464| |L5-05 (0467)|Auto-Restart Method|Sets the count method for the Auto Restart operation.

0 : Continuous/Immediate Attempts
1 : Interval/Attempt after L5-04 sec

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|465| |L5-07 (0B2A)|Fault Reset Enable Select Grp1|Use these 4 digits to set the Auto Restart function for oL1 to oL4. From left to right, the digits set oL1, oL2, oL3, and oL4, in order.

0000 : Disabled
0001 : Enabled (—/—/—/oL4)

0010 : Enabled (—/—/oL3/—)
0011 : Enabled (—/—/oL3/oL4)

0100 : Enabled (—/oL2/—/—)
0101 : Enabled (—/oL2/—/oL4)

0110 : Enabled (—/oL2/oL3/—)
0111 : Enabled (—/oL2/oL3/oL4)

1000 : Enabled (oL1/—/—/—)
1001 : Enabled (oL1/—/—/oL4)

1010 : Enabled (oL1/—/oL3/—)
1011 : Enabled (oL1/—/oL3/oL4)

1100 : Enabled (oL1/oL2/—/—)
1101 : Enabled (oL1/oL2/—/oL4)

1110 : Enabled (oL1/oL2/oL3/—)
1111 : Enabled (oL1/oL2/oL3/oL4)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1111 (0000 - 1111)|465| |L5-08 (0B2B)|Fault Reset Enable Select Grp2|Use these 4 digits to set the Auto Restart function for Uv1, ov, oH1, and GF. From left to right, the digits set Uv1, ov, oH1, and GF, in order.

0000 : Disabled
0001 : Enabled (—/–/—/GF)

0010 : Enabled (—/–/oH1/–)
0011 : Enabled (—/–/oH1/GF)

0100 : Enabled (—/ov/—/–)
0101 : Enabled (—/ov/—/GF)

0110 : Enabled (—/ov/oH1/–)
0111 : Enabled (—/ov/oH1/GF)

1000 : Enabled (Uv1/–/—/–)
1001 : Enabled (Uv1/–/—/GF)

1010 : Enabled (Uv1/–/oH1/–)
1011 : Enabled (Uv1/–/oH1/GF)

1100 : Enabled (Uv1/ov/—/–)
1101 : Enabled (Uv1/ov/—/GF)

1110 : Enabled (Uv1/ov/oH1/–)
1111 : Enabled (Uv1/ov/oH1/GF)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1111 (0000 - 1111)|465|

######## ◆ L6: Torque Detection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L6-01 (04A1)|Torque Detection Selection 1|Sets the speed range that detects overtorque and undertorque and the operation of drives (operation status) after detection.

0 : Disabled
1 : oL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only
2 : oL @ RUN - Alarm only
3 : oL @ Speed Agree - Fault
4 : oL @ RUN - Fault
5 : UL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only
6 : UL @ RUN - Alarm only
7 : UL @ Speed Agree - Fault
8 : UL @ RUN - Fault

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 8)|468| |L6-02 (04A2)|Torque Detection Level 1|Sets the detection level for Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1. In V/f control, drive rated output current = 100% value. In vector control, motor rated torque = 100% value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|150% (0 - 300%)|469| |L6-03 (04A3)|Torque Detection Time 1|Sets the detection time for Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.1 s (0.0 - 10.0 s)|469| |L6-04 (04A4)|Torque Detection Selection 2|Sets the speed range that detects overtorque and undertorque and the operation of drives (operation status) after detection.

0 : Disabled
1 : oL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only
2 : oL @ RUN - Alarm only
3 : oL @ Speed Agree - Fault
4 : oL @ RUN - Fault
5 : UL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only
6 : UL @ RUN - Alarm only
7 : UL @ Speed Agree - Fault
8 : UL @ RUN - Fault

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 8)|469| |L6-05 (04A5)|Torque Detection Level 2|Sets the detection level for Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2. In V/f control, drive rated output current 100% value. In vector control, motor rated torque 100% value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|150% (0 - 300%)|470| |L6-06 (04A6)|Torque Detection Time 2|Sets the detection time for Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.1 s (0.0 - 10.0 s)|470| |L6-07 (04E5)|Torque Detection Filter Time|Sets the time constant for a primary filter to the torque reference or to the output current used to detect overtorque/undertorque.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 ms (0 - 1000 ms)|470|

Page 47

|L6-08 (0468)|Mechanical Fatigue Detect Select|Sets the speed where the drive detects mechanical deterioration and how the drive operates (operation status) after detection.

0 : Disabled
1 : oL5 @ Speed > L6-09 - Alarm
2 : oL5 @ lSpeedl > L6-09 - Alarm
3 : oL5 @ Speed > L6-09 - Fault
4 : oL5 @ lSpeedl > L6-09 - Fault
5 : UL5 @ Speed < L6-09 - Alarm
6 : UL5 @ lSpeedl < L6-09 - Alarm
7 : UL5 @ Speed < L6-09 - Fault
8 : UL5 @ lSpeedl < L6-09 - Fault

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 8)|470| |L6-09 (0469)|Mech Fatigue Detect Speed Level|Sets the speed level where the drive will operate the mechanical deterioration detection function, as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the maximum output frequency.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-02 [Maximum Speed]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|110.0% (-110.0 - 110.0%)|471|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L6-10 (046A)|Mech Fatigue Detect Delay Time|Sets the time for mechanical deterioration detection.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.1 s (0.0 - 10.0 s)|471| |L6-11 (046B)|Mech Fatigue Hold Off Time|Sets the time that the drive will start mechanical deterioration detection triggered by the cumulative operation time of the drive.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 h (0 - 65535 h)|471|

◆ L7: Torque Limit

◆ L8: Drive Protection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L7-01 (04A7) RUN|Forward Torque Limit|Sets the torque limit value for forward motoring as a percentage, where motor rated torque is the 100% value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200% (0 - 300%)|472| |L7-02 (04A8) RUN|Reverse Torque Limit|Sets the torque limit value for reversed motoring as a percentage, where motor rated torque is the 100% value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200% (0 - 300%)|473| |L7-03 (04A9) RUN|Forward Regenerative Trq Limit|Sets the torque limit value for forward regenerative conditions as a percentage of the motor rated torque.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200% (0 - 300%)|473| |L7-04 (04AA) RUN|Reverse Regenerative Trq Limit|Sets the torque limit value for reversed regenerative conditions as a percentage of the motor rated torque.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200% (0 - 300%)|473| |L7-06 (04AC)|Torque Limit Integral Time|Sets the integral time constant for the torque limit function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 ms (5 - 10000 ms)|473| |L7-07 (04C9)|Torque Limit during Accel/Decel|Sets the torque limit function during acceleration and deceleration.

0 : Proportional only
1 : Proportional & Integral control

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|474| |L7-16 (044D)|Torque Limit Process at Start|Assigns a time filter to allow the torque limit to build at start.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|474| |L7-35 (1B57) Expert|Low Freq Regen Torque Limit Lvl|Sets the torque limit used during low-speed regeneration. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50.0% (0.0 - 200.0%)|474| |L7-36 (1B58) Expert|Regen Torque Limit Derate Freq|Sets the frequency width at which L7-35 [Low Freq Regen Torque Limit Lvl] operates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|6.0 Hz (0.0 - 30.0 Hz)|475|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L8-01 (04AD)|3% ERF DB Resistor Protection|Sets the function to enable braking resistor protection with a Yaskawa ERF series braking resistor (3% ED) installed on the heatsink.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|475| |L8-02 (04AE)|Overheat Alarm Level|Sets the oH detection level in temperature.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(50 - 150 °C)|475| |L8-03 (04AF)|Overheat Pre-Alarm Selection|Sets the operation of drives when an oH alarm is detected.

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
3 : Alarm Only
4 : Operate at Reduced Speed (L8-19)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|3 (0 - 4)|475|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L8-05 (04B1)|Input Phase Loss Protection Sel|Sets the function to enable and disable input phase loss detection.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|476| |L8-07 (04B3)|Output Phase Loss Protection Sel|Sets the function to enable and disable output phase loss detection. The drive starts output phase loss detection when the output current decreases to less than 5% of the drive rated current.

Note: The drive can incorrectly start output phase loss detection in these conditions:

• The motor rated current is very small compared to the drive rating.
• The drive is operating a PM motor with a small load.

0 : Disabled
1 : Fault when one phase is lost
2 : Fault when two phases are lost

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 2)|477| |L8-09 (04B5)|Output Ground Fault Detection|Sets the function to enable and disable ground fault protection.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04 (0, 1)|477| |L8-10 (04B6)|Heatsink Fan Operation Selection|Sets operation of the heatsink cooling fan.

0 : During Run, w/ L8-11 Off-Delay
1 : Always On
2 : On when Drive Temp Reaches L8-64

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|477| |L8-11 (04B7)|Heatsink Fan Off-Delay Time|Sets the length of time that the drive will wait before it stops the cooling fan after it cancels the Run command when L8-10 = 0 [Heatsink Cooling Fan Ope Select = Dur Run (OffDly)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|60 s (0 - 300 s)|478| |L8-12 (04B8)|Ambient Temperature Setting|Sets the ambient temperature of the drive installation area.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|40 °C (-10 - +50 °C)|478|

Page 48

|L8-15 (04BB)|Drive oL2 @ Low Speed Protection|Sets the function to decrease drive overload at low speeds to prevent damage to the main circuit transistor during low speed operation (at 6 Hz or slower) to prevent oL2 [Drive Overloaded].

Note:

Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative before disabling this function at low speeds. If you frequently operate drives with high output current in low speed ranges, it can cause heat stress and decrease the life span of drive IGBTs.

0 : Disabled (No Additional Derate)
1 : Enabled (Reduced oL2 Level)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|478| |L8-18 (04BE)|Software Current Limit Selection|Set the software current limit selection function to prevent damage to the main circuit transistor caused by too much current.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|478| |L8-19 (04BF)|Freq Reduction @ oH Pre-Alarm|Sets the ratio at which the drive derates the frequency reference during an oH alarm.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.8 (0.1 - 0.9)|478| |L8-20 (04C0) Expert|Control Fault & Step Out Detect|Sets operation after the drive detects a CF fault when A1-02 = 4 [Control Method Selection = Advanced Open Loop Vector].

0 : Disabled
1 : CF/STPo Detection Enabled
2 : CF ALM/Stop

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 2)|479| |L8-27 (04DD)|Overcurrent Detection Gain|Sets the PM motor overcurrent detection level as a percentage of the motor rated current value.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the motor rated current.

• A1-02 ≠ 8 [EZOLV]: E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]
• A1-02 = 8: E9-06 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|300.0% (0.0 - 1000.0%)|479| |L8-29 (04DF)|Output Unbalance Detection Sel|Sets the function to detect LF2.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|479|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L8-31 (04E1)|LF2 Detection Time|Sets the LF2 [Output Current Imbalance] detection time.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|3 (1 – 100)|479| |L8-35 (04EC)|Installation Method Selection|Sets the type of drive installation.

0 : IP20/OpenChassis Enc/Ex Heatsink
1 : Side-by-Side Mounting
2 : IP20/NEMAType 1/IP55
3 : Finless

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by the drive (0 - 3)|480| |L8-38 (04EF)|Carrier Frequency Reduction|Sets the carrier frequency reduction function. The drive reduces the carrier frequency when the output current is more than a specified level.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled below 6 Hz
2 : Enabled for All Speeds

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02, C6-01 and o2-04

(0 - 2)|480| |L8-40 (04F1)|Carrier Freq Reduction Off-Delay|Sets the length of time until the automatically reduced carrier frequency returns to the condition before the reduction.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.00 - 2.00 s)|481| |L8-41 (04F2)|High Current Alarm Selection|Sets the function to cause an HCA [Current Alarm] when the output current is more than 150% of the drive rated current.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|481| |L8-51 (0471) Expert|STPo I Detection Level|Sets the STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected] detection level as a percentage of the motor rated current.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the motor rated current.

• A1-02 = 5 [OLV/PM]: E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]
• A1-02 = 8 [EZOLV]: E9-06 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 300.0%)|481| |L8-52 (0472) Expert|STPo Integration Level|Sets the detection level for STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected] related to the ACR integral value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 (0.1 - 2.0)|481| |L8-53 (0473) Expert|STPo Integration Time|Sets the length of time until the drive detects STPo after it is more than the value of L8-51 [STPo I Detection Level].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 s (1.0 - 10.0 s)|481| |L8-54 (0474) Expert|STPo Id Diff Detection|Sets the Id deviation detection function for STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected].

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|482| |L8-55 (045F)|Internal DB TransistorProtection|Sets the protection function for the internal braking transistor.

0 : Disable
1 : Protection Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|482| |L8-56 (047D) Expert|Stall P @ Accel Activation Time|Sets the length time that the acceleration stall prevention function can continue to operate before the drive detects an STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5000 ms (100 - 5000 ms)|482| |L8-57 (047E) Expert|Stall Prevention Retry Counts|Sets the number of times the acceleration stall prevention function can operate until speeds agree before the drive detects an STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 (1 - 10 times)|482| |L8-90 (0175) Expert|STPo Detection Level (Low Speed)|Sets the detection level that the control fault must be equal to or more than to cause an STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0 - 5000 times)|482| |L8-93 (073C) Expert|Low Speed Pull-out DetectionTime|Sets the length of time the drive will wait to start baseblock after detecting LSo [Low Speed Motor Step-Out].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 s (0.0 - 10.0 s)|483|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L8-94 (073D) Expert|Low Speed Pull-out Detect Level|Sets the detection level for LSo [Low Speed Motor Step-Out] as a percentage of E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|3% (0 - 10%)|483| |L8-95 (077F) Expert|Low Speed Pull-out Amount|Sets the average count of LSo [Low Speed Motor Step-Out] detections.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 (1 - 50 times)|483|

######## ◆ L9: Drive Protection 2

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |L9-16 (11DC) Expert|FAn1 Detect Time|Sets the detection time for FAn1 [Drive Cooling Fan Fault]. Yaskawa recommends that you do not change this parameter value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|4.0 s (0.0 - 30.0 s)|483|

####### 1.12 n: Special Adjustment

◆ n1: Hunting Prevention

Page 49

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |n1-01 (0580)|Hunting Prevention Selection|Sets the function to prevent hunting.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled (Normal)
2 : Enabled (High Carrier Frequency)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04 (0 to 2)|484| |n1-02 (0581) Expert|Hunting Prevention Gain Setting|Sets the performance of the hunting prevention function. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.00 - 2.50)|484| |n1-03 (0582) Expert|Hunting Prevention Time Constant|Sets the primary delay time constant of the hunting prevention function. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04 (0 - 500 ms)|484| |n1-05 (0530) Expert|Hunting Prevent Gain in Reverse|Sets the performance of the hunting prevention function. This parameter adjusts Reverse run. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 (0.00 - 2.50)|485| |n1-08 (1105) Expert|Current Detection Method|Sets how the drive decreases the motor vibration that is caused by leakage current. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

0 : 2-Phases
1 : 3-Phases

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|485| |n1-13 (1B59) Expert|DC Bus Stabilization Control|Sets the oscillation suppression function for the DC bus voltage.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|485| |n1-14 (1B5A) Expert|DC Bus Stabilization Time|Adjusts the responsiveness of the oscillation suppression function for the DC bus voltage. Set n1-13 = 1 [DC Bus Stabilization Control = Enabled] to enable this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0 ms (50.0 - 500.0 ms)|485| |n1-15 (0BF8) Expert|PWM Voltage Offset Calibration|Sets the calibration method that the drive uses to decrease torque/current ripple.

0 : No Calibration
1 : One Time Calibrate at Next Start
2 : Calibrate Every Time at Start

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0 - 2)|485| |n1-16 (0BFB) Expert|Hunting Prevention High Fc Gain|Sets the gain for the hunting prevention function. This parameter functions best with a high carrier frequency. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04 (0.00 - 2.50)|486| |n1-17 (0BFC) Expert|Hunting Prevent High Fc Filter|Sets the responsiveness of the hunting prevention function. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|500 ms (0 - 1000 ms)|486| |n1-20 (1588) Expert|Voltage Calibration Duration|Sets the calibration time at start. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50 ms (10 - 500 ms)|486|

◆ n2: Auto Freq Regulator (AFR)

◆ n3: High Slip/Overexcite Braking

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |n2-01 (0584)|Automatic Freq Regulator Gain|Sets the gain of the AFR function as a magnification value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.00 - 10.00)|486| |n2-02 (0585)|Automatic Freq Regulator Time 1|Sets the time constant that sets the rate of change for the AFR function. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50 ms (0 - 2000 ms)|487| |n2-03 (0586)|Automatic Freq Regulator Time 2|Sets the time constant that sets the speed difference of the AFR function. Use this parameter for speed searches or regeneration. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|750 ms (0 - 2000 ms)|487|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |n3-01 (0588) Expert|HSB Deceleration Frequency Width|Sets the amount by which the output frequency is to be lowered during high-slip braking, as a percentage of E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency], which represents the 100% value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5% (1 - 20%)|489| |n3-02 (0589) Expert|HSB Current Limit Level|Sets the maximum current output during high-slip braking as a percentage of E2-01 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]. Also set the current suppression to prevent exceeding drive overload tolerance.

Note: The upper limit of the setting range changes when the setting for C6-01 [Normal Heavy Duty Selection] changes.

• 150% when C6-01 = 0 [Heavy Duty Rating 1 (HD1) for Constant Torque Applications].
• 110% when C6-01 = 1 [Normal Duty Rating 1 (ND1) for Variable Torque Applications].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by C6-01, L8-38

(0 - 150%)|489| |n3-03 (058A) Expert|HSB Dwell Time at Stop|Sets the dwell time, a length of time when high-slip braking is ending and during which the motor speed decreases and runs at a stable speed. For a set length of time, the drive will hold the actual output frequency at the minimum output frequency set in E1-09.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 s (0.0 - 10.0 s)|489| |n3-04 (058B) Expert|HSB Overload Time|Sets the time used to detect oL7 [High Slip Braking Overload], which occurs when the output frequency does not change during high-slip braking. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|40 s (30 - 1200 s)|489| |n3-13 (0531)|OverexcitationBraking (OEB) Gain|Sets the gain value that the drive multiplies by the V/f pattern output value during overexcitation deceleration to calculate the overexcitation level.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.10 (1.00 - 1.40)|490| |n3-14 (0532) Expert|OEB High Frequency Injection|Sets the function that injects harmonic signals during overexcitation deceleration.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|490| |n3-21 (0579)|HSB Current Suppression Level|Sets the upper limit of the current that is suppressed at the time of overexcitation deceleration as a percentage of the drive rated current.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100% (0 - 150%)|490| |n3-23 (057B)|Overexcitation Braking Operation|Sets the direction of motor rotation where the drive will enable overexcitation.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled Only when Rotating FWD
2 : Enabled Only when Rotating REV

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|490|

######## ◆ n4: Adv Open Loop Vector Tune

Page 50

|---|---|---|---|---| |n4-60 (1B80)|Motoring Low Speed Comp Gain|Sets a compensation gain to improve the control qualities for motoring loads in the low speed range.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (50.0 - 200.0%)|491| |n4-61 (1B81)|Low Speed Comp Frequency Level|Sets a frequency at which the settings n4-60 [Motoring Low Speed Comp Gain] and n4-62

[Regen Low Speed Comp Gain] are enabled. When the output frequency < n4-61, the drive adjusts the torque to agree with the settings for n4-60 and n4-62. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|6.00 Hz (0.50 - 12.00 Hz)|491| |n4-62 (1B82)|Regen Low Speed Comp Gain|Sets a compensation gain to improve the control qualities for regenerative loads in the low speed range.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0 (50.0 - 500.0)|491| |n4-63 (1B83)|Speed EstimateResponse@High Freq|Sets the responsiveness of the speed estimation in high speed ranges, where the output frequency is ≥ n4-67 [Estimate Gain Switchover Freq].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|60.0 (0.1 - 300.0)|491| |n4-64 (1B84)|Speed Estimate Response@Low Freq|Sets the responsiveness of the speed estimation in low speed ranges, where 0 ≤ the output frequency, which is < n4-67 [Estimate Gain Switchover Freq].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|60.0 (0.1 - 300.0)|492| |n4-65 (1B85)|Flux Estimate Response@High Freq|Sets the responsiveness of the magnetic flux estimation in high speed ranges, where the output frequency is ≥ n4-67 [Estimate Gain Switchover Freq]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.50 - 3.00)|492| |n4-66 (1B86)|Flux Estimate Response @Low Freq|Sets the responsiveness of the magnetic flux estimation in low speed ranges, where 0 ≤ the output frequency, which is < n4-67 [Estimate Gain Switchover Freq]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.50 (0.50 - 3.00)|492| |n4-67 (1B87)|Estimate Gain Switchover Freq|Sets the switching frequency for estimation gain for these parameters:

n4-63 [Speed EstimateResponse@High Freq]
n4-64 [Speed Estimate Response@Low Freq]
n4-65 [Flux Estimate Response@High Freq]
n4-66 [Flux Estimate Response @Low Freq] Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|6.00 Hz (0.00 - E1-04 setting)|492| |n4-68 (1B88)|Speed Estimation Filter Time|Sets the primary delay time constant for the speed estimation value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.001 s (0.001 - 0.010 s)|492| |n4-69 (1B89)|Flux Control Response|Unifies control of magnetic flux to make motor vibrations more stable.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.00 - 60.00)|493| |n4-70 (1B8A)|Speed Command Comp @ Low Freq|Sets the function to make the drive more stable when operating at low speeds. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 Hz (0.00 - 6.00 Hz)|493| |n4-71 (1B8B) Expert|Flux Estimation Method|Sets the flux estimation method. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Method 1
1 : Method 2

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|493| |n4-72 (1B8C)|Speed Feedback Mode|Sets the requirement for an encoder option when A1-02 = 4 [Control Method Selection = Advanced Open Loop Vector].

0 : Without Encoder
1 : With Encoder

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|493| |n4-73 (1B8D)|PGo Recovery Selection|Sets the restart mode to Without Encoder Mode or the With Encoder Mode when an encoder is disconnected.

0 : Without Encoder
1 : With Encoder

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|493| |n4-74 (1B8E)|Limit of Flux Loop|Sets the control level for flux loop control output.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|250% (100 - 500%)|494|

◆ n5: Feed Forward Control

◆ n6: Online Tuning

◆ n7: EZ Drive

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |n5-01 (05B0)|Feed Forward Control Selection|Sets the feed forward function.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|495| |n5-02 (05B1)|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|Sets the length of time for the motor to accelerate from the stopped to the maximum frequency with a single motor at the rated torque. Inertia Tuning automatically sets the motor acceleration time.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by C6-01, E5-01, and o2-04 (0.001 - 10.000 s)|495| |n5-03 (05B2)|Feed Forward Control Gain|Sets the ratio between load inertia and motor inertia. Inertia Tuning automatically sets the Feedforward Control Gain value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.00 - 100.00)|496| |n5-04 (05B3) RUN Expert|Speed Response Frequency|Sets the response frequency for the speed reference. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.00 - 500.00 Hz)|497|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |n6-01 (0570)|Online Tuning Selection|Sets the type of motor data that Online Tuning uses for OLV control.

0 : Disabled
1 : Line-to-Line Resistance Tuning
2 : Voltage Correction Tuning

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|497| |n6-05 (05C7) Expert|Online Tuning Gain|Sets the compensation gain when n6-01 = 2 [Online Tuning Selection = Voltage Correction Tuning]. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 (0.1 - 50.0)|497| |n6-11 (1B56) Expert|Online Resistance Tuning|Sets the responsiveness for online resistor tuning. Set this parameter to approximately 1.000 to enable the function. The function is disabled when the value is 0.000.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.000 (0.000 - 1.000)|497|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |n7-01 (3111) Expert|Damping Gain for Low Frequency|Sets the oscillation suppression gain for the low speed range.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 (0.1 - 10.0)|498| |n7-05 (3115) Expert|Response Gain for Load Changes|Sets the response gain related to changes in the load.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100 (10 - 1000)|498|

Page 51

|n7-07 (3117) Expert|Speed Calculation Gain1|Sets the speed calculation gain during usual operation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|15.0 Hz (1.0 - 50.0 Hz)|498| |n7-08 (3118) Expert|Speed Calculation Gain2|Sets the speed calculation gain during a speed search.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|25.0 Hz (1.0 - 50.0 Hz)|498| |n7-10 (311A) Expert|Pull-in Current Switching Speed|Parameter n8-51 [Pull-in Current @ Acceleration], is in effect when the output frequency is ≤ n7-10, where the speed is set as a percentage of rated speed.

Note:

• The value set in n8-51 [Pull-in Current @ Acceleration] is enabled for speeds that are not higher than n7-10 during deceleration. The value set in b8-01 [Energy Saving Control Selection] is enabled for speeds higher than n7-10.
• If there is a large quantity of oscillation when you operate in the low speed range, increase the setting value.
• When it is most important to save energy in the low speed range, decrease the setting value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0% (0.0 - 100.0%)|498|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |n7-11 (311B) Expert|Pull-in Current Switch Hysteresis Band|Sets the hysteresis level for Switching Speed set in n7-10 [Pull-in Current Switching Speed]. When the speed is lower than n7-10 n7-11 during acceleration, the drive enables pull-in current.

Note:

• The value set in n8-51 [Pull-in Current @ Acceleration] is enabled for speeds that are not higher than n7-10 + n7-11 during acceleration. The value set in b8-01 [Energy Saving Control Selection] is enabled for speeds higher than n7-10 + n7-11.
• If there is a large quantity of oscillation when you operate in the low speed range, increase the setting value.
• When it is most important to save energy in the low speed range, decrease the setting value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5.0% (1.0 - 20.0%)|499| |n7-13 (311D) Expert|Pull-in Current Switching Time|Sets a time to enable the pull-in current commands.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100 ms (0 - 1000 ms)|499| |n7-17 (3122)|Resistance TemperatureCorrection|Sets the function to adjust for changes in the motor resistance value caused by changes in the temperature.

0 : Invalid
1 : Valid (Only 1 time)
2 : Valid (Every time)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 to 2)|499|

######## ◆ n8: PM Motor Control Tuning

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |n8-01 (0540)|Pole Position Detection Current|Sets, as a percentage, the Initial Rotor Position Estimated Current, taking the E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] as the 100% value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50% (0 - 100%)|499| |n8-02 (0541) Expert|Pole Alignment Current Level|Sets the current at the time of polar attraction as a percentage of E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|80% (0 - 150%)|500| |n8-03 (0542)|Pole Position Detection Time|Sets the length of the Current Starting Time, which is used for Z Pulse Offset Tuning. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.5 s (1.5 - 5.0 s)|500| |n8-04 (0543) Expert|Pole Alignment Time|Sets the length of the Polar Attraction Time, which is used for Z Pulse Offset Tuning. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.5 s (1.5 - 5.0 s)|500| |n8-11 (054A)|Observer Calculation Gain 2|Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by n8-72 (0.0 - 1000.0)|500| |n8-14 (054D) Expert|Polarity Compensation Gain 3|Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.000 (0.000 - 10.000)|500| |n8-15 (054E) Expert|Polarity Compensation Gain 4|Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.500 (0.000 - 10.000)|501| |n8-21 (0554) Expert|Motor Back-EMF (Ke) Gain|Sets the gain for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.90 (0.80 - 1.00)|501| |n8-23 (0556) Expert|ACR q Gain @PoleEst|Sets the proportional gain for current regulator q-axis control when the drive estimates the initial pole. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2000)|501| |n8-24 (0557) Expert|ACR q Integral Time @PoleEst|Sets the integral time for current regulator q-axis control when the drive estimates the initial pole. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 ms (0.0 - 100.0 ms)|501| |n8-25 (0558) Expert|ACR q Limit @PoleEst|Sets the q-axis limit of the current regulator when the drive estimates the initial pole. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0% (0 - 150%)|501| |n8-26 (0559) Expert|ACR d Gain @PoleEst|Sets the proportional gain for current regulator d-axis control when the drive estimates the initial pole. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|500 (0 - 2000)|501|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |n8-27 (055A) Expert|ACR d Integral Time @PoleEst|Sets the integral time for current regulator d-axis control when the drive estimates the initial pole. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 ms (0.0 - 100.0 ms)|501| |n8-28 (055B) Expert|ACR d Lim @PoleEst|Sets the d-axis limit of the current regulator when the drive estimates the initial pole. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100% (0 - 150%)|502| |n8-35 (0562)|Initial Pole Detection Method|Sets how the drive detects the position of the rotor at start.

Note:

• When you operate an SPM motor, set n8-35 = 0. When you operate an IPM motor, you can set n8-35 0 to 2.
• When you set n8-35 = 1, doHigh Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning.

0 : Pull-in
1 : High Frequency Injection
2 : Pulse Injection

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0 - 2)|502| |n8-36 (0563)|HFI Frequency Level for LTuning|Sets the injection frequency for high frequency injection.

Note:

• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-57

= 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable this parameter.

• The drive automatically calculates this value when High Frequency Injection AutoTuning completes successfully.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|500 Hz (200 - 1000 Hz)|502| |n8-37 (0564) Expert|HFI Voltage Amplitude Level|Sets the high frequency injection amplitude as a percentage where 200 V = 100% for 200 V class drives and 400 V = 100% for a 400 V class drives. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

Note:

• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-57

= 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable this parameter.

• The drive automatically calculates this value when High Frequency Injection AutoTuning completes successfully.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|20.0% (0.0 - 50.0%)|502| |n8-39 (0566)|PM Phase Compensation Gain|Sets the low-pass filter shut-off frequency for high frequency injection.

Note:

• Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] or n8-57

= 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled] to enable this parameter.

• The drive automatically calculates this value when High Frequency Injection AutoTuning completes successfully.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|250 Hz (0 - 1000 Hz)|503| |n8-41 (0568) Expert|HFI P Gain|Sets the response gain for the high frequency injection speed estimation.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2.5 (-10.0 - +10.0)|503| |n8-42 (0569) Expert|HFI I Time|Sets the integral time constant for the high frequency injection speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.10 s (0.00 - 9.99 s)|503| |n8-45 (0538)|Speed Feedback Detection Gain|Sets the internal speed feedback detection reduction unit gain as a magnification value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.80 (0.00 - 10.00)|503| |n8-46 (0539) Expert|PM Phase Compensation Gain|Sets the gain to compensate for phase differences. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.3 (0.0 - 10.0)|503|

Page 52

|n8-47 (053A)|Pull-in Current Comp Filter Time|Sets the time constant the drive uses to align the pull-in current reference value with the actual current value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5.0 s (0.0 - 100.0 s)|504| |n8-48 (053B)|Pull-in/Light Load Id Current|On the basis that parameter E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] is the 100% value, this parameter sets the d-axis current that flows to the motor during run at constant speed as a percentage.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|30% (0 - 200%)|504| |n8-49 (053C)|Heavy Load Id Current|Sets the d-axis current to that the drive will supply to the motor to run it at a constant speed with a heavy load. Considers E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)] to be 100%. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E5-01 (-200.0 - +200.0%)|504| |n8-50 (053D)|Medium Load Iq Level (High)|Sets the load current level to start high efficiency control as a percentage of E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|80% (50 - 255%)|504|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |n8-51 (053E)|Pull-in Current @ Acceleration|Sets the pull-in current allowed to flow during acceleration/deceleration as a percentage of the motor rated current.

Note:

Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the motor rated current.

• A1-02 5 [OLV/PM]: E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]
• A1-02 8 [EZOLV]: E9-06 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0 - 200%)|504| |n8-52 (053F) Expert|ACR P Gain|Sets the proportional gain of the current regulator. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 (-100.0 - 100.0)|505| |n8-54 (056D) Expert|Voltage Error Compensation Time|Sets the time constant that the drive uses when adjusting for voltage errors.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 s (0.00 - 10.00 s)|505| |n8-55 (056E)|Motor to Load Inertia Ratio|Sets the ratio between motor inertia and machine inertia.

0 : Below 1:10
1 : Between 1:10 and 1:30
2 : Between 1:30 and 1:50
3 : Beyond 1:50

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3)|505| |n8-56 (056F) Expert|PM High Performance Selection|Sets the high efficiency control method for IPM motor. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled (Vd)
2 : Enabled (Vd & Vq)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 2)|506| |n8-57 (0574)|HFI Overlap Selection|Sets the function that detects motor speed with high frequency injection. Note: When you set n8-57 = 1, doHigh Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|506| |n8-62 (057D) Expert|Output Voltage Limit Level|Sets the output voltage limit to prevent saturation of the output voltage. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

Note:

• When A1-02 = 7, 8 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM, EZOLV], this parameter is available in Expert Mode.
• When A1-02 = 8, the default setting is

–200 V Class: 230.0 V
–400 V Class: 460.0 V

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V Class: 200.0 V, 400 V Class: 400.0 V

(200 V Class: 0.0 to 240.0 V, 400 V Class: 0.0 to 480.0 V)|506| |n8-63 (057E) Expert|Output Voltage Limit P Gain|Sets the proportional gain for output voltage control. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.00 - 100.00)|506| |n8-64 (057F) Expert|Output Voltage Limit I Time|Sets the integral time for output voltage control. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.040 s (0.000 - 5.000 s)|507| |n8-65 (065C) Expert|Speed Fdbk Gain @ oV Suppression|Sets the gain of internal speed feedback detection suppression while the overvoltage suppression function is operating as a magnification value. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.50 (0.00 - 10.00)|507| |n8-66 (0235) Expert|Output Voltage Limit Filter Time|Sets the filter time constant for output voltage control. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.020 s (0.000 - 5.000 s)|507| |n8-69 (065D) Expert|Speed Observer Control P Gain|Sets the gain that the drive uses for speed estimation. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.00 - 20.00)|507| |n8-70 (065E) Expert|Speed Observer Control I Time|Sets the speed estimator integral time constant. It is available when n8-72 = 1 [Speed Estimation Method Select = Method 2]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 100.0 s)|507| |n8-71 (065F) Expert|Speed Observer Control D Gain|Set the speed estimator differential gain. It is available when n8-72 = 1 [Speed Estimation Method Select = Method 2]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5.00 (0.00 - 50.00)|507|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |n8-72 (0655) Expert|Speed Estimation Method Select|Selects the speed estimation method. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Method 1
1 : Method 2

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|507| |n8-73 (0656) Expert|Observer Mode SwitchOver Speed|Sets the speed level for pull-in current control at motor start as a percentage of E1-06 [Base Frequency]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10% (0 - 100%)|508| |n8-74 (05C3)|Light Load Iq Level|Set n8-48 [Pull-in/Light Load Id Current] to the percentage of load current (q-axis current) that you will apply, where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = a setting value of 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|30% (0 - 255%)|508| |n8-75 (05C4)|Medium Load Iq Level (low)|Set n8-78 [Medium Load Id Current] to the percentage of load current (q-axis current) that you will apply, where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = a setting value of 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50% (0 - 255%)|508| |n8-76 (05CD) Expert|Id Switching Filter Time|Sets the filter time constant for d-axis current reference. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 ms (0 - 5000 ms)|508| |n8-77 (05CE)|Heavy Load Iq Level|Set n8-49 [Heavy Load Id Current] to the percentage of load current (q-axis current) that you will apply, where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = a setting value of 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|90% (0 - 255%)|508| |n8-78 (05F4)|Medium Load Id Current|Sets the level of the pull-in current for mid-range loads.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0% (-200 - +200%)|508| |n8-79 (05FE)|Pull-in Current @ Deceleration|Sets the pull-in current that can flow during deceleration as a percentage of the E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)].

Note: When n8-79 = 0, the drive will use the value set in n8-51 [Pull-in Current @ Acceleration].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50% (0 - 200%)|509| |n8-84 (02D3) Expert|Polarity Detection Current|Sets the current for processing an estimation of the initial motor magnetic pole as a percentage, where E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current] is the 100% value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100% (0 - 150%)|509| |n8-94 (012D) Expert|Flux Position Estimation Method|Sets the criteria that the drive uses to find changes in speed or load. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

0 : Softstarter
1 : Speed Feedback

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by d5-01 (0, 1)|509| |n8-95 (012E) Expert|Flux Position Est Filter Time|Sets the time constant of the filter used for the recognition criteria value for speed and load changes. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|30 ms (0 - 100 ms)|509|

####### 1.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings

◆ o1: Keypad Display

Page 53

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |o1-01 (0500) RUN|User Monitor Selection|Sets the U monitor for the Drive Mode. This parameter is only available when you use an LED keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|106 (104 - 855)|511| |o1-02 (0501) RUN|Monitor Selection at Power-up|Sets the monitor item that the keypad screen shows after energizing the drive. Refer to “U: Monitors” for information about the monitor items that the keypad screen can show. This parameter is only available when you use an LED keypad.

1 : Frequency Reference (U1-01)
2 : Direction
3 : Output Frequency (U1-02)
4 : Output Current (U1-03)
5 : User Monitor (o1-01)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (1 - 5)|511| |o1-03 (0502)|Frequency Display Unit Selection|Sets the display units for the frequency reference and output frequency.

0 : 0.01Hz units
1 : 0.01% units
2 : min-1 (r/min) unit
3 : User Units

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0 - 3)|511| |o1-04 (0503)|V/f Pattern Display Unit|Sets the setting unit for parameters that set the V/f pattern frequency.

0 : Hz
1 : min-1 (r/min) unit

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0, 1)|512| |o1-05 (0504) RUN|LCD Contrast Adjustment|Sets the contrast of the LCD display on the keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5 (0 - 10)|513| |o1-10 (0520)|User Units Maximum Value|Sets the value that the drive shows as the maximum output frequency.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o1-03 (1 - 60000)|513| |o1-11 (0521)|User Units Decimal Position|Sets the number of decimal places for frequency reference and monitor values.

0 : No Decimal Places (XXXXX)
1 : One Decimal Places (XXXX.X)
2 : Two Decimal Places (XXX.XX)
3 : Three Decimal Places (XX.XXX)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o1-03 (0 - 3)|513| |o1-24 to o1-35: (11AD - 11B8) RUN|Custom Monitor 1 to 12|Sets a maximum of 12 monitors as user monitors. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|o1-24: 101
o1-25: 102
o1-26: 103

o1-27 to o1-35: 0 (0, 101 - 999)|513| |o1-36 (11B9) RUN|LCD Backlight Brightness|Sets the intensity of the LCD keypad backlight.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5 (1 - 5)|514| |o1-37 (11BA) RUN|LCD Backlight ON/OFF Selection|Sets the automatic shut off function for the LCD backlight.

0 : OFF
1 : ON

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|514| |o1-38 (11BB) RUN|LCD Backlight Off-Delay|Sets the time until the LCD backlight automatically turns off.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|60 s (10 - 300 s)|514| |o1-39 (11BC) RUN|Show Initial Setup Screen|Sets the function to show the LCD keypad initial setup screen each time the drive is energized. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : No
1 : Yes

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|514|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |o1-40 (11BD) RUN|Home Screen Display Selection|Sets the monitor display mode for the Home screen. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : Custom Monitor
1 : Bar Graph
2 : Analog Gauge
3 : Trend Plot

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3)|515| |o1-41 (11C1) RUN|1st Monitor Area Selection|Sets the horizontal range used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : +/- Area ( - o1-42 ~ o1-42 )
1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-42 )
2 : - Area ( - o1-42 ~ 0 )

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|515| |o1-42 (11C2) RUN|1st Monitor Area Setting|Sets the horizontal axis value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (0.0 - 100.0%)|515| |o1-43 (11C3) RUN|2nd Monitor Area Selection|Selects the horizontal range used to display the monitor set in o1-25 [Custom Monitor 2] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : +/- Area ( - o1-44 ~ o1-44 )
1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-44 )
2 : - Area ( - o1-44 ~ 0 )

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|515| |o1-44 (11C4) RUN|2nd Monitor Area Setting|Sets the horizontal axis value used to display the monitor set in o1-25 [Custom Monitor 2] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (0.0 - 100.0%)|516| |o1-45 (11C5) RUN|3rd Monitor Area Selection|Sets the horizontal range used to display the monitor set in o1-26 [Custom Monitor 3] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : +/- Area ( - o1-46 ~ o1-46 )
1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-46 )
2 : - Area ( - o1-46 ~ 0 )

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|516| |o1-46 (11C6) RUN|3rd Monitor Area Setting|Sets the horizontal axis value used to display the monitor set in o1-26 [Custom Monitor 3] as a bar graph. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (0.0 - 100.0%)|516| |o1-47 (11C7) RUN|Trend Plot 1 Scale Minimum Value|Sets the horizontal axis minimum value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|-100.0% (-300.0 - +300.0%)|516| |o1-48 (11C8) RUN|Trend Plot 1 Scale Maximum Value|Sets the horizontal axis maximum value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (-300.0 - +300.0%)|516| |o1-49 (11C9) RUN|Trend Plot 2 Scale Minimum Value|Sets the horizontal axis minimum value used to display the monitor set in o1-25 [Custom Monitor 2] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|-100.0% (-300.0 - +300.0%)|516| |o1-50 (11CA) RUN|Trend Plot 2 Scale Maximum Value|Sets the horizontal axis maximum value used to display the monitor set in o1-25 [Custom Monitor 2] as a trend plot. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (-300.0 - +300.0%)|516| |o1-51 (11CB) RUN|Trend Plot Time Scale Setting|Sets the time scale (horizontal axis) to display the trend plot. When you change this setting, the drive automatically adjusts the data sampling time. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|300 s (1 - 3600 s)|517| |o1-55 (11EE) RUN|Analog Gauge Area Selection|Sets the range used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as an analog gauge. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : +/- Area ( - o1-56 ~ o1-56 )
1 : + Area ( 0 ~ o1-56 )

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|517|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |o1-56 (11EF) RUN|Analog Gauge Area Setting|Sets the value used to display the monitor set in o1-24 [Custom Monitor 1] as an analog meter. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (0.0 - 100.0%)|517| |o1-58 (3125)|Motor Power Unit Selection|Sets the setting unit for parameters that set the motor rated power.

0 : kW
1 : HP

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|517|

######## ◆ o2: Keypad Operation

Page 54

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |o2-01 (0505)|LO/RE Key Function Selection|Sets the function that lets you use to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE Modes.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|517| |o2-02 (0506)|STOP Key Function Selection|Sets the function to stop the drive with the button on the keypad when the Run command source for the drive is REMOTE (external) and not assigned to the keypad.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|518| |o2-03 (0507)|User Parameter Default Value|Sets the function to keep the settings of changed parameters as user parameter defaults to use during initialization.

0 : No change
1 : Set defaults
2 : Clear all

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|518| |o2-04 (0508)|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Sets the Drive Model code. Set this parameter after replacing the control board.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by the drive (-)|519| |o2-05 (0509)|Home Mode Freq Ref Entry Mode|Sets the function that makes it necessary to push the to change the frequency reference value with the keypad when in Drive Mode.

0 : ENTER Key Required
1 : Immediate / MOP-style

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|520| |o2-06 (050A)|Keypad Disconnect Detection|Sets the function that stops the drive if you disconnect the keypad connection cable from the drive or if you damage the cable while the keypad is the Run command source.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|520| |o2-07 (0527)|Keypad RUN Direction @ Power-up|Sets the direction of motor rotation when the drive is energized and the keypad is the Run command source.

0 : Forward
1 : Reverse

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|520| |o2-09 (050D)|Reserved|-|-|520| |o2-23 (11F8) RUN|External 24V Powerloss Detection|Sets the function to give a warning when the backup external 24 V power supply turns off when the main circuit power supply is in operation.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|521| |o2-24 (11FE)|LED Light Function Selection|Sets the function to show the LED status rings and keypad LED lamps.

Note:

When you use A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] to initialize the drive, the drive will not reset this parameter.

0 : Enable Status Ring & Keypad LED
1 : LED Status Ring Disable
2 : Keypad LED Light Disable

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2 (0 - 2)|521|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |o2-26 (1563)|Alarm display at ext. 24V power|When you connect a backup external 24 V power supply, this parameter sets the function to trigger an alarm when the main circuit power supply voltage decreases.

Note: The drive will not run when it is operating from one 24-Vexternal power supply.

0 : No
1 : Yes

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|521| |o2-27 (1565)|bCE Detection Selection|Sets drive operation if the Bluetooth device is disconnected when you operate the drive in Bluetooth Mode.

0 : Ramp to Stop
1 : Coast to Stop
2 : Fast Stop (Use C1-09)
3 : Alarm Only
4 : No Alarm Display

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|3 (0 - 4)|521|

######## ◆ o3: Copy Keypad Function

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |o3-01 (0515)|Copy Keypad Function Selection|Sets the function that saves and copies drive parameters to a different drive with the keypad.

0 : Copy Select
1 : Backup (drive → keypad)
2 : Restore (keypad → drive)
3 : Verify (check for mismatch)
4 : Erase (backup data of keypad)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 4)|522| |o3-02 (0516)|Copy Allowed Selection|Sets the copy function when o3-01 1 [Copy Keypad Function Selection Backup (drive

→ keypad)].

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|522| |o3-04 (0B3E)|Select Backup/Restore Location|Sets the storage location for drive parameters when you back up and restore parameters. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : Memory Location 1
1 : Memory Location 2
2 : Memory Location 3
3 : Memory Location 4

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3)|522| |o3-05 (0BDA)|Select Items to Backup/ Restore|Sets which parameters are backed up, restored, and referenced. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : Standard Parameters
1 : Standard DWEZ Parameters

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|522| |o3-06 (0BDE)|Auto Parameter Backup Selection|Sets the function that automatically backs up parameters. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|523| |o3-07 (0BDF)|Auto Parameter Backup Interval|Sets the interval at which the automatic parameter backup function saves parameters from the drive to the keypad.

Note: This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : Every 10 minutes
1 : Every 30 minutes
2 : Every 60 minutes
3 : Every 12 hours

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 3)|523|

◆ o4: Maintenance Monitors

◆ o5: Log Function

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |o4-01 (050B)|Elapsed Operating Time Setting|Sets the initial value of the cumulative drive operation time in 10-hour units.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 h (0 - 9999 h)|523| |o4-02 (050C)|Elapsed Operating Time Selection|Sets the condition that counts the cumulative operation time.

0 : U4-01 Shows Total Power-up Time
1 : U4-01 Shows Total RUN Time

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|524| |o4-03 (050E)|Fan Operation Time Setting|Sets the value from which to start the cumulative drive cooling fan operation time in 10hour units.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 h (0 - 9999 h)|524| |o4-05 (051D)|Capacitor Maintenance Setting|Sets the U4-05 [CapacitorMaintenance] monitor value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0% (0 - 150%)|524|

Page 55

|o4-07 (0523)|Softcharge Relay Maintenance Set|Sets the U4-06 [PreChargeRelayMainte] monitor value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0% (0 - 150%)|524| |o4-09 (0525)|IGBT Maintenance Setting|Sets the U4-07 [IGBT Maintenance] monitor value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0% (0 - 150%)|524| |o4-11 (0510)|Fault Trace/History Init (U2/U3)|Resets the records of Monitors U2-xx [Fault Trace] and U3-xx [Fault History].

0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|525| |o4-12 (0512)|kWh Monitor Initialization|Resets the monitor values for U4-10 [kWh, Lower 4 Digits] and U4-11 [kWh, Upper 5 Digits].

0 : No Reset
1 : Reset

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|525| |o4-13 (0528)|RUN Command Counter @ Initialize|Resets the monitor values for U4-02 [Num of Run Commands], U4-24 [Number of Runs (Low)], and U4-25 [Number of Runs (High)].

0 : No Reset
1 : Reset

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|525| |o4-22 (154F) RUN|Time Format|Sets the time display format. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : 24 Hour Clock
1 : 12 Hour Clock
2 : 12 Hour JP Clock

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 2)|525| |o4-23 (1550) RUN|Date Format|Sets the date display format. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : YYYY/MM/DD
1 : DD/MM/YYYY
2 : MM/DD/YYYY

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|2 (0 - 2)|526| |o4-24 (310F) RUN|bAT Detection Selection|Sets operation when the drive detects bAT [Keypad Battery Low Voltage] and TiM [Keypad Time Not Set].

0 : Disable
1 : Enable (Alarm Detected)
2 : Enable (Fault Detected)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|526|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |o5-01 (1551) RUN|Log Start/Stop Selection|Sets the data log function. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

0 : OFF
1 : ON

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 1)|529| |o5-02 (1552) RUN|Log Sampling Interval|Sets the data log sampling cycle. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100 ms (100 - 60000 ms)|529|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |o5-03 (1553) RUN|Log Monitor Data 1|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|101 (000, 101 - 999)|529| |o5-04 (1554) RUN|Log Monitor Data 2|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|102 (000, 101 - 999)|529| |o5-05 (1555) RUN|Log Monitor Data 3|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|103 (000, 101 - 999)|530| |o5-06 (1556) RUN|Log Monitor Data 4|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|107 (000, 101 - 999)|530| |o5-07 (1557) RUN|Log Monitor Data 5|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|108 (000, 101 - 999)|530| |o5-08 (1558) RUN|Log Monitor Data 6|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|V/f, OLV/PM: 0, CL-V/f, OLV, CLV, AOLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM, EZOLV: 105

(000, 101 - 999)|530| |o5-09 (1559) RUN|Log Monitor Data 7|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|110 (000, 101 - 999)|530| |o5-10 (155A) RUN|Log Monitor Data 8|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|112 (000, 101 - 999)|531| |o5-11 (155B) RUN|Log Monitor Data 9|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|000 (000, 101 - 999)|531| |o5-12 (155C) RUN|Log Monitor Data 10|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|000 (000, 101 - 999)|531|

1.14 q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters

####### 1.14 q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters

◆ q1-01 to q8-40: Reserved for DriveWorksEZ

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |q1-01 to q8-40 (1600 - 17E7)|Reserved for DriveWorksEZ|Refer to “DriveWorksEZ Operation Manual”.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|These parameters are reserved for use with DriveWorksEZ.|

Page 56

1.15 r: DWEZ Connection 1-20

####### 1.15 r: DWEZ Connection 1-20

◆ r1-01 to r1-40: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters 1 to 20 (Upper / Lower)

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |r1-01 to r1-40: (1840 - 1867)|DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters 1 to 20 (Upper / Lower)|DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters 1 to 20 (Upper / Lower)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - FFFFH)|

1.16 T: Motor Tuning ◆ T0: Tuning Mode Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |T0-00 (1197)|Tuning Mode Selection|Sets the type of Auto-Tuning.

0 : Motor Parameter Tuning
1 : Control Tuning

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|532|

◆ T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |T1-00 (0700)|Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection|Sets which motor to tune when motor 1/2 switching is enabled. You can only use the keypad to set this parameter. You cannot use external input terminals to set it.

Note:

This parameter is available when H1-xx 16 [Motor 2 Selection]. The keypad will not show this parameter when H1-xx ≠ 16.

1 : Motor 1 (sets E1-xx, E2-xx)
2 : Motor 2 (sets E3-xx, E4-xx)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (1, 2)|532| |T1-01 (0701)|Tuning Mode Selection|Sets the type of Auto-Tuning.

0 : Rotational Auto-Tuning
1 : Stationary Auto-Tuning 1
2 : Stationary Line-Line Resistance

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (Determined by A1-02)|533| |T1-02 (0702)|Motor Rated Power|Uses the units set in o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection] to set the motor rated output power.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.00 - 650.00 HP)|533| |T1-03 (0703)|Motor Rated Voltage|Sets the rated voltage (V) of the motor. Enter the base speed voltage for constant output motors.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.5 V, 400 V Class: 0.0 511.0 V)|533| |T1-04 (0704)|Motor Rated Current|Sets the rated current (A) of the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04 (10% to 200% of the drive rated current)|533| |T1-05 (0705)|Motor Base Frequency|Sets the base frequency (Hz) of the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|60.0 Hz (0.0 - 590.0 Hz)|533| |T1-06 (0706)|Number of Motor Poles|Sets the number of motor poles.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|4 (2 to 120)|534| |T1-07 (0707)|Motor Base Speed|Sets the motor base speed for Auto-Tuning (min-1 (r/min)).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1750 min-1 (r/min) (0 - 35400 min-1 (r/min))|534| |T1-08 (0708)|Encoder Pulse Count (PPR)|Sets the number of PG (pulse generator, encoder) pulses.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1024 ppr (0 - 60,000 ppr)|534| |T1-09 (0709)|Motor No-Load Current|Sets the no-load current of the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|(0A - T1-04; max. of 2999.9)|534| |T1-10 (070A)|Motor Rated Slip Frequency|Sets motor rated slip.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|(0.000 - 20.000 Hz)|534| |T1-11 (070B)|Motor Iron Loss|Sets the iron loss for calculating the energy-saving coefficient.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E2-11 or E4-11

(0 - 65535 W)|534|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |T1-12 (0BDB)|Test Mode Selection|Sets the function to enable Test Mode after Stationary Auto-Tuning. When you can operate the motor with a light load attached after Stationary Auto-Tuning is complete, enable this parameter.

Note:

You must first set T1-10 [Motor Rated Slip Frequency] = 0 Hz to enable this parameter.

0 : No
1 : Yes

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|535| |T1-13 (0BDC)|No-load voltage|Sets the no-load voltage of the motor. If you know the no-load voltage at the rated speed in a test report, set that voltage value. If you do not know the no-load voltage, do not change from the initial value.

Note:

• To get the same qualities as a Yaskawa 1000-series drive or previous models, set this parameter = T1-03 [Motor Rated Voltage] value.
• The default value is different for different models.

–2004 - 2008, 4002 - 4004: T1-03 × 0.85
–2010 - 2415, 4005 - 4302: T1-03 × 0.90
–4371- 4720: T1-03 × 0.95

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|T1-03 × 0.85 (200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V, 400 V Class: 0.0 510.0 V)|535|

Page 57

######## ◆ T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |T2-01 (0750)|PM Auto-Tuning Selection|Sets the type of Auto-Tuning for PM motors.

0 : Manual Entry w/ Motor Data Sheet
1 : Stationary (Ld, Lq, R)
2 : Stationary (R Only)
3 : Z-Pulse Offset (Pole Position)
4 : Rotational (Ld, Lq, R, back-EMF)
5 : High Frequency Injection

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (Determined by A1-02)|535| |T2-02 (0751)|PM Motor Code Selection|If the drive is operating a Yaskawa PM motor from the SMRA, SSR1, or SST4 series, enter the PM motor code in accordance with the rotation speed and motor output.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|FFFF (0000 - FFFF)|536| |T2-03 (0752)|PM Motor Type|Sets the type of PM motor the drive will operate.

0 : IPM motor
1 : SPM motor

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|536| |T2-04 (0730)|PM Motor Rated Power|Uses the units set in o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection] to set the PM motor rated output power.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(0.00 - 650.00 HP)|536| |T2-05 (0732)|PM Motor Rated Voltage|Sets the rated voltage (V) of the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V Class: 230.0 V, 400 V: 460.0 V

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V, 400 V Class: 0.0 510.0 V)|536| |T2-06 (0733)|PM Motor Rated Current|Sets the rated current (A) of the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04 (10% to 200% of the drive rated current)|536| |T2-07 (0753)|PM Motor Base Frequency|Sets the base frequency (Hz) of the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|60.0 Hz (0.0 - 590.0 Hz)|536| |T2-08 (0734)|Number of PM Motor Poles|Sets the number of motor poles.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|4 (2 - 48)|537| |T2-09 (0731)|PM Motor Base Speed|Sets the motor base speed (min-1 (r/min)).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1750 min-1 (r/min) (0 - 34500 min-1 (r/min))|537| |T2-10 (0754)|PM Motor Stator Resistance|Sets the stator resistance for each motor phase. Note: This parameter does not set line-to-line resistance.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by T2-02 (0.000 - 65.000 Ω)|537| |T2-11 (0735)|PM Motor d-Axis Inductance|Sets the d-axis inductance of the motor on a per phase basis.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by T2-02 (0.00 - 600.00 mH)|537|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |T2-12 (0736)|PM Motor q-Axis Inductance|Sets the q-Axis inductance of the motor on a per phase basis.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by T2-02 (0.00 - 600.00 mH)|537| |T2-13 (0755)|Back-EMF Units Selection|Sets the units that the drive uses to set the induced voltage constant.

0 : mV/(rev/min)
1 : mV/(rad/sec)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|537| |T2-14 (0737)|Back-EMF Voltage Constant (Ke)|Sets the motor induced voltage constant (Ke).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by T2-13 (0.0 - 2000.0)|537| |T2-15 (0756)|Pull-In Current Level|Sets the level of the pull-in current as a percentage of E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|30% (0 - 120%)|538| |T2-16 (0738)|Encoder Pulse Count (PPR)|Sets the number of PG (pulse generator, encoder) pulses.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1024 ppr (1 - 15000 ppr)|538| |T2-17 (0757)|Encoder Z-Pulse Offset|Sets the encoder Z-pulse offset (Δθ) (pulse generator, encoder) that is listed on the motor nameplate.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 ° (-180.0 - +180.0°)|538|

######## ◆ T3: ASR and Inertia Tuning

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---| |T3-00 (1198)|Control Loop Tuning Selection|Sets the type of Control Auto-Tuning.

0 : Inertia Tuning
1 : ASR (Speed Regulator)
2 : Deceleration Rate Tuning
3 : KEB Tuning Note:

Settings 0 and 1 are available only when A1-02 3, 7 [Control Method Selection CLV, CLV/PM].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3)|538| |T3-01 (0760)|Test Signal Frequency|Sets the frequency of the test signal applied to the motor during Inertia Tuning. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|3.0 Hz (0.1 - 20.0 Hz)|538| |T3-02 (0761)|Test Signal Amplitude|Sets the amplitude of the test signal applied to the motor during Inertia Tuning. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.5 rad (0.1 - 10.0 rad)|538| |T3-03 (0762)|Motor Inertia|Sets the inertia of the motor. This value uses the test signal response to calculate the load inertia.

Note:

The display units for the default setting and setting range are different for different models:

• 0.0001 kgm2 units (setting range: 0.0001 kgm2 to 6.0000 kgm2): 2004 to 2021, 4002 to 4012
• 0.001 kgm2 units (setting range: 0.001 kgm2 to 60.000 kgm2): 2030 to 2211, 4018 to 4103
• 0.01 kgm2 units (setting range: 0.01 kgm2 to 600.00 kgm2): 2257 to 2415, 4140 to 4720

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01, and E5-01

(0.0001 - 600.00 kgm2)|539| |T3-04 (0763)|System Response Frequency|This parameter uses the load inertia value from the Inertia Tuning process to automatically calculate and set C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 Hz (0.1 - 50.0 Hz)|539|

######## ◆ T4: EZ Tuning

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)|Ref.| |---|---|---|---|---|

Page 58

|T4-01 (3130)|EZ Tuning Mode Selection|Sets the type of Auto-Tuning for EZOLV control.

0 : Motor Parameter Setting
1 : Line-to-Line Resistance

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|539| |T4-02 (3131)|Motor Type Selection|Sets the type of motor.

0 : Induction (IM)
1 : Permanent Magnet (PM)
2 : Synchronous Reluctance (SynRM)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1, 2)|540| |T4-04 (3133)|Motor Rated Revolutions|Sets rated rotation speed (min-1) of the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|((40 Hz to 120 Hz) × 60 × 2/E9-08)|540| |T4-05 (3134)|Motor Rated Frequency|Sets the rated frequency (Hz) of the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E9-01 and o2-04

(40.0 - 120.0 Hz)|540| |T4-06 (3135)|Motor Rated Voltage|Sets the rated voltage (V) of the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V Class: 230.0 V, 400 V: 460.0 V

(200 V Class: 0.0 - 255.0 V,400 V Class: 0.0 510.0 V)|540| |T4-07 (3136)|Motor Rated Current|Sets the rated current (A) of the motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01

(10% to 200% of the drive rated current)|540| |T4-08 (3137)|Motor Rated Capacity|Sets the motor rated power in the units set in o1-58 [Motor Power Unit Selection].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E9-10 (0.10 - 650.00 HP)|540| |T4-09 (3138)|Number of Poles|Sets the number of motor poles.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E9-01 (2 - 48)|540|

####### 1.17 U: Monitors

◆ U1: Operation Status Monitors

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U1-01 (0040)|Frequency reference|Shows the actual frequency reference value. Parameter o1-03 [Keypad Display Unit Selection] sets the display units.

Unit: 0.01 Hz

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)| |U1-02 (0041)|Output Frequency|Shows the actual output frequency. Parameter o1-03 [Keypad Display Unit Selection] sets the display units.

Unit: 0.01 Hz

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)| |U1-03 (0042)|Output Current|Shows the actual output current. The keypad shows the value of U1-03 in amperes (A). When looking at the monitor through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the current is “8192 = drive rated current (A).” Calculate the current from the monitor value that is in at MEMOBUS/Modbus communications using “Numerals being displayed / 8192 × drive rated current (A).” Unit: Determined by the drive model.

• 0.01 A: 2004 to 2042, 4002 to 4023
• 0.1 A: 2056 to 2415, 4031 to 4720

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Drive rated current| |U1-04 (0043)|Control Method|Shows the drive control method.

0 : V/f Control
1 : V/f Control with Encoder
2 : Open Loop Vector
3 : Closed Loop Vector
4 : Advanced Open Loop Vector
5 : PM Open Loop Vector
6 : PM Advanced Open Loop Vector
7 : PM Closed Loop Vector
8 : EZ Vector Control

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U1-05 (0044)|Motor Speed|Shows the actual detected motor speed. Parameter o1-03 [Keypad Display Unit Selection] sets the display units. Unit: 0.01 Hz

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)| |U1-06 (0045)|Output Voltage Ref|Shows the output voltage reference. Unit: 0.1 V

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V class: 10 V = 200 Vrms

400 V class: 10 V = 400 Vrms| |U1-07 (0046)|DC Bus Voltage|Shows the DC bus voltage. Unit: 1 V

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V class: 10 V = 400 V 400 V class: 10 V = 800 V| |U1-08 (0047)|Output Power|Shows the internally-calculated output power. Changing the setting of A1-02 [Control Method Selection] also changes the signal level of the analog output.

• A1-02 = 0, 1: Drive capacity (kW)
• A1-02 = 2, 3, 4: Motor Rated Power [E2-11] (kW)
• A1-02 = 5, 6, 7: PM Motor Rated Power [E5-02] (kW)
• A1-02 = 8: Motor Rated Power [E9-07] (kW) Unit: The display units are different for different models:
• 0.01 kW: 2004 to 2042, 4002 to 4023
• 0.1 kW: 2056 to 2415, 4031 to 4720

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: Drive capacity (motor rated power) kW (-10 V to +10 V)| |U1-09 (0048)|Torque Reference|Shows the internal torque reference value. Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Motor rated torque (-10 V to +10 V)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U1-10 (0049)|Input Terminal Status|Shows the status of the MFDI terminal where 1 (ON) and 0 (OFF). For example, U1-10 shows “00000011” when terminals S1 and S2 are ON.

bit 0 : Terminal S1 (MFDI 1)
bit 1 : Terminal S2 (MFDI 2)
bit 2 : Terminal S3 (MFDI 3)
bit 3 : Terminal S4 (MFDI 4)
bit 4 : Terminal S5 (MFDI 5)
bit 5 : Terminal S6 (MFDI 6)
bit 6 : Terminal S7 (MFDI 7)
bit 7 : Terminal S8 (MFDI 8)

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U1-11 (004A)|Output Terminal Status|Shows the status of the MFDO terminal where 1 = (ON) and 0 = (OFF). For example, U1-11 shows “00000011” when terminals M1 and M3 are ON.

Note: When H2-xx = 100 to 19F [Inverse Output of Function], the value before inversion is displayed.

bit 0 : Terminals M1-M2
bit 1 : Terminals M3-M4
bit 2 : Terminals M5-M6
bit 3 : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit 4 : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit 5 : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit 6 : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit 7 : Fault relay MA/MB-MC

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U1-12 (004B)|Drive Status|Shows drive status where 1 = (ON) and 0 = (OFF). For example, U1-12 shows “00000101” during run with the Reverse Run command.

bit 0 : During Run
bit 1 : During zero-speed
bit 2 : During reverse
bit 3 : During fault reset signal input
bit 4 : During speed agreement
bit 5 : Drive ready
bit 6 : During minor fault detection
bit 7 : During fault detection

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U1-13 (004E)|Terminal A1 Level|Shows the signal level of terminal A1. Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = 100% (-10 V to +10 V)| |U1-14 (004F)|Terminal A2 Level|Shows the signal level of terminal A2. Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = 100% (-10 V to +10 V)| |U1-15 (0050)|Terminal A3 Level|Shows the signal level of terminal A3. Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 V = 100% (-10 V to +10 V)| |U1-16 (0053)|SFS Output Frequency|Shows the output frequency after soft start. Shows the frequency with acceleration and deceleration times and S-curves. Parameter o1-03 [Keypad Display Unit Selection] sets the display units.

Unit: 0.01 Hz

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)| |U1-17 (0058)|DI-A3 Input Status|Shows the reference value input from DI-A3 option. Shows the input signal for DI-A3 in hexadecimal as set in F3-01 [Digital Input Function Selection]. 3FFFF: Set (1 bit) + Sign (1 bit) + 16 bit

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U1-18 (0061)|oPE Fault Parameter|Shows the parameter number that caused the oPE02 [Parameter Range Setting Error] or oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available|

Page 59

|---|---|---|---| |U1-19 (0066)|MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Code|Shows the contents of the MEMOBUS/Modbus communication error where 1 (error) and 0 (no error).

For example, U1-19 shows “00000001” when a CRC error occurs.

bit 0 : CRC Error
bit 1 : Data Length Error
bit 2 : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit 3 : Parity Error
bit 4 : Overrun Error
bit 5 : Framing Error
bit 6 : Timed Out
bit 7 : Not used (normal value of 0).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U1-21 (0077)|AI-A3 Term V1 Level|Shows the analog reference of terminal V1 on analog input option card AI-A3. Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = 100% (-10 V to +10 V)| |U1-22 (072A)|AI-A3 Term V2 Level|Shows the analog reference of terminal V2 on analog input option card AI-A3. Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = 100% (-10 V to +10 V)| |U1-23 (072B)|AI-A3 Term V3 Level|Shows the analog reference of terminal V3 on analog input option card AI-A3. Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = 100% (-10 V to +10 V)| |U1-24 (007D)|Input Pulse Monitor|Shows the frequency to pulse train input terminal RP. Unit: 1 Hz

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by H6-02| |U1-25 (004D)|SoftwareNumber Flash|Shows the FLASH ID.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U1-26 (005B)|SoftwareNumber ROM|Shows the ROM ID.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U1-50 (1199) Expert|Virtual Analog Input|Shows the virtual analog input value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by H7-40| |U1-91 (154E) Expert|Output Voltage|Shows the drive internal output voltage reference. Unit: 0.1 V

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V class: 10 V = 200 Vrms

400 V class: 10 V = 400 Vrms|

######## ◆ U2: Fault Trace

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U2-01 (0080)|Current Fault|Shows the fault that the drive has when viewing the monitor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-02 (0081)|Previous Fault|Shows the fault that occurred most recently.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-03 (0082)|Freq Reference@Fault|Shows the frequency reference at the fault that occurred most recently. Use U1-01 [Frequency Reference] to monitor the actual frequency reference value. Unit: 0.01 Hz

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-04 (0083)|Output Freq @ Fault|Shows the output frequency at the fault that occurred most recently. Use U1-02 [Output Frequency] to monitor the actual output frequency. Unit: 0.01 Hz

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U2-05 (0084)|Output Current@Fault|Shows the output current at the fault that occurred most recently. Use U1-03 [Output Current] to monitor the actual output current. The keypad shows the value of U103 in amperes (A).

When looking at the monitor through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the current is “8192 drive rated current (A)”. Calculate the current from the monitor value that is in at MEMOBUS/ Modbus communications using “Numerals being displayed / 8192 × drive rated current (A)”.

Unit: Determined by the drive model.

• 0.01 A: 2004 to 2042, 4002 to 4023
• 0.1 A: 2056 to 2415, 4031 to 4720

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-06 (0085)|Motor Speed @ Fault|Shows the motor speed at the fault that occurred most recently. Use U1-05 [Motor Speed] to monitor the actual motor speed. Unit: 0.01 Hz

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-07 (0086)|Output Voltage@Fault|Shows the output voltage reference at the fault that occurred most recently. Use U1-06 [Output Voltage Ref] to monitor the actual output voltage reference. Unit: 0.1 V

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-08 (0087)|DC Bus Voltage@Fault|Shows the DC bus voltage at the fault that occurred most recently. Use U1-07 [DC Bus Voltage] to monitor the actual DC bus voltage. Unit: 1 V

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-09 (0088)|Output Power @ Fault|Shows the output power at the fault that occurred most recently. Use U1-08 [Output Power] to monitor the actual output power. Unit: 0.1 kW

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-10 (0089)|Torque Ref @ Fault|Shows the torque reference at the fault that occurred most recently as a percentage of the motor rated torque.

Use U1-09 [Torque Reference] to monitor the actual torque reference. Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-11 (008A)|Input Terminal Status @ Fault|Shows the status of the MFDI terminals at the most recent fault where 1 = (ON) and 0 = (OFF). For example, U2-11 shows “00000011” when terminals S1 and S2 are ON. Use U1-10 [Input Terminal Status] to monitor the actual MFDI terminal status.

bit 0 : Terminal S1
bit 1 : Terminal S2
bit 2 : Terminal S3
bit 3 : Terminal S4
bit 4 : Terminal S5
bit 5 : Terminal S6
bit 6 : Terminal S7
bit 7 : Terminal S8

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-12 (008B)|Output Terminal Status @ Fault|Shows the status of the MFDO terminals at the most recent fault where 1 = (ON) and 0 = (OFF). For example, U2-12 shows “00000011” when terminals M1 and M3 are ON. Use U1-11 [Output Terminal Status] to monitor the actual MFDO terminal status.

bit 0 : Terminals M1-M2
bit 1 : Terminals M3-M4
bit 2 : Terminals M5-M6
bit 3 : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit 4 : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit 5 : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit 6 : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit 7 : Fault relay MA/MB-MC

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U2-13 (008C)|Operation Status @ Fault|Shows the status of the MFDO terminals at the most recent fault where 1 (ON) and 0 (OFF). For example, U2-13 shows “00000001” during run. Use U1-12 [Drive Status] to monitor the actual MFDO terminal status.

bit 0 : During Run
bit 1 : During zero-speed
bit 2 : During reverse
bit 3 : During fault reset signal input
bit 4 : During speed agreement
bit 5 : Drive ready
bit 6 : During minor fault detection
bit 7 : During fault detection

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-14 (008D)|Elapsed Time @ Fault|Shows the cumulative operation time of the drive at the fault that occurred most recently. Use U4-01 [Cumulative Ope Time] to monitor the actual cumulative operation time. Unit: 1 h

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-15 (07E0)|SFS Output @ Fault|Shows the output frequency after soft start at the fault that occurred most recently. Use U1-16 [SFS Output Frequency] to monitor the actual output frequency after soft start. Unit: 0.01 Hz

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-16 (07E1)|q-Axis Current@Fault|Shows the q-axis current of the motor at the fault that occurred most recently. Use U6-01 [Iq Secondary Current] to monitor the actual q-Axis current of the motor. Unit: 0.1 %

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-17 (07E2)|d-Axis Current@Fault|Shows the d-axis current of the motor at the fault that occurred most recently. Use U6-02 [Id ExcitationCurrent] to monitor the actual d-Axis current of the motor. Unit: 0.1 %

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-19 (07E4)|ControlDeviation@Flt|Shows the amount of control axis deviation (Δθ) at the fault that occurred most recently. Use U6-10 [ContAxisDeviation Δθ] to monitor the actual amount of control axis deviation (Δθ). Unit: 0.1 °

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available|

Page 60

|U2-20 (008E)|Heatsink Temp @Fault|Shows the heatsink temperature at the fault that occurred most recently. Use U4-08 [Heatsink Temperature] to monitor the actual temperature of the heatsink. Unit: 1 °C

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U2-21 (1166) Expert|STPo Detect @ Fault|Monitors conditions to detect STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected] faults. The bit for each condition is displayed as ON or OFF.

bit 0 : Excessive current
bit 1 : Induced voltage deviation
bit 2 : d-axis current deviation
bit 3 : Motor lock at startup
bit 4 : Acceleration stall continue
bit 5 : Acceleration stall repeat
bit 6 : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit 7 : Not used (normal value of 0).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available|

######## ◆ U3: Fault History

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U3-01 to U3-04 (0090 - 0093) (0800 - 0803)|1st to 4th MostRecent Fault|Shows the fault history of the first to fourth most recent faults.

Note:

The drive saves the U3-01 to U3-04 [1st to 4th MostRecent Fault] fault histories to two types of registers at the same time for the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U3-05 to U3-10 (0804 - 0809)|5th to 10th MostRecent Fault|Shows the fault history of the fifth to tenth most recent faults.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U3-11 to U3-14 (0094 - 0097) (080A - 080D)|ElapsedTime@1st to 4thFault|Shows the cumulative operation time when the first to fourth most recent faults occurred. Unit: 1 h

Note:

The drive saves the U3-11 to U3-14 [ElapsedTime@1st to 4thFault] the cumulative operation time to two types of registers at the same time for the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U3-15 to U3-20 (080E - 0813)|ElapsedTime@5th to 10thFault|Shows the cumulative operation time when the fifth to tenth most recent faults occurred. Unit: 1 h

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available|

######## ◆ U4: Maintenance Monitors

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U4-01 (004C)|Cumulative Ope Time|Shows the cumulative operation time of the drive. Use parameter o4-01 [Elapsed Operating Time Setting] to reset this monitor. Use parameter o4-02 [Elapsed Operating Time Selection] to select the cumulative operation times from:

• The time from when the drive is energized until it is de-energized.
• The time at which the Run command is turned ON.

The maximum value that the monitor will show is 99999. After this value is more than 99999, the drive automatically resets it and starts to count from 0 again.

Unit: 1 h

Note:

The MEMOBUS/Modbus communication data is shown in 10 h units. Use register 0099H for data in 1 h units.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 99999 h| |U4-02 (0075)|Num of Run Commands|Shows how many times that the drive has received a Run command. Use parameter o4-13 [RUN Command Counter @ Initialize] to reset this monitor. The maximum value that the monitor will show is 65535. After this value is more than 65535, the drive automatically resets it and starts to count from 0 again. Unit: 1

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 65535 times| |U4-03 (0067)|Cooling Fan Ope Time|Shows the cumulative operation time of the cooling fans. Use parameter o4-03 [Fan Operation Time Setting] to reset this monitor. The maximum value that the monitor will show is 99999. After this value is more than 99999, the drive automatically resets it and starts to count from 0 again. Unit: 1 h

Note:

The MEMOBUS/Modbus communication data is shown in 10 h units. Use register 009BH for data in 1 h units.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 99999 h| |U4-04 (007E)|Cool Fan Maintenance|Shows the cumulative operation time of the cooling fans as a percentage of the replacement life of the cooling fans.

Use parameter o4-03 [Fan Operation Time Setting] to reset this monitor. Unit: 1%

Note: Replace the cooling fans when this monitor is 90%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 100%| |U4-05 (007C)|CapacitorMaintenance|Shows the operation time of the electrolytic capacitors for the main circuit and control circuit as a percentage of the replacement life of the electrolytic capacitors.

Use parameter o4-05 [Capacitor Maintenance Setting] to reset this monitor. Unit: 1%

Note: Replace the electrolytic capacitor when this monitor is 90%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 100%| |U4-06 (07D6)|PreChargeRelayMainte|Shows the operation time of the soft charge bypass relay as a percentage of the replacement life of the soft charge bypass relay.

Use parameter o4-07 [Softcharge Relay Maintenance Set] to reset this monitor. Unit: 1%

Note: Replace the drive when this monitor is 90%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 100%|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U4-07 (07D7)|IGBT Maintenance|Shows the operation time of the IGBTs as a percentage of the replacement life of the IGBTs. Set parameter o4-09 [IGBT Maintenance Setting] to reset this monitor. Unit: 1%

Note: Replace the drive when this monitor is 90%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 100%| |U4-08 (0068)|Heatsink Temperature|Shows the heatsink temperature of the drive. Unit: 1 °C

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 100 °C| |U4-09 (005E)|LED Check|Turns on the LED Status Ring and all of the keypad LEDs to make sure that the LEDs operate correctly.

Note:

A damaged LED Status Ring board will prevent an accurate estimate of the internal status of the drive. Do not use only the LED Status Ring to estimate the status of the drive and motors.

1. Set o2-24 = 0 [LED Light Function Selection = Enable Status Ring & Keypad LED].
2. Push with U4-09 shown on the keypad. All LEDs on the keypad and LED Status Ring will turn on.

Note: When Safety input 2 CH is open (STo), READY will flash.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U4-10 (005C)|kWh, Lower 4 Digits|Displays the lower 4 digits of the watt hour value for the drive. Unit: 1 kWh

Note:

The watt hour is displayed in 9 digits. Monitor U4-11 [kWh, Upper 5 Digits] shows the upper 5 digits and U4-10 shows the lower 4 digits.

Example for 12345678.9 kWh:

U4-10: 678.9 kWh
U4-11: 12345 MWh

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U4-11 (005D)|kWh, Upper 5 Digits|Shows the upper 5 digits of the watt hour value for the drive. Unit: 1 MWh Note:

Monitor U4-11 shows the upper 5 digits and U4-10 [kWh, Lower 4 Digits] shows the lower 4 digits.

Example for 12345678.9 kWh:

U4-10: 678.9 kWh
U4-11: 12345 MWh

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U4-13 (07CF)|Peak Hold Current|Shows the hold value of the peak value (rms) for the drive output current. Use U4-14 [PeakHold Output Freq] to show the drive output frequency at the time that the drive holds the output current. The drive will hold the peak hold current at the next start up and restart of the power supply. The drive keeps the held value during baseblock (during stop). The keypad shows the value of U4-13 in amperes (A). When looking at the monitor through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the current is “8192 drive rated current (A).” Calculate the current from the monitor value that is in at MEMOBUS/Modbus communications using “Numerals being displayed / 8192 × drive rated current (A). Unit: Determined by the drive model.

• 0.01 A: 2004 to 2042, 4002 to 4023
• 0.1 A: 2056 to 2415, 4031 to 4720

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U4-14 (07D0)|PeakHold Output Freq|Displays the output frequency at which the peak value (rms) of the drive output current is held. The peak hold current can be monitored by U4-13 [Peak Hold Current]. The peak hold output frequency will be cleared at the next startup and restart of the power supply. The drive keeps the value that was under hold during baseblock (during stop). Unit: 0.01 Hz

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U4-16 (07D8)|Motor oL1 Level|Shows the integrated value of oL1 [Motor Overload] as a percentage of oL1 detection level. Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 100%|

Page 61

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U4-18 (07DA)|Reference Source|Shows the selected frequency reference source. The keypad shows the frequency reference source as “XY-nn” as specified by these rules: X: External Reference 1/2 Selection [H1-xx = 2] selection status

• 1: b1-01 [Frequency Reference Selection 1]
• 2: b1-15 [Frequency Reference Selection 2] Y-nn: Frequency reference source
• 0-01: Keypad (d1-01 [Reference 1])
• 1-00: Analog input (unassigned)
• 1-01: MFAI terminal A1
• 1-02: MFAI terminal A2
• 1-03: MFAI terminal A3
• 2-02 to 2-17: Multi-step speed reference (d1-02 to d1-17 [Reference 2 to 16, Jog Reference])
• 3-01: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
• 4-01: Communication option card
• 5-01: Pulse train input
• 7-01: DriveWorksEZ
• 9-01: Up/Down command

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U4-19 (07DB)|Modbus FreqRef (dec)|Shows the frequency reference sent to the drive from the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications as a decimal.

Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)| |U4-20 (07DC)|Option Freq Ref(dec)|Shows the frequency reference sent to the drive from the communication option as a decimal.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)| |U4-21 (07DD)|Run Command Source|Shows the selected Run command source. The keypad shows the Run command source as “XY-nn” as specified by these rules:

X: External Reference 1/2 Selection [H1-xx = 2] selection status

• 1: b1-02 [Run Command Selection 1]
• 2: b1-16 [Run Command Selection 2]

Y: Run command source

• 0: Keypad
• 1: Control circuit terminal
• 3: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
• 4: Communication option card
• 7: DriveWorksEZ nn: Run command limit status data
• 00: No limit status.
• 01: The Run command was left ON when the drive stopped in the Programming Mode.
• 02: The Run command was left ON when switching from LOCAL Mode to REMOTE Mode.
• 03: The Run command is in standby after the drive was energized until the soft charge bypass contactor turns ON.

Note:

The drive will detect Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] or Uv [Undervoltage] if the soft charge bypass contactor does not turn ON after 10 s.

• 04: Restart after run stop is prohibited.
• 05: Fast stop has been executed using the MFDI terminal. Or, the motor has ramped to stop by pressing the STOP key on the keypad.
• 06: b1-17 = 0 [Run Command at Power Up = Disregard Existing RUN Command] is set.
• 07: During baseblock while coast to stop with timer.
• 08: Frequency reference is below E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency] during baseblock.
• 09: Waiting for the Enter command from PLC.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output The keypad shows the Run command source as "XY-nn" as specified by these rules: available|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U4-22 (07DE)|Modbus CmdData (hex)|Shows the operation signal (register 0001H) sent to the drive from MEMOBUS/Modbus communications as a 4-digit hexadecimal number (zero suppress). The keypad shows the operation signal as specified by these rules:

bit 0 : Forward run/Stop
bit 1 : Reverse run/Stop
bit 2 : External fault
bit 3 : Fault Reset
bit 4 : Multi-function input 1
bit 5 : Multi-function input 2
bit 6 : Multi-function input 3
bit 7 : Multi-function input 4
bit 8 : Multi-function input 5
bit 9 : Multi-function input 6

bit A : Multi-function input 7
bit B : Multi-function input 8
bit C : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit D : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit E : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit F : Not used (normal value of 0).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U4-23 (07DF)|Option CmdData (hex)|Shows the operation signal (register 0001H) sent to the drive from MEMOBUS/Modbus communications as a 4-digit hexadecimal number. The keypad shows the operation signal as specified by these rules:

bit 0 : Forward run/Stop
bit 1 : Reverse run/Stop
bit 2 : External fault
bit 3 : Fault Reset
bit 4 : Multi-function input 1
bit 5 : Multi-function input 2
bit 6 : Multi-function input 3
bit 7 : Multi-function input 4
bit 8 : Multi-function input 5
bit 9 : Multi-function input 6

bit A : Multi-function input 7
bit B : Multi-function input 8
bit C : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit D : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit E : Not used (normal value of 0).
bit F : Not used (normal value of 0).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U4-24 (07E6)|Number of Runs (Low)|Shows the lower 4 digits of the drive run count.

Note:

The drive run count appears as an 8-digit number. Monitor U4-25 [Number of Runs(High)] shows the upper 4 digits and U4-24 shows the lower 4 digits.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U4-25 (07E7)|Number of Runs(High)|Shows the lower 4 digits of the drive run count. Note: The drive run count appears as an 8-digit number. Monitor U4-25 shows the upper 4 digits and U4-24 [Number of Runs (Low)] shows the lower 4 digits.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U4-52 (1592)|Torque Ref from Comm|Displays the torque reference given to the drive via a serial communication option card or via MEMOBUS/Modbus communications as a decimal number.

Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = 100% (-10 V to +10 V)|

◆ U5: PID Monitors

◆ U6: Operation Status Monitors

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U5-01 (0057)|PID Feedback|Shows the PID control feedback value. Parameter b5-20 [PID Unit Selection] sets the display units. Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)| |U5-02 (0063)|PID Input|Shows the change between the PID setpoint and PID feedback (the quantity of PID input) as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)| |U5-03 (0064)|PID Output|Shows the PID control output as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)| |U5-04 (0065)|PID Setpoint|Shows the PID setpoint. Parameter b5-20 [PID Unit Selection] sets the display units. Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)| |U5-05 (07D2)|PID DifferentialFdbk|Shows the PID differential feedback value as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. This monitor is available after you set H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 = 16 [MFAI Function Selection = Differential PID Feedback]. Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)| |U5-06 (07D3)|PID Fdbk-Diff PID Fdbk|Shows the difference from calculating U5-05 - U5-01 [PID DifferentialFdbk] - [PID Feedback]. Unit: 0.01%

Note:

U5-01 [PID Feedback] = U5-06 when H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 ≠ 16 [MFAI Function Selection ≠ Differential PID Feedback].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)| |U5-21 (0872) Expert|Energy Save Coeff Ki|Shows the energy-saving coefficient Ki value for PM. Unit: 0.01

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U5-22 (0873) Expert|Energy Save Coeff Kt|Shows the energy-saving coefficient Kt value for PM. Unit: 0.01

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U5-99 (1599)|PID Setpoint Command|Shows the PID setpoint command. Parameter b5-20 [PID Unit Selection] sets the display units. Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U6-01 (0051)|Iq Secondary Current|Shows the value calculated for the motor secondary current (q axis) as a percentage of the motor rated secondary current.

Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V Motor secondary rated current (-10 V to +10 V)| |U6-02 (0052)|Id ExcitationCurrent|Shows the value calculated for the motor excitation current (d axis) as a percentage of the motor rated secondary current.

Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V Motor secondary rated current (-10 V to +10 V)| |U6-03 (0054)|ASR Input|Shows the ASR input value as a percentage of the maximum frequency. Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)| |U6-04 (0055)|ASR Output|Shows the ASR output value as a percentage of the motor rated secondary current. Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Motor secondary rated current (-10 V to +10 V)| |U6-05 (0059)|OutputVoltageRef: Vq|Shows the drive internal voltage reference for motor secondary current control (q axis). Unit: 0.1 V

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V class: 10 V = 200 Vrms

400 V class: 10 V = 400 Vrms

(-10 V to +10 V)|

Page 62

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U6-06 (005A)|OutputVoltageRef: Vd|Shows the drive internal voltage reference for motor excitation current control (d axis). Unit: 0.1 V

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V class: 10 V 200 Vrms

400 V class: 10 V 400 Vrms

(-10 V to +10 V)| |U6-07 (005F) Expert|q-Axis ACR Output|Shows the output value for current control related to motor secondary current (q axis). Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V class: 10 V 200 Vrms

400 V class: 10 V 400 Vrms

(-10 V to +10 V)| |U6-08 (0060) Expert|d-Axis ACR Output|Shows the output value for current control related to motor excitation current (d axis). Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V class: 10 V 200 Vrms

400 V class: 10 V 400 Vrms

(-10 V to +10 V)| |U6-09 (07C0) Expert|AdvPhase Compen Δθcmp|Displays the data on forward phase compensation for the calculation results of the amount of control axis deviation.

Unit: 1 °

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 180 ° (-10 V to +10 V)| |U6-10 (07C1) Expert|ContAxisDeviation Δθ|Shows the deviation between the γδ-Axis used for motor control and the dq-Axis. Unit: 0.1 °

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 180 ° (-10 V to +10 V)| |U6-13 (07CA) Expert|MagPolePosition(Enc)|Shows the value of the flux position detection. Unit: 0.1 °

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 180° (-10 V to +10 V)| |U6-14 (07CB) Expert|MagPolePosition(Obs)|Shows the value of the flux position estimation. Unit: 0.1 °

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 180 ° (-10 V to +10 V)| |U6-17 (07D1) Expert|Energy Save Coeff|Shows the total time of direction of motor rotation detections for Speed Estimation Speed Searches. This value adjusts b3-26 [Direction Determination Level].

Note: Upper limit is +32767 and lower limit is -32767.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U6-18 (07CD)|Enc 1 Pulse Counter|Shows the number of pulses for speed detection (PG1). Unit: 1 pulse

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 65536| |U6-19 (07E5)|Enc 2 Pulse Counter|Shows the number of pulses for speed detection (PG2). Unit: 1 pulse

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: 65536| |U6-20 (07D4)|UP/DOWN 2 Bias Value|Shows the bias value used to adjust the frequency reference. Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: Maximum Frequency| |U6-21 (07D5)|Offset Frequency|Shows the total value of d7-01 to d7-03 [Offset Frequency 1 to 3] selected with Add Offset Frequency 1 to 3 [H1-xx = 44 to 46].

Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V: Maximum Frequency| |U6-22 (0062)|ZeroServo Pulse Move|Shows the distance that the rotor moved from its last position when Zero Servo is available. The value shown in this monitor = 4 X [No. of PG pulses].

Unit: 1 pulse

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Number of pulses per revolution (-10 V to +10 V)| |U6-25 (006B) Expert|ASR Output Level|Shows the primary delay filter input value of the ASR (speed control loop). Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Motor secondary rated current (-10 V to +10 V)| |U6-26 (006C) Expert|Feed Fwd Cont Output|Shows the Feed Forward control output. Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Motor secondary rated current (-10 V to +10 V)| |U6-27 (006D) Expert|FeedFwd Estimate Spd|Shows the feed forward estimated speed. Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = Maximum frequency (-10 V to +10 V)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U6-31 (007B)|TorqueDetect Monitor|Monitors the torque reference or the output current after applying the filter set to L6-07 [Torque Detection Filter Time].

Unit: 0.1%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V:100%| |U6-36 (0720) Expert|Comm Errors-Host|Shows the number of inter-CPU communication errors. De-energizing the drive sets this number to 0.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U6-37 (0721) Expert|Comm Errors-Sensor|Shows the number of inter-CPU communication errors. De-energizing the drive sets this number to 0.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U6-48 (072E) Expert|ASIC Comm Errors|Counts the number of inter-ASIC communication errors detected by the ASIC. This count is reset to 0 when the power to the drive is turned off.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U6-57 (07C4)|PolePolarityDeterVal|Shows the change from the integrated current when finding the polarity. Unit: 1

Note: If the change from the integrated current is less than 819, increase n8-84 [Polarity Detection Current]. U6-57 = 8192 is equivalent to the motor rated current.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U6-80 to U6-83 (07B0 - 07B3)|Option IPAddress 1 to 4|Shows the currently available local IP Address.

• U6-80: 1st octet
• U6-81: 2nd octet
• U6-82: 3rd octet
• U6-83: 4th octet

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U6-84 to U6-87 (07B4 - 07B7)|Online Subnets 1 to 4|Shows the currently available subnet mask.

• U6-84: 1st octet
• U6-85: 2nd octet
• U6-86: 3rd octet
• U6-87: 4th octet

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U6-88 to U6-91 (07B8, 07B9, 07F0, 07F1)|Online Gateways 1 to 4|Shows the currently available gateway address.

• U6-88: 1st octet
• U6-89: 2nd octet
• U6-90: 3rd octet
• U6-91: 4th octet

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U6-92 (07F2)|Online Speed|Shows the currently available communications speed. 10: 10 Mbps 100: 100 Mbps

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U6-93 (07F3)|Online Duplex|Shows the currently available Duplex setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U6-98 (07F8)|First Fault|Shows the contents of the most recent communication options fault (DeviceNet, Modbus TCP/IP, EtherNet/IP).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U6-99 (07F9)|Current Fault|Shows the contents of current fault from communication options (DeviceNet, Modbus TCP/IP, EtherNet/IP).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available|

######## ◆ U8: DriveWorksEZ Monitors

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|MFAO Signal Level| |---|---|---|---| |U8-01 to U8-10 (1950 - 1959)|DWEZ Monitors 1 to 10|Shows DriveWorks EZ Monitors 1 to 10. Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V = 100%|

Page 63

|U8-11 (195A)|DWEZ Version 1|Displays the upper three digits of the user ID. When you open the setting screen by clicking the setting button on the PC tool title bar, the user ID can be confirmed with the ID display of the primary user.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U8-12 (195B)|DWEZ Version 2|Displays the lower five digits of the user ID. When you open the setting screen by clicking the setting button on the PC tool title bar, the user ID can be confirmed with the ID display of the primary user.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U8-13 (195C)|DWEZ Version 3|Displays the software ID.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U8-18 (1961)|DWEZ Platform Ver|Shows the DriveWorksEZ platform version.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|No signal output available| |U8-21 to U8-25 (1964 - 1968)|DWEZ Monitors 21 to 25|Shows DriveWorks EZ Monitors 21 to 25. Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V 100%| |U8-31 to U8-40 (196E - 1977)|DWEZ Monitors 31 to 40|Shows DriveWorks EZ Monitors 31 to 40. Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V 100%| |U8-51 to U8-55 (1982 - 1986)|DWEZ Monitors 51 to 55|Shows DriveWorks EZ Monitors 51 to 55. Unit: 0.01%

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 V 100%|

####### 1.18 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with A1-02 [Control Method Selection]

The values for the parameters in these tables change when A1-02 changes. Changing the setting for A1-02 will change the default settings.

######## ◆ A1-02 = 0 to 4 [Induction Motor Control Methods]

|No.|Name|Range|Unit|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |No.|Name|Range|Unit|V/f (0)|CL-V/f (1)|OLV (2)|CLV (3)|AOLV (4)| |b2-01|DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold|0.0 - 10.0|0.1 Hz|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5| |b2-04|DC Inject Braking Time at Stop|0.00 - 10.00|0.01 s|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50| |b3-01|Speed Search at Start Selection|0 - 1|1|0|1|0|-|0| |b3-02|SpeedSearch Deactivation Current|0 - 200|1%|120|-|100|-|-| |b3-08|Speed Estimation ACR P Gain|0.00 - 6.00|0.01|0.50 *1|0.50 *1|0.50 *1|0.50 *1|0.50 *1| |b3-09|Speed Estimation ACR I Time|0.0 - 1000.0|0.1 ms|2.0|2.0|2.0|2.0|2.0| |b3-14|Bi-directional Speed Search|0 - 1|1|0|0|0|-|1| |b5-15|PID Sleep Function Start Level|0.0 - 400.0|0.1 Hz|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |b6-01|Dwell Reference at Start|0.0 - 400.0|0.1 Hz|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |b6-03|Dwell Reference at Stop|0.0 - 400.0|0.1 Hz|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |b8-02|Energy Saving Gain|0.0 - 10.0|0.1|-|-|0.7|1.0|1.0| |b8-03|Energy Saving Filter Time|0.00 - 10.00|0.01 s|-|-|0.50 *2|0.01 *2|0.01 *2| |b8-19|E-Save Search Injection Freq|10 - 300|1 Hz|-|-|-|-|-| |C1-11|Accel/Decel Time Switchover Freq|0.0 - 400.0|0.1 Hz|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |C2-01|S-Curve Time @ Start of Accel|0.00 - 10.00|0.01 s|0.20|0.20|0.20|0.20|0.20| |C3-01|Slip Compensation Gain|0.0 - 2.5|0.1|0.0|-|1.0|1.0|0.0| |C3-02|Slip Compensation Delay Time|0 - 10000|1 ms|2000|-|200|-|-| |C4-01|Torque Compensation Gain|0.00 - 2.50|0.01|1.00|1.00|1.00|-|-| |C4-02|Torque Compensation Delay Time|0 - 60000|1 ms|200|200|20|-|-| |C5-01|ASR Proportional Gain 1|0.00 - 300.00|0.01|-|0.20|-|20.00|10.00| |C5-02|ASR Integral Time 1|0.000 - 60.000|0.001 s|-|0.200|-|0.500|0.500| |C5-03|ASR Proportional Gain 2|0.00 - 300.00|0.01|-|0.02|-|20.00|20.00| |C5-04|ASR Integral Time 2|0.000 - 60.000|0.001 s|-|0.050|-|0.500|0.500|

Page 64

|No.|Name|Range|Unit|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |No.|Name|Range|Unit|V/f (0)|CL-V/f (1)|OLV (2)|CLV (3)|AOLV (4)| |C5-06|ASR Delay Time|0.000 - 0.500|0.001 s|-|-|-|0.004|0.004| |C5-07|ASR Gain Switchover Frequency|0.0 - 400.0|0.1 Hz|-|-|-|0.0|0.0| |C6-02|Carrier Frequency Selection|1 - F|1|1 *3|1 *3|1 *3|1|1| |d3-01|Jump Frequency 1|0.0 - 400.0|0.1 Hz|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |d3-02|Jump Frequency 2|0.0 - 400.0|0.1 Hz|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |d3-03|Jump Frequency 3|0.0 - 400.0|0.1 Hz|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |d3-04|Jump Frequency Width|0.0 - 20.0|0.1 Hz|1.0|1.0|1.0|1.0|1.0| |d5-02|Torque Reference Delay Time|0 - 1000|1 ms|-|-|-|0|0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|40.0 - 400.0 *3 *4|0.1 Hz|60.0 *5|60.0 *5|60.0|60.0|60.0| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|0.0 - 255.0 *6|0.1 V|200.0 *5|200.0 *5|200.0|200.0|200.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|0.0 - 400.0 *4|0.1 Hz|60.0 *5|60.0 *5|60.0|60.0|60.0| |E1-07|Mid Point A Frequency|0.0 - 400.0 *4|0.1 Hz|3.0 *5|3.0 *5|3.0|-|0.0| |E1-08|Mid Point A Voltage|0.0 - 255.0 *6|0.1 V|15.0 *5|15.0 *5|11.0|-|0.0| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|0.0 - 400.0 *4|0.1 Hz|1.5 *5|1.5 *5|0.5|0.0|0.0| |E1-10|Minimum Output Voltage|0.0 - 255.0 *6|0.1 V|9.0 *5|9.0 *5|2.0|-|0.0| |F1-01|Encoder 1 Pulse Count (PPR)|0 - 60000|1 ppr|-|600|-|600|600| |F1-05|Encoder 1 Rotation Selection|0 - 1|1|-|0|-|0|0| |F1-09|Overspeed Detection Delay Time|0.0 - 2.0|0.1 s|-|1.0|-|0.0|0.1| |L1-01|Motor Overload (oL1) Protection|0 - 6|1|1|1|1|1|1| |L2-31|KEB Start Voltage Offset Level|0 - 100 *6|1 V|0|0|0|0|0| |L3-05|Stall Prevention during RUN|0 - 3|1|2|2|-|-|-| |L3-20|DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain|0.00 - 5.00|0.01|1.00|1.00|0.30|0.30|0.30| |L3-21|OVSuppression Accel/Decel P Gain|0.10 - 10.00|0.01|1.00|1.00|1.00|1.00|1.00| |L3-36|Current Suppression Gain@Accel|0.0 - 100.0|0.1|10.0|10.0|20.0|-|-| |L4-01|Speed Agree Detection Level|0.0 - 400.0 *7|0.1|0.0 Hz|0.0 Hz|0.0 Hz|0.0 Hz|0.0 Hz| |L4-02|Speed Agree Detection Width|0.0 - 20.0|0.1|2.0 Hz|2.0 Hz|2.0 Hz|2.0 Hz|2.0 Hz| |L4-03|Speed Agree Detection Level (+/-)|-400.0 - +400.0 *8|0.1|0.0 Hz|0.0 Hz|0.0 Hz|0.0 Hz|0.0 Hz| |L4-04|Speed Agree Detection Width (+/-)|0.0 - 20.0|0.1|2.0 Hz|2.0 Hz|2.0 Hz|2.0 Hz|2.0 Hz|

|No.|Name|Range|Unit|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |No.|Name|Range|Unit|V/f (0)|CL-V/f (1)|OLV (2)|CLV (3)|AOLV (4)| |L8-38|Carrier Frequency Reduction|0 - 2|1|*3|*3|*3|*3|-| |L8-40|Carrier Freq Reduction OffDelay|0.00 - 2.00|0.01 s|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|-| |L8-90|STPo Detection Level (Low Speed)|0 - 5000|1|-|-|-|-|-| |n1-15|PWM Voltage Offset Calibration|0 - 2|1|1|1|1|1|2| |n5-04|Speed Response Frequency|0.00 - 500.00|0.01 Hz|-|-|-|50.00|50.00|

Page 65

Page 66

|b8-03|Energy Saving Filter Time|0.00 - 10.00|0.01 s|-|-|-|-| |b8-19|E-Save Search Injection Freq|10 - 300|1 Hz|-|100|100|20| |C1-11|Accel/Decel Time Switchover Freq|0.0 - 400.0 *3|0.1|0.0 Hz|0.0%|0.0%|0.0 Hz| |C2-01|S-Curve Time @ Start of Accel|0.00 - 10.00|0.01 s|1.00|0.20|0.20|1.00| |C3-01|Slip Compensation Gain|0.0 - 2.5|0.1|-|-|-|0.0| |C3-02|Slip Compensation Delay Time|0 - 10000|1 ms|-|-|-|200| |C4-01|Torque Compensation Gain|0.00 - 2.50|0.01|0.00|-|-|0.00| |C4-02|Torque Compensation Delay Time|0 - 60000|1 ms|100|-|-|200| |C5-01|ASR Proportional Gain 1|0.00 - 300.00|0.01|-|10.00|20.00|10.00| |C5-02|ASR Integral Time 1|0.000 - 60.000|0.001 s|-|0.500|0.500|0.500| |C5-03|ASR Proportional Gain 2|0.00 - 300.00|0.01|-|10.00|20.00|10.00| |C5-04|ASR Integral Time 2|0.000 - 60.000|0.001 s|-|0.500|0.500|0.500| |C5-06|ASR Delay Time|0.000 - 0.500|0.001 s|-|0.016|0.004|0.004| |C5-07|ASR Gain Switchover Frequency|0.0 - 400.0 *3|0.1|-|0.0%|0.0%|0.0 Hz| |C6-02|Carrier Frequency Selection|1 - F|1|2|2|2|2| |d3-01|Jump Frequency 1|0.0 - 400.0 *3|0.1|0.0 Hz|0.0%|0.0%|0.0 Hz| |d3-02|Jump Frequency 2|0.0 - 400.0 *3|0.1|0.0 Hz|0.0%|0.0%|0.0 Hz| |d3-03|Jump Frequency 3|0.0 - 400.0 *3|0.1|0.0 Hz|0.0%|0.0%|0.0 Hz| |d3-04|Jump Frequency Width|0.0 - 20.0 *4|0.1|1.0 Hz|1.0%|1.0%|1.0 Hz| |d5-02|Torque Reference Delay Time|0 - 1000|1 ms|-|0|0|-| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|40.0 - 400.0 *5|0.1 Hz|Determined by E5-01|Determined by E5-01|Determined by E5-01|-| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|0.0 - 255.0 *6|0.1 V|Determined by E5-01|Determined by E5-01|Determined by E5-01|-| |E1-06|Base Frequency|0.0 - 400.0|0.1 Hz|Determined by E5-01|Determined by E5-01|Determined by E5-01|-| |E1-07|Mid Point A Frequency|0.0 - 400.0|0.1 Hz|-|-|-|-| |E1-08|Mid Point AVoltage|0.0 - 255.0 *6|0.1 V|-|-|-|-| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|0.0 - 400.0|0.1 Hz|Determined by E5-01|Determined by E5-01|Determined by E5-01|-| |E1-10|Minimum Output Voltage|0.0 - 255.0 *6|0.1 V|-|-|-|-| |F1-01|Encoder 1 Pulse Count (PPR)|0 - 60000|1 ppr|-|-|1024|-| |F1-05|Encoder 1 Rotation Selection|0 - 1|1|-|-|1|-| |F1-09|Overspeed Detection Delay Time|0.0 - 2.0|0.1 s|-|0.0|0.0|0.0| |L1-01|Motor Overload (oL1) Protection|0 - 6|1|4|4|5|1|

|No.|Name|Range|Unit|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |No.|Name|Range|Unit|OLV/PM (5)|AOLV/PM (6)|CLV/PM (7)|EZOLV (8)| |L2-31|KEB Start Voltage Offset Level|0 - 100 *6|1 V|50|50|50|50| |L3-05|Stall Prevention during RUN|0 - 3|1|1|-|-|3| |L3-20|DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain|0.00 - 5.00|0.01|0.65|0.65|0.65|0.65| |L3-21|OVSuppression Accel/ Decel P Gain|0.10 - 10.00|0.01|1.00|1.00|1.00|1.00| |L3-36|Current Suppression Gain@Accel|0.0 - 100.0|0.1|-|-|-|-| |L4-01|Speed Agree Detection Level|0.0 - 400.0 *3|0.1|0.0 Hz|0.0%|0.0%|0.0 Hz|

Page 67

Page 68

|No.|Name|Range|Unit|V/f (0)|CL-V/f (1)|OLV (2)|CLV (3)| |C3-21|Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain|0.0 - 2.50|0.1|0.0|-|1.0|1.0| |C3-22|Motor 2 Slip Comp Delay Time|0 - 10000|1 ms|2000|-|200|-| |C5-21|Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1 (P)|0.00 - 300.00|0.01|-|0.20|-|20.00| |C5-22|Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1 (I)|0.000 - 10.000|0.001 s|-|0.200|-|0.500| |C5-23|Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 2 (P)|0.00 - 300.00|0.01|-|0.02|-|20.00| |C5-24|Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2 (I)|0.000 - 10.000|0.001 s|-|0.050|-|0.500| |C5-26|Motor 2 ASR Delay Time|0.000 - 0.500|0.001 s|-|-|-|0.004| |E3-04|Motor 2 Maximum Output Frequency|40.0 - 590.0|0.1 Hz|60.0|60.0|60.0|60.0| |E3-05|Motor 2 Maximum Output Voltage|0.0 - 255.0

*1|0.1 V|200.0|200.0|200.0|200.0| |E3-06|Motor 2 Base Frequency|0.0 - 590.0|0.1 Hz|60.0|60.0|60.0|60.0| |E3-07|Motor 2 Mid Point A Frequency|0.0 - 590.0|0.1 Hz|3.0|3.0|3.0|-| |E3-08|Motor 2 Mid Point A Voltage|0.0 - 255.0

*1|0.1 V|15.0|15.0|11.0|-| |E3-09|Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency|0.0 - 590.0|0.1 Hz|1.5|1.5|0.5|0.0| |E3-10|Motor 2 Minimum Output Voltage|0.0 - 255.0

*1|0.1 V|9.0|9.0|2.0|-| |E3-11|Motor 2 Mid Point B Frequency|0.0 - 590.0|Determined by o1-04|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E3-12|Motor 2 Mid Point B Voltage|0.0 - 255.0

*1|0.1 V|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E3-13|Motor 2 Base Voltage|0.0 - 255.0

*1|0.1 V|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|

*1 This is the value for 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.

####### 1.20 Parameters Changed by E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection]

The values for parameters A1-02 [Control Method Selection] and E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection] changes the default settings for the parameters in these tables:

Table 1.1 Parameters Changed by E1-03 (2004 to 2021 and 4002 to 4012)

|No.|Unit|Setting Value|Setting Value|Setting Value|Setting Value|Setting Value|Setting Value|Setting Value|Setting Value|Setting Value|Setting Value|Setting Value|Setting Value|Setting Value|Setting Value|Setting Value|Setting Value|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Control Method (A1-02 Setting)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E103|Unit|0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|A|B|C|D|E|F|OLV (2)|CLV (3)|OLV/ PM (5)|AOLV/PM

(6)|CLV/ PM (7)| |E1-04|Hz|50.0|60.0|60.0|72.0|50.0|50.0|60.0|60.0|50.0|50.0|60.0|60.0|90.0|120.0|180.0|60.0 *1|60.0|60.0|*2|*2|*2| |E1-05 *3|V|230.0|230.0|230.0|230.0|230.0|230.0|230.0|230.0|230.0|230.0|230.0|230.0|230.0|230.0|230.0|230.0 *1|230.0|230.0|*2|*2|*2| |E1-06|Hz|50.0|60.0|50.0|60.0|50.0|50.0|60.0|60.0|50.0|50.0|60.0|60.0|60.0|60.0|60.0|60.0 *1|60.0|60.0|*2|*2|*2| |E1-07|Hz|2.5|3.0|3.0|3.0|25.0|25.0|30.0|30.0|2.5|2.5|3.0|3.0|3.0|3.0|3.0|3.0 *1|3.0|0.0|-|-|-| |E1-08 *3|V|17.3|17.3|17.3|17.3|40.3|57.5|40.3|57.5|21.9|27.6|21.9|27.6|17.3|17.3|17.3|17.3 *1|13.8|0.0|-|-|-| |E1-09|Hz|1.3|1.5|1.5|1.5|1.3|1.3|1.5|1.5|1.3|1.3|1.5|1.5|1.5|1.5|1.5|1.5 *1|0.5|0.0|*2|*2|0.0| |E1-10 *3|V|10.4|10.4|10.4|10.4|9.2|10.4|9.2|10.4|12.7|15.0|12.7|17.3|10.4|10.4|10.4|10.2 *1|2.9|0.0|-|-|-|

*1 These values are the default settings for E1-04 to E1-10 and E3-04 to E3-10 [V/f Pattern for Motor 2]. These settings are the same as those for the V/f pattern when E1-03 1 [Const Trq, 60Hz base, 60Hz max].

Page 69

Page 70

Page 71

|E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|0.75 (0.55)|1 (0.75)|1 (0.75)|1.5 (1.1)|1.5 (1.1)|2 (1.5)|2 (1.5)|3 (2.2)| |L2-04|Powerloss V/f Recovery Ramp Time|s|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3| |L2-05|Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)|-|190|190|190|190|190|190|190|190| |L3-24|Motor Accel Time for Inertia Cal|s|0.178|0.142|0.142|0.142|0.142|0.166|0.166|0.145| |L8-02|Overheat Alarm Level|°C|115|115|115|115|115|115|115|115| |L8-09|Output Ground Fault Detection|-|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1| |L8-38|Carrier Frequency Reduction|-|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |n1-01|Hunting Prevention Selection|-|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1| |n1-03|Hunting Prevention Time Constant|ms|10|10|10|10|10|10|10|10| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.178|0.142|0.142|0.142|0.142|0.166|0.166|0.145|

################## *1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

|No. *1|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|2012|2012|2018|2018|2021|2021|2030|2030| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|66|66|67|67|68|68|6A|6A| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|3 (2.2)|4 (3.0)|4 (3.0)|5 (3.7)|5 (3.7)|7.5 (5.5)|7.5 (5.5)|10 (7.5)| |b3-04|V/f Gain during Speed Search|%|100|100|100|100|100|100|100|100| |b3-06|Speed Estimation Current Level 1|-|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5| |b3-08|Speed Estimation ACR P Gain|-|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5| |b3-26|Direction Determination Level|-|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000| |b8-03|Energy Saving Filter Time|s|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50| |b8-04|Energy Saving Coefficient Value|-|156.8|136.4|136.4|122.9|122.9|94.75|94.75|72.69|

|No. *1|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|2012|2012|2018|2018|2021|2021|2030|2030| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|66|66|67|67|68|68|6A|6A| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|3 (2.2)|4 (3.0)|4 (3.0)|5 (3.7)|5 (3.7)|7.5 (5.5)|7.5 (5.5)|10 (7.5)| |C5-17 (C5-37)|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.0088|0.0158|0.0158|0.0158|0.0158|0.0255|0.026|0.037| |C6-02|Carrier Frequency Selection|-|1|7|1|7|1|7|1|7| |E2-01 (E4-01)|Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|8.5|11.4|11.4|14|14|19.6|19.6|26.6| |E2-02 (E4-02)|Motor Rated Slip|Hz|2.9|2.7|2.7|2.73|2.73|1.5|1.5|1.3| |E2-03 (E4-03)|Motor NoLoad Current|A|3|3.7|3.7|4.5|4.5|5.1|5.1|8| |E2-05 (E4-05)|Motor Line-toLine Resistance|Ω|1.601|1.034|1.034|0.771|0.771|0.399|0.399|0.288|

Page 72

Page 73

|E2-06 (E4-06)|Motor Leakage Inductance|%|15.5|19.5|19.5|17.2|17.2|15.7|20.1|19.5| |E2-10 (E4-10)|Motor Iron Loss|W|262|245|245|272|272|505|505|538| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF| |L2-02|Power Loss Ride Through Time|s|1|1|2|2|2|2|2|2| |L2-03|Minimum Baseblock Time|s|0.8|0.9|0.9|1|1|1|1|1| |L2-04|Powerloss V/f Recovery Ramp Time|s|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.6|0.6|0.6|0.6|0.6| |L2-05|Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)|-|190|190|190|190|190|190|190|190| |L3-24|Motor Accel Time for Inertia Cal|s|0.175|0.265|0.265|0.244|0.244|0.317|0.317|0.355| |L8-02|Overheat Alarm Level|°C|110|110|115|115|120|120|133|130|

|No.|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|2042|2042|2056|2056|2070|2070|2082|2082| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|6B|6B|6D|6D|6E|6E|6F|6F| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|10 (7.5)|15 (11)|15 (11)|20 (15)|20 (15)|25 (18.5)|25 (18.5)|30 (22)| |L8-09|Output Ground Fault Detection|-|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1| |L8-38|Carrier Frequency Reduction|-|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |n1-01|Hunting Prevention Selection|-|1|1|2|2|2|2|2|2| |n1-03|Hunting Prevention Time Constant|ms|10|10|10|10|10|10|10|10| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.175|0.265|0.265|0.244|0.244|0.317|0.317|0.355|

################## *1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

|No. *1|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|2110|2110|2138|2138|2169|2169|2211|2211| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|70|70|72|72|73|73|74|74| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|30 (22)|40 (30)|40 (30)|50 (37)|50 (37)|60 (45)|60 (45)|75 (55)| |b3-04|V/f Gain during Speed Search|%|100|80|80|80|80|80|80|80| |b3-06|Speed Estimation Current Level 1|-|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5| |b3-08|Speed Estimation ACR P Gain|-|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5| |b3-26|Direction Determination Level|-|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000| |b8-03|Energy Saving Filter Time|s|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|2.00| |b8-04|Energy Saving Coefficient Value|-|51.79|46.27|46.27|38.16|38.16|35.78|35.78|31.35| |C5-17 (C5-37)|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.165|0.220|0.220|0.273|0.273|0.333|0.333|0.490| |C6-02|Carrier Frequency Selection|-|1|7|1|7|1|7|1|7|

Page 74

|E2-01 (E4-01)|Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|77.2|105|105|131|131|160|160|190| |E2-02 (E4-02)|Motor Rated Slip|Hz|1.7|1.8|1.8|1.33|1.33|1.6|1.6|1.43|

|No. *1|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|2110|2110|2138|2138|2169|2169|2211|2211| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|70|70|72|72|73|73|74|74| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|30 (22)|40 (30)|40 (30)|50 (37)|50 (37)|60 (45)|60 (45)|75 (55)| |E2-03 (E4-03)|Motor NoLoad Current|A|18.5|21.9|21.9|38.2|38.2|44|44|45.6| |E2-05 (E4-05)|Motor Line-toLine Resistance|Ω|0.079|0.064|0.064|0.039|0.039|0.03|0.03|0.022| |E2-06 (E4-06)|Motor Leakage Inductance|%|19.5|20.8|20.8|18.8|18.8|20.2|20.2|20.5| |E2-10 (E4-10)|Motor Iron Loss|W|538|699|699|823|823|852|852|960| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF| |L2-02|Power Loss Ride Through Time|s|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |L2-03|Minimum Baseblock Time|s|1|1.1|1.1|1.1|1.1|1.2|1.2|1.3| |L2-04|Powerloss V/f Recovery Ramp Time|s|0.6|0.6|0.6|0.6|0.6|1|1|1| |L2-05|Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)|-|190|190|190|190|190|190|190|190| |L3-24|Motor Accel Time for Inertia Cal|s|0.355|0.323|0.323|0.32|0.32|0.387|0.387|0.317| |L8-02|Overheat Alarm Level|°C|105|105|115|115|105|105|105|105| |L8-09|Output Ground Fault Detection|-|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1| |L8-38|Carrier Frequency Reduction|-|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |n1-01|Hunting Prevention Selection|-|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |n1-03|Hunting Prevention Time Constant|ms|10|10|10|10|10|10|10|10| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.355|0.323|0.323|0.32|0.32|0.387|0.387|0.317|

################## *1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

|No.|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|2257|2257|2313|2313|2360|2360|2415|2415| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|75|75|76|76|77|77|78|78| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|75 (55)|100 (75)|100 (75)|125 (90)|125 (90)|150 (110)|150 (110)|150 (110)| |b3-04|V/f Gain during Speed Search|%|80|80|80|80|80|80|80|80| |b3-06|Speed Estimation Current Level 1|-|0.5|0.7|0.7|0.7|0.7|0.7|0.7|0.7| |b3-08|Speed Estimation ACR P Gain|-|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5| |b3-26|Direction Determination Level|-|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|

Page 75

Page 76

|C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|92|92|93|93|94|94|95|95| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|0.75 (0.4)|1 (0.75)|1.5 (1.1)|2 (1.5)|2 (1.5)|3 (2.2)|3 (2.2)|4 (3.0)| |b3-04|V/f Gain during Speed Search|%|100|100|100|100|100|100|100|100| |b3-06|Speed Estimation Current Level 1|-|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5| |b3-08|Speed Estimation ACR P Gain|-|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5| |b3-26|Direction Determination Level|-|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000| |b8-03|Energy Saving Filter Time|s|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50| |b8-04|Energy Saving Coefficient Value|-|576.4|447.4|447.4|338.8|338.8|313.6|313.6|265.7| |C5-17 (C5-37)|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.0015|0.0028|0.0028|0.0068|0.0068|0.0088|0.0088|0.0158| |C6-02|Carrier Frequency Selection|-|1|7|1|7|1|7|1|7| |E2-01 (E4-01)|Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|1|1.6|1.6|3.1|3.1|4.2|4.2|5.7|

|No.|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|4002|4002|4004|4004|4005|4005|4007|4007| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|92|92|93|93|94|94|95|95| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|0.75 (0.4)|1 (0.75)|1.5 (1.1)|2 (1.5)|2 (1.5)|3 (2.2)|3 (2.2)|4 (3.0)| |E2-02 (E4-02)|Motor Rated Slip|Hz|2.9|2.6|2.6|2.5|2.5|3|3|2.7| |E2-03 (E4-03)|Motor NoLoad Current|A|0.6|0.8|0.8|1.4|1.4|1.5|1.5|1.9| |E2-05 (E4-05)|Motor Line-toLine Resistance|Ω|38.198|22.459|22.459|10.1|10.1|6.495|6.495|4.360| |E2-06 (E4-06)|Motor Leakage Inductance|%|18.2|14.3|14.3|18.3|18.3|18.7|18.7|19| |E2-10 (E4-10)|Motor Iron Loss|W|14|26|26|53|53|77|77|105| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF| |L2-02|Power Loss Ride Through Time|s|0.1|0.1|0.2|0.2|0.3|0.3|0.5|0.5| |L2-03|Minimum Baseblock Time|s|0.2|0.3|0.3|0.4|0.4|0.5|0.5|0.5| |L2-04|Powerloss V/f Recovery Ramp Time|s|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3| |L2-05|Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)|-|380|380|380|380|380|380|380|380| |L3-24|Motor Accel Time for Inertia Cal|s|0.178|0.142|0.142|0.166|0.166|0.145|0.145|0.145| |L8-02|Overheat Alarm Level|°C|100|100|105|105|112|112|100|100| |L8-09|Output Ground Fault Detection|-|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1| |L8-38|Carrier Frequency Reduction|-|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |n1-01|Hunting Prevention Selection|-|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1| |n1-03|Hunting Prevention Time Constant|ms|10|10|10|10|10|10|10|10| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.178|0.142|0.142|0.166|0.166|0.145|0.145|0.145|

ParameterList

Page 77

*1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

|No.|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|4009|4009|4012|4012|4018|4018|4023|4023| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|96|96|97|97|99|99|9A|9A| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|4 (3.0)|5 (4.0)|5 (4.0)|7.5 (5.5)|7.5 (5.5)|10 (7.5)|10 (7.5)|15 (11)| |b3-04|V/f Gain during Speed Search|%|100|100|100|100|100|100|100|100| |b3-06|Speed Estimation Current Level 1|-|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5| |b3-08|Speed Estimation ACR P Gain|-|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5| |b3-26|Direction Determination Level|-|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000| |b8-03|Energy Saving Filter Time|s|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50| |b8-04|Energy Saving Coefficient Value|-|265.7|245.8|245.8|189.5|189.5|145.38|145.38|140.88| |C5-17 (C5-37)|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.0158|0.0158|0.0158|0.0255|0.026|0.037|0.037|0.053| |C6-02|Carrier Frequency Selection|-|1|7|1|7|1|7|1|7| |E2-01 (E4-01)|Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|5.7|7|7|9.8|9.8|13.3|13.3|19.9| |E2-02 (E4-02)|Motor Rated Slip|Hz|2.7|2.7|2.7|1.5|1.5|1.3|1.3|1.7| |E2-03 (E4-03)|Motor NoLoad Current|A|1.9|2.3|2.3|2.6|2.6|4|4|5.6| |E2-05 (E4-05)|Motor Line-toLine Resistance|Ω|4.360|3.333|3.333|1.595|1.595|1.152|1.152|0.922| |E2-06 (E4-06)|Motor Leakage Inductance|%|19|19.3|19.3|18.2|18.2|15.5|15.5|19.6| |E2-10 (E4-10)|Motor Iron Loss|W|105|130|130|193|193|263|263|385| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF| |L2-02|Power Loss Ride Through Time|s|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.8|0.8|1|1| |L2-03|Minimum Baseblock Time|s|0.5|0.6|0.6|0.7|0.7|0.8|0.8|0.9| |L2-04|Powerloss V/f Recovery Ramp Time|s|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3| |L2-05|Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)|-|380|380|380|380|380|380|380|380| |L3-24|Motor Accel Time for Inertia Cal|s|0.145|0.154|0.154|0.168|0.168|0.175|0.175|0.265| |L8-02|Overheat Alarm Level|°C|100|100|100|100|105|105|105|105|

|No.|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|4009|4009|4012|4012|4018|4018|4023|4023| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|96|96|97|97|99|99|9A|9A| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|4 (3.0)|5 (4.0)|5 (4.0)|7.5 (5.5)|7.5 (5.5)|10 (7.5)|10 (7.5)|15 (11)| |L8-09|Output Ground Fault Detection|-|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1| |L8-38|Carrier Frequency Reduction|-|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|

Page 78

|n1-01|Hunting Prevention Selection|-|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1| |n1-03|Hunting Prevention Time Constant|ms|10|10|10|10|10|10|10|10| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.145|0.154|0.154|0.168|0.168|0.175|0.175|0.265|

################## *1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

|No.|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|4031|4031|4038|4038|4044|4044|4060|4060| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|9C|9C|9D|9D|9E|9E| | | |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|15 (11)|20 (15)|20 (15)|25 (18.5)|25 (18.5)|30 (22)|30 (22)|40 (30)| |b3-04|V/f Gain during Speed Search|%|100|100|100|100|100|100|100|100| |b3-06|Speed Estimation Current Level 1|-|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5| |b3-08|Speed Estimation ACR P Gain|-|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5| |b3-26|Direction Determination Level|-|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000| |b8-03|Energy Saving Filter Time|s|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50| |b8-04|Energy Saving Coefficient Value|-|140.88|126.26|126.26|115.74|115.74|103.58|103.58|92.54| |C5-17 (C5-37)|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.053|0.076|0.076|0.138|0.138|0.165|0.165|0.220| |C6-02|Carrier Frequency Selection|-|1|7|1|7|1|7|1|7| |E2-01 (E4-01)|Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|19.9|26.5|26.5|32.9|32.9|38.6|38.6|52.3| |E2-02 (E4-02)|Motor Rated Slip|Hz|1.7|1.6|1.6|1.67|1.67|1.7|1.7|1.8|

|No.|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|4031|4031|4038|4038|4044|4044|4060|4060| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|9C|9C|9D|9D|9E|9E| | | |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|15 (11)|20 (15)|20 (15)|25 (18.5)|25 (18.5)|30 (22)|30 (22)|40 (30)| |E2-03 (E4-03)|Motor NoLoad Current|A|5.6|7.6|7.6|7.8|7.8|9.2|9.2|10.9| |E2-05 (E4-05)|Motor Line-toLine Resistance|Ω|0.922|0.55|0.55|0.403|0.403|0.316|0.316|0.269| |E2-06 (E4-06)|Motor Leakage Inductance|%|19.6|17.2|17.2|20.1|20.1|23.5|23.5|20.7| |E2-10 (E4-10)|Motor Iron Loss|W|385|440|440|508|508|586|586|750| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF| |L2-02|Power Loss Ride Through Time|s|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |L2-03|Minimum Baseblock Time|s|0.9|1|1|1|1|1|1|1.1| |L2-04|Powerloss V/f Recovery Ramp Time|s|0.3|0.6|0.6|0.6|0.6|0.6|0.6|0.6| |L2-05|Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)|-|380|380|380|380|380|380|380|380|

Page 79

|L3-24|Motor Accel Time for Inertia Cal|s|0.265|0.244|0.244|0.317|0.317|0.355|0.355|0.323| |L8-02|Overheat Alarm Level|°C|115|115|120|120|120|120|130|137| |L8-09|Output Ground Fault Detection|-|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1| |L8-38|Carrier Frequency Reduction|-|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |n1-01|Hunting Prevention Selection|-|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |n1-03|Hunting Prevention Time Constant|ms|10|10|10|10|10|10|10|10| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.265|0.244|0.244|0.317|0.317|0.355|0.355|0.323|

################## *1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

|No.|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|4075|4075|4089|4089|4103|4103|4140|4140| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|A1|A1|A2|A2|A3|A3|A4|A4| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|40 (30)|50 (37)|50 (37)|60 (45)|60 (45)|75 (55)|75 (55)|100 (75)| |b3-04|V/f Gain during Speed Search|%|100|100|100|100|100|80|80|60| |b3-06|Speed Estimation Current Level 1|-|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.7| |b3-08|Speed Estimation ACR P Gain|-|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.8| |b3-26|Direction Determination Level|-|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000| |b8-03|Energy Saving Filter Time|s|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|0.50|2.00|2.00|2.00| |b8-04|Energy Saving Coefficient Value|-|92.54|76.32|76.32|71.56|71.56|67.2|67.2|46.2| |C5-17 (C5-37)|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.220|0.273|0.273|0.333|0.333|0.490|0.49|0.90| |C6-02|Carrier Frequency Selection|-|1|7|1|7|1|7|1|7| |E2-01 (E4-01)|Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|52.3|65.6|65.6|79.7|79.7|95|95|130| |E2-02 (E4-02)|Motor Rated Slip|Hz|1.8|1.33|1.33|1.6|1.6|1.46|1.46|1.39| |E2-03 (E4-03)|Motor NoLoad Current|A|10.9|19.1|19.1|22|22|24|24|36| |E2-05 (E4-05)|Motor Line-toLine Resistance|Ω|0.269|0.155|0.155|0.122|0.122|0.088|0.088|0.092| |E2-06 (E4-06)|Motor Leakage Inductance|%|20.7|18.8|18.8|19.9|19.9|20|20|20| |E2-10 (E4-10)|Motor Iron Loss|W|750|925|925|1125|1125|1260|1260|1600| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF| |L2-02|Power Loss Ride Through Time|s|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |L2-03|Minimum Baseblock Time|s|1.1|1.1|1.1|1.2|1.2|1.2|1.2|1.3| |L2-04|Powerloss V/f Recovery Ramp Time|s|0.6|0.6|0.6|0.6|0.6|1|1|1| |L2-05|Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)|-|380|380|380|380|380|380|380|380| |L3-24|Motor Accel Time for Inertia Cal|s|0.323|0.32|0.32|0.387|0.387|0.317|0.317|0.533| |L8-02|Overheat Alarm Level|°C|120|120|115|115|126|120|120|120|

Page 80

|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|4075|4075|4089|4089|4103|4103|4140|4140| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|A1|A1|A2|A2|A3|A3|A4|A4| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|40 (30)|50 (37)|50 (37)|60 (45)|60 (45)|75 (55)|75 (55)|100 (75)| |L8-09|Output Ground Fault Detection|-|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1| |L8-38|Carrier Frequency Reduction|-|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |n1-01|Hunting Prevention Selection|-|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |n1-03|Hunting Prevention Time Constant|ms|10|10|10|10|10|10|30|30| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.323|0.32|0.32|0.387|0.387|0.317|0.317|0.533|

################## *1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

|No.|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|4168|4168|4208|4208|4250|4250|4302|4302| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|A5|A5|A6|A6|A7|A7|A8|A8| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|100 (75)|125 (90)|125 (90)|150 (110)|150 (110)|175 (132)|175 (132)|200 (160)| |b3-04|V/f Gain during Speed Search|%|60|60|60|60|60|60|60|60| |b3-06|Speed Estimation Current Level 1|-|0.7|0.7|0.7|0.7|0.7|0.7|0.7|0.7| |b3-08|Speed Estimation ACR P Gain|-|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8| |b3-26|Direction Determination Level|-|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000| |b8-03|Energy Saving Filter Time|s|2.00|2.00|2.00|2.00|2.00|2.00|2.00|2.00| |b8-04|Energy Saving Coefficient Value|-|46.2|38.91|38.91|36.23|36.23|32.79|32.79|30.13| |C5-17 (C5-37)|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.90|1.10|1.10|1.90|1.90|2.10|2.10|3.30| |C6-02|Carrier Frequency Selection|-|1|7|1|7|1|7|1|7| |E2-01 (E4-01)|Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|130|156|156|190|190|223|223|270| |E2-02 (E4-02)|Motor Rated Slip|Hz|1.39|1.4|1.4|1.4|1.4|1.38|1.38|1.35|

|No.|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|4168|4168|4208|4208|4250|4250|4302|4302| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|A5|A5|A6|A6|A7|A7|A8|A8| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|100 (75)|125 (90)|125 (90)|150 (110)|150 (110)|175 (132)|175 (132)|200 (160)| |E2-03 (E4-03)|Motor NoLoad Current|A|36|40|40|49|49|58|58|70|

Page 81

|E2-05 (E4-05)|Motor Line-toLine Resistance|Ω|0.092|0.056|0.056|0.046|0.046|0.035|0.035|0.029| |E2-06 (E4-06)|Motor Leakage Inductance|%|20|20|20|20|20|20|20|20| |E2-10 (E4-10)|Motor Iron Loss|W|1600|1760|1760|2150|2150|2350|2350|2850| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF|FFFF| |L2-02|Power Loss Ride Through Time|s|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |L2-03|Minimum Baseblock Time|s|1.3|1.5|1.5|1.7|1.7|1.7|1.7|1.8| |L2-04|Powerloss V/f Recovery Ramp Time|s|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1| |L2-05|Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)|-|380|380|380|380|380|380|380|380| |L3-24|Motor Accel Time for Inertia Cal|s|0.533|0.592|0.592|0.646|0.646|0.673|0.673|0.777| |L8-02|Overheat Alarm Level|°C|110|110|105|105|120|120|120|120| |L8-09|Output Ground Fault Detection|-|1|1|1|1|1|1|1|1| |L8-38|Carrier Frequency Reduction|-|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |n1-01|Hunting Prevention Selection|-|2|2|2|2|2|2|2|2| |n1-03|Hunting Prevention Time Constant|ms|30|30|30|30|30|30|30|30| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.533|0.592|0.592|0.646|0.646|0.673|0.673|0.777|

*1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.

ParameterList

|No.|Name|Unit|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default|Default| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |-|Drive Model|-|4371|4371|4414|4414|4477|4477|4568|4568| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND|HD|ND| |C6-01|Normal / Heavy Duty Selection|-|0|1|0|1|0|1|0|1| |o2-04|Drive Model (KVA) Selection|Hex.|A9|A9|AA|AA|AC|AC|AD|AD| |E2-11 (E4-11, E502)|Motor Rated Power|HP (kW)|200 (160)|250 (200)|250 (200)|300 (220)|300 (220)|335 (250)|335 (250)|400 (315)| |b3-04|V/f Gain during Speed Search|%|60|60|60|60|60|60|60|60| |b3-06|Speed Estimation Current Level 1|-|0.7|0.7|0.7|0.7|0.7|0.7|0.7|0.7| |b3-08|Speed Estimation ACR P Gain|-|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8| |b3-26|Direction Determination Level|-|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000|1000| |b8-03|Energy Saving Filter Time|s|2.00|2.00|2.00|2.00|2.00|2.00|2.00|2.00| |b8-04|Energy Saving Coefficient Value|-|30.13|30.57|30.57|27.13|27.13|21.76|21.76|21.76| |C5-17 (C5-37)|Motor Inertia|kgm2|3.30|3.60|3.60|4.10|4.10|6.50|6.50|11.00| |C6-02|Carrier Frequency Selection|-|1|7|1|7|1|7|1|7| |E2-01 (E4-01)|Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|270|310|310|370|370|500|500|500| |E2-02 (E4-02)|Motor Rated Slip|Hz|1.35|1.3|1.3|1.3|1.3|1.25|1.25|1.25| |E2-03 (E4-03)|Motor NoLoad Current|A|70|81|81|96|96|130|130|130| |E2-05 (E4-05)|Motor Line-toLine Resistance|Ω|0.029|0.025|0.025|0.02|0.02|0.014|0.014|0.014| |E2-06 (E4-06)|Motor Leakage Inductance|%|20|20|20|20|20|20|20|20| |E2-10 (E4-10)|Motor Iron Loss|W|2850|3200|3200|3700|3700|4700|4700|4700|

Page 82

Page 83

Page 84

Page 85

|E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|12|12|12|12| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.0007|0.0014|0.0021|0.0032| |L3-24|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.137|0.132|0.132|0.122| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.137|0.132|0.132|0.122| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|0|0|0|0|

######## ◆ Yaskawa SSR1 Series IPM Motors (Derated Torque)

################# Table 1.6 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1750 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|1202|1203|1205|1206|1208|120A|120B|120D| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|200|200|200|200|200|200|200|200| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11.0| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|1.77|3.13|5.73|8.44|13.96|20.63|28.13|41.4| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|8.233|2.284|1.470|0.827|0.455|0.246|0.198|0.094| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|54.84|23.02|17.22|8.61|7.20|4.86|4.15|3.40| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|64.10|29.89|20.41|13.50|10.02|7.43|5.91|3.91| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|223.7|220.3|240.8|238.0|238.7|239.6|258.2|239.3| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.0011|0.0017|0.0023|0.0043|0.0083|0.014|0.017|0.027| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.092|0.076|0.051|0.066|0.075|0.083|0.077|0.084| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.092|0.076|0.051|0.066|0.075|0.083|0.077|0.084| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-7.6|-11.5|-9.1|-19.0|-18.7|-23.4|-18.5|-10.9|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

################# Table 1.7 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1750 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|

Page 86

|E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|120E|120F|1210|1212|1213|1214|1215|1216| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|200|200|200|200|200|200|200|200| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|15|18|22|30|37|45|55|75| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|15.00|18.50|22.00|30.00|37.00|45.00|55.00|75.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|55.4|68.2|80.6|105.2|131.3|153.1|185.4|257.3| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|0.066|0.051|0.037|0.030|0.020|0.014|0.012|0.006| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|2.45|2.18|1.71|1.35|0.99|0.83|0.79|0.44| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|3.11|2.55|2.05|1.82|1.28|1.01|0.97|0.56| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|248.1|253.6|250.0|280.9|264.2|280.4|311.9|268.0| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.046|0.055|0.064|0.116|0.140|0.259|0.31|0.42| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.102|0.101|0.098|0.130|0.127|0.193|0.191|0.187| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.102|0.101|0.098|0.130|0.127|0.193|0.191|0.187| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-16.5|-11.3|-12.8|-16.8|-15.6|-10.7|-9.6|-13.3|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

################# Table 1.8 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1750 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|1232|1233|1235|1236|1238|123A|123B|123D| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11.0| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|0.89|1.56|2.81|4.27|7.08|10.31|13.65|20.7| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|25.370|9.136|6.010|3.297|1.798|0.982|0.786|0.349| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|169.00|92.08|67.71|34.40|32.93|22.7|16.49|13.17| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|197.50|119.56|81.71|54.00|37.70|26.80|23.46|15.60| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|392.6|440.6|478.3|466.3|478.8|478.1|520.0|481.5|

Page 87

|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.0011|0.0017|0.0023|0.0043|0.0083|0.014|0.017|0.027| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.092|0.076|0.051|0.066|0.075|0.083|0.077|0.084| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.092|0.076|0.051|0.066|0.075|0.083|0.077|0.084| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-8.6|-11.5|-10.3|-19.8|-8.5|-11.0|-18.6|-12.5|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes. Table 1.9 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1750 min-1 (r/min)

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|123E|123F|1240|1242|1243|1244|1245|1246| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|15|18|22|30|37|45|55|75| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|15|18.50|22.00|30.00|37.00|45.00|55.00|75.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|27.5|33.4|39.8|52.0|65.8|77.5|92.7|126.6| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|0.272|0.207|0.148|0.235|0.079|0.054|0.049|0.029| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|10.30|8.72|6.81|5.4|4.08|3.36|3.16|2.12| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|12.77|11.22|8.47|7.26|5.12|3.94|3.88|2.61| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|498.8|509.5|503.9|561.7|528.5|558.1|623.8|594.5| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.046|0.055|0.064|0.116|0.140|0.259|0.31|0.42| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.102|0.101|0.098|0.130|0.127|0.193|0.191|0.187| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.102|0.101|0.098|0.130|0.127|0.193|0.191|0.187| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-15.5|-17.9|-15.1|-16.8|-14.1|-8.8|-9.6|-10.3|

################# Table 1.10 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1750 min-1 (r/min)

Page 88

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|1247|1248|1249|124A| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|90|110|132|160| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1750|1750|1750|1750| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|90.00|110.00|132.00|160.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|160.4|183.3|222.9|267.7| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|0.019|0.017|0.012|0.008| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|1.54|1.44|1.21|0.97| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|2.06|2.21|1.46|1.28| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|524.1|583.7|563.6|601.2| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-LVrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.56|0.83|0.96|1.61| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.208|0.254|0.243|0.338| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.208|0.254|0.243|0.338| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-17.0|-21.7|-10.9|-13.2|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

################# Table 1.11 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1450 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|1302|1303|1305|1306|1308|130A|130B|130D| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|200|200|200|200|200|200|200|200| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11.0| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|1.88|3.13|5.63|8.33|14.17|20.63|27.71|39.6| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|3.190|1.940|1.206|0.665|0.341|0.252|0.184|0.099| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|32.15|26.12|14.72|12.27|8.27|6.49|6.91|4.07| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|41.74|34.30|20.15|14.77|9.81|7.74|7.66|4.65| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|264.3|269.6|284.3|287.1|284.5|298.0|335.0|303.9| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|

Page 89

|E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.0017|0.0023|0.0043|0.0083|0.0136|0.017|0.027|0.046| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.098|0.071|0.066|0.087|0.085|0.072|0.084|0.096| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.098|0.071|0.066|0.087|0.085|0.072|0.084|0.096| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-6.6|-10.9|-13.5|-9.0|-9.5|-10.1|-6.0|-9.3|

################## *1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

Table 1.12 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1450 min-1 (r/min)

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

Table 1.13 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1450 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|130E|130F|1310|1312|1313|1314|1315| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|200|200|200|200|200|200|200| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|15|18|22|30|37|45|55| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|15.00|18.50|22.00|30.00|37.00|45.00|55.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|55.5|65.6|75.1|105.2|126.0|153.1|186.5| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|0.075|0.057|0.041|0.034|0.023|0.015|0.012| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/ phase)|mH|3.29|2.53|1.98|1.75|1.48|1.04|0.87| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/ phase)|mH|3.84|3.01|2.60|2.17|1.70|1.31|1.10| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|311.2|300.9|327.7|354.2|369.6|351.6|374.7| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.055|0.064|0.116|0.140|0.259|0.312|0.42|

Page 90

|L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.085|0.080|0.122|0.108|0.161|0.160|0.175| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.085|0.080|0.122|0.108|0.161|0.160|0.175| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-10.7|-13.2|-15.7|-11.5|-7.0|-11.8|-10.2|

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|1332|1333|1335|1336|1338|133A|133B|133D| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11.0|

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|0.94|1.56|2.81|4.27|6.98|10.21|13.85|19.5| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|12.760|7.421|4.825|2.656|1.353|0.999|0.713|0.393| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|128.60|85.11|58.87|46.42|31.73|26.20|27.06|15.51| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|166.96|113.19|80.59|60.32|40.45|30.94|33.45|19.63| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|528.6|544.2|568.5|572.8|562.9|587.6|670.1|612.7| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.0017|0.0023|0.0043|0.0083|0.0136|0.017|0.027|0.046| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.098|0.071|0.066|0.087|0.085|0.072|0.084|0.096| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.098|0.071|0.066|0.087|0.085|0.072|0.084|0.096| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-6.6|-9.2|-13.5|-12.1|-13.7|-10.1|-12.2|-15.5|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

################# Table 1.14 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1450 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|133E|133F|1340|1342|1343|1344|1345| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|15|18|22|30|37|45|55|

Page 91

|E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|15|18.50|22.00|30.00|37.00|45.00|55.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|27.4|32.9|37.6|52.5|63.2|76.4|96.1| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|0.295|0.223|0.164|0.137|0.093|0.059|0.048| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/ phase)|mH|12.65|9.87|7.90|7.01|5.93|4.17|3.11| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/ phase)|mH|15.87|12.40|10.38|8.68|6.79|5.22|4.55| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|624.6|610.4|655.4|708.4|739.2|703.0|747.1| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.055|0.064|0.116|0.140|0.259|0.312|0.42|

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.085|0.080|0.122|0.108|0.161|0.160|0.175| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.085|0.080|0.122|0.108|0.161|0.160|0.175| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-15.1|-16.0|-15.7|-11.5|-6.8|-11.5|-14.8|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes. Table 1.15 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1450 min-1 (r/min)

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes. Table 1.16 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1150 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|1346|1347|1348|1349| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|75|90|110|132| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1450|1450|1450|1450| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|75.00|90.00|110.00|132.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|124.0|153.1|186.5|226.0| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|0.028|0.024|0.015|0.011| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|2.32|2.20|1.45|1.23| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|2.97|3.23|1.88|1.67| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|639.3|708.0|640.7|677.0| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-LVrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|

Page 92

|E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.56|0.83|0.96|1.61| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.171|0.213|0.201|0.281| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.171|0.213|0.201|0.281| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-15.8|-19.6|-14.9|-15.1|

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|1402|1403|1405|1406|1408|140A|140B|140D| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|200|200|200|200|200|200|200|200| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11.0| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|1.88|3.02|6.00|8.85|14.27|20.21|26.67|39.9| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|4.832|2.704|1.114|0.511|0.412|0.303|0.165|0.113| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|48.68|32.31|19.22|12.15|7.94|11.13|6.59|4.96| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|63.21|40.24|24.38|15.35|11.86|14.06|8.55|6.12|

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|320.4|327.1|364.4|344.4|357.5|430.8|391.5|384.4| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.0017|0.0023|0.0083|0.0136|0.0171|0.027|0.046|0.055| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.062|0.044|0.080|0.090|0.067|0.072|0.088|0.073| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.062|0.044|0.080|0.090|0.067|0.072|0.088|0.073| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-8.8|-9.9|-9.3|-10.0|-17.7|-12.3|-15.3|-13.9|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes. Table 1.17 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1150 min-1 (r/min)

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

Page 93

|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|140E|140F|1410|1412|1413|1414| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|200|200|200|200|200|200| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|15|18|22|30|37|45| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|15|18.50|22.00|30.00|37.00|45.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|55.6|63.5|74.4|104.2|129.6|154.2| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/ phase)|Ω|0.084|0.066|0.048|0.035|0.023|0.016| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/ phase)|mH|3.83|3.33|2.38|2.04|1.53|1.16| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/ phase)|mH|4.65|4.50|3.15|2.86|2.27|1.54| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/ (rad/s))|mVs/rad|372.1|421.3|410.9|436.1|428.8|433.3| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-LVrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.064|0.116|0.140|0.259|0.312|0.418| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.062|0.091|0.092|0.125|0.122|0.135| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.062|0.091|0.092|0.125|0.122|0.135| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-14.4|-17.9|-15.9|-17.9|-20.1|-13.7|

ParameterList

######## 1

Table 1.18 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1150 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|1432|1433|1435|1436|1438|143A|143B|143D| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11.0| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|0.94|1.51|3.00|4.43|7.08|10.10|13.33|19.9| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|19.320|10.800|4.456|2.044|1.483|1.215|0.660|0.443| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|194.70|129.20|76.88|48.60|37.58|44.54|26.36|19.10| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|252.84|160.90|97.52|61.40|47.65|56.26|34.20|24.67| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|640.9|654.1|728.8|688.9|702.0|861.5|783.0|762.2|

Page 94

|E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.0017|0.0023|0.0083|0.0136|0.0171|0.027|0.046|0.055| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.062|0.044|0.080|0.090|0.067|0.072|0.088|0.073| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.062|0.044|0.080|0.090|0.067|0.072|0.088|0.073| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-8.8|-9.9|-9.3|-10.0|-12.8|-12.3|-15.3|-16.7|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes. Table 1.19 SSR1 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1150 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|143E|143F|1440|1442|1443|1444| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|15|18|22|30|37|45| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|15|18.50|22.00|30.00|37.00|45.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|27.8|31.8|37.2|52.1|64.8|76.6| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/ phase)|Ω|0.331|0.264|0.192|0.140|0.093|0.063| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/ phase)|mH|15.09|13.32|9.52|8.16|6.13|4.63| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/ phase)|mH|18.56|18.00|12.60|11.40|9.10|6.15| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/ (rad/s))|mVs/rad|749.6|842.7|821.8|872.3|857.7|866.6| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-LVrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.064|0.116|0.140|0.259|0.312|0.418| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.062|0.091|0.092|0.125|0.122|0.135| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.062|0.091|0.092|0.125|0.122|0.135| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-14.9|-17.9|-15.9|-17.7|-20.1|-13.8|

Page 95

Page 96

|E5-01|Capacity|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power (kW)|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11.0| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|1.77|3.54|6.56|8.96|14.79|20.94|29.58|41.1| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|2.247|1.132|0.774|0.479|0.242|0.275|0.161|0.111| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|22.32|12.38|8.90|7.39|5.06|5.82|3.86|3.59| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|32.50|15.72|11.96|9.63|6.42|6.74|4.66|4.32| |E5-09|PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant 1 (Ke)|mVs/rad|215.2|203.9|219.3|230.6|235.1|251.7|235.7|252.0| |E5-24|PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant 2 (Ke)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.0016|0.0022|0.0042|0.0081|0.0133|0.013|0.017|0.027| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time for Inertia Cal|s|0.134|0.099|0.094|0.124|0.121|0.081|0.075|0.082| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.134|0.099|0.094|0.124|0.121|0.081|0.075|0.082| |n8-49|d-Axis Cur forHighEfficiencyCont|%|-9.3|-6.4|-10.0|-9.9|-9.7|-8.4|-11.5|-13.1|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes. Table 1.22 SST4 series motor code setting for specification of 200 V at 1750 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|220E|220F|2210|2212|2213|2214|2215|2216| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|200|200|200|200|200|200|200|200| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|15|18|22|30|37|45|55|75| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|15|18.50|22.00|30.00|37.00|45.00|55.00|75.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|54.2|68.2|78.6|104.2|129.2|153.1|205.2|260.4| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|0.071|0.049|0.040|0.030|0.020|0.013|0.009|0.006| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|2.67|1.98|1.69|1.31|0.88|0.77|0.55|0.40| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|3.10|2.41|2.12|1.61|1.14|1.04|0.69|0.50|

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|253.7|244.6|256.3|283.1|266.3|260.0|261.5|259.3| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|

Page 97

|E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.044|0.054|0.063|0.113|0.137|0.252|0.30|0.41| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.099|0.098|0.096|0.126|0.124|0.188|0.186|0.184| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.099|0.098|0.096|0.126|0.124|0.188|0.186|0.184| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-10.9|-14.3|-15.1|-11.3|-14.1|-18.8|-11.4|-12.2|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

################# Table 1.23 SST4 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1750 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|2232|2233|2235|2236|2238|223A|223B|223D| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11.0| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|0.92|1.77|3.33|4.48|7.50|10.42|14.27|20.5| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|8.935|4.570|3.096|1.906|0.972|1.103|0.630|0.429| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|80.14|48.04|35.60|30.31|20.03|23.41|14.86|14.34| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|110.76|64.88|47.84|38.36|24.97|28.70|17.25|17.25| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|416.5|399.4|438.5|475.5|463.7|485.8|470.4|513.4| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.0016|0.0022|0.0042|0.0081|0.0133|0.013|0.017|0.027| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.134|0.099|0.094|0.124|0.121|0.081|0.075|0.082| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.134|0.099|0.094|0.124|0.121|0.081|0.075|0.082| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-7.5|-8.5|-9.8|-8.2|-9.1|-13.1|-9.2|-12.4|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

ParameterList

######## 1

Page 98

Table 1.24 SST4 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1750 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|223E|223F|2240|2242|2243|2244|2245|2246| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|15|18|22|30|37|45|55|75| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|15|18.50|22.00|30.00|37.00|45.00|55.00|75.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|26.4|34.2|38.8|52.2|65.4|77.6|99.3|130.2| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|0.275|0.196|0.160|0.120|0.077|0.052|0.036|0.023| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|9.99|7.92|6.82|5.24|3.57|2.98|1.59|1.59| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|12.37|9.64|8.51|6.44|4.65|3.75|2.78|1.97| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|505.3|489.2|509.5|566.2|531.6|530.6|515.2|515.2| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.044|0.054|0.063|0.113|0.137|0.252|0.30|0.41| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.099|0.098|0.096|0.126|0.124|0.188|0.186|0.184| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.099|0.098|0.096|0.126|0.124|0.188|0.186|0.184| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-15.1|-14.3|-15.3|-11.3|-14.5|-13.2|-22.6|-11.9|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes. Table 1.25 SST4 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1750 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|2247|2248|2249|224A|224C|224D|224E| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|90|110|132|160|200|220|300| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750|1750| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|90.00|110.00|132.00|160.00|200.00|250.00|300.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|153.1|184.4|229.2|269.8|346.9|421.9|520.8| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|0.019|0.017|0.012|0.008|0.005|0.004|0.002| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/ phase)|mH|1.51|1.43|1.13|0.96|0.65|0.67|0.40| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/ phase)|mH|1.76|1.92|1.54|1.26|0.88|0.74|0.52|

Page 99

|E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|538.3|590.9|548.2|603.9|556.8|593.1|495.4| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5|87.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4|4.4| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.55|0.82|0.96|1.60|1.95|2.82|3.70| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.205|0.250|0.244|0.336|0.327|0.379|0.414| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.205|0.250|0.244|0.336|0.327|0.379|0.414| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-8.6|-14.8|-17.5|-12.5|-14.7|-5.1|-16.3|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

################# Table 1.26 SST4 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1450 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|2302|2303|2305|2306|2308|230A|230B|230D| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|200|200|200|200|200|200|200|200| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11.0| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|1.77|3.33|5.94|9.48|14.17|20.42|27.92|39.6| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|3.154|1.835|0.681|0.308|0.405|0.278|0.180|0.098| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|28.46|19.46|10.00|6.88|8.15|5.77|6.32|3.34| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|39.29|25.89|15.20|9.25|10.76|8.60|8.80|4.61| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|268.8|256.9|271.9|260.2|286.8|314.9|300.8|292.3| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.0016|0.0022|0.0081|0.0133|0.0133|0.017|0.027|0.044| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.092|0.068|0.125|0.139|0.083|0.070|0.082|0.092| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.092|0.068|0.125|0.139|0.083|0.070|0.082|0.092| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-7.5|-9.4|-13.9|-10.0|-15.0|-17.9|-22.7|-20.5|

Page 100

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

ParameterList

######## 1

Table 1.27 SST4 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1450 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|230E|230F|2310|2312|2313|2314|2315|2316| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|200|200|200|200|200|200|200|200| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|15|18|22|30|37|45|55|75| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|15.0|18.50|22.00|30.00|37.00|45.00|55.00|75.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|54.2|68.3|75.2|102.0|131.3|160.4|191.7|257.3| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|0.073|0.055|0.048|0.034|0.023|0.016|0.012|0.007| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|2.94|2.23|2.08|1.67|1.39|0.94|0.82|0.56| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|3.65|2.85|2.66|2.04|1.73|1.22|1.06|0.76| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|305.1|297.6|355.8|355.4|324.0|302.4|337.2|323.4| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.054|0.063|0.113|0.137|0.252|0.304|0.41|0.55| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.083|0.079|0.118|0.105|0.157|0.156|0.172|0.169| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.083|0.079|0.118|0.105|0.157|0.156|0.172|0.169| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-14.6|-16.4|-11.8|-10.5|-14.5|-17.4|-13.8|-17.5|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes. Table 1.28 SST4 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1450 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|2332|2333|2335|2336|2338|233A|233B|233D| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11|

Page 101

|E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11.0| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|0.91|1.67|3.02|4.74|7.08|10.21|13.96|20.5| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|12.616|7.340|2.724|1.232|1.509|1.112|0.720|0.393| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|113.84|77.84|40.00|27.52|31.73|23.09|25.28|13.36| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|157.16|103.56|60.80|37.00|40.88|34.39|35.20|18.44| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|490.8|513.8|543.7|520.3|580.8|602.7|601.5|584.6|

################# Table 1.29 SST4 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1450 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|233E|233F|2340|2342|2343|2344|2345|2346| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|15|18|22|30|37|45|55|75| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|15|18.50|22.00|30.00|37.00|45.00|55.00|75.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|27.1|34.2|37.6|50.9|65.4|80.2|96.1|129.2| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|0.291|0.220|0.192|0.136|0.091|0.064|0.048|0.028| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|11.77|8.94|8.32|6.68|5.30|3.76|3.09|2.24| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|14.60|11.40|10.64|8.16|6.80|4.88|4.75|3.03| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|610.3|595.2|711.6|710.8|652.7|604.8|669.1|646.8| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.054|0.063|0.113|0.137|0.252|0.304|0.41|0.55| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.083|0.079|0.118|0.105|0.157|0.156|0.172|0.169| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.083|0.079|0.118|0.105|0.157|0.156|0.172|0.169| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-14.5|-16.1|-11.8|-10.5|-15.6|-17.4|-21.7|-17.3|

Table 1.30 SST4 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1450 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|2347|2348|2349|234A|234C|234D| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400|400|400|

Page 102

|E5-01|Capacity|kW|90|110|132|160|200|250| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450|1450| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|90.00|110.00|132.00|160.00|200.00|250.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|153.1|191.7|226.0|268.8|331.3|422.9| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|0.024|0.015|0.011|0.007|0.006|0.003| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|2.20|1.34|1.23|0.92|0.84|0.61| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|3.23|2.16|1.67|1.30|1.25|0.89| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|708.0|637.8|677.0|661.7|687.1|655.9| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5|72.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6|3.6| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.82|0.96|1.60|1.95|2.82|3.70| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.210|0.201|0.279|0.281|0.325|0.341| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.210|0.201|0.279|0.281|0.325|0.341| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-19.6|-24.1|-15.1|-17.0|-19.8|-19.3|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes. Table 1.31 SST4 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1150 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|2402|2403|2405|2406|2408|240A|240B|240D| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|200|200|200|200|200|200|200|200| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5|11.0| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|1.77|3.44|5.94|9.17|14.79|20.21|27.40|39.0| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|2.680|1.520|1.071|0.542|0.362|0.295|0.162|0.115| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|30.55|15.29|17.48|11.98|8.60|9.54|5.31|4.44| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|42.71|24.28|22.51|15.51|10.69|13.84|8.26|5.68| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|313.1|313.1|345.3|342.9|363.8|384.3|379.9|370.2|

################# Table 1.32 SST4 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 200 V at 1150 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|

Page 103

|E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|240E|240F|2410|2412|2413|2414|2415|2416| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|200|200|200|200|200|200|200|200| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|15|18|22|30|37|45|55|75| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|15|18.50|22.00|30.00|37.00|45.00|55.00|75.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|55.9|65.4|77.0|103.5|126.0|153.1|188.5|260.4| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|0.083|0.065|0.052|0.035|0.026|0.019|0.013|0.009| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|3.50|2.92|2.55|2.03|1.59|1.24|0.98|0.70| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|4.23|3.79|3.22|2.46|1.92|1.64|1.37|0.97| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|364.5|404.5|445.1|444.4|447.3|470.8|422.4|418.3| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0|190.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.063|0.113|0.137|0.252|0.304|0.410|0.55|0.82| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.061|0.089|0.090|0.122|0.119|0.132|0.145|0.159| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.061|0.089|0.090|0.122|0.119|0.132|0.145|0.159| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-13.7|-15.2|-10.9|-9.8|-9.3|-11.5|-17.7|-17.1|

Table 1.33 SST4 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1150 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|2432|2433|2435|2436|2438|243A|243B| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|0.4|0.75|1.5|2.2|3.7|5.5|7.5| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|0.89|1.72|3.02|4.58|7.40|10.21|13.75| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|10.720|6.080|4.336|2.143|1.428|1.199|0.648| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|122.20|61.16|70.24|46.20|33.87|41.67|21.24| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|170.80|97.12|90.04|60.28|42.98|69.15|33.04| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|626.1|626.1|703.1|727.6|699.0|861.5|759.7| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|

Page 104

|C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.0022|0.0042|0.0081|0.0133|0.0168|0.027|0.044| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.080|0.081|0.078|0.088|0.066|0.070|0.085| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.080|0.081|0.078|0.088|0.066|0.070|0.085| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-8.4|-11.0|-9.9|-9.0|-11.4|-23.2|-22.1|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes. Table 1.34 SST4 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1150 min-1 (r/min)

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-01|PM Motor Code Selection|-|243D|243E|243F|2440|2442|2443|2444| |E5-01|Voltage Class|V|400|400|400|400|400|400|400| |E5-01|Capacity|kW|11|15|18|22|30|37|45| |E5-01|Motor Rotation Speed|min-1|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150|1150| |E5-02|PM Motor Rated Power|kW|11.0|15|18.50|22.00|30.00|37.00|45.00| |E5-03|PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|A|19.5|27.7|32.7|39.2|51.8|63.0|76.6| |E5-04|PM Motor Pole Count|-|6|6|6|6|6|6|6| |E5-05|PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)|Ω|0.460|0.325|0.260|0.209|0.140|0.106|0.076| |E5-06|PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|17.76|12.83|11.68|10.09|8.12|6.43|4.96| |E5-07|PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase)|mH|22.72|17.19|15.16|16.25|9.84|7.71|6.56| |E5-09|PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))|mVs/rad|740.4|716.6|809.1|786.2|888.8|857.7|941.6|

|No.|Name|Unit|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)|Motor Code (setting value of E5-01)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |E5-24|PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)|mV/min-1|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0|0.0| |E1-04|Maximum Output Frequency|Hz|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5| |E1-05|Maximum Output Voltage|V|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0|380.0| |E1-06|Base Frequency|Hz|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5|57.5| |E1-09|Minimum Output Frequency|Hz|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9|2.9| |C5-17|Motor Inertia|kgm2|0.054|0.063|0.113|0.137|0.252|0.304|0.410| |L3-24 *1|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|s|0.071|0.061|0.089|0.090|0.122|0.119|0.132| |n5-02|Motor Inertia Acceleration Time|s|0.071|0.061|0.089|0.090|0.122|0.119|0.132| |n8-49|Heavy Load Id Current|%|-16.7|-20.2|-15.2|-27.7|-9.8|-10.2|-11.5|

*1 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

################# Table 1.35 SST4 Series Motor Code Setting for Specification of 400 V at 1150 min-1 (r/min)

Page 105

Page 106

Page 107

Page 108

Page 109

The drive can control an IPM motor in this control method. Use this control method for general variable-speed control applications in which high-precision speed control and torque limit are necessary. The speed control range is 1:20. The speed control range is 1:100 when n8-57 = 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled].

############## 7 : PM Closed Loop Vector

The drive controls a PM motor in this control method. Use this control method for constant torque applications in which high-precision control with a PM motor is necessary. Also use this control method for general variable-speed control applications in which high torque response and high-precision torque control are necessary. A speed feedback signal from the motor is necessary for this control method. The speed control range is 1:1500.

############## 8 : EZ Vector Control

The drive controls SynRM (Synchronous Reluctance Motors) in this control method. This control method uses an easier procedure to operate motors with more efficiency. Use this control method for derating torque applications. For example, fans and pumps.

######## ■ A1-03: Initialize Parameters

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |A1-03 (0103)|Initialize Parameters|Sets parameters to default values.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3330)|

################# Note:

•After you initialize the drive, the drive automatically sets A1-03 = 0.

•User Parameters can save the parameter values for your application and use these values as default values for drive initialization.

•To use the 2 motor switchover function, first turn OFF the terminal to which H1-xx = 16 [MFDI Function Selection = Motor 2 Selection] is set, then change the A1-03 setting. An incorrect procedure will trigger oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error].

0 : No Initialization 1110 : User Initialization

Sets parameters to the values set by the user as user settings. Set o2-03 = 1 [User Parameter Default Value = Set defaults] to save the user settings.

You can save the parameter settings that were adjusted for the test run as user-set default values to the drive. When you make changes to the parameter values after you save the settings as User Parameter Settings, the drive will set the parameters to the User Parameter Setting value when you initialize with A1-03 = 1110. Follow this procedure to save User Parameter setting values, and to do a User Initialization.

1. Set parameters correctly for the application.

2. Set o2-03 = 1 [User Parameter Default Value = Set defaults]. This saves parameter settings for a User Initialization. The drive will then automatically set o2-03 = 0.

3. Set A1-03 = 1110 to reset to the saved parameter settings. When you initialize the drive, the drive sets the parameter values to the User Parameter setting values.

2220 : 2-Wire Initialization Sets MFDI terminal S1 to Forward Run and terminal S2 to Reverse Run, and resets all parameters to default settings.

ParameterDetails

######## 2

Page 110

Page 111

Page 112

Page 113

Page 114

Page 115

Page 116

Page 117

Page 118

Page 119

Figure 2.4 Holding Brake Open and Close Sequence Time Chart (CLV, CLV/PM)

############### *1 Start braking from the higher set frequency between b2-01 [DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold] or E1-09[Minimum Output Frequency].

Notes on when Using Other Functions

|Function|Notes| |---|---| |Decel stall prevention function|When you connect a braking resistor to discharge the regenerative power to the drive, set L3-04 = 0 [Stall Prevention during Decel = Disabled].

Note:

If L3-04 = 1 [General Purpose], it is possible that the drive will not stop in the set deceleration time. Do not change the default settings of these related parameters:

• L3-01 = 1 [Stall Prevention during Accel = Enabled]
• L3-05 = 1 [Stall Prevention during RUN = Deceleration Time 1 (C1-02)]
| |Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors|• When A1-02 = 2, 3, 4 [Control Method Selection = Open Loop Vector, Closed Loop Vector, Advanced Open Loop Vector], Auto-Tune the motor before you operate the drive.
• Disconnect the drive from the motor to do Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• Auto-Tuning runs automatically for approximately 1 minute. Do not do Auto-Tuning with the motor engaged in the elevator system. Note:
• If you cannot disconnect the motor from the machine, do Stationary Auto-Tuning. During this time, the drive automatically measures the necessary motor data. If the motor test report or the motor nameplate is not available, use Stationary Auto-Tuning. Do Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance for better torque characteristics at low speeds in the V/f Control mode.
• When you do Stationary Auto-Tuning, the drive energizes the motor and the motor stays stopped.
• To Auto-Tune a specialized motor, for example a wound motor, prepare a motor test report before Auto-Tuning and make sure that the motor parameter E2-xx is not too different than the value in the test report.
| |Auto-Tuning for PM Motors|You must set the motor data in the drive to run a PM motor.

• When you use a PM motor recommended by Yaskawa Input the motor code in E5-01. E5 and other related motor parameters will be automatically set to the optimal values.
• When you use a non-Yaskawa PM motor Do Auto-Tuning.

– When the motor nameplate or motor test report is available, enter the PM motor parameters directly with PM Motor Parameter Settings.
– If the motor nameplate or motor test report is not available, and the motor cannot rotate, do PM Stationary Auto-Tuning.
– If the motor nameplate or motor test report is not available, and the motor can rotate, do PM Rotational Auto-Tuning.
– When you replace an encoder, make sure that the motor can rotate and do Z Pulse Offset Tuning or PM Rotational Auto-Tuning. Note:

• Use in Closed Loop Vector Control for PM mode.
• When you do Auto-Tuning or replace the encoder, make sure that the motor can rotate.
• Set the Encoder Z-Pulse Offset.
• Refer to Closed Loop Vector Control for induction motors for information about the signal to use and the adjustment method.
| |Braking Resistor Overheat Protection|When you use a braking resistor other than the optional Yaskawa braking resistor unit (LKEB-series), this function uses the thermal overload relay to detect braking resistor overheat. Load a sequence program that turns OFF the drive input power supply when the braking resistor overheats.

Note: Refer to 617 when you load the sequence circuit.| |Continuous operation function|Do not use the momentary power loss continuous operation function and the Auto Restart function. If you use these functions, there is a risk that the motor will coast to a stop if the brake is open when there is a momentary power loss and the drive is operating or if there is a fault.

Set the these parameters:

• L2-01 = 0 [Power Loss Ride Through Select = Disabled]
• L5-01 = 0 [Number of Auto-Restart Attempts = 0]
| |Torque limit function|The motor rated torque sets the value for L7-01 to L7-04 [Torque Limit]. If there will not be sufficient torque during start up, replace the drive with a larger capacity drive and set the torque limit between 200% and 300%. The L7-01 to L7-04 default setting is 200%.|

|Function|Notes| |---|---| |I/O phase loss protection, overtorque detection function|To stop a fall because of motor phase loss, set these parameters.

• L8-05 1 [Input Phase Loss Protection Sel Enabled]
• L8-07 1 [Output Phase Loss Protection Sel Fault when one phase is lost]
• L6-01, L6-04 1 to 8 [Torque Detection Selection 1/2 oL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only to UL @ RUN - Fault]
• L6-02, L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 1/2]
• L6-03, L6-06 [Torque Detection Time 1/2] Note: Use precautions, for example fall detection, on the machine side.
| |External baseblock command|• If you enter the external baseblock signal set in H1-01 to H1-08 8 or 9 [Terminal S1 to S8 Function Selection Baseblock Command] during run, the motor immediately coasts to stop. When you enter a baseblock command while the motor is operating, make sure that it is necessary.
• When you use an external baseblock command for the fast stop and operation start up interlocks, load the sequence to lock the holding brake when you enter the external baseblock command.
• If you enter the external baseblock command and then immediately remove it, the drive will not output the voltage in the time set in L2-03 [Minimum Baseblock Time]. Do not use an external baseblock command for applications that have frequent Run/Stop commands.
| |Acceleration and deceleration times|If you set the acceleration and deceleration times for the drive side too short and you do not add the mechanical operation delay time of the holding brake, the holding brake could operate late, or there could be overcurrent at start up, the brake could grind, or the motor could roll back when it stops. In these conditions, use Dwell Reference at Start/Time and DC Injection Braking at Stop to adjust the holding brake timing.| |Electromagnetic contactor on the drive output side|Usually you must not install the electromagnetic contactor between the drive and motor. When you must install an electromagnetic contactor to use one drive to switchover more than one motor, follow these precautions:

• Load a sequence that opens and closes the electromagnetic contactor when these two conditions are satisfied at the same time, unless there is an emergency:

– The holding brake is fully closed
– The drive terminals for H2-xx 8 or 1B [MFDO Function Selection During Baseblock] are activated

• If you open and close the electromagnetic contactor during motor control or during DC Injection Braking (or zero speed control), the surge voltage and the motor direct input current can cause the drive to detect faults.
• When you use an electromagnetic contactor between the drive and motor, set L8-07 1 or 2 [Output Phase Loss Protection Sel Fault when one phase is lost, Fault when two phases are lost].
|

Adjustments Relating to Control When there is oscillation, rollback, or other control problems, adjust the parameters as specified by the control method. V/f Control and Closed Loop V/f Control on page 187 shows only the frequently adjusted parameters.

Note:

Torque and speed response for high-resistance and high-slip motors are slow. Adjust the torque and speed response to increase them. Low impedance (low-slip) motors will hunt and oscillate. Adjust the torque and speed response to increase them.

V/f Control and Closed Loop V/f Control While in V/f Control, do not use C3-01 [Slip Compensation Gain]. While in Closed Loop V/f Control, continue to use default settings for C5-01 to C5-05 [ASR Parameters]. Significantly altering the default settings will likely cause oscillation.

Table 2.15 Adjustment of Drive Control (V/f Control and Closed Loop V/f Control Methods)

|Adjustment description|Parameter Number|Possible Solutions|Default|Recommended Setting| |---|---|---|---|---| |• Prevent hunting and oscillation at middle-range speeds (10 Hz to 40 Hz)|n1-02 [Hunting Prevention Gain Setting]|• If the torque is not sufficient with heavy loads, decrease the setting.
• If there is hunting or oscillation with light loads, increase the setting.
|1.00|0.50 - 2.00| |• Increasing motor excitation sound
• Hunting and oscillation suppression at low speeds and middle-range speeds
|C6-02 [Carrier Frequency Selection]|• If there is a loud motor excitation sound, increase the setting value.
• If there is hunting or oscillation at low speeds or middle-range speeds, decrease the setting value.
|*1|1 - F| |• Increase torque at low speeds (10 Hz or lower)
• Prevent hunting and oscillation
|C4-01 [Torque Compensation Gain]|• If the torque is not sufficient at low speeds, increase the setting value.
• If there is hunting or oscillation with light loads, decrease the setting value.
|1.00|0.50 - 1.50|

Page 120

|Adjustment description|Parameter Number|Possible Solutions|Default|Recommended Setting| |---|---|---|---|---| |• Increase torque at low speeds
• Prevent shock during start up
|E1-08 [Mid Point AVoltage]|• If the torque is not sufficient at low speeds, increase the setting value.
• If there is a large shock during start up, decrease the setting value.
|15.0 V *2 *3|13.0 V to 16.0 V *3| |• Increase torque at low speeds
• Prevent shock during start up
|E1-10 [Minimum Output Voltage]|• If the torque is not sufficient at low speeds, increase the setting value.
• If there is a large shock during start up, decrease the setting value.
|9.0 V *2 *3|7.0 V to 10.0 V *3|

*1 The default setting changes when the settings for C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] and o2-04 [Drive Model (KVA) Selection] change.

*2 The default setting changes when the settings for A1-02 [Control Method Selection] and E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection] change.

*3 This is the setting for 200 V class drives. Multiply the voltage by 2 for 400 V class drives.

Open Loop Vector Control Method Do not adjust parameter C4-01 [Torque Compensation Gain]. Keep this parameter at its default setting. If you cannot get speed accuracy during regeneration, set C3-04 = 1 [Slip Compensation at Regen = Enabled Above 6Hz]. If you cannot get speed accuracy at high speeds, set C3-05 = 1 [Output Voltage Limit Selection = Enabled].

Table 2.16 Adjustment of Drive Control (Open Loop Vector Control Method)

*1 If the value for C4-02 [Torque Compensation Delay Time] is high, the current can increase during start up. Adjust and check the current during start up.

*2 The default setting changes when the settings for C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] and o2-04 [Drive Model (KVA) Selection] change.

*3 This is the setting for 200 V class drives. Multiply the voltage by 2 for 400 V class drives. Closed Loop Vector Control Method

|Adjustment description|Parameter Number|Possible Solutions|Default|Recommended Setting| |---|---|---|---|---| |• Torque, increase speed response
• Prevent hunting and oscillation at middle-range speeds (10 Hz to 40 Hz)
|n2-01 [Automatic Freq Regulator Gain]|• If torque and speed response are slow, decrease the setting value.
• If there is hunting or oscillation, increase the setting value.
|1.00|0.50 - 2.00| |• Torque, increase speed response
• Prevent hunting and oscillation
|C4-02 [Torque Compensation Delay Time] *1|• If torque and speed response are slow, decrease the setting value.
• If there is hunting or oscillation, increase the setting value.
|20 ms|20 ms to 100 ms| |• Increase speed response
• Increase speed stability
|C3-02 [Slip Compensation Delay Time]|• When speed response is slow, decrease the setting value.
• If speed is not stable, increase the setting value.
|200 ms|100 ms to 500 ms| |• Improve speed accuracy|C3-01 [Slip Compensation Gain]|• If speed is too slow, increase the setting value.
• If speed is too fast, decrease the setting value.
|1.0|0.5 - 1.5| |• Increasing motor excitation sound
• Prevent hunting and oscillation at low-range speeds (10 Hz to or lower)
|C6-02 [Carrier Frequency Selection]|• If there is a loud motor excitation sound, increase the setting value.
• If there is hunting or oscillation at low speeds, decrease the setting value.
|*2|1 - F| |• Increase torque and speed response at low speeds
• Prevent shock during start up
|E1-08 [Mid Point AVoltage]|• If the torque and speed response are slow, increase the setting value.
• If there is a large shock during start up, decrease the setting value.
|11.0 V *3|12.0 V to 13.0 V *3| |• Increase torque and speed response at low speeds
• Prevent shock during start up
|E1-10 [Minimum Output Voltage]|• If the torque and speed response are slow, increase the setting value.
• If there is a large shock during start up, decrease the setting value.
|2.0 V *3|2.0 V to 3.0 V *3|

################# Table 2.17 Adjustment of Drive Control (Closed Loop Vector Control Method)

|Adjustment description|Parameter Number|Possible Solutions|Default|Recommended Setting| |---|---|---|---|---| |• Torque, increase speed response
• Prevent hunting and oscillation
|C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1]|• If the torque and speed response are slow, increase the setting value.
• If there is hunting or oscillation, decrease the setting value.
|20.00|10.00 - 50.00| |• Torque, increase speed response
• Prevent hunting and oscillation
|C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain 2]|• If the torque and speed response are slow, increase the setting value.
• If there is hunting or oscillation, decrease the setting value.
|20.00|10.00 - 50.00| |• Torque, increase speed response
• Prevent hunting and oscillation
|C5-02 [ASR Integral Time 1]|• If torque and speed response are slow, decrease the setting value.
• If there is hunting or oscillation, increase the setting value.
|0.500 s|0.300 s to 1.000 s| |• Torque, increase speed response
• Prevent hunting and oscillation
|C5-04 [ASR Integral Time 2]|• If torque and speed response are slow, decrease the setting value.
• If there is hunting or oscillation, increase the setting value.
|0.500 s|0.300 s to 1.000 s|

Page 121

Page 122

–b2-03 [DC Inject Braking Time at Start] recommended setting: 0.2 s to 0.5 s

DC Injection Braking at Stop, Zero Speed Control Function

Note:

If you disconnect a drive when it is controlling the motor or during DC Injection Braking (Zero speed level), a voltage surge can trigger a fault. When you use an electromagnetic contactor between the drive and motor, set L8-07 = 1 or 2 [Output Phase Loss Protection Sel = Fault when one phase is lost, Fault when two phases are lost]. If it necessary to disconnect the motor and drive when you stop the elevator, fully close the holding brake and disconnect the drive during baseblock (that is, while the baseblock signal is ON). This does not apply for emergency conditions.

|Adjustment Parameter|Name| |---|---| |b2-01|DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold| |b2-02|DC Injection Braking Current| |b2-04|DC Inject Braking Time at Stop| |H2-xx 5|Frequency Detection 2|

Figure 2.7 DC Injection Braking at Stop, Zero Speed Control Function Note:

•If the mechanical operation of the holding brake is slow, use DC Injection Braking (zero speed control when set to closed loop vector) until the brake is fully closed to prevent rollback.

•If you cannot hold the load with DC Injection Braking when it is stopped in V/f Control and Open Loop Vector Control modes, use Dwell Function at Stop.

–b6-03 [Dwell Reference at Stop]: Minimum output frequency to 3.0 Hz When Frequency Detection 2 is OFF, it is less than L4-01 [Speed Agree Detection Level] - L4-02 [Speed Agree Detection Width].

–b6-04 [Dwell Time at Stop] recommended setting: 0.3 s to 0.5 s

–b2-04 [DC Inject Braking Time at Stop] recommended setting: 0.0 s

Torque Compensation (Torque Bias)

############### This function enters the torque compensation (torque bias) signal that matches a set load from the MFAI terminal in Closed Loop Vector Control to decrease the overshoot when you open and close the brake. You must detect the load

############### and motoring/regeneration on the machine side before you use the function. If there is a polarity error, shock can increase.

|Item|Description| |---|---| |Sequence Circuit Configuration| | |Time chart: Increase|Enter the analog signal as the torque compensation (torque bias) signal as specified by the load quantity before drive operation until drive operation completes. The default setting is 10 V/100% torque.

Enter a positive polarity during a motoring load, and enter a negative polarity during a regenerative load.| |Time chart: Decrease|Enter the analog signal as the torque compensation (torque bias) signal as specified by the load quantity before drive operation until drive operation completes. The default setting is 10 V/100% torque.

Enter a negative polarity during a motoring load, and enter a positive polarity during a regenerative load.|

################# Note:

Page 123

Page 124

Page 125

Page 126

Page 127

Page 128

Page 129

Page 130

Page 131

Page 132

Page 133

Page 134

Page 135

Page 136

|Terminal|Signal Level|Parameter Settings|Parameter Settings|Parameter Settings|Parameter Settings|Note| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |Terminal|Signal Level|Signal Level Selection|Function Selection|Gain|Bias|Note| |A1|4 mA to 20 mA|H3-01 = 2|H3-02 = 0 [Frequency Reference]|H3-03|H3-04|Set DIP switch S1-1 to “I” for current input.| |A1|0 - 20 mA|H3-01 = 3|H3-02 = 0 [Frequency Reference]|H3-03|H3-04|Set DIP switch S1-1 to “I” for current input.| |A2|4 mA to 20 mA|H3-09 = 2|H3-10 = 0 [Frequency Reference]|H3-11|H3-12|Set DIP switch S1-2 to “I” for current input.| |A2|0 - 20 mA|H3-09 = 3|H3-10 = 0 [Frequency Reference]|H3-11|H3-12|Set DIP switch S1-2 to “I” for current input.| |A3|4 mA to 20 mA|H3-05 = 2|H3-06 = 0 [Frequency Reference]|H3-07|H3-08|Set DIP switch S1-3 to “I” for current input. Set DIP switch S4 to “AI” for analog input.| |A3|0 - 20 mA|H3-05 = 3|H3-06 = 0 [Frequency Reference]|H3-07|H3-08|Set DIP switch S1-3 to “I” for current input. Set DIP switch S4 to “AI” for analog input.|

| | | | |---|---|---| | | | | | | | |

################# Figure 2.23 Example of Setting the Frequency Reference with a Current Signal to Terminal A2

Note: You can also use this diagram to wire terminals A1 and A3.

Changing between Master and Auxiliary Frequency References Use the multi-step speed reference function to change the frequency reference input between terminals A1, A2, and A3.

2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications Use MEMOBUS/Modbus communications to enter the frequency reference.

3 : Option PCB Use a communications option card or input option card connected to the drive to enter the Run command. Refer to the instruction manual included with the option card to install and set the option card.

Note: If b1-15 = 3 but no option card is connected, then oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err] will flash on the keypad.

4 : Pulse Train Input Use a pulse train signal from the pulse train input terminal RP to enter the frequency reference. Do this procedure to make sure that the pulse train signal is operating correctly.

1. Set b1-15 = 4, H6-01 = 0 [Terminal RP Pulse Train Function = Frequency Reference].

2. Set H6-02 [Terminal RP Frequency Scaling] to the number of pulses that determine 100% of the frequency reference.

3. The terminal assigned to H1-xx = 2 [MFDI Function Selection = External Reference 1/2 Selection] is activated.

4. Enter a pulse train signal on the terminal RP and make sure that the keypad shows a correct frequency reference.

######## ■ b1-16: Run Command Selection 2

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b1-16 (01C5)|Run Command Selection 2|Sets the input method for Run Command 2 when the user switches the control circuit terminals ON/ OFF to change the Run command source.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3)|

Page 137

Page 138

Page 139

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b2-01 (0189)|DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold|Sets the frequency to start DC Injection Braking, Short Circuit Braking, and Zero Servo.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.0 - 10.0 Hz)|

Note: This parameter is available when b1-03 = 0 [Stopping Method Selection = Ramp to Stop].

When the control method selected in A1-02 [Control Method Selection] changes, the b2-01 function changes.

ParameterDetails

|Parameter Settings|Function of b2-01| |---|---| |A1-02 0, 1, 2 [V/f, CL-V/f, OLV]|b2-01 sets the frequency to start DC Injection Braking at stop. When the output frequency is less than or equal to the value set in b2-01, the drive will inject the quantity of DC current set in b2-02 [DC Injection Braking Current] into the motor for the time set in b2-04 [DC Inject Braking Time at Stop].

Figure 2.24 DC Injection Braking at Stop Note:

When b2-01 ≤ E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency], the drive will start DC Injection Braking from the frequency set in E1-09.| |A1-02 4 [AOLV] and n4-72 0 [Speed Feedback Mode Without Encoder]|b2-01 sets the frequency to start DC Injection Braking at stop. When the output frequency is less than or equal to the value set in b2-01, the drive will inject the quantity of DC current set in b2-02 [DC Injection Braking Current] into the motor for the time set in b2-04 [DC Inject Braking Time at Stop].

Figure 2.24 DC Injection Braking at Stop Note:

When b2-01 ≤ E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency], the drive will start DC Injection Braking from the frequency set in E1-09.| |A1-02 5, 6, 8 [OLV/PM, AOLV/PM, EZOLV]|b2-01 sets the frequency to start Short Circuit Braking at stop. When the output frequency is less than or equal to the value set in b2-01, the drive will do Short Circuit Braking for the time set in b2-13 [Short Circuit Brake Time @ Stop]. When b2-04 > 0.00 s, the drive will complete Short Circuit Braking, then do DC Injection Braking for the time set in b2-04.

Figure 2.25 Short Circuit Braking at Stop

Note: When b2-01 ≤ E1-09, the drive will start Short Circuit Braking from the frequency set in E1-09. If b2-01 and E1-09 0 Hz, the drive will not do Short Circuit Braking.| |A1-02 = 3, 7 [CLV, CLV/PM]|b2-01 sets the frequency to start Zero Speed Control at stop. When the output frequency is less than or equal to the value set in b2-01, the drive will do Zero Speed Control for the time set in b2-04.

Figure 2.26 Zero Speed Control at Stop

Note: When b2-01 ≤ E1-09, the drive will start Zero Speed Control from the frequency set in E1-09.| |A1-02 4 [AOLV] and n4-72 1 [With Encoder]|b2-01 sets the frequency to start Zero Speed Control at stop. When the output frequency is less than or equal to the value set in b2-01, the drive will do Zero Speed Control for the time set in b2-04.

Figure 2.26 Zero Speed Control at Stop

Note: When b2-01 ≤ E1-09, the drive will start Zero Speed Control from the frequency set in E1-09.|

######## ■ b2-02: DC Injection Braking Current

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b2-02 (018A)|DC Injection Braking Current|Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50% (0 - 100%)|

When the DC Injection Braking current is more than 50%, the drive decreases the carrier frequency to 1 kHz. The motor rated current determines how much DC Injection Braking current that the drive can use. The DC Injection Braking current level has an effect on the strength of the magnetic field that locks the motor shaft.

As the current level increases, the motor windings will supply more heat. Do not set this parameter higher than the level that is necessary to hold the motor shaft.

Note: When A1-02 4 [Control Method Selection AOLV] and n4-72 1 [Speed Feedback Mode With Encoder], the drive ignores the b2-02 setting and does initial excitation.

######## ■ b2-03: DC Inject Braking Time at Start

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b2-03 (018B)|DC Inject Braking Time at Start|Sets the DC Injection Braking Time at stop. Sets the time of Zero Speed Control at start when A1-02 3, 7 [Control Method Selection CLV, CLV/PM].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|A1-02 4: 0.03 s Other than A1-02 4: 0.00 s (0.00 - 10.00 s)|

Page 140

This function stops then restarts a coasting motor and increases motor flux to make high starting torque (a process called initial excitation). Set this parameter to 0.00 to disable the function.

Note:

•To restart a coasting motor, use DC Injection Braking to stop and then restart the motor, or enable Speed Search. Enable DC Injection Braking or Speed Search to prevent ov [Overvoltage] and oC [Overcurrent] faults.

•Sets the time of Initial Excitation at start when A1-02 = 4 [AOLV] and n4-72 = 1 [Speed Feedback Mode = With Encoder].

######## ■ b2-04: DC Inject Braking Time at Stop

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b2-04 (018C)|DC Inject Braking Time at Stop|Sets the DC Injection Braking Time at stop. Sets the time of Zero Speed Control at stop when A1-02

= 3, 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV, CLV/PM].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.00 - 10.00 s)|

This function fully stops a motor with a large inertia during deceleration and will not let the inertia continue to rotate the motor. Set this parameter to 0.00 to disable the function. When a longer time is required to stop the motor, increase the value.

Note: Sets the time of Zero Speed Control at stop when A1-02 = 4 [AOLV] and n4-72 = 1 [Speed Feedback Mode = With Encoder].

######## ■ b2-08: Magnetic Flux Compensation Value

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b2-08 (0190)|Magnetic Flux Compensation Value|Sets how much current the drive injects when DC Injection Braking at Start starts (Initial Excitation) as a percentage of E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0% (0 - 1000%)|

This parameter is effective when you start a high-capacity motor (a motor with a large secondary circuit time constant). This function can quickly increase motor flux to make high starting torque (a process called initial excitation).

The current level for DC Injection Braking at start changes linearly from the setting of b2-08 to the setting of b2-03 as shown in Figure 2.27.

Figure 2.27 DC Current Level during DC Injection Braking at Start Note:

ParameterDetails

•If b2-08 < 100%, flux will develop very slowly.

•When b2-08 = 0%, the DC current level will be the DC Injection current set in b2-02 [DC Injection Braking Current].

•If b2-08 is set too high, DC Injection Braking at start can cause a large noise. Adjust b2-08 to decrease the volume to the permitted level.

######## ■ b2-12: Short Circuit Brake Time @ Start

Page 141

|---|---|---|---| |b2-12 (01BA)|Short Circuit Brake Time @ Start|Sets the Short Circuit Braking time at start.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00 s (0.00 - 25.50 s)|

This function stops and restarts a coasting PM motor. The drive short circuits all the three motor phases to make braking torque in the motor. Set this parameter to 0.00 to disable the function.

Note:

•Short circuit Braking will let external forces rotate the PM motor. Use DC Injection Braking to prevent motor rotation from external forces.

•Motor speed and load conditions can make it necessary to install a dynamic braking option on the drive.

######## ■ b2-13: Short Circuit Brake Time @ Stop

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b2-13 (01BB)|Short Circuit Brake Time @ Stop|Sets the Short Circuit Braking time at stop.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|A1-02 = 8: 0.00 s Other than A1-02 = 8: 0.50 s (0.00 - 25.50 s)|

This function fully stops a PM motor with a large inertia during deceleration and will not let the inertia continue to rotate the motor. Short Circuit Braking operates for the time set in b2-13 when output frequency is less than the value set in b2-01 [DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold] or E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency]. Set this parameter to 0.00 to disable the function.

Note: Motor speed and load conditions can make it necessary to install a dynamic braking option on the drive.

######## ■ b2-18: Short Circuit Braking Current

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b2-18 (0177)|Short Circuit Braking Current|Sets the Short Circuit Braking Current as a percentage of the motor rated current.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (0.0 - 200.0%)|

The Short Circuit Braking current cannot be higher than the drive rated current, although a higher current level can be set using b2-18. The maximum rated current is 120% when the drive is set for Normal Duty (C6-01 = 1 [Normal Duty Rating]). The maximum rated current is 150% when the drive is set for Heavy Duty (C6-01 = 0 [Heavy Duty Rating]).

######## ◆ b3: Speed Search

The Speed Search function detects the actual speed of a coasting motor, then restarts the motor before the motor stops. Use Speed Search in these conditions:

• To continue operation after momentary power loss

• To switch from commercial power supply to drive power

• To restart a coasting fan

For example, the drive output turns off and the motor coasts when there is a momentary loss of power. After you return power, the drive does Speed Search on the coasting motor, and restarts the motor from the detected speed. When you use a PM motor, enable b3-01 [Speed Search at Start Selection]. There are two types of Speed Search for induction motors: Current Detection and Speed Estimation. Use parameter b3-24 [Speed Search Method Selection] to select the type of Speed Search. Parameter settings are different for different types of Speed Search. For details, refer to Table 2.22.

Page 142

Page 143

Page 144

After you return power, the drive waits for the time set in b3-05. When power loss is longer than the time set in L2-03, the drive will start Speed Search when the time set in b3-05 is expired after the power recovery.

2. Current Injection If there is not sufficient residual voltage in the motor, the drive does Current Injection. The drive injects the quantity of DC current set in b3-06 [Speed Estimation Current Level 1] into the motor windings to estimate the motor speed and direction of rotation. The drive outputs the estimated motor speed as frequency, then uses the deceleration rate set in L2-04 to increase the voltage. When the output voltage aligns with the V/f pattern, the drive accelerates or decelerates the motor to the frequency reference.

Figure 2.31 Speed Search Selection at Start

Note: Set the lower limit of the delay time to b3-05 for when Speed Search starts.

■ Speed Search and Operation Conditions These conditions apply to Speed Search operation. When A1-02 = 0, 1, 2 [Control Method Selection = V/f Control, V/ f Control with Encoder, Open Loop Vector], set b3-24 [Speed Search Method Selection] before you do Speed Search.

• Do Speed Search with each Run Command The drive ignores a Speed Search command from the external terminals.

• Use an MFDI to do an External Speed Search Command To use an MFDI to do Speed Search, input the Run command at the same time that terminal Sx set for Speed Search activates, or after Speed Search activates.

ParameterDetails

######## 2

Set Speed Search to H1-xx to do the function externally. You cannot set external Speed Search 1 and 2 at the same time.

Table 2.23 Execute Speed Search via the Digital Input Terminals

|H1-xx Setting|Name|Current Detection 2|Speed Estimation| |---|---|---|---| |61|Speed Search from Fmax|ON: Speed Search starts from E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency].|External Speed Search commands 1 and 2 work the same.

The drive estimates the motor speed, then starts Speed Search from the estimated speed.| |62|Speed Search from Fref|ON: Speed Search starts from the frequency reference immediately before you input the Speed Search command.|External Speed Search commands 1 and 2 work the same.

The drive estimates the motor speed, then starts Speed Search from the estimated speed.|

• Do Speed Search with Each Auto Restart Set L5-01 [Number of Auto-Restart Attempts] = 1 or more. After there is an Auto Restart fault, the drive automatically does Speed Search.

• Do Speed Search after Momentary Power Loss Set L2-01 =1, 2 [Power Loss Ride Through Select = Enabled for L2-02 Time, Enabled while CPU Power Active].

• Do Speed Search after You Clear the External Baseblock Command After you clear the external baseblock command, enable the Run command, and when the output frequency is higher than the minimum frequency, the drive does Speed Search.

######## ■ b3-01: Speed Search at Start Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b3-01 (0191)|Speed Search at Start Selection|Sets the Speed Search at Start function where the drive will perform Speed Search with each Run command.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0, 1)|

Page 145

Page 146

Page 147

Page 148

Page 149

Page 150

|---|---|---|---| |b3-26 (01C7) Expert|Direction Determination Level|Sets the level to find the motor rotation direction. Increase the value if the drive cannot find the direction.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1000 (40 to 60000)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b3-27 (01C9) Expert|Speed Search RUN/BB Priority|Sets the conditions necessary to start Speed Search.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

Executes Speed Search from Fmax or Fref [H1-xx = 61/62] for initial speed searches or from the MFDI terminal. 0 : SS Only if RUN Applied Before BB 1 : SS Regardless of RUN/BB Sequence

######## ■ b3-29: Speed Search Back-EMF Threshold

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b3-29 (077C) Expert|Speed Search Back-EMF Threshold|Sets the induced voltage for motors that use Speed Search. The drive will start Speed Search when the motor induced voltage level is the same as the setting value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10% (0 - 10%)|

To make adjustments, gradually decrease the setting value. If you decrease the setting value too much, speed search will not operate correctly.

######## ■ b3-31: Spd Search Current Reference Lvl

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b3-31 (0BC0) Expert|Spd Search Current Reference Lvl|Sets the current level that decreases the output current during Current Detection Speed Search.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.50 (1.50 - 3.50)|

Set this parameter as a ratio of E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current]. The setting is a ratio with respect to 30% of the motor rated current when E2-03 ≤ E2-01 [Motor Rated Current] × 0.3.

Note: The setting is a ratio with respect to E9-06 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] × 0.5 when A1-02 = 8 [Control Method Selection = EZOLV].

######## ■ b3-32: Spd Search Current Complete Lvl

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b3-32 (0BC1) Expert|Spd Search Current Complete Lvl|Sets the current level that completes Speed Search.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.20 (0.00 - 1.49)|

The Current Detection Speed Search gradually decreases the output frequency to search for the motor speed when the output current is equal to or less than Speed Search Current Complete Level. Set this parameter as a ratio of E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current]. The setting is a ratio with respect to 30% of the motor rated current when E2-03 ≤ E2-01 [Motor Rated Current] × 0.3.

Note: The setting is a ratio with respect to E9-06 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] × 0.5 when A1-02 8 [Control Method Selection EZOLV].

Page 151

Page 152

• Increase the value of L2-03 [Minimum Baseblock Time] and decrease the motor speed you use to start Speed Search.

• Increases the setting value of b3-08 [Speed Estimation ACR P Gain].

• Increase the value of b3-54. If the drive detects oC or ov [DC Bus Overvoltage] during Speed Search, increase the value of b3-08.

######## ■ b3-55: Current Increment Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b3-55 (3124) Expert|Current Increment Time|Sets the length of time that the drive will increase the current from zero current to the setting value of b3-06 [Speed Estimation Current Level 1].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10 ms (10 - 2000 ms)|

ParameterDetails

######## 2

Gradually increase the setting value when a large quantity of current flows after speed search starts. If you set this value too high, speed search will not operate correctly.

■ b3-56: InverseRotationSearch WaitTime

■ b3-61: Init Magnet Pole Estimation Gain

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b3-56 (3126)|InverseRotationSearch WaitTime|Sets the wait time until the drive starts inverse rotation search after it completes forward search when you do inverse rotation search during Current Detection Speed Search.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04 (0.1 - 5.0 s)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b3-61 (1B96) Expert|Init Magnet Pole Estimation Gain|Adjusts the Initial Pole Detection response gain when A1-02 = 6 [Control Method Selection = AOLV/ PM]. Set b3-61 > 0.0 for a general IPM motor.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5.0 (-20.0 - +20.0)|

Use this when n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection]. Adjusts the response gain for Initial Pole Detection. Specify a positive value for an ordinary motor. The drive sets this value automatically when High Frequency Injection Tuning completes correctly.

######## ◆ b4: Timer Function

The drive uses timers to delay activating and deactivating MFDO terminals. Timers prevent sensors and switches from making chattering noise. There are two types of timers:

• Timers that set a delay for timer inputs and timer outputs. These timers delay activating and deactivating of the MFDIs and MFDOs. To enable this function, set H1-xx = 18 [MFDI Function Select = Timer Function], and set H2-01 to H2-03 = 12 [MFDO Function Select = Timer Output].

• Timers that set a delay to activate and deactivate MFDO terminals. These timers delay activating and deactivating MFDO terminals. To enable this function, set delay times in parameters b4-03 to b4-08.

Page 153

Page 154

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b4-04 (0B31) Expert|Terminal M1-M2 OFF-Delay Time|Sets the delay time to deactivate the contact after the function set in H2-01 deactivates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 ms (0 - 65000 ms)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b4-05 (0B32) Expert|Terminal M3-M4 ON-Delay Time|Sets the delay time to activate the contact after the function set in H2-02 activates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 ms (0 - 65000 ms)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b4-06 (0B33) Expert|Terminal M3-M4 OFF-Delay Time|Sets the delay time to deactivate the contact after the function set in H2-02 deactivates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 ms (0 - 65000 ms)|

ParameterDetails

######## 2

######## ■ b4-07: Terminal M5-M6 ON-Delay Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b4-07 (0B34) Expert|Terminal M5-M6 ON-Delay Time|Sets the delay time to activate the contact after the function set in H2-03 activates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 ms (0 - 65000 ms)|

■ b4-08: Terminal M5-M6 OFF-Delay Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b4-08 (0B35) Expert|Terminal M5-M6 OFF-Delay Time|Sets the delay time to deactivate the contact after the function set in H2-03 deactivates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 ms (0 - 65000 ms)|

######## ◆ b5: PID Control

The drive has a PID control function. You can control drive output to adjust the proportional gain, integral time, and derivative time that has an effect on the bias between the target value and the feedback value to align the target value with the detected value. Use this function to adjust the drive output to accurately match the flow, pressure, and temperature in the application match the target value. Use a combination of these controls to increase the performance:

• P control P control has a proportional effect on the deviation. It outputs the product (the controlled output) proportional to the deviation. You cannot use only the offset from P control to get to zero deviation.

• I control I control is the integral of the deviation. It uses an integral value of the deviation to output the product (the controlled output). I control helps align the feedback value and the target value. If you use the proportional effect (P Control) only, it will cause offset. If you use the proportional effect with the integral operation, it will gradually remove the offset over time.

• D control

Page 155

Page 156

Page 157

Page 158

Page 159

Page 160

Page 161

Page 162

Page 163

Page 164

ParameterDetails

######## 2

Applies a gain to the PID output and can help when b5-01 = 3 or 4 [PID Mode Setting = Fref + PID Trim, Fref + PID Trim (D on feedback)].

######## ■ b5-11: PID Output Reverse Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b5-11 (01AF)|PID Output Reverse Selection|Sets the function that enables and disables reverse motor rotation for negative PID control output.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

This parameter is disabled when b5-01 = 3, 4 [PID Mode Setting = Fref + PID Trim, Fref + PID Trim (D on feedback)]. There is no limit for PID output (PID output can be positive or negative). Operates the same as setting “1: Enabled: Negative lower limit”. 0 : Lower Limit is Zero When PID output is negative, PID output is limited to 0 and drive output is shut off. 1 : Negative Output Accepted When the PID output is negative, the motor will rotate in reverse. When b1-04 = 1 [Reverse Operation Selection = Reverse Disabled], the lower limit is 0.

######## ■ b5-12: Feedback Loss Detection Select

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b5-12 (01B0)|Feedback Loss Detection Select|Sets the drive response to PID Feedback Low/High. Sets drive operation after the drive detects PID feedback Low/High.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 5)|

############## 0 : Digital Out Only, Always Detect

The MFDO terminal set for PID Feedback Low or PID Feedback High [H2-01 to H2-03 = 3E, 3F] activates. When the drive detects Feedback Low/High, the keypad will not show a minor fault/alarm and the drive will continue operation.

When the feedback signal is less than the level set in b5-13 [PID Feedback Loss Detection Lvl] for longer than the time set in b5-14 [PID Feedback Loss Detection Time], the MFDO terminal set for a PID Feedback Low activates. When the feedback signal is more than the level set in b5-36 [PID High Feedback Detection Lvl] for longer than the time set in b5-37 [PID High Feedback Detection Time] the MFDO terminal set for a PID Feedback High activates. When the feedback value is not in the detection range, the drive resets the MFDO.

############## 1 : Alarm + Digital Out, Always Det

The drive detects FbL [PID Feedback Loss] and FbH [Excessive PID Feedback]. The MFDO terminal set for PID Feedback Low or PID Feedback High [H2-01 to H2-03 = 3E, 3F] activates. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-

01 to H2-03 = 10] activates and the drive continues operation.

When the feedback signal is less than the level set in b5-13 for longer than the time set in b5-14, the MFDO terminal set for a PID Feedback Low activates. When the feedback signal is less than the level set in b5-36 for longer than the time set in b5-37, the MFDO terminal set for a PID Feedback High activates. When the feedback value is not in the detection range, the drive resets the MFDO.

2 : Fault + Digital Out, Always Det

The drive detects FbL and FbH. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC activates, MB-MC turns OFF, and the motor coasts to stop.

Page 165

When the feedback signal is less than the level set in b5-13 for the time set in b5-14, the drive detects FbL. When the feedback signal is less than the level set in b5-36 for the time set in b5-37, the drive detects FbH.

3 : Digital Out Only, @ PID Enable

The MFDO terminal set for PID Feedback Low or PID Feedback High activates. The keypad will not show a minor fault/alarm. The drive continues operation. When the MFDI terminal set to PID Disable [H1-xx = 19] activates, the drive disables fault detection.

4 : Alarm + Digital Out, @PID Enable The drive detects FbL and FbH. The MFDO terminal set for PID Feedback Low or PID Feedback High activates. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 = 10] activates and the drive continues operation. When the MFDI terminal set to PID Disable [H1-xx = 19] activates, the drive disables fault detection. 5 : Fault + Digital Out, @PID Enable The drive detects FbL and FbH. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC activates, MB-MC turns OFF, and the drive coasts to stop. When the MFDI terminal set to PID Disable [H1-xx = 19] activates, the drive disables fault detection.

■ b5-13: PID Feedback Loss Detection Lvl

The drive detects PID Feedback Loss [FbL] when the feedback signal decreases to less than the level set in b5-13 for longer than the time set in b5-14 [PID Feedback Loss Detection Time].

■ b5-14: PID Feedback Loss Detection Time

■ b5-15: PID Sleep Function Start Level

The drive goes into Sleep mode when the PID output or frequency reference is less than b5-15 for longer than the time set to b5-16 [PID Sleep Delay Time]. The drive continues operation when the PID output or frequency reference is more than b5-15 for longer than the time set to b5-16.

■ b5-16: PID Sleep Delay Time

■ b5-17: PID Accel/Decel Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b5-13 (01B1)|PID Feedback Loss Detection Lvl|Sets the level that triggers PID Feedback Loss [FbL] detection as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0% (0 - 100%)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b5-14 (01B2)|PID Feedback Loss Detection Time|Sets the length of time that PID Feedback must be less than b5-13 [PID Feedback Loss Detection Lvl] to detect PID Feedback Loss [FbL].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 s (0.0 - 25.5 s)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b5-15 (01B3)|PID Sleep Function Start Level|Sets the output level that triggers the PID Sleep function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.0 - 590.0)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b5-16 (01B4)|PID Sleep Delay Time|Sets a delay time to start or stop the PID Sleep function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 25.5 s)|

Page 166

Page 167

Page 168

Page 169

Page 170

Page 171

Page 172

Page 173

Page 174

|---|---|---|---| |b5-93 (0B93) RUN|EZ Sleep Time|Sets the length of time that the output frequency or motor speed must be less than b5-92 [EZ Sleep Level] to enter Sleep Mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5.0 s (0.0 - 1000.0 s)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b5-94 (0B94) RUN|EZ Sleep Wake-up Level|Sets the level at which the drive resumes operation when exiting Sleep Mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.00% (0.00 - 600.00%)|

Note: The values of b5-20 [PID Unit Selection], b5-38 [PID User Unit Display Scaling], and b5-39 [PID User Unit Display Digits] set the units. When b5-20, b5-38, and b5-39 change, this parameter does not automatically update. Set this parameter again after you change b5-20, b5-38, and b5-39 are changed.

• When b5-95 = 0 [EZ Sleep Wake-up Mode = Absolute]: When b5-09 = 0 [PID Output Level Selection = Normal Output (Direct Acting)], and the PID Feedback [H3-xx = B] is less than the value of b5-94 for a time longer than the value of b5-96 [EZ Sleep Wake-up Time], the drive will exit sleep and start operation again. When b5-09 = 1 [Reverse Output (Reverse Acting)], and the PID feedback is more than setting value of b5-94 for a time longer than the setting value of b5-96, the drive will exit sleep and start operation again.

• When b5-95 = 1 [Setpoint Delta]:

ParameterDetails

######## 2

When b5-09 = 0, and the PID feedback is less than the value of “PID setpoint value - b5-94” for a time longer than the value of b5-96, the drive will exit sleep and start operation again. When b5-09 = 1, and the PID feedback is more than the value of “PID setpoint value + b5-94” for a time longer than the setting value of b5-96, the drive will exit sleep and start operation again.

######## ■ b5-95: EZ Sleep Wake-up Mode

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b5-95 (0B95)|EZ Sleep Wake-up Mode|Sets the wake-up mode to use when exiting Sleep Mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

0 : Absolute 1 : Setpoint Delta

######## ■ b5-96: EZ Sleep Wake-up Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b5-96 (0B96) RUN|EZ Sleep Wake-up Time|Sets the EZ Wake-up time.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 s (0.0 - 1000.0 s)|

When the PID feedback is less than the value of b5-94 [EZ Sleep Wake-up Level] continuously for the time set in b596, the drive will exit sleep and start operation again.

◆ b6: Dwell Function The Dwell function momentarily holds the output frequency at start and stop. This prevents motor speed loss when you start and stop heavy loads. The Dwell function is also enabled when backlash on the machine side causes sudden movement at the start of acceleration and deceleration. At the start of acceleration, the drive uses the output frequency and acceleration time set for the Dwell function to automatically operate at low speed to minimize the effects of backlash. Then, the drive can accelerate again. The Dwell function operates the same for deceleration. For conveyor applications, the Dwell function also lets the drive interlock the output frequency and a delay time for the holding brake on the load side. The Dwell function momentarily stops during acceleration to prevent a PM motor from stepping out. Figure 2.40 shows how the Dwell function works.

Note: When you use the Dwell function at stop, set b1-03 0 [Stopping Method Selection Ramp to Stop].

Page 175

Page 176

Page 177

Page 178

Page 179

Page 180

Page 181

Page 182

A - Drive B - MFDO Terminal

C - External 24 V power supply

######## ■ b8-51: Standby Mode Wait Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b8-51 (0B01)|Standby Mode Wait Time|Sets the delay time before turning off the electromagnetic contactor after the drive stops.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|600 s (0 - 6000 s)|

◆ b9: Zero Servo Zero Servo is a position control function that stops and holds the motor shaft. The drive safeties the stopped motor and an external force will not move the motor. When you enable the Zero Servo function, the drive will save the home position. The drive can correct the motor position and put the motor into the home position when the load rotates the motor. To enable Zero Servo, set H1-xx = 72 [MFDI Function Selection = Zero Servo]. The drive starts Zero Servo when the MFDI terminal set for Zero Servo [H1-xx = 72] activates and the motor speed decreases to less than the value set in b2-01 [DC Injection/Zero SpeedThreshold]. The drive stops and holds the motor in the Zero Servo start position.

When Zero Servo is enabled, the drive will hold the motor in position when the frequency reference increases to more than the value set in b2-01. When Zero Servo is enabled, the drive will hold the motor in position when the frequency reference increases to more than the value set in b2-01.

Note: Zero Servo is available when A1-02 = 3, 7 [Control Method Selection = Closed Loop Vector, PM Closed Loop Vector].

Figure 2.43 Zero Servo Time Chart Monitor U6-22 [ZeroServoPulse Move] shows the difference between the position of the motor shaft and the Zero Servo start position when Zero Servo is enabled. To find the difference, divide the number of pulses shown in U6-22 by 4. When the position of the motor shaft is in the range of “Zero Servo start position ± b9-02 [Zero Servo Completion Window]”, the drive will activate an MFDO set for Zero Servo Complete [H2-xx = 33]. NOTICE: Do not let the Zero Servo function hold 100% load for long periods of time. When the application must use Zero Servo to hold 100% load for long periods, operate in less than 50% of the drive rated output current or use a larger capacity drive. If Zero Servo holds the load for too long in 50% or more of the drive rated output current, it will cause damage to the drive.

ParameterDetails

######## 2

•When you use the Zero Servo function, keep the Run command ON. If the Run command is OFF, the drive will not hold the motor shaft in position.

•When you turn oFF the Zero-Servo command, the terminal set for Zero Servo Complete will deactivate.

•If A1-02 = 7 [PM Closed Loop Vector] and an external force rotates the motor during Zero Servo, the drive will detect dv4 [Inversion Prevention Detection]. To prevent dv4 detection, increase b9-01 [Zero Servo Gain] or increase the number of pulses set in F1-19 [Deviation 4 Detection Selection].

######## ■ b9-01: Zero Servo Gain

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |b9-01 (01DA)|Zero Servo Gain|Sets the responsiveness for the Zero Servo function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5 (0 - 100)|

If the drive is not responsive, or if there is too much deviation from the Zero Servo start point when you increase the load, increase this setting. If oscillation or hunting occurs, decrease this setting.

Note:

•Set C5-xx [Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)] parameters correctly before you adjust the Zero Servo gain.

Page 183

Page 184

Page 185

Page 186

Page 187

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |C1-09 (0208) RUN|Fast Stop Time|Sets the length of time that the drive will decelerate to zero for a Fast Stop.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|10.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|

################# Note:

•When C1-10 = 0 [Accel/Decel Time Setting Units = 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)], the setting range is 0.00 to 600.00 s.

•When L2-29 = 0 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1] and you do KEB Auto-Tuning, the drive will

automatically set C1-09. If you must not change the Fast Stop time, do not do KEB Auto-Tuning. The Fast Stop function will be triggered in the following circumstances.

• The Fast Stop operation will be triggered by the input of the Fast Stop command via the multi-function digital input terminal.

• The Fast Stop operation is will be triggered when by the input of the Fast Stop command is input via the multifunction digital input terminal.

Set H1-xx = 15, 17 [MFDI Function Select = Fast Stop (N.O.), Fast Stop (N.C.)]. When the Fast Stop command is input, the Fast Stop operation will be triggered at the deceleration time set to C1-09. The drive cannot be restarted after initiating a Fast Stop operation until deceleration is complete. Complete deceleration and cycle the Run command to clear the Fast Stop input. The terminal set for H2-xx = 4C [MFDO Function Select = During Fast Stop] will be ON during Fast Stop.

Note:

Decelerating too quickly can cause an ov [Overvoltage] fault that shuts off the drive while the motor to coasts to a stop. Set a Fast Stop time in C1-09 that prevents motor coasting and makes sure that the motor stops quickly and safely.

######## ■ C1-10: Accel/Decel Time Setting Units

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |C1-10 (0209)|Accel/Decel Time Setting Units|Sets the setting units for C1-01 to C1-08 [Accel/Decel Times 1 to 4], C1-09 [Fast Stop Time], L2-06 [Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time], and L2-07 [Kinetic Energy Backup Accel Time].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|

0 : 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s) Sets acceleration and deceleration times in 0.01 s units. The setting range is 0.0 to 6000.0 s. If one of these parameters is set to 1000.0 s or longer, you cannot set C1-10 = 0:

• C1-01 to C1-09

• L2-06 • L2-07 When one of those parameters is set to a value between 600.1 s and 1000.0 s, you can set C1-10 = 0, but the time will change to 600.00 s. 1 : 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s) Sets acceleration and deceleration times in 0.1 s units. The setting range is 0.0 to 6000.0 s.

######## ■ C1-11: Accel/Decel Time Switchover Freq

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |C1-11 (020A)|Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency|Sets the frequency at which the drive will automatically change acceleration and deceleration times.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.0 - 590.0 Hz)|

Page 188

Page 189

Page 190

Page 191

Page 192

Page 193

|C3-18 (0263) Expert|Output Voltage Limit Level|Sets the maximum drop width of the voltage reference when C3-05 = 1 [Output Voltage Limit Selection = Enabled].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|90.0% (50.0 - 100.0%)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |C3-21 (033E) RUN|Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain|Sets the gain for the motor 2 slip compensation function. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (0.0 - 2.5)|

Note: Correctly set these parameters before changing the slip compensation gain:

•E4-01 [Motor 2 Rated Current]

•E4-02 [Motor 2 Rated Slip]

•E4-03 [Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current]

Use these settings to adjust this parameter as necessary:

• If the motor speed is slower than the frequency reference, increase C3-01 in 0.1 unit increments.

• If the motor speed is higher than the frequency reference, decrease the setting of this parameter in 0.1-unit increments.

######## ■ C3-22: Motor 2 Slip Comp Delay Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |C3-22 (0241) RUN|Motor 2 Slip Comp Delay Time|Sets the slip compensation delay time for motor 2 when speed is unstable or when the slip compensation response is too slow. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (0 - 10000 ms)|

Use these settings to adjust this parameter as necessary:

• When the speed is not stable, increase the setting.

• When the slip compensation response is too slow, decrease the setting.

######## ■ C3-23: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |C3-23 (0242)|Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit|Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of the motor 2 rated slip.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200% (0 - 250%)|

If you increase the value of C3-21 [Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain] and the motor speed is slow, use this parameter. The drive uses this parameter when the slip is at the upper limit of slip compensation. Make sure that you measure the motor speed when you increase this parameter value. Set this parameter to make the frequency reference and the slip compensation limit less than the permitted range of the machine. The slip compensation limit is constant in the constant torque range (frequency reference ≤ E3-06 [Motor 2 Base Frequency]). In the constant power range where the frequency reference > E3-06, the slip compensation limit increases with the C3-23 value and the output frequency as shown in Figure 2.52.

Page 194

Page 195

Page 196

Page 197

Page 198

Page 199

Page 200

Page 201

|H4-02|Terminal FM Analog Output Gain|100.0%|Lets you use terminal FM to monitor U1-16 [SFS Output Frequency].| |H4-03|Terminal FM Analog Output Bias|0.0%|Lets you use terminal FM to monitor U1-16 [SFS Output Frequency].| |H4-04|Terminal AM Analog Output Select|105|Lets you use the terminal AM to monitor U1-05 [Motor Speed].| |H4-05|Terminal AM Analog Output Gain|50.0%|Lets you use the terminal AM to monitor U1-05 [Motor Speed].| |H4-06|Terminal AM Analog Output Bias|0.0%|Lets you use the terminal AM to monitor U1-05 [Motor Speed].| |H4-07|Terminal FM Signal Level Select|1|Lets you monitor in a -10 to +10 V range.| |H4-08|Terminal AM Signal Level Select|1|Lets you monitor in a -10 to +10 V range.|

These settings cause this MFAO configuration. The MFAO common is terminal AC:

• Terminal FM: Outputs the output frequency after SFS in a -10 V to +10 V (-100% to +100%) range.

• Terminal AM: Outputs the motor speed in a -10 V to +10 V (-200% to +200%) range. Yaskawa recommends that you monitor the output frequency after SFS and the motor speed for delays in response and differences in reference values.

######## ■ Adjust ASR Parameters

Use Table 2.33 to adjust ASR. The table shows the parameters for motor 1. To operate motor 2, set the motor 2 parameters in the same method.

Note: When adjusting the proportional gain and integral time, adjust the proportional gain first.

################# Table 2.33 ASR Response and Possible Solutions

|Problem|Problem|Possible Solutions| |---|---|---| |Speed response is slow.| |• Increase C5-01/C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain].
• Decrease C5-02/C5-04 [ASR Integral Time].
| |Overshoot or undershoot occurs at the end of acceleration or deceleration.| |• Decrease C5-01/C5-03.
• Increase C5-02/C5-04.
| |Vibration and oscillation occur at constant speed.| |• Decrease C5-01/C5-03.
• Increase C5-02/C5-04.
• Increase C5-06 [ASR Delay Time].
| |Speed accuracy is unsatisfactory when you operate a motor that has a large quantity of rated slip in Closed Loop V/f Control.| |• Check the pulse number set to F1-01 [Encoder 1 Pulse Count (PPR)] and the gear ratio set to F1-12 [Encoder 1 Gear Teeth 1] and F1-13 [Encoder 1 Gear Teeth 2].
• Make sure that you correctly set the pulse signal from the encoder.
• Check U6-04 [ASR Output] to make sure that the ASR operates at its output limit set to C5-05 [ASR Limit]. If the ASR is at the output limit, increase C5-05.
|

ParameterDetails

######## 2

|Problem|Problem|Possible Solutions| |---|---|---| |If C5-12 1 or C5-32 1 [Enabled] in Closed Loop V/f Control, over/undershoot occurs when you change speeds.|-|• Decrease C5-01/C5-03.
• Increase C5-02/C5-04.
• Decrease the value set to C5-05.
| |Oscillation at low speed and response is too slow at high speed.

Oscillation at high speed and response is too slow at low speed.|-|• Closed Loop V/f Control Mode: Use C5-03 and C5-04 at maximum speed and C5-01 and C5-02 at minimum speed to set different ASR settings.
• Closed Loop Vector Control, PM Advanced Open Loop Vector Control, and PM Closed Loop Vector Control: Use C5-01 to C5-04 to set the best ASR settings for high and low speed. Use C5-07 [ASR Gain Switchover Frequency] to switch the ASR proportional gain and ASR integral time as specified by the output frequency.
|

######## ■ C5-01: ASR Proportional Gain 1

Page 202

Page 203

Page 204

Page 205

Page 206

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |C5-24 (0359) RUN|Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2|Sets the ASR integral time for motor 2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (0.000 - 60.000 s)|

When you increase the integral time, the responsiveness will decrease. An integral time that is too short can cause oscillation.

Note:

The drive usually sets Motor 2 ASR with C5-21 [Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1] and C5-22 [Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1]. You can also use C5-24 [Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2] instead of C5-22 when the speed is less than or equal to the frequency set in C5-27 [Motor 2 ASR Gain Switchover Freq].

######## ■ C5-25: Motor 2 ASR Limit

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |C5-25 (035A)|Motor 2 ASR Limit|Set the motor 2 ASR output limit as a percentage of E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|5.0% (0.0 - 20.0%)|

If the motor rated slip is high, it is necessary to increase the setting for correct motor speed control. Use U6-04 [ASR Output] to make sure that ASR is operating at the limit set in this parameter. When ASR is operating at the limit, correctly set the PG signal and these parameters before you make changes to C5-25.

• F1-31 [Encoder 2 Pulse Count (PPR)]

• F1-33 [Encoder 2 Gear Teeth 1] • F1-34 [Encoder 2 Gear Teeth 2]

######## ■ C5-26: Motor 2 ASR Delay Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |C5-26 (035B)|Motor 2 ASR Delay Time|Sets the motor 2 filter time constant of the torque reference output from the speed loop. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E3-01 (0.000 - 0.500 s)|

If you have a load with low rigidity or if oscillation is a problem, decrease C5-21 in 2-unit decrements or decrease C5-26 in 0.001-unit decrements.

######## ■ C5-27: Motor 2 ASR Gain Switchover Freq

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |C5-27 (035C)|Motor 2 ASR Gain Switchover Freq|Sets the frequency where the drive will switch between these parameters:

C5-21 and C5-23 [Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1/2]
C5-22 and C5-24 [Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1/2]

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 (0.0 - 400.0)|

Switching the proportional gain and integral time in the low or high speed range can help operation become stable. A good switching point is 80% of the frequency where oscillation occurs or at 80% of the maximum output frequency.

Page 207

Page 208

Page 209

Page 210

Page 211

Page 212

Page 213

Page 214

| | |

Figure 2.59 Frequency Reference Setting Hierarchy

######## ■ Multi-Step Speed Operation

The drive has a multi-step speed operation function that can set many frequency references in advance. Set frequency references in d1-xx parameters. You can select the set frequency references with MFDI signals from an external source. Activate and deactivate the digital input to select the frequency reference to change the motor speed in steps. You can use the 16-step frequency reference and one Jog Frequency Reference (JOG command) to switch the speed to the maximum 17-step speeds.

Note:

•The Jog Frequency Reference (JOG command) overrides all other frequency references.

•You can use the MFDI to switch the frequency reference when the motor is running. The drive will apply the enabled acceleration and deceleration times.

•The default settings for Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 (master frequency reference) and Multi-Step Speed Reference 2 (auxiliary frequency reference) are the analog frequency reference. Also, voltage command input terminal A1 and current input terminal A2 for Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 (master frequency reference) are added internally by default. The drive uses Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 when the signal is connected to an analog input terminal.

######## ■ Setting Procedures for Multi-step Speed Operation

Use an Analog Input as Reference 1 and 2 This section gives information about the procedures to set these examples:

• Multi-Step Speed 6 (6 types of frequency references)

• When you set the voltage input of analog inputs from terminals A1 and A3 to -10 V to +10 V

|Procedure|Configuration Parameter|Task Contents| |---|---|---| |1|Reference 1|1. Set b1-01 1 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 Analog Input].
2. Set H3-02 0 [Terminal A1 Function Selection Frequency Reference].
3. Set H3-01 1 [Terminal A1 Signal Level Select -10 to +10V (Bipolar Reference)].
| |2|Reference 2|1. Set H3-06 2 [Terminal A3 Function Selection Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1].
2. Set H3-05 1 [Terminal A3 Signal Level Select -10 to +10V (Bipolar Reference)].
| |3|Signal type of analog input|Set DIP switches S1-1 and S1-3 on the control circuit board to the V-side (voltage). Note: Set this before you energize the drive.| |4|Reference 3|Set the value of d1-03 [Reference 3].| |5|Reference 4|Set the value of d1-04 [Reference 4].| |6|Reference 5|Set the value of d1-05 [Reference 5].| |7|Jog Reference|Set d1-17 [Jog Reference] to the jog speed.| |8|External digital input (3 inputs)|Set the Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 to 3 [H1-xx 3, 4, 5] to one of the MFDI terminals S1 to S8.| |9|JOG command|Set the Jog Reference Selection [H1-xx 6] to one of the MFDI terminals S1 to S8.|

Use the Maximum 17-Step Speed with All Digital Inputs This section is the procedure to set the 17-step speeds (17 types of frequency references) without an analog input.

|Procedure|Configuration Parameter|Task Contents| |---|---|---| |1|Reference 1|1. Set b1-01 = 0 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 = Keypad].
2. Set the value of d1-01 [Reference 1].
|

Page 215

Page 216

Page 217

Page 218

Page 219

Page 220

Page 221

Page 222

######## ■ d2-02: Frequency Reference Lower Limit

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |d2-02 (028A)|Frequency Reference Lower Limit|Sets minimum limit for all frequency references. The maximum output frequency is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 110.0%)|

When the frequency reference is less than the value set in d2-02, the drive will continue to operate at the value set in d2-02. The motor will accelerate to the d2-02 value after the drive receives a Run command and a lower frequency reference than d2-02 has been entered.

######## ■ d2-03: Analog Frequency Ref Lower Limit

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |d2-03 (0293)|Analog Frequency Ref Lower Limit|Sets the lower limit for the master frequency reference (the first frequency of the multi-step speed reference) as a percentage. The maximum output frequency is 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (0.0 - 110.0%)|

This parameter does not change the lower limit of Jog reference, frequency reference for multi-step speed operation, or the auxiliary frequency reference. The drive operates at the value set in d2-03 when the frequency reference decreases to less than the value set in d2-03.

Note:

When lower limits are set to parameters d2-02 [Frequency Reference Lower Limit] and d2-03, the drive uses the larger value as the lower limit.

◆ d3: Jump Frequency The Jump frequency is a function that sets the dead band to a specified frequency band. If a machine that operated at constant speed is operated with variable speed, it can make resonance. To operate the machine without resonance from the natural frequency of the machinery mechanical system, use a frequency band jump. You can program the drive to have three different Jump frequencies. Set d3-01 to d3-03 [Jump Frequencies] to the median value for the jumped frequency and set d3-04 [Jump Frequency Width] to the Jump frequency width. When you input a frequency reference that is the same as or near the Jump frequency width, the frequency reference changes automatically. The drive accelerates or decelerates the motor smoothly until the frequency reference is not in the range of the Jump frequency band. The drive will use the active accel/decel time to go through the specified dead band range. If the frequency reference is not in the range of the Jump frequency band, switch to constant speed operation.

Figure 2.62 Jump Frequency

ParameterDetails

######## 2

•When you set Jump Frequencies 1 to 3, make sure that the parameters do not overlap.

•When the drive is in the range of the Jump frequency, the frequency reference changes automatically. When Jump is executed, the output frequency changes smoothly as specified by the values set in C1-01 [Acceleration Time 1] and C1-02 [Deceleration Time 1].

######## ■ d3-01: Jump Frequency 1

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |d3-01 (0294)|Jump Frequency 1|Sets the median value of the frequency band that the drive will avoid.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 Hz (Determined by A1-02)|

Note: Set this parameter to 0.0 Hz to disable the Jump frequency.

Page 223

Page 224

Page 225

Page 226

Page 227

Note:

When d4-01 1 [Freq Reference Hold Selection Enabled] and b1-01 0 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 Keypad], the drive will add the bias value to the frequency reference when it does not receive an Up/Down 2 command for 5 s. Then the drive will reset the value to 0 at which time you can increase the bias to the limit set in d4-08 again.

######## ■ d4-09: Up/Down 2 Bias Lower Limit

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |d4-09 (02B0) RUN|Up/Down 2 Bias Lower Limit|Sets the lower limit of the Up/Down 2 bias as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-99.9 - 0.0%)|

The drive saves the set bias lower limit in d4-06 [Frequency Ref Bias (Up/Down 2)]. Set d4-09 to an applicable value before you use the Up/Down 2 function.

Note: When d4-01 = 1 [Freq Reference Hold Selection = Enabled] and b1-01 = 0 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 = Keypad], the drive will add the bias value to the frequency reference when it does not receive an Up/Down 2 command for 5 s. Then the drive will reset the value to 0. If you increase the bias with the Up 2 command and d4-09 0, you cannot use a Down 2 command to decrease the frequency reference. To decrease speed in this condition, set a negative lower limit in d4-09.

######## ■ d4-10: Up/Down Freq Lower Limit Select

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |d4-10 (02B6)|Up/Down Freq Lower Limit Select|Sets the lower frequency limit for the Up/Down function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

############## 0 : Greater of d2-02 or Analog

The higher value between d2-02 [Frequency Reference Lower Limit] and an analog input programmed for Frequency Reference [H3-02, H3-06, H3-10 = 0] sets the lower frequency reference limit.

Note: When you use External Reference 1/2 Selection [H1-xx = 2] to switch between the Up/Down function and an analog input as the reference source, the analog value becomes the lower reference limit when the Up/Down command is active. Set d4-10 = 1 to isolate the Up/Down function and the analog input value.

############### 1 : d2-02You can only use d2-02 to set the lower limit of the frequency reference.

◆ d5: Torque Control d5 parameters set the Torque Control function. The Torque Control function controls the output torque of the motor. You can use Torque Control for roller drives, winders, unwinders, conveyors and other machines that use tension control and push/pull applications. When there is no more material and the machine suddenly has no load, the drive uses Torque Control and the speed limit function to keep the rotation speed of the motor from increasing. Set A1-02 [Control Method Selection] to one of these values to use Torque Control:

• 3 [Closed Loop Vector]

• 4 [Advanced Open Loop Vector]

• 6 [PM Advanced Open Loop Vector]

• 7 [PM Closed Loop Vector] Note: When you use Torque Control and A1-02 4, use a motor designed for winding applications. Use one of these methods to enable Torque Control:

• Set d5-01 = 1 [Torque Control Selection = Torque Control].

• Set H1-xx = 71 [Torque Control] ON.

■ Torque Control Operation Figure 2.68 shows the operation principle of Torque Control.

Page 228

ParameterDetails

######## 2

Figure 2.68 Torque Control Block Diagram The externally input torque reference is the target value for the motor output torque. If the motor output torque and load torque are not balanced during Torque Control, the motor accelerates or decelerates. To prevent operation beyond the speed limit, the drive corrects the external torque reference if the motor speed reaches the speed limit. The speed limit, speed feedback, and the speed limit bias are the values that calculate the compensation value. When an external torque compensation value is input, the drive adds that value to the speed limit compensated torque reference value. The values L7-01 to L7-04 [Torque Limit] limit the resulting torque reference. The drive uses the value as the internal torque reference. You can use U1-09 [Torque Reference] to monitor the calculated torque reference. The torque limit values set in L7-01 to L7-04 are most important. Although you can set a higher external torque reference from an external source, the motor will not operate a torque output higher than the values set in L701 to L7-04.

######## ■ Setting the Torque Reference, Speed Limit, and Torque Compensation Values Torque Control Input Value Selection Table 2.38 lists the method for torque control input signals.

Table 2.38 The Method for Torque Control Input Signals

|Configuration Parameter|Signal Input Method|Parameter Settings|Notes| |---|---|---|---| |Torque Reference|Drive analog input terminals A1, A2, A3|H3-02, H3-10, H3-06 = 13 [MFAI Function Select= Torque Reference / Torque Limit] *1|The level of the set input signal must align with the polarity of the external signals.| |Torque Reference|Analog reference option cards AI-A3|• F2-01 = 0 [Analog Input Function Selection = 3 Independent Channels]
• H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 = 13 *1
|H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 settings are enabled for the option card input terminal. The level of the set input signal must align with the polarity of the external signals.| |Torque Reference|MEMOBUS register 0004H|• b1-01 = 2 [Frequency Reference Selection 1 = Memobus/Modbus Communications]
• When register bit 2 of 000FH = 1, the torque reference and torque limit from register 0004H is enabled.
|-| |Torque Reference|Communication option card|• b1-01 = 3 [Option PCB]
• F6-06 = 1 [Torque Reference/Limit by Comm = Enabled]

Refer to the communication option card manual for more information about the torque reference setting.|-| |Speed Limit|Frequency Reference Selection (Reference source selected with b1-01)|d5-03 = 1 [Speed Limit Selection = Active Frequency Reference]

The drive gets the speed limit from the frequency reference source input in b1-01 or b1-15 [Frequency Reference Selection 2].

*1|The drive applies the settings in C1-01 to C1-08 [Acceleration/Deceleration Times] and C2-01 to C2-04 [S-Curve Time @ Start/

End of Accel/Decel] to the speed limit.| |Speed Limit|d5-04 [Speed Limit]|d5-03 = 2 [d5-04 Setting]|-|

|Configuration Parameter|Signal Input Method|Parameter Settings|Notes| |---|---|---|---| |Torque Compensation|Drive analog input terminals A1, A2, A3|H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 14 [Torque Compensation] *1|The level of the set input signal must align with the polarity of the external signals.| |Torque Compensation|Analog reference option cards AI-A3|• F2-01 0
• H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 14 *1
|H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 settings are enabled for the option card input terminal. The level of the set input signal must align with the polarity of the external signals.| |Torque Compensation|MEMOBUS register 0005H|• b1-01 2
• When register bit 3 of 000FH 1, the torque reference and torque limit from register 0005H is enabled.
|-| |Torque Compensation|Communication option card|b1-01 3

Refer to the communication option card manual for more information about the torque reference setting.|-|

*1 Sets analog input terminals A1, A2, and A3 to supply the speed limit, torque reference, or torque compensation. If you set the same

function to A1 to A3 terminals with H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06, the drive will detect oPE07 [Analog Input Selection Error]. Input Signal Polarity

The positive and negative torque references set the motor rotation direction. The direction of the Run command does not set it. The positive and negative torque reference signals and the direction of the Run command have an effect on the internal torque reference.

Table 2.39 Torque Control Signal Polarity

|Run Command Direction|Torque Reference Signal Polarity|Direction of Motor Rotation|Polarity of the Internal Torque Reference [U1-09]| |---|---|---|---| |Forward run|+ (Positive)|Forward direction|(Positive)| |Forward run|- (Negative)|Reverse direction|- (Negative)| |Reverse run|+ (Positive)|Reverse direction|- (Negative)| |Reverse run|- (Negative)|Forward direction|(Positive)|

Page 229

Page 230

######## ■ Show Speed Limit Operation

When the motor is at the speed limit or more than the speed limit, the drive sends a signal to the PLC or other such control devices to tell you that an error has occurred. To enable this function, set an MFDO function [H2-01 to H2-

03] to 32 [In Speed Limit During Trq Ctrl].

######## ■ Switch Between Torque Control and Speed Control

Use a digital input to switch Torque Control and Speed Control. To enable this function, set H1-xx = 71 [MFDI Function Select = Torque Control] to enable this function.

When you switch from Speed Control to Torque Control, the torque limit becomes the torque reference and the speed reference becomes the speed limit. When you switch from Torque Control to Speed Control, the torque reference becomes the torque limit and the speed limit becomes the speed reference. When you must use a delay time to switch between Speed Control and Torque Control, set d5-06 [Speed/Torque Changeover Time]. During this switch delay time, the drive keeps the reference value of the Torque Control and Speed Control when the switch signal was input. Change the reference values from an external control device during this delay time.

Note:

•When you switch between Torque Control and Speed Control, set d5-01 = 0 [Torque Control Selection = Speed Control]. If d5-01 = 1 [Torque Control] and H1-xx = 71 at the same time, the drive will detect oPE15 [Torque Control Setting Error].

•If the Stop command is input, the drive will not apply the delay time set in d5-06. Torque Control will immediately switch to Speed Control and ramp to stop.

Figure 2.69 Speed/Torque Control Switching Time

######## ■ d5-01: Torque Control Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |d5-01 (029A)|Torque Control Selection|Sets the drive for torque control or speed control.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

0 : Speed Control

Enables Speed Control. The drive controls the speed as specified by C5-01 to C5-07 [Speed Control (ASR) Setting Parameters].

Also use this setting when you use H1-xx = 71 [MFDI Function Select = Torque Control] to change between Speed Control and Torque Control.

1 : Torque Control Always enables Torque Control.

######## ■ d5-02: Torque Reference Delay Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |d5-02 (029B)|Torque Reference Delay Time|Sets the primary delay time constant for the torque reference filter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0 - 1000 ms)|

Page 231

Page 232

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |d5-06 (029F)|Speed/Torque Changeover Time|Sets the delay time to switch between Speed Control and Torque Control. Set H1-xx = 71 [MFDI Function Selection = Torque Control] before you set this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 ms (0 - 1000 ms)|

The analog input (torque reference, speed limit value) holds at the value when the drive switched between Speed and Torque Control in the time of the Speed/Torque Changeover Timer. During this time, prepare to switch to an external source.

######## ■ d5-08: Uni-directional Speed Limit Bias

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |d5-08 (02B5)|Uni-directional Speed Limit Bias|Sets the direction of the speed limit reference to which Speed Limit Bias [d5-05] applies.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|

0 : Disabled The drive applies the speed limit bias in the speed limit direction and the opposite direction. 1 : Enabled The drive applies the speed limit bias in the opposite direction of the speed limit only.

◆ d6: Field Weakening /Forcing d6 parameters set the field weakening and field forcing functions.

The field weakening function decreases the energy consumption of the motor. It decreases the output voltage of the drive to a set level. The function decreases the motor excitation current inversely proportional to speed in a constant output range, and does not let the induced voltage of the motor become more than the power supply voltage. To enable this function, set Field Weakening [H1-xx = 63] ON.

Note:

Use the Field Weakening function in constant light-load applications. To control the energy consumption of the motor for other load conditions, use the b8 parameters [Energy Saving].

The Field Forcing function adjusts the delaying influence of the motor time constant when the drive changes the excitation current reference and it also increases motor responsiveness. This function uses a high motor excitation current reference for drive start-up only to help develop actual motor excitation current. Enable the Field Forcing function to increase motor responsiveness.

Note: You cannot use Field Forcing during DC Injection Braking.

■ d6-01: Field Weakening Level

■ d6-02: Field Weakening Frequency Limit

Make sure that these two conditions are correct to enable the Field Weakening command:

• The output frequency ≥ d6-02.

• There is a speed agreement status.

■ d6-03: Field Forcing Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---|

Page 233

Page 234

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |d7-02 (02B3) RUN|Offset Frequency 2|Uses H1-xx = 45 [MFDI Function Select = Add Offset Frequency 2 (d7-02)] as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency to add or subtract the set frequency to/from the frequency reference.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-100.0 - +100.0%)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |d7-03 (02B4) RUN|Offset Frequency 3|Uses H1-xx = 46 [MFDI Function Select = Add Offset Frequency 3 (d7-03)] as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency to add or subtract the set frequency to/from the frequency reference.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0% (-100.0 - +100.0%)|

####### 2.6 E: Motor Parameters

E parameters cover drive input voltage, V/f pattern, and motor parameters.

◆ E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1 E1 parameters are used to set the drive input voltage and motor V/f characteristics. To switch drive operation from one motor to another motor, set the V/f characteristics for motor 1.

■ V/f Pattern Settings The drive uses a V/f pattern to adjust the output voltage relative to the frequency reference. This product has been preconfigured with 15 voltage/frequency (V/f) patterns. Use E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection] to select the V/f pattern that is appropriate for the application. Additionally, one custom V/f pattern is available. Set E1-03 = F [Custom] and then manually set parameters E1-04 to E1-10.

Table 2.41 Predefined V/f Patterns

|Setting Value|Specification|Characteristic|Application| |---|---|---|---| |0|VT, 50Hz|Constant torque|For general purpose applications. This pattern is used when the load torque is constant without any rotation speed such as that used for linear conveyor systems.| |1|VT, 60 Hz|Constant torque|For general purpose applications. This pattern is used when the load torque is constant without any rotation speed such as that used for linear conveyor systems.| |2|Const Trq, 50Hz base, 60Hz max|Constant torque|For general purpose applications. This pattern is used when the load torque is constant without any rotation speed such as that used for linear conveyor systems.| |3|Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 72 Hz max|Constant torque|For general purpose applications. This pattern is used when the load torque is constant without any rotation speed such as that used for linear conveyor systems.| |4|VT, 50 Hz, 65% Vmid reduction|Derated Torque Characteristics|This pattern is used for torque loads proportional to 2 or 3 times the rotation speed, such as is the case with fans and pumps.| |5|VT, 50 Hz, 50% Vmid reduction|Derated Torque Characteristics|This pattern is used for torque loads proportional to 2 or 3 times the rotation speed, such as is the case with fans and pumps.| |6|VT, 60 Hz, 65% Vmid reduction|Derated Torque Characteristics|This pattern is used for torque loads proportional to 2 or 3 times the rotation speed, such as is the case with fans and pumps.| |7|VT, 60 Hz, 50% Vmid reduction|Derated Torque Characteristics|This pattern is used for torque loads proportional to 2 or 3 times the rotation speed, such as is the case with fans and pumps.| |8|High Trq, 50 Hz, 25% Vmin Boost|High starting torque|This pattern is used when strong torque is required during startup.| |9|High Trq, 50 Hz, 65% Vmin Boost|High starting torque|This pattern is used when strong torque is required during startup.| |A|High Trq, 60 Hz, 25% Vmin Boost|High starting torque|This pattern is used when strong torque is required during startup.| |B|High Trq, 60 Hz, 65% Vmin Boost|High starting torque|This pattern is used when strong torque is required during startup.| |C|Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 90 Hz max|Constant output|This pattern is used to rotate motors at greater than 60 Hz. Output voltage is constant when operating at greater than 60 Hz.| |D|Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 120 Hz max|Constant output|This pattern is used to rotate motors at greater than 60 Hz. Output voltage is constant when operating at greater than 60 Hz.| |E|Const Trq, 60 Hz base, 180 Hz max|Constant output|This pattern is used to rotate motors at greater than 60 Hz. Output voltage is constant when operating at greater than 60 Hz.| |F|V/f Pattern Selection|Constant torque|Enables a custom V/f pattern by changing E1-04 to E1-13 [V/f Pattern for Motor 1]. The default settings for E1-04 to E1-13 are the same as Setting Value 1 [Const Trq, 60Hz base, 60Hz max].|

Note: Be aware of the following points when manually setting V/f patterns.

Page 235

•To set linear V/f characteristics at frequencies lower than E1-06 [Base Frequency], set E1-07 = E1-09 [Mid Point A Frequency = Minimum Output Frequency]. In this application, the drive ignores E1-08 [Mid Point A Voltage].

•Set the five frequencies as specified by these rules: Incorrect settings will cause oPE10 [V/f Data Setting Error]. E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04 [Minimum Output Frequency ≤ Mid Point A Frequency < Base Frequency ≤ Mid Point B Frequency ≤ Maximum Output Frequency]

•Setting E1-11 = 0 [Mid Point B Frequency = 0 Hz] disables E1-12 [Mid Point B Voltage]. Ensure that the four frequencies are set according to the following rules; E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-04

•When you use A1-03 [Initialize] to initialize the drive, it will not reset E1-03.

Figure 2.71 V/f Pattern

######## ■ E1-01: Input AC Supply Voltage

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |E1-01 (0300)|Input AC Supply Voltage|Sets the drive input voltage.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 V Class: 240 V, 400 V: 480 V

(200 V Class: 155 to 255 V, 400 V Class: 310 to 510 V)|

NOTICE: Set parameter E1-01 to align with the drive input voltage (not motor voltage). If this parameter is incorrect, the protective functions of the drive will not operate correctly and it can cause damage to the drive.

Values Related to the Drive Input Voltage The value set in E1-01 is the base value that the drive uses for the motor protective functions in Table 2.42. With a 400 V class drive, the detection level changes for some motor protective functions.

Table 2.42 Values Related to the Drive Input Voltage

|Voltage|E1-01 Setting|Approximate Values|Approximate Values|Approximate Values|Approximate Values|Approximate Values| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |Voltage|E1-01 Setting|ov Detection Level|BTR Operation Level (rr Detection Level) *1|L2-05 [Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)]|L2-11 [KEB DC Bus Voltage Setpoint]|L3-17 [DC Bus Regulation Level]| |200 V class|All settings|410 V|394 V|190 V|260 V|375 V| |400 V class|Setting value ≥ 400 V|820 V|788 V|380 V|500 V|750 V| |400 V class|Setting value < 400 V|820 V|788 V|350 V|460 V|750 V|

*1 This is the protection function enabled in drives with built-in braking transistors. These values show the level that will trigger the built-in braking transistor. Refer to “YASKAWA AC Drive 72060001 Series Option Braking Unit and Braking Resistor Unit Installation Manual (TOBPC72060001)” for more information.

######## ■ E1-03: V/f Pattern Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |E1-03 (0302)|V/f Pattern Selection|Sets the V/f pattern for the drive and motor. You can use one of the preset patterns or you can make a custom pattern.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (Determined by A1-02)|

################# Note:

•When A1-02 = 2 [Control Method Selection = OLV], settings 0 to E are not available.

Page 236

Page 237

Page 238

Page 239

Page 240

Page 241

Page 242

Page 243

Page 244

Page 245

Page 246

Page 247

Page 248

Page 249

Page 250

Page 251

Page 252

Page 253

Page 254

Page 255

Page 256

Page 257

Page 258

######## ■ E9-09: Motor Rated Slip

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |E9-09 (11EC)|Motor Rated Slip|Sets the motor rated slip.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.000 Hz (0.000 - 20.000 Hz)|

The setting value of this parameter is the slip compensation reference value. The drive uses the setting values of E9-03, E9-04, and E9-08 to calculate this parameter. When Motor Rated Slip = 0, Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Motor Rated Slip].

Note: Set E9-01 = 0 [Motor Type Selection = Induction (IM)] before you set this parameter.

######## ■ E9-10: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |E9-10 (11ED)|Motor Line-to-Line Resistance|Sets the line-to-line resistance for the motor stator windings.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04 (0.000 - 65.000 Ω)|

Note: This value is the motor line-to-line resistance. Do not set this parameter with the single-phase resistance.

Stationary Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter. If you cannot do Stationary Auto-Tuning, use the test report from the motor manufacturer. You can calculate the motor line-to-line resistance with one of these formulas:

• E-type insulation: the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 75 °C × 0.92 • B-type insulation: the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 75 °C × 0.92 • F-type insulation: the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 115 °C × 0.87

ParameterDetails

######## 2

####### 2.7 F: Options

F parameters are used to set option cards, which function as interfaces for encoders, analog I/O, digital I/O, and fieldbus communication.

######## ◆ F1: Encoder Option Setup

F1 parameters are used to set the operation of and protective function for the encoder option card. The following table lists the setting parameters available for each option card. Refer to the instruction manual packaged with the encoder option card for more information on installing, wiring, and setting the encoder option cards. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do test runs and examine the drive to make sure that the command references are correct. If you set the command reference incorrectly, it can cause damage to the drive or serious injury or death. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Make sure that the host controller circuitry has correct safety design that will let you keep control of the motor if the drive loses speed feedback. If you do not have control of the motor, it can cause serious injury or death.

################# Table 2.43 Encoder Option Card Setting Parameters

|Setting Parameter|Encoder Option Card|Encoder Option Card|Encoder Option Card|Encoder Option Card| |---|---|---|---|---|

Page 259

Page 260

Page 261

Page 262

Page 263

Page 264

Page 265

Page 266

Page 267

Page 268

Page 269

Page 270

Page 271

Page 272

Page 273

################# Table 2.44 DI-A3 Terminal Function Selection

|Terminal Block|Terminal Name|BCD, Signed [F3-01 = 0 to 5]|BCD, Signed [F3-01 = 0 to 5]|BCD, Signed [F3-01 = 0 to 5]|BCD, Signed [F3-01 = 0 to 5]|BCD, Signed [F3-01 = 0 to 5]|BCD, Signed [F3-01 = 0 to 5]|BCD, Unsigned [F3-01 = 6] *1|BCD, Unsigned [F3-01 = 6] *1|Binary, Signed [F3-01 = 7]|Binary, Signed [F3-01 = 7]|Binary, Signed [F3-01 = 7]| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |Terminal Block|Terminal Name|8-bit [F3-03 = 0]|8-bit [F3-03 = 0]|12-bit [F3-03 = 1]|12-bit [F3-03 = 1]|16-bit [F3-03 = 2]|16-bit [F3-03 = 2]|16-bit [F3-03 = 2]|16-bit [F3-03 = 2]|8-bit [F3-03 = 0]|12-bit [F3-03 = 1]|16-bit [F3-03 = 2]| |TB2|D0|1 digit (0 9)|1|1 digit (0 9)|1|1 digit (0 9)|1|1 digit (0, 2, 4, 6, 8)|2|bit 0|bit 0|bit 0| |TB2|D1|1 digit (0 9)|2|1 digit (0 9)|2|1 digit (0 9)|2|1 digit (0, 2, 4, 6, 8)|4|bit 1|bit 1|bit 1| |TB2|D2|1 digit (0 9)|4|1 digit (0 9)|4|1 digit (0 9)|4|1 digit (0, 2, 4, 6, 8)|8|bit 2|bit 2|bit 2| |TB2|D3|1 digit (0 9)|8|1 digit (0 9)|8|1 digit (0 9)|8|2 digits (0 9)|1|bit 3|bit 3|bit 3| |TB2|D4|2 digits (0 -

15) *2|1|2 digits (0 9)|1|2 digits (0 9)|1|2 digits (0 9)|2|bit 4|bit 4|bit 4| |TB2|D5|2 digits (0 -

15) *2|2|2 digits (0 9)|2|2 digits (0 9)|2|2 digits (0 9)|4|bit 5|bit 5|bit 5| |TB2|D6|2 digits (0 -

15) *2|4|2 digits (0 9)|4|2 digits (0 9)|4|2 digits (0 9)|8|bit 6|bit 6|bit 6| |TB2|D7|2 digits (0 -

15) *2|8|2 digits (0 9)|8|2 digits (0 9)|8|3 digits (0 9)|1|bit 7|bit 7|bit 7| |TB3|D8|-|-|3 digits (0 -

15) *2|1|3 digits (0 9)|-|3 digits (0 9)|2|-|bit 8|bit 8| |TB3|D9|-|-|3 digits (0 -

15) *2|2|3 digits (0 9)|-|3 digits (0 9)|4|-|bit 9|bit 9| |TB3|DA|-|-|3 digits (0 -

15) *2|4|3 digits (0 9)|-|3 digits (0 9)|8|-|bit 10|bit 10| |TB3|DB|-|-|3 digits (0 -

15) *2|8|3 digits (0 9)|-|4 digits (0 9)|1|-|bit 11|bit 11| |TB3|DC|-|-|-|-|4 digits (0 -

15) *2|-|4 digits (0 9)|2|-|-|bit 12| |TB3|DD|-|-|-|-|4 digits (0 -

15) *2|-|4 digits (0 9)|4|-|-|bit 13| |TB3|DE|-|-|-|-|4 digits (0 -

15) *2|-|4 digits (0 9)|8|-|-|bit 14| |TB3|DF|-|-|-|-|4 digits (0 -

15) *2|-|5 digits (0 3)|1|-|-|bit 15| |TB1|SI|SIGN (encoded) signal 0: Forward run, 1: Reverse run|SIGN (encoded) signal 0: Forward run, 1: Reverse run|SIGN (encoded) signal 0: Forward run, 1: Reverse run|SIGN (encoded) signal 0: Forward run, 1: Reverse run|SIGN (encoded) signal 0: Forward run, 1: Reverse run|SIGN (encoded) signal 0: Forward run, 1: Reverse run|5 digits (0 3)|2|SIGN (encoded) signal 0: Forward run, 1: Reverse run|SIGN (encoded) signal 0: Forward run, 1: Reverse run|SIGN (encoded) signal 0: Forward run, 1: Reverse run| |TB1|SE|SET (loaded) signal 1: Loads the value set for D0 to DF and SI.|SET (loaded) signal 1: Loads the value set for D0 to DF and SI.|SET (loaded) signal 1: Loads the value set for D0 to DF and SI.|SET (loaded) signal 1: Loads the value set for D0 to DF and SI.|SET (loaded) signal 1: Loads the value set for D0 to DF and SI.|SET (loaded) signal 1: Loads the value set for D0 to DF and SI.|SET (loaded) signal 1: Loads the value set for D0 to DF and SI.|SET (loaded) signal 1: Loads the value set for D0 to DF and SI.|SET (loaded) signal 1: Loads the value set for D0 to DF and SI.|SET (loaded) signal 1: Loads the value set for D0 to DF and SI.|SET (loaded) signal 1: Loads the value set for D0 to DF and SI.| |TB1|SP|Internal power supply: 24 V ± 5%|Internal power supply: 24 V ± 5%|Internal power supply: 24 V ± 5%|Internal power supply: 24 V ± 5%|Internal power supply: 24 V ± 5%|Internal power supply: 24 V ± 5%|Internal power supply: 24 V ± 5%|Internal power supply: 24 V ± 5%|Internal power supply: 24 V ± 5%|Internal power supply: 24 V ± 5%|Internal power supply: 24 V ± 5%| |TB1|SC|Input signal common|Input signal common|Input signal common|Input signal common|Input signal common|Input signal common|Input signal common|Input signal common|Input signal common|Input signal common|Input signal common| |TB1|SN|Internal power supply common: 0 V|Internal power supply common: 0 V|Internal power supply common: 0 V|Internal power supply common: 0 V|Internal power supply common: 0 V|Internal power supply common: 0 V|Internal power supply common: 0 V|Internal power supply common: 0 V|Internal power supply common: 0 V|Internal power supply common: 0 V|Internal power supply common: 0 V| |TB1|SD|Cable sheath connection terminal (ungrounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (ungrounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (ungrounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (ungrounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (ungrounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (ungrounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (ungrounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (ungrounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (ungrounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (ungrounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (ungrounded)| |TB1|FE|Cable sheath connection terminal (grounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (grounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (grounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (grounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (grounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (grounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (grounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (grounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (grounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (grounded)|Cable sheath connection terminal (grounded)|

*1 Setting F3-03 = 2 [Digital Input Data Length Select = 16-bit] enables F3-01 = 6 [Digital Input Function Selection = BCD (5-digit), 0.01 Hz] and a frequency between 0.00 Hz to 399.8 Hz can be set by the BCD. Note that terminal SI is also used as for data bits. Negative commands cannot be input as encoding information (positive/negative) cannot be added to the data. The minimum bit value for the first BCD digit is 2. For this reason, 0.02 Hz is the smallest setting unit available for this frequency setting. An oPE05 [Run Cmd/Freq Ref Source Sel Err] occurs when F3-03 ≠ 2 while F3-01 = 6.

*2 The most significant digit can be set to a value between 0 to 15 when using “BCD, Signed”. Other digits can be set to a value between 0 to 9.

■ F3-10: Terminal D0 Function Selection

■ F3-11: Terminal D1 Function Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |F3-10 (0BE3) Expert|Terminal D0 Function Selection|Sets the function for terminal D0 of the DI-A3 option when F3-01 8 [Digital Input Function Selection = Multi-Function Digital Input].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|

Page 274

Page 275

Page 276

Page 277

Page 278

Page 279

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |F4-07 (0397)|Terminal V1 Signal Level|Sets the output signal level for terminal V1.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

0 : 0 to 10 V 1 : -10 to 10 V

######## ■ F4-08: Terminal V2 Signal Level

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |F4-08 (0398)|Terminal V2 Signal Level|Sets the output signal level for terminal V2.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

0 : 0 to 10 V 1 : -10 to 10 V

######## ◆ F5: Digital Output Option

F5 parameters set the output mode and function of output signals when you use digital output option card DO-A3. When you install a DO-A3 to the drive, you can output isolated digital signals to monitor the drive operation status.

• 6 points of photocoupler output (48 V, 50 mA or less)

• 2 points of relay contact output (250 Vac, 30 Vdc: 1 A or less) Refer to the DO-A3 option manual for more information about how to install, wire, and set the DO-A3 card.

■ Use Parameters to Select Output Modes Use parameter F5-09 [DO-A3 Output Mode Selection] to set signal output from the DO-A3 card.

Table 2.45 Details of F5-09 and the DO-A3 Terminal Output

|DO-A3 Terminal Block|DO-A3 Terminal Name|F5-09 = 0 [Predefined Individual Outputs] (Default)|F5-09 = 1 [Binary Output]|F5-09 = 2 [Programmable (F501 to F5-08)]| |---|---|---|---|---| |TB1|M1-M2|Zero speed detection in progress|During run|Depending on the setting of F5-07 [Terminal M1-M2 Function Select]| |TB1|M3-M4|During speed agreement|Minor fault (excluding bb [Baseblock])|Depending on the setting of F5-08 [Terminal M3-M4 Function Select]| |TB2|P1-PC|oC [Overcurrent], GF [Ground Fault]|Coded output Note: Refer to Table 2.46 for details.|Depending on the setting of F5-01 [Terminal P1-PC Function Select]| |TB2|P2-PC|ov [Overvoltage]|Coded output Note: Refer to Table 2.46 for details.|Depending on the setting of F5-02 [Terminal P2-PC Function Select]| |TB2|P3-PC|oL2 [Drive Overload] or oH2 [Heatsink Overheat]|Coded output Note: Refer to Table 2.46 for details.|Depending on the setting of F5-03 [Terminal P3-PC Function Select]| |TB2|P4-PC|Not used|Coded output Note: Refer to Table 2.46 for details.|Depending on the setting of F5-04 [Terminal P4-PC Function Select]| |TB2|P5-PC|oS [Overspeed]|Zero speed detection in progress|Depending on the setting of F5-05 [Terminal P5-PC Function Select]| |TB2|P6-PC|oH, oH1 [Heatsink Overheat] or oL1 [Motor Overload]|During speed agreement|Depending on the setting of F5-06 [Terminal P6-PC Function Select]|

Page 280

Page 281

Page 282

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |F5-06 (039E)|Terminal P6-PC Function Select|Sets the function of terminal P6-PC on the DO-A3 option. Set F5-09 2 [DO-A3 Output Mode Selection = Programmable (F5-01 to F5-08)] to enable this function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|37 (0 - 1A7)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |F5-07 (039F)|Terminal M1-M2 Function Select|Sets the function of terminal M3-M2 on the DO-A3 option. Set F5-09 = 2 [DO-A3 Output Mode Selection = Programmable (F5-01 to F5-08)] to enable this function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - 1A7)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |F5-08 (03A0)|Terminal M3-M4 Function Select|Sets the function of terminal M3-M4 on the DO-A3 option. Set F5-09 = 2 [DO-A3 Output Mode Selection = Programmable (F5-01 to F5-08)] to enable this function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (0 - 1A7)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |F5-09 (03A1)|DO-A3 Output Mode Selection|Sets the output mode of signals from the DO-A3 option.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 2)|

Refer to Table 2.45 for more information. 0 : Predefined Individual Outputs 1 : Binary Output 2 : Programmable (F5-01 to F5-08)

◆ F6, F7: Communication Options and Ethernet Options F6 and F7 parameters are used to set the basic communication settings and method of fault detection for the communication option card. The communication option card parameters include common option card parameters and communication protocol-specific parameters. The following table lists the parameters that need to be set for each communication option card. Refer to the technical manual for each communication option card for more information on installing, wiring, and configuring the details needed before starting communication. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do test runs and examine the drive to make sure that the command references are correct. If you set the command reference incorrectly, it can cause damage to the drive or serious injury or death. Table 2.47 Correspondence Between Communication Protocols and Parameters (SI-C3, SI-T3, SI-ET3, SI-P3, SI-S3, and SIES3)

|Parameter|CC-Link SI-C3|MECHATROLINK-II SI-T3|MECHATROLINK-III SI-ET3|PROFIBUS-DP SI-P3|CANopen SI-S3|EtherCAT SI-ES3| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |F6-01 to F6-03|x|x|x|x|x|x| |F6-04|x|-|-|-|-|-| |F6-06 to F6-08|x|x|x|x|x|x| |F6-10, F6-11|x|-|-|-|-|-| |F6-14|x|x|x|x|x|x| |F6-16|x|x|x|x|x|x| |F6-20, F6-21|-|x|x|-|-|-| |F6-22|-|x|-|-|-|-| |F6-23 to F6-26|-|x|x|-|-|-| |F6-30 to F6-32|-|-|-|x|-|-| |F6-35, F6-36|-|-|-|-|x|-| |F6-45 to F6-49|-|-|-|-|-|-| |F6-50 to F6-71|-|-|-|-|-|-| |F7-01 to F7-15|-|-|-|-|-|-|

Page 283

Page 284

Page 285

Page 286

|Communication Error|Error Codes|Operation| |---|---|---| |From controller to communication option|bUS|• Master drive Detects bUS [Option Communication Error] and operates as specified by F6-01 [Communication Error Selection].
• Slave drive Detects CE [Modbus Communication Error] and operates as specified by H5-04 [Communication Error Stop Method].

Note:

• After error detection, each drive can continue the operation specified by the last received command if the F6-01 and H5-04 settings agree. Because the controller cannot stop the operation, you must supply a stopping method, for example an emergency stop switch.
• If you set H5-05 0 [Comm Fault Detection Selection Disabled], the drive will not detect CE. The H5-04 setting does not have an effect.
| |From communication option to master drive|oFAxx|• Master drive Detects oFAxx and coasts to stop.
• Slave drive Detects hLCE [High Level Communication Errors] and coasts to stop.
| |From master drive to slave drive|CE|The master drive stops communicating with the slave drive in these conditions: Reset the fault to restart communication. The slave drive detects CE after H5-09 [CE Detection Time] is expired. Then it operates in as specified with H5-04 [Communication Error Stop Method].

• A message error occurred in the send data from the slave drive 10 consecutive times.
• Response from the slave drive timed out 10 consecutive times.
|

Special Register for Gateway Mode

Table 2.52 Command Data

|Register No. (Hex.)|Description|Description|Description| |---|---|---|---| |15C5|Command Source Update|Command Source Update|This flag enables command updates.| |15C5|bit 0|Drive 1 Update Command Enabled|To input the Run command and frequency reference at the same time, change the bit value from 0 to 1 after you write all commands.| |15C5|bit 1|Drive 2 Update Command Enabled| | |15C5|bit 2|Drive 3 Update Command Enabled| | |15C5|bit 3|Drive 4 Update Command Enabled| | |15C5|bit 4|Update Register Access Command Enabled| | |15C5|bit 5 - F|Region Code| | |15C6|Run Command (Drive 1)|Run Command (Drive 1)| | |15C6|bit 0|H5-12 = 0: FWD/Stop

0 = Stop
1 = Forward run
| | |15C6|bit 0|H5-12 = 1: Run/Stop

0 = Stop
1 = Run
| | |15C6|bit 1|H5-12 = 0: REV/Stop

0 = Stop
1 = Reverse run
| | |15C6|bit 1|H5-12 = 1: FWD/REV

0 = Forward run
1 = Reverse run
| | |15C6|bit 2|External fault| | |15C6|bit 3|Fault Reset Procedure| | |15C6|bit 4|ComRef| | |15C6|bit 5|ComCtrl| | |15C6|bit 6 - F|Region Code| | |15C7|Frequency Reference (Drive 1)|Frequency Reference (Drive 1)|The unit of measure changes when o1-03 changes.| |15C8|Run Command (Drive 2)|Run Command (Drive 2)| | |15C9|Frequency Reference (Drive 2)|Frequency Reference (Drive 2)| | |15CA|Run Command (Drive 3)|Run Command (Drive 3)| |

|Register No. (Hex.)|Description|Description|Description| |---|---|---|---| |15CB|Frequency Reference (Drive 3)|Frequency Reference (Drive 3)| | |15CC|Run Command (Drive 4)|Run Command (Drive 4)| |

Page 287

################# Table 2.53 Monitor Data

|Register No. (Hex.)|Description|Description|Description| |---|---|---|---| |15E7|Drive Status (Drive 1)|Drive Status (Drive 1)| | |15E7|bit 0|During Run| | |15E7|bit 1|During Reverse Run| | |15E7|bit 2|Drive ready| | |15E7|bit 3|Faults| | |15E7|bit 4|Frequency Command Setting Fault|1: Upper/Lower Limit Fault| |15E7|bit 5|No response from slave|1: Response timed out.| |15E7|bit 6|Communication Error|1: The drive detected a fault from a slave.| |15E7|bit 7|No response from slave 10 consecutive attempts.|1: Timeout occurred 10 consecutive times.| |15E7|bit 8|Communication fault has occurred 10 consecutive times.|1: A fault occurred from a slave 10 consecutive times.| |15E7|bit 9|Receive broadcast command while drive is running|1: The drive operates as specified by the broadcast message command.| |15E7|bit A|Communication error with master drive|1: The slave cannot communicate with the master because of a communication error.| |15E7|bit B D|Region Code| | |15E7|bit E|ComRef status| | |15E7|bit F|ComCtrl status| | |15E8|Output frequency or frequency reference (Drive Status bit 4: ON) (Drive 1)

Drive Status Bit 4 = 0 [Output Frequency]
Drive Status Bit 4 = 1 [Frequency Reference]
|Output frequency or frequency reference (Drive Status bit 4: ON) (Drive 1)

Drive Status Bit 4 = 0 [Output Frequency]
Drive Status Bit 4 = 1 [Frequency Reference]
|The unit of measure changes when o1-03 changes.| |15E9|Drive Status (Drive 2)|Drive Status (Drive 2)| | |15EA|Output frequency or frequency reference (Drive Status bit 4: ON) (Drive 2)|Output frequency or frequency reference (Drive Status bit 4: ON) (Drive 2)| | |15EB|Drive Status (Drive 3)|Drive Status (Drive 3)| | |15EC|Output frequency or frequency reference (Drive Status bit 4: ON) (Drive 3)|Output frequency or frequency reference (Drive Status bit 4: ON) (Drive 3)| | |15ED|Drive Status (Drive 4)|Drive Status (Drive 4)| | |15EE|Output frequency or frequency reference (Drive Status bit 4: ON) (Drive 4)|Output frequency or frequency reference (Drive Status bit 4: ON) (Drive 4)| |

|Register No. (Hex.)|Description|Description|Description| |---|---|---|---| |15EF|Slave Address for Reg. Access + During MEMOBUS process & ErrCode|Slave Address for Reg. Access + During MEMOBUS process & ErrCode| | |15EF|bit 0
bit 1
bit 2
bit 3
bit 4
bit 5
bit 6
bit 7
|00H: MEMOBUS communication complete 02H: Register number not registered

21H: Upper/Lower Limit Fault
22H: Writing Mode Error
23H: Write performed during Uv
24H: Write performed while writing parameter settings FFH: MEMOBUS communication in process
|Note:

If you change the access command before the MEMOBUS/Modbus access completion flag turns on, the drive will not execute the command from before.| |15EF|bit 8
bit 9

bit A
bit B
|Slave address

0: MEMOBUS command ignored
1: Drive 1
2: Drive 2
3: Drive 3
4: Drive 4
5: Broadcast Messages (Run command and frequency reference)
| |

Page 288

Page 289

Page 290

Page 291

Page 292

Page 293

Page 294

Page 295

Page 296

Page 297

Page 298

Page 299

Page 300

Page 301

Page 302

Page 303

Page 304

Page 305

Page 306

Page 307

Page 308

Page 309

Page 310

Page 311

Page 312

Page 313

Page 314

Page 315

Page 316

■ MEMOBUS/Modbus MFDI 1 to 3 Function Selection You can set the function for the MFDI to MEMOBUS register bit 0 to 2 of [15C0(Hex.)]. Use H1-40 to H1-42 [Extend MFDI Function Selection] to select the function.

•Refer to H1-xx “MFDI setting values” for the setting values of the MFDI.

•You cannot set 0 [3-Wire Sequence] or 20 to 2F [External fault] in H1-40 to H1-42.

•When you will not use H1-40 to H1-42, set them to F [Through Mode].

•You cannot use MFDI for digital input option D1-A3 at the same time as function selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus MFDI 1 to 3.

■ H1-40: Mbus Reg 15C0h bit0 Input Func

■ H1-41: Mbus Reg 15C0h bit1 Input Func

■ H1-42: Mbus Reg 15C0h bit2 Input Func

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |H1-40 (0B54)|Mbus Reg 15C0h bit0 Input Func|Selects MFDI function assigned to bit 0 of the MEMOBUS register 15C0 (Hex.).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |H1-41 (0B55)|Mbus Reg 15C0h bit1 Input Func|Selects MFDI function assigned to bit 1 of the MEMOBUS register 15C0 (Hex.).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |H1-42 (0B56)|Mbus Reg 15C0h bit2 Input Func|Selects MFDI function assigned to bit 2 of the MEMOBUS register 15C0 (Hex.).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|F (1 - 19F)|

######## ◆ Multi-Function Digital Input Setting Values Selects a function set with H1-01 to H1-08.

######## ■ 0: 3-Wire Sequence

|Setting Value|Function|Description| |---|---|---| |0|3-Wire Sequence|Sets the direction of motor rotation for 3-wire sequence.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|

If the 3-wire sequence is set to a terminal that is not MFDI terminals S1 and S2, these terminals will be the input terminals for Forward run/Reverse run command. The drive will automatically set terminal S1 to Run command (RUN) and terminal S2 to Stop command (STOP).

When terminal S1 (Run command) activates for 1 ms minimum, the drive rotates the motor. When terminal S2 (Stop command) deactivates, the drive stops. When terminal Sx that is set in 3-wire sequence deactivates, the drive operates in the forward direction, and when it activates, the drive operates in the reverse direction. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Set the MFDI parameters before you close control circuit switches. Incorrect Run/Stop circuit sequence settings can cause serious injury or death from moving equipment. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. When you use a 3-Wire sequence, set A1-03 = 3330 [Initialize Parameters = 3-Wire

Page 317

Page 318

Page 319

Page 320

Page 321

Page 322

|Command status|Command status|Drive operation| |---|---|---| |Up command (10)|Down command (11)|Drive operation| |OFF|OFF|Keeps the current frequency reference.| |ON|OFF|Increases the frequency reference.| |OFF|ON|Decreases the frequency reference.| |ON|ON|Keeps the current frequency reference.|

Combine Frequency Reference Hold Functions and Up/Down Commands

• When you clear the Run command or when d4-01 = 0 [Freq Reference Hold Selection = Disabled], and you restart the drive, the Up/Down command resets to 0.

• When d4-01 = 1 [Enabled], the drive saves the frequency reference set during the Up/Down command. When you cycle the Run command or restart the drive, the drive saves the frequency reference value and restarts the motor at this frequency value. After you clear the Run command, activate the terminal set for the Up command or Down command to set the saved reference value to 0.

ParameterDetails

######## 2

Note: Refer to “d4-01 [Freq Reference Hold Selection]” for more information.

Combine Upper/Lower Limits of the Frequency Reference and the Up/Down Commands Set the upper limit value of the frequency reference to d2-01 [Frequency Reference Upper Limit]. Use an analog input or d2-02 [Frequency Reference Lower Limit] to set the lower limit value of the frequency reference. The configurable values change when the setting for d4-10 [Up/Down Freq Lower Limit Select] changes. When you input a Run command, these are the lower limits of the frequency reference:

• When the lower limit of the frequency reference is set only for d2-02, the drive accelerates the motor to the lower limit value of the frequency reference when you input the Run command.

• When the lower limit of the frequency reference is set only for analog input, the drive accelerates the motor to the lower limit value of the frequency reference when the Run command, and Up command or Down command for the drive is enabled. When only the Run command is enabled, the motor does not start.

• When these conditions occur, the drive accelerates the motor to the d2-02 setting value when the Run command is input. When the motor accelerates to the setting value of d2-02, the motor accelerates to the lower limit value of the analog input when you enable the Up/Down command.

– The lower limit value of the frequency reference is set for the analog input and d2-02

– The lower limit value of the analog input is higher than the setting value of d2-02 Note: Refer to “d4-10: Up/Down Freq Lower Limit Select” for details.

Figure 2.80 shows an example of how Up/Down command operates. In this example, the lower limit value of the frequency reference is set in d2-02. Figure 2.80 shows the time chart when Freq Reference Retention Select [d4-01] is enabled and disabled.

Figure 2.80 Up/Down Command Time Chart

######## ■ 11: Down Command

|Setting Value|Function|Description| |---|---|---| |11|Down Command|Sets the command to use a push button switch to decrease the drive frequency reference. You must also set Setting 10 [Up Command].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|

Page 323

Page 324

Page 325

Page 326

Page 327

Page 328

Page 329

Page 330

Page 331

Page 332

Page 333

Page 334

Page 335

Page 336

Page 337

•Refer to “b9: Zero Servo” for more information.

•When you use the Zero Servo function, keep the Run command ON. Zero servo stops the motor and if you turn OFF the Run command, it will not have power.

######## ■ 75: Up 2 Command

|Setting Value|Function|Description| |---|---|---| |75|Up 2 Command|Sets the function to increase the frequency reference bias value to accelerate the motor when the terminal is activated. Set this function and H1-xx 76 [Down 2 Command] together.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|

When you activate the terminal set for Up2 Command, the bias will increase. When you activate the terminal set for Down 2 Command, the bias will decrease. When you activate or deactivate the two commands, the drive will hold the frequency reference. Table 2.59 gives information about the relation between operation of the Up/Down 2 Command and d4-01, d4-03, d4-05.

Note:

•When you use this function, use d4-08 and d4-09 [Up/Down 2 Bias Upper Limit/Lower Limit] to set the optimal bias limit value.

•Refer to "d4: Frequency Ref Up/Down & Hold" for more information.

ParameterDetails

######## 2

Table 2.59 Up 2 Command, Down 2 Command

|Function|Frequency Reference Source|d4-03|d4-05|d4-01|Operation|Storing the Frequency Reference or Frequency Bias| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |1|Multi-step speed reference|0.00|0|0|• When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive accelerates the motor (increases the bias value).
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the drive decelerates the motor (decreases the bias value)
• When the Up 2 Command and Down 2 Command are not active and when the Up 2 Command and Down 2 Command are active, the drive holds the output frequency (holds the bias value).
• When the frequency changes, it will reset the bias.
• For all other statuses, the drive will follow the frequency reference.
|Not stored.| |2|Multi-step speed reference|0.00|0|1|• When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive accelerates the motor (increases the bias value).
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the drive decelerates the motor (decreases the bias value)
• When the Up 2 Command and Down 2 Command are not active and when the Up 2 Command and Down 2 Command are active, the drive holds the output frequency (holds the bias value).
• When the frequency changes, it will reset the bias.
• For all other statuses, the drive will follow the frequency reference.
|When the bias value and frequency reference are constant for 5 seconds after the frequency reference hold starts, the drive will add the bias value to the enabled frequency reference, then reset.| |3|Multi-step speed reference|0.00|1|-|• When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive accelerates the motor.
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the drive decelerates the motor.
• For all other statuses, the drive will follow the frequency reference.
|Not stored.| |4|Multi-step speed reference|> 0|-|0|• When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive accelerates the motor to “Frequency Reference + d4-03” (the bias value will increase to the value set in d4-03)
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the drive decelerates the motor to “Frequency Reference d4-03” (the bias value will decrease to the value set in d4-03).
• When the Up 2 Command and Down 2 Command are not active and when the Up 2 Command and Down 2 Command are active, the drive holds the output frequency (holds the bias value).
• When the frequency changes, it will reset the bias.
• For all other statuses, the drive will follow the frequency reference.
|Not stored.| |5|Multi-step speed reference|> 0|-|1|• When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive accelerates the motor to “Frequency Reference + d4-03” (the bias value will increase to the value set in d4-03)
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the drive decelerates the motor to “Frequency Reference d4-03” (the bias value will decrease to the value set in d4-03).
• When the Up 2 Command and Down 2 Command are not active and when the Up 2 Command and Down 2 Command are active, the drive holds the output frequency (holds the bias value).
• When the frequency changes, it will reset the bias.
• For all other statuses, the drive will follow the frequency reference.
|When the bias value and frequency reference are constant for 5 seconds after the frequency reference hold starts, the drive will add the bias value to the enabled frequency reference, then reset.| |6|Others (Analog input, transmission)|0|0|0|• When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive accelerates the motor (increases the bias value).
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the drive decelerates the motor (decreases the bias value)
• When the Up 2 Command and Down 2 Command are not active and when the Up 2 Command and Down 2 Command are active, the drive holds the output frequency (holds the bias value).
• During acceleration or deceleration, when the frequency reference increases or decreases more than d4-07, the drive holds the bias value until the output frequency and the actual frequency reference agree (speed agreement).
|Not stored.| |7|Others (Analog input, transmission)|0|0|1|• When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive accelerates the motor (increases the bias value).
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the drive decelerates the motor (decreases the bias value)
• When the Up 2 Command and Down 2 Command are not active and when the Up 2 Command and Down 2 Command are active, the drive holds the output frequency (holds the bias value).
• During acceleration or deceleration, when the frequency reference increases or decreases more than d4-07, the drive holds the bias value until the output frequency and the actual frequency reference agree (speed agreement).
|When the bias value is constant for 5 seconds after the frequency reference hold starts, the drive will store the bias value in d4-06. You cannot rewrite the frequency reference is not possible. The drive will store only the bias value.| |8|Others (Analog input, transmission)|0|1|-|• When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive accelerates the motor (increases the bias value).
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the drive decelerates the motor (decreases the bias value)
• For all other statuses, the drive will follow the frequency reference.
|Not stored.| |9|Others (Analog input, transmission)|> 0|-|0|• When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive accelerates the motor to “Frequency Reference + d4-03” (the bias value will increase to the value set in d4-03)
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the drive decelerates the motor to “Frequency Reference d4-03” (the bias value will decrease to the value set in d4-03).
• During acceleration or deceleration, when the frequency reference increases or decreases more than d4-07, the drive holds the bias value until the output frequency and the actual frequency reference agree (speed agreement).
|Not stored.| |10|Others (Analog input, transmission)|> 0|-|1|• When the Up 2 Command is active, the drive accelerates the motor to “Frequency Reference + d4-03” (the bias value will increase to the value set in d4-03)
• When the Down 2 Command is active, the drive decelerates the motor to “Frequency Reference d4-03” (the bias value will decrease to the value set in d4-03).
• During acceleration or deceleration, when the frequency reference increases or decreases more than d4-07, the drive holds the bias value until the output frequency and the actual frequency reference agree (speed agreement).
|When the bias value is constant for 5 seconds after the frequency reference hold starts, the drive will store the bias value in d4-06. You cannot rewrite the frequency reference is not possible. The drive will store only the bias value.|

######## ■ 76: Down 2 Command

Page 338

Page 339

Page 340

Page 341

Page 342

Page 343

Page 344

Page 345

Page 346

Page 347

Page 348

Page 349

Page 350

Page 351

Page 352

Page 353

Page 354

Page 355

Page 356

Page 357

Page 358

Page 359

Page 360

Page 361

Page 362

Page 363

Page 364

Page 365

Page 366

Page 367

Page 368

Page 369

Page 370

Page 371

Page 372

Page 373

|---|---|---| |0|Frequency Reference|413| |1|Frequency Gain|413| |2|Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1|413| |3|Auxiliary Frequency Reference 2|414| |4|Output Voltage Bias|414| |5|Accel/Decel Time Gain|414| |6|DC Injection Braking Current|414| |7|Torque Detection Level|415| |8|Stall Prevent Level During Run|415| |9|Output Frequency Lower Limit|415| |B|PID Feedback|415| |C|PID Setpoint|416| |D|Frequency Bias|416|

|Setting Value|Function|Ref.| |---|---|---| |E|Motor Temperature (PTC Input)|416| |F|Not Used|416| |10|Forward Torque Limit|416| |11|Reverse Torque Limit|417| |12|Regenerative Torque Limit|418| |13|Torque Reference / Torque Limit|418| |14|Torque Compensation|418| |15|General Torque Limit|418| |16|Differential PID Feedback|418| |1F|Not Used|418| |30|DWEZ Analog Input 1|418| |31|DWEZ Analog Input 2|418| |32|DWEZ Analog Input 3|419|

Note: All analog input scaling uses gain and bias for adjustment. Set the gain and bias values correctly.

|Example Analog Input Settings|Setting of Terminal A1|Frequency Reference| |---|---|---| |Frequency reference with the gain setting adjusted|• H3-02 0 [Terminal A1 Function Selection = Frequency Reference]
• H3-03: 200.0 [Terminal A1 Gain Setting 200%]
• H3-04 0.0 [Terminal A1 Bias Setting 0.0%]
|• When you input a 10 V signal, the frequency reference will be 200%.
• When you input a 5 V signal, the frequency reference will be 100%.

When you input a 5 Vor more signal, E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] will limit the drive output and the frequency reference will be 100%.| |Frequency reference with the negative number bias set|• H3-02 = 0 [Frequency Reference]
• H3-03 = 100.0 [100.0%]
• H3-04 = -25.0 [-25.0%]
|• When you input a 0 V signal, the frequency reference will be -25%.
• When H3-01 = 0 [Terminal A1 Signal Level Select = 0 to 10V (Lower Limit at 0)]:

– When you input a 0 V to 2 V signal, the frequency reference will be 0%.
– When you input a 2 V to 10 V signal, the frequency reference will be 0% to 100%.

• When H3-01 = 1 [-10 to +10V (Bipolar Reference)]:

– When you input a 0 V to 2 V signal, it enables signals of positive and negative polarities and the motor rotates in reverse.|

■ MEMOBUS/Modbus Multi-Function AI1 to 3 Function Selection Let the MFAI function be assigned to MEMOBUS/Modbus register 15C1 to 15C3 (Hex.) [Mbus Reg 15C1h through 15C3h Input Function]. Use H3-40 to H3-42 [Mbus Reg 15C1h through 15C3h Input Function] to set the function and use H3-43 [Mbus Reg Inputs FilterTime Const] to set the input filter.

Page 374

Page 375

Page 376

Page 377

Page 378

Page 379

Page 380

Page 381

Page 382

Page 383

Page 384

Page 385

Page 386

Page 387

Page 388

Page 389

Page 390

Page 391

Page 392

Page 393

Page 394

Page 395

|---|---|---|---| |H5-10 (0436)|Modbus Register 0025H Unit Sel|Sets the unit of measure used for the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications monitor register 0025H (output voltage reference monitor).

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |H5-11 (043C)|Comm ENTER Command Mode|Sets the function to make the Enter command necessary to change parameters through MEMOBUS/ Modbus communications.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

0 : ENTER Command Required

You must use the Enter command to enable changes to parameters. Make all parameter changes then input the Enter command. 1 : ENTER Command Not Required It is not necessary to input the Enter command to change parameters.

######## ■ H5-12: Run Command Method Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |H5-12 (043D)|Run Command Method Selection|Sets the input method for the Run command when b1-02 = 2 [Run Command Selection 1 = Memobus/Modbus Communications] or b1-16 = 2 [Run Command Selection 2 = Memobus/Modbus Communications].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

0 : FWD/Stop, REV/Stop The drive uses bit 0 in command data 0001H of the MEMOBUS register in the motor forward Run command (bit 0 =

1) and the stop command (bit 0 = 0). The drive uses bit 1 in the motor reverse Run command (bit 1 = 1) and the stop command (bit 1 = 0). 1 : Run/Stop, FWD/REV

The drive uses bit 0 in command data 0001H of the MEMOBUS register in the motor Run command (bit 0 = 1) and the stop command (bit 0 = 0). The drive uses bit 1 in the direction of motor rotation command (Forward run (bit1 = 0) or Reverse run (bit 1 = 1)).

######## ■ H5-17: ENTER command response @CPU BUSY

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |H5-17 (11A1) Expert|ENTER command response @CPU BUSY|Sets operation when the EEPROM write command is sent without EEPROM write available. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

0 : Ignore Command(No ROM/RAM Write) 1 : Write to RAM Only

######## ■ H5-18: Motor Speed Filter over Comms

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |H5-18 (11A2)|Motor Speed Filter over Comms|Sets the filter time constant used when monitoring motor speed during MEMOBUS/Modbus communications or with a communication option.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 ms (0 - 100 ms)|

Page 396

Page 397

Page 398

Page 399

Page 400

Page 401

Page 402

Page 403

Page 404

Page 405

Page 406

Page 407

|L1-01 (0480)|Motor Overload (oL1) Protection|Sets the motor overload protection with electronic thermal protectors.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0 - 6)|

This parameter enables and disables the motor overload protection with electronic thermal protectors. The cooling capability of the motor changes when the speed control range of the motor changes. Use an electronic thermal protector that aligns with the permitted load characteristics of the motor to select motor protection. The electronic thermal protector of the drive uses these items to calculate motor overload tolerance and supply overload protection for the motor:

• Output Current

• Output Frequency

• Motor thermal characteristics

• Time characteristics If the drive detects motor overload, the drive will trigger an oL1 [Motor Overload] and stop the drive output. Set H2-01 = 1F [Term M1-M2 Function Selection = Motor Overload Alarm (oL1)] to set a motor overload alarm. If the motor overload level is more than 90% of the oL1 detection level, the output terminal turns ON and triggers an overload alarm.

############## 0 : Disabled

Disable motor protection when motor overload protection is not necessary or when the drive is operating more than one motor.

Refer to Figure 2.121 for an example of the circuit configuration to connect more than one motor to one drive.

################# Figure 2.121 Protection Circuit Configuration to Connect More than One Motor to One Drive

NOTICE: When you connect more than one motor to one drive or when the motor amp rating is higher than the drive amp rating, set L1-01 =0 [Motor Overload (oL1) Protection = Disabled] and install thermal overload relays for each motor. The electronic thermal protection of the drive will not function and it can cause damage to the motor.

1 : Variable Torque Use this setting for general-purpose motors with a 60 Hz base frequency.

The overload tolerance decreases as motor speed decreases because the cooling fan speed decreases and the ability of the motor to cool decreases in the low speed range. The overload tolerance characteristics of the motor change the trigger point for the electronic thermal protector. This provides motor overheat protection from low speed to high speed across the full speed range.

2 : Constant Torque 10:1 Speed Range Use this setting for drive-dedicated motors with a speed range for constant torque of 1:10.

|Load Tolerance|Cooling Capability|Overload Characteristics (at 100% motor load)| |---|---|---| | |This motor is designed to operate with commercial line power. Operate at a 60 Hz base frequency to maximize the motor cooling ability.|If the motor operates at frequencies less than 60 Hz, the drive will detect oL1. The drive triggers a fault relay output and the motor coasts to stop.|

The speed control for this motor is 10% to 100% when at 100% load. If the motor operates at slower than 10% speed with 100% load, it will cause motor overload.

|Load Tolerance|Cooling Capability|Overload Characteristics (at 100% motor load)| |---|---|---| | |This motor is designed to withstand increased temperatures during continuous operation in the low speed range (10% base frequency).|The motor operates continuously at 10% to 100% base frequency. Operating slower than 10% speed at 100% load will cause motor overload.|

ParameterDetails

Page 408

############### 3 : Constant Torque 100:1 SpeedRangeUse this setting for vector motors with a speed range for constant torque of 1:100.

The speed control for this motor is 1% to 100% when at 100% load. If the motor operates at slower than 1% speed with 100% load, it will cause motor overload.

|Load Tolerance|Cooling Capability|Overload Characteristics (at 100% motor load)| |---|---|---| | |This motor is designed to withstand increased temperatures during continuous operation in the low speed range (1% base frequency).|The motor operates continuously at 1% to 100% base frequency. Operating slower than 1% speed at 100% load will cause motor overload.|

############### 4 : PM Variable TorqueUse this setting for PM motors with derated torque characteristics.

The overload tolerance decreases as motor speed decreases because the cooling fan speed decreases and the ability of the motor to cool decreases in the low speed range. The overload tolerance characteristics of the motor change the trigger point for the electronic thermal protector. This provides motor overheat protection from low speed to high speed across the full speed range.

|Load Tolerance|Cooling Capability|Overload Characteristics (at 100% motor load)| |---|---|---| | |This motor is designed to withstand increased temperatures during continuous operation at rated speed and rated torque.|If the motor operates continuously at lower speed than rated rotation speed at more than 100% torque, the drive will detect oL1. The drive triggers a fault relay output and the motor coasts to stop.|

############### 5 : PM Constant TorqueUse this setting with a PM motor for constant torque that has a speed range for constant torque of 1:500.

The speed control for this motor is 0.2% to 100% when at 100% load. If the motor operates at slower than 0.2% speed with 100% load, it will cause motor overload.

|Load Tolerance|Cooling Capability|Overload Characteristics (at 100% motor load)| |---|---|---| | |This motor is designed to withstand increased temperatures during continuous operation in the low speed range (0.2% base frequency).|The motor operates continuously at 0.2% to 100% rated speed. Operating slower than 0.2% speed at 100% load will cause motor overload.|

############### 6 : Variable Torque (50Hz)Use this setting for general-purpose motors with a 50 Hz base frequency.

The overload tolerance decreases as motor speed decreases because the cooling fan speed decreases and the ability of the motor to cool decreases in the low speed range. The overload tolerance characteristics of the motor change the trigger point for the electronic thermal protector. This provides motor overheat protection from low speed to high speed across the full speed range.

|Load Tolerance|Cooling Capability|Overload Characteristics (at 100% motor load)| |---|---|---| | |This motor is designed to operate with commercial line power. Operate at a 50 Hz base frequency to maximize the motor cooling ability.|If the motor operates at frequencies less than commercial line power, the drive will detect oL1. The drive triggers a fault relay output and the motor coasts to stop.|

######## ■ L1-02: Motor Overload Protection Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L1-02 (0481)|Motor Overload Protection Time|Sets the operation time for the electronic thermal protector of the drive to prevent damage to the motor. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 min (0.1 - 5.0 min)|

Page 409

Page 410

Page 411

–Models 2004 to 2042, 4002 to 4023: 0.01 A

–Models 2056 to 2415, 4031 to 4720: 0.1 A

•When the current level > 0.0 A, you cannot set this value < 10% of drive rated current.

######## ■ L1-09: oL1 Current Level for Motor 2

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L1-09 (1104)|oL1 Current Level for Motor 2|Sets the reference current for the motor 2 thermal overload detection. When the current level > 0.0 A, you cannot set this value < 10% of drive rated current.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 A (0.0 A or 10 to150% of the drive rated current)|

When L1-09 = 0.0 A, the drive uses E4-01 [Motor 2 Rated Current] to detect the motor overload protection. When L1-09 ≠ 0.0 A, the set value is the reference for motor overload protection.

Note:

•Display is in these units:

–Models 2004 to 2042, 4002 to 4023: 0.01 A

–Models 2056 to 2415, 4031 to 4720: 0.1 A

•When the current level > 0.0 A, you cannot set this value < 10% of drive rated current.

######## ■ L1-13: Motor Overload Memory Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L1-13 (046D)|Motor Overload Memory Selection|Sets the function that keeps the current electronic thermal protector value when the drive stops receiving power.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|

0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled Sets if the drive will calculate the motor again when the drive is energized again.

◆ L2: Power Loss Ride Through L2 parameters set the drive operation during momentary power loss and the KEB Ride-Thru function method of operation.

■ KEB Ride-Thru Function KEB is an acronym for Kinetic Energy Backup. If the drive detects a power loss or momentary power loss, it will quickly decelerate the motor. The drive uses regenerative energy from the motor to keep the main circuit operating. When you return power during motor deceleration, the drive returns operation to the status before the power loss. The KEB Ride-Thru function is different than other functions for continuous operation. If the drive detects momentary power loss, the motor will ramp to stop. It will not coast to stop. This function is applicable for applications in which it is necessary to prevent materials from running out, for example control for film and fiber lines. The KEB Ride-Thru function has 4 methods of operation. Parameter L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method] sets the method. When you use the KEB Ride-Thru function with one drive, set L2-29 = 0, 1 [Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1, Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2]. If deceleration in coordination with more than one drive is necessary, for example textile machinery line systems, set L2-29 = 2, 3 [System KEB Ride-Thru 1, System KEB Ride-Thru 2].

ParameterDetails

Table 2.66 KEB Ride-Thru Function Operation Method

Page 412

|L2-29|Kinetic Energy Backup Method|Operation|Configuration Precautions| |---|---|---|---| |0|Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1|The drive uses regenerative energy from the motor to keep the DC bus voltage at the level set in L2-11 [KEB DC Bus Voltage Setpoint] while it adjusts the rate of deceleration.

The KEB operation continues while the drive adjusts the deceleration rate with the setting of C1-09 [Fast Stop Time].|• Set C1-09 correctly to prevent Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] and ov [Overvoltage].
• If the drive detects Uv1 during the KEB operation, decrease the value set in C1-09.
• If the drive detects ov during the KEB operation, increase the value set in C1-09.
| |1|Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2|The drive uses information about the inertia of the connected machinery to find the deceleration rate necessary to keep the DC bus voltage at the level set in parameter L2-11.

The drive uses system inertia to calculate the deceleration time. You cannot adjust this value.|• If the drive detects Uv1 during the KEB operation, increase the setting value of L3-20 [DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain] and L3-21 [OVSuppression Accel/Decel P Gain].
• If the drive detects ov during the KEB operation, decrease the setting values of L3-20 and L3-21.
| |2|System KEB RideThru 1|The drive does not monitor the DC bus voltage. The drive decelerates at the KEB deceleration time set in L2-06.

Use L2-06 to set the time necessary to decelerate from the current frequency reference to 0 Hz. More than one drive can decelerate and keep a constant speed ratio between drives.|Use the dynamic braking option with System KEB Ride-Thru 1.| |3|System KEB RideThru 2|The drive uses the KEB deceleration time set in L2-06 to decelerate and it also monitors the DC bus voltage.

If the voltage level increases, the drive momentarily holds the frequency to prevent an ov before it continues to decelerate.|If you cannot use the dynamic braking option, use System KEB RideThru 2.|

######## ■ KEB Ride Thru Start

When L2-01 = 3, 4, 5 [Power Loss Ride Through Select = Kinetic Energy Backup: L2-02, Kinetic Energy Backup: CPU Power, Kinetic Energy Backup: DecelStop], the drive starts the KEB operation immediately after it detects a momentary power loss. When one of these conditions occur, the drive will activate KEB Ride-Thru:

• KEB Ride-Thru 1 set for the MFDI terminal becomes enabled (terminal is deactivated when H1-xx = 65 or terminal is activated when H1-xx = 66). The drive uses the mode selected L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method] to start KEB operation.

• KEB Ride-Thru 2 set for the MFDI terminal becomes enabled (terminal is deactivated when H1-xx = 7A or terminal is activated when H1-xx = 7B). The drive automatically starts Single KEB Ride-Thru 2 and it ignores the setting of L2-29.

• The DC bus voltage is less than the level set in L2-05 [Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)].

The KEB operation will start as specified in L2-29. Note: If you try to set KEB Ride-Thru 1 and 2 to the MFDI terminals at the same time, it will trigger oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err].

n this example, the drive detects that the DC bus voltage is less than the level set in L2-05 and starts the KEB operation. When you return power during KEB operation, the drive will continue KEB operation when the KEB RideThru is input, although the time set in L2-10 [Minimum KEB Time] expired. The motor accelerates again after you cancel the KEB Ride-Thru.

Figure 2.123 KEB Operation through KEB Ride-Thru Input

■ KEB Ride-Thru End Detection Parameter L2-01 [Power Loss Ride Through Select] and a digital input programmed for KEB set the KEB function end detection. Use the Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time to Cancel KEB Operation shows an example with this configuration:

• L2-01 = 3 [Kinetic Energy Backup: L2-02] is set.

• KEB Ride-Thru is not used. The drive starts deceleration through KEB operation. When the time set in L2-10 [Minimum KEB Time] expires, the drive stops the KEB operation and then it accelerates the motor again until it is at the frequency reference value used before the power loss. If you do not return the DC bus voltage in the time set in L2-02 [Power Loss Ride Through Time], the drive detects Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] and the drive turns off its output.

| | | | |---|---|---| | | | | | | | | | | | |

| | | | |---|---|---| | | | |

Page 413

Page 414

Note:

•Configure the drive to turn ON the Run command while the KEB function is operating. If you turn off the Run command, the drive will not accelerate back to speed when you return power.

•A dynamic braking option is necessary for System KEB Ride-Thru 1 [L2-29 = 2]..

Figure 2.128 KEB Function Wiring Example

■ Parameters for KEB Ride-Thru Table 2.67 shows the parameters that adjust the KEB Ride-Thru function. Parameter settings are different for the different KEB methods set in L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method].

Table 2.67 Parameters for KEB Ride-Thru

|No.|Name|Configuring Settings|L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method]|L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method]|L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method]|L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method]| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |No.|Name|Configuring Settings|0|1|2|3| |C1-09|Fast Stop Time|• If ov [Overvoltage] occurs during KEB deceleration, increase the setting value.
• If Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] occurs during KEB deceleration, decrease the setting value.
|x *1|-|-|-| |C2-03|S-Curve Time @ Start of Decel|• If ov occurs immediately after you start KEB deceleration, increase the setting value.
• If Uv1 occurs immediately after you start KEB deceleration, decrease the setting value.
|x|-|x|x| |L2-05|Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)|If Uv1 occurs immediately after you start KEB deceleration, increase the setting value to detect power loss more quickly.|x|x|x|x| |L2-06|Does KEB Tuning.|• Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time
• If ov or Uv1 occur during KEB deceleration after KEB Tuning, set L2-06 in these conditions:

– If ov occurs, increase the setting value
– If Uv1 occurs, decrease the setting value.
|-|-|x *2|x *2| |L2-07|Kinetic Energy Backup Accel Time|Sets the acceleration time to return to the frequency reference value before a power loss, after you cancel the KEB operation. When L2-07 = 0, the drive uses the standard acceleration times set in C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, and C1-07 [Acceleration Time].|x|x|x|x| |L2-08|Frequency Gain at KEB Start|• If ov occurs immediately after you start operation, decrease the setting value.
• If Uv1 occurs immediately after you start operation, increase the setting value.
|x|-|x|x| |L2-10|Minimum KEB Time|• With KEB Ride-Thru There is Uv1 because you set a digital input for KEB Ride-Thru and the device that controls the input operated too slowly after power loss.
• Without KEB Ride-Thru If the DC bus voltage overshoots immediately after KEB Ride-Thru starts, increase L2-10 to longer than the overshoot.
|x|x|x|x| |L2-11|KEB DC Bus Voltage Setpoint|• Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2 Set to approximately 1.22 x input voltage.
• Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1, System KEB Ride-Thru 1, or System KEB RideThru 2 Set to approximately 1.4 x input voltage.
|x|x|x|x| |L3-20|DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain|• If ov or Uv1 occurs at the start of deceleration when you use KEB operation, increase this value in 0.1-unit increments.
• If there is torque ripple during deceleration when you use KEB Ride-Thru, decrease the value.
|-|x|-|-|

|No.|Name|Configuring Settings|L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method]|L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method]|L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method]|L2-29 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method]| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |No.|Name|Configuring Settings|0|1|2|3| |L3-21|OVSuppression Accel/Decel P Gain|If there is large speed or current ripple, decrease the value in 0.05 unit increments.

Note:

If the setting value is too low, then the drive will have unsatisfactory DC bus voltage control response. The drive can detect ov or Uv1.|-|x|-|-| |L3-24|Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque|Set the motor acceleration time to the maximum frequency at the motor rated torque.|-|x|-|-| |L3-25|Load Inertia Ratio|Sets the ratio between motor inertia and machine inertia.|-|x *3|-|-|

*1 When L2-29 = 0 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1] and you do KEB Auto-Tuning, the drive will automatically set C1-09. If you must not change the Fast Stop time, do not do KEB Tuning.

*2 If you do KEB Tuning when L2-29 = 1, 2, or 3 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2, System KEB Ride-Thru 1, or System KEB Ride-Thru 2], the drive will automatically set L2-06 [Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time].

*3 The drive sets this value automatically when KEB Tuning completes correctly.

######## ■ L2-01: Power Loss Ride Through Select

Page 415

Page 416

Page 417

Sets the time for voltage to recover from 0 V to the value set in E1-05 [Maximum Output Voltage].

######## ■ L2-05: Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L2-05 (0489)|Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1)|Sets the voltage at which a Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] fault is triggered or at which the KEB function is activated. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04 and E1-01

(200 V Class: 150 - 210 V, 400 V Class: 300 - 420 V)|

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. When you set this parameter to a value lower than the default, you must install an AC reactor on the input side of the power supply. If you do not install an AC reactor, it will cause damage to the drive circuitry.

Note: If the low voltage detection level is near the lower limit value of L2-05, the drive will detect Uv1 during KEB Ride-Thru operation. Do not set the value too low when you use the KEB Ride-Thru function.

######## ■ L2-06: Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L2-06 (048A) Expert|Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time|Sets the deceleration time during KEB operation used to decrease the maximum output frequency to 0.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|

Set L2-29 = 2 or 3 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = System KEB Ride-Thru 1 or System KEB Ride-Thru 2] to enable this function. When L2-29 = 1, 2 , 3 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2, System KEB Ride-Thru 1, System KEB Ride-Thru 2] and you do KEB Auto-Tuning, the drive will automatically set this value. Sets the deceleration time necessary to decelerate from the frequency reference to 0 Hz when the drive detects a momentary power loss. If a Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] fault occurs during KEB operation, decrease the deceleration time. If an ov [Overvoltage] fault occurs, increase the deceleration time.

• L2-06 = 0 The drive automatically decreases C1-09 [Fast Stop Time] to the base value to keep the DC bus voltage above the low voltage detection level. The drive ignores L2-02 [Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time] in this condition.

• L2-06 ≠ 0 As shown in Figure 2.129, the frequency reference decelerates to the KEB frequency level as specified by the deceleration rate set in L2-06 and then returns to the initial frequency reference as specified by C1-01 [Acceleration Time 1]. The drive uses the setting value of the KEB frequency rate as shown in the this formula to set the KEB frequency level: KEB frequency level = Output frequency before power loss × (1 - (L2-02)/ (L2-06))

| | | | |---|---|---| | | | | | | | |

Figure 2.129 Kinetic Energy Backup Decel Time

######## ■ L2-07: Kinetic Energy Backup Accel Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L2-07 (048B) Expert|Kinetic Energy Backup Accel Time|Sets the acceleration time to return the frequency to the frequency reference before a power loss after canceling KEB operation.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|

ParameterDetails

Page 418

Page 419

When you input KEB Ride-Thru, KEB operation continues after the time set in L2-10 is expired. When you cancel KEB Ride-Thru, the motor accelerates again. When you do not input KEB Ride-Thru during the time set in L2-10, the drive accelerates to the frequency reference that the drive had before power loss in the applicable acceleration time.

When L2-01 = 3, 4, or 5, and the DC bus voltage is a minimum of the value of L2-11 [DC Bus Vol Setpoint during KEB], the drive accelerates again after the time set in L2-10 is expired. If the DC bus voltage is less than the L2-11 value, KEB operation continues after the time set in L2-10 is expired.

Note:

•When L2-01 = 0, 1, or 2 [Disabled, Enabled, or Enabled when CPU is Running], increase the value of L2-10. Set L2-10 to cancel KEB operation if the KEB Ride-Thru is not input

•Set this parameter to 0 to disable the function.

■ L2-11: KEB DC Bus Voltage Setpoint

■ L2-29: Kinetic Energy Backup Method

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L2-11 (0461) Expert|KEB DC Bus Voltage Setpoint|Sets the target value that controls the DC bus voltage to a constant level in Single Drive KEB RideThru 2. Sets the DC bus voltage level that completes the KEB operation for all other KEB methods.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by E1-01 (Determined by E1-01)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L2-29 (0475) Expert|Kinetic Energy Backup Method|Sets the KEB function operation mode.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 3)|

Set L2-01 = 3, 4, or 5 [Momentary Power Loss Ope Select = KEB Mode, KEB Stop Mode, or KEB Decel to Stp] or KEB Ride-Thru 1/2 [H1-xx = 65, 66, 7A, or 7B], to enable the KEB function.

############## 0 : Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1

The drive monitors the DC bus voltage and uses regenerative energy from the motor to hold the DC bus voltage at the level set in L2-11 [KEB DC Bus Voltage Setpoint]. The KEB operation continues and the deceleration rate changes as specified by C1-09 [Fast Stop Time].

Note:

•If the drive detects Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] during KEB operation, decrease the value of C1-09.

•If the drive detects ov [Overvoltage] during KEB operation, increase the value of C1-09.

############## 1 : Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2

The drive does KEB operation and automatically calculates the deceleration rate to make sure that the main circuit electrical energy and main current voltage from motor regenerative energy is equal to L2-11 [DC Bus Vol Setpoint during KEB].

Page 420

Page 421

Page 422

Page 423

Page 424

Page 425

Page 426

Page 427

Page 428

• L3-04 = 2 [Decel Stall Prevention Selection = Automatic Decel Reduction]

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L3-20 (0465) Expert|DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain|Sets the proportional gain used to control the DC bus voltage.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.00 - 5.00)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L3-21 (0466) Expert|OVSuppression Accel/Decel P Gain|Sets the proportional gain to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.10 - 10.00)|

• L3-11 = 1 [OV Suppression Function Select = Enabled]

• H1-xx = 7A or 7B [MFDI Function Select = KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.O./N.C.)]

Note:

•If stall prevention during deceleration function causes large speed or current ripples and L2-29 = 1, H1-xx = 7A or 7B, or L3-04 = 2, gradually decrease this parameter in 0.05-unit increments. If the drive detects ov [Overvoltage] or oC [Overcurrent], decrease this parameter. If you decrease the gain too much, it can cause a delay in control in the DC bus voltage or the deceleration time could be longer than the best deceleration time.

•If sudden increases in the regenerative load cause ov faults and L3-11 = 1, gradually increase this parameter in 0.1-unit increments. If there are large speed ripples, gradually decrease this parameter in 0.05-unit increments.

######## ■ L3-22: PM Stall Prevention Decel Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L3-22 (04F9)|PM Stall Prevention Decel Time|Sets the momentary deceleration time that the drive will use when it tries to accelerate a PM motor and detected motor stalls. This function is applicable when L3-01 = 1 [Stall Prevent Select duringAccel = General Purpose].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.0 s (0.0 - 6000.0 s)|

Set this parameter to 0.0 s to disable this function. The drive will decelerates in the deceleration time applicable at the time when a motor stall occurs.

######## ■ L3-23: Stall P Reduction at Constant HP

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L3-23 (04FD)|Stall P Reduction at Constant HP|Sets the function to automatically decrease the Stall Prevention Level during Run for constant output ranges.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

0 : Use L3-06 for Entire Speed Range The drive uses the level set in L3-06 [Stall Prevent Level during Run] through the full speed range. 1 : Automatic Reduction @ CHP Region The drive decreases the Stall Prevention level during run in the constant power range. The lower limit is 40% of the L3-06 value.

######## ■ L3-24: Motor Accel Time @ Rated Torque

Page 429

Page 430

Page 431

Page 432

Page 433

|---|---|---|---| |L4-04 (049C)|Speed Agree Detection Width (+/-)|Sets the width to detect speed agree or motor speed.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (Determined by A1-02)|

Sets the width to detect speed agree or motor speed when H2-01 to H2-03 = 13, 14, 15, 16 [MFDO Function Selection = Speed Agree 2, User-set Speed Agree 2, Frequency Detection 3, Frequency Detection 4].

######## ■ L4-05: Fref Loss Detection Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L4-05 (049D)|Fref Loss Detection Selection|Sets the operation when the drive detects a loss of frequency reference.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

Enables the detection of a loss of an analog frequency reference when the frequency reference is input from the MFAI terminals (A1, A2, and A3). Set H2-01 to H2-03 = C [MFDO Function Select = Frequency Reference Loss] to enable this function.

If the frequency reference is less than 10% in 400 ms, the drive detects frequency reference loss.

Figure 2.136 Detection of Frequency Reference Loss

0 : Stop The drive follows the frequency reference and stops the motor. 1 : Run at (L4-06 x Last Reference)

The drive continues to operate at the frequency reference value set in L4-06 [FreqReference at Reference Loss]. When you return the external frequency reference value, the drive continues to operate with the frequency reference.

######## ■ L4-06: Frequency Reference @Loss of Ref

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L4-06 (04C2)|Frequency Reference @Loss of Ref|Sets the frequency reference as a percentage to continue drive operation after it detects a frequency reference loss. The value is a percentage of the frequency reference before the drive detected the loss.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|80.0% (0.0 - 100.0%)|

Set L4-05 = 1 [FreqReference Loss Detect Select = Run@L4-06PrevRef] to enable this parameter.

######## ■ L4-07: Speed Agree Detection Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L4-07 (0470)|Speed Agree Detection Selection|Sets the condition that activates speed detection.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

0 : No Detection during Baseblock Detects the frequency while the drive is operating. When the drive turns off its output, it will not detect frequency. 1 : Detection Always Enabled

◆ L5: Fault Restart The Auto Restart function tries to keep machines operating when the drive detects a transient fault. The drive can do a self-diagnostic check and continue the operation after a fault. If the cause of the fault goes away, the drive does speed search and restarts. It will not stop and the drive will not record a fault history. Use L5-02 [Fault Contact at Restart Select] to select the operation of fault relay signals during Auto Restart operation.

Page 434

Page 435

Page 436

Page 437

Page 438

######## ■ Parameter Setting

You can individually set the two overtorque/undertorque detection functions with the drive. Use the information in Table 2.70 to set the parameters.

Table 2.70 Overtorque/Undertorque Detection Parameters

|Configuration Parameter|Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1|Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2| |---|---|---| |MFDO Function Select

• Terminals M1-M2
• Terminals M3-M4
• Terminals M5-M6
|H2-01, H2-02, and H2-03 = B N.O.: Activated when detected|H2-01, H2-02, and H2-03 = 18 N.O.: Activated when detected| |MFDO Function Select

• Terminals M1-M2
• Terminals M3-M4
• Terminals M5-M6
|H2-01, H2-02, and H2-03 = 17 N.C.: Disactivated when detected|H2-01, H2-02, and H2-03 = 19 N.C.: Disactivated when detected| |Detection conditions and selection of operation after detection|L6-01|L6-04| |Detection Level|L6-02|L6-05| |Detection Level|Analog Input Terminal *1 H3-xx = 7|-|

|Configuration Parameter|Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1|Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2| |---|---|---| |Detection Time|L6-03|L6-06|

*1 You can also use an analog input terminal to supply the torque detection level. To enable this function, set H3-xx = 7 [MFAI Function Selection = Overtorque/Undertorque DetectLvl]. If both L6-02 and H3-xx = 7 are set, the analog input has priority and the setting of L602 is disabled.

You cannot use Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2 to set the detection level for the analog input terminals. Note: In V/f Control, the drive uses the current level (100% of the drive rated output current) to detect overtorque/undertorque. In vector control, the drive uses the motor torque (100% of the motor rated torque)to detect overtorque/undertorque. When you enable the mechanical weakening detection function, the overtorque/undertorque detection level for all control modes is the current level (100% of the drive rated output current).

■ Time Chart for Detection of Overtorque/Undertorque Overtorque Detection Time Chart When you use Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1, the drive detects overtorque if the motor current or motor torque is at the detection level set in L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1] for the time set in L6-03 [Torque Detection Time 1]. Parameter L6-01 [Torque Detection Selection 1] sets the operation after detection. When you use Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2, set L6-04 [Torque Detection Selection 2], L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 2], and L6-06 [Torque Detection Time 2]. Use H2-01 to H2-03 [MFDO Function Select] to set the terminal that outputs the alarm.

Figure 2.139 Overtorque Detection Time Chart Note:

The drive applies a hysteresis of approximately 10% of the drive rated output current or the motor rated torque to the overtorque/undertorque detection function.

Undertorque Detection Time Chart

When you use Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1, the drive detects undertorque if the motor current or motor torque is less than or equal to the detection level set in L6-02 for the time set in L6-03. Parameter L6-01 sets the operation after detection.

When you use Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2, set the operation in L6-04, L6-05, and L6-06. Use H2-01 to H2-03 [MFDO Function Select] to set the terminal that outputs the alarm.

Figure 2.140 Undertorque Detection Time Chart Note:

The drive applies a hysteresis of approximately 10% of the drive rated output current or the motor rated torque to the overtorque/undertorque detection function.

ParameterDetails

Page 439

######## 2

######## ■ Mechanical Weakening Detection

The Mechanical Weakening Detection function detects the mechanical weakening of a machine that can cause overtorque or undertorque because of motor speed and total drive operation time. The drive activates the function if the drive total operation time is longer than the time set in L6-11 [Mech Fatigue Hold Off Time]. You can use U4-01 [Cumulative Ope Time] to monitor the total operation time. Parameter Settings The drive detects Mechanical Weakening if overtorque or undertorque occur during the speed range set in L6-08 [Mechanical Fatigue Detect Select] and L6-09 [Mech Fatigue Detect Speed Level] for the length of time set in L6-10 [Mech Fatigue Detect Delay Time]. The drive uses L6-01 to L6-03 [Torque Detection 1 Setting Parameter] to detect oL5 [Mechanical Weakening Detection 1] or UL5 [Mechanical Weakening Detection 2]. Parameter L6-08 sets the operation after detection. Set the terminal that outputs the fault in H2-01 to H2-03 [MFDO Function Select].

Table 2.71 Mechanical Weakening Detection Settings Parameters

|Configuration Parameter|Configuration Parameter|Mechanical Deterioration Detection| |---|---|---| |MFDO Function Select

• Terminals M1-M2
• Terminals M3-M4
• Terminals M5-M6
|MFDO Function Select

• Terminals M1-M2
• Terminals M3-M4
• Terminals M5-M6
|H2-01, H2-02, and H2-03 = 22| |Operation Selection after Detection|Operation Selection after Detection|L6-08| |Detection Start Time|Detection Start Time|L6-11| |Speed Range|Detection Criteria|L6-08| |Speed Range|Detection Level|L6-09| |Speed Range|Detection Time|L6-10| |Overtorque|Detection Criteria|L6-01| |Overtorque|Detection Level|L6-02| |Overtorque|Detection Time|L6-03|

######## ■ L6-01: Torque Detection Selection 1

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L6-01 (04A1)|Torque Detection Selection 1|Sets the speed range that detects overtorque and undertorque and the operation of drives (operation status) after detection.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0 - 8)|

The drive detects overtorque if the motor current or output torque is more than the level set in L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1] for the length of time set in L6-03 [Torque Detection Time 1]. The drive detects undertorque if the motor current or output torque is less than the level set in L6-02 for the length the time set in L6-03.

0 : Disabled The drive will not detect overtorque or undertorque.

1 : oL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only

The drive detects overtorque when the output frequency aligns with the frequency reference. Detection does not occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs an oL3 [Overtorque Detection 1] and operation continues.

2 : oL @ RUN - Alarm only

When the Run command is enabled, the drive constantly detects overtorque. The drive outputs an oL3 and operation continues.

3 : oL @ Speed Agree - Fault

The drive detects overtorque when the output frequency aligns with the frequency reference. Detection does not occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs an oL3 [Overtorque Detection 1] and operation stops.

Page 440

Page 441

Page 442

Page 443

Page 444

######## ■ L6-10: Mech Fatigue Detect Delay Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L6-10 (046A)|Mech Fatigue Detect Delay Time|Sets the time for mechanical deterioration detection.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.1 s (0.0 - 10.0 s)|

ParameterDetails

When the detection conditions set in L6-08 [Mechanical Weakening Detect Ope] continue for the time set in L6-10, the drive will detect mechanical weakening.

######## ■ L6-11: Mech Fatigue Hold Off Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L6-11 (046B)|Mech Fatigue Hold Off Time|Sets the time that the drive will start mechanical deterioration detection triggered by the cumulative operation time of the drive.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 h (0 - 65535 h)|

When the total operation time of the drive is more than the value set in L6-11, the drive will detect mechanical weakening. Use U4-01 [Cumulative Ope Time] to monitor the drive total operation time.

######## ◆ L7: Torque Limit

The torque limit function limits the internal torque reference for the drive to limit the quantity of torque generated by the motor to a constant quantity. This function keeps the torque applied to loads and regenerative torque less than a set quantity. This function also prevents damage to machinery and increases the reliability of continuous operation. You can set torque limits individually for the four quadrants, which include torque direction (motoring/regeneration) and direction of motor rotation (forward/reverse). When the torque reference value is at the set torque limit, the MFDO terminal set for During Torque Limit [H2-xx = 30] activates.

Note:

•The drive output current limits maximum output torque. The drive limits torque to 150% of the rated output current for Heavy Duty Rating (HD) and to 110% of the rated output current for Normal Duty Rating (ND). The actual output torque is not more than the limits of the drive rated output current when you set the torque limit to a high value.

•When you use torque limits for lifting applications, do not lower the torque limit value too much. When the torque limit function is triggered, falls and rollbacks can occur because of sudden acceleration stops and stalls of the motor.

■ Configuring Settings Use one of these methods to set torque limits:

• Individually set the four torque limit quadrants using L7-01 to L7-04 [Torque Limit].

• Use MFAI to individually set the four torque limit quadrants. Set H3-02, H3-06, H3-10 = 10, 11, 12 [MFAI Function Select = Forward/Reverse/Regenerative Torque Limit].

• Use MFAI to set all four torque limit quadrants together. Set H3-02, H3-06, H3-10 = 15 [General Torque Limit].

• Use a communication option to set all four torque limit quadrants together. Figure 2.141 shows the configuration method for each quadrant.

Figure 2.141 Torque Limits and Analog Input Setting Parameters Note:

•When L7-01 to L7-04 and analog inputs or communication option torque limits set torque limits for the same quadrant, he drive enables the lower value. In this example of parameter settings, the torque limit for quadrant 1 is 130% and the torque limit for quadrants 2, 3, and 4 is 150%. Settings: L7-01 = 130%, L7-02 to L7-04 = 200%, and MFAI torque limit = 150%

Page 445

Page 446

Page 447

|---|---|---|---| |L7-06 (04AC)|Torque Limit Integral Time|Sets the integral time constant for the torque limit function.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 ms (5 - 10000 ms)|

Decrease the setting value to increase torque limit responsiveness when you use torque limits and L7-07 = 1 [Torque Limit during Accel/Decel = Proportional & Integral control]. If there is hunting when torque limits are active, increase the setting value.

######## ■ L7-07: Torque Limit during Accel/Decel

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L7-07 (04C9)|Torque Limit during Accel/ Decel|Sets the torque limit function during acceleration and deceleration.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

0 : Proportional only The torque limit function works with proportional control during acceleration and deceleration, and switches to integral control at constant speed. Use this setting when quickly reaching the target speed is more important than the torque limit during speed changes. 1 : Proportional & Integral control The torque limit function always uses integral control. Use this setting when a very accurate torque limit is necessary during speed changes, for example in winding machine applications. If you make the torque limit the most important, it can:

• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times.

• Not let the motor speed reach the frequency reference value during run at constant speed.

######## ■ L7-16: Torque Limit Process at Start

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L7-16 (044D)|Torque Limit Process at Start|Assigns a time filter to allow the torque limit to build at start.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|

0 : Disabled There is torque limit at start without a delay time. Use this setting to maximize the response time when sudden acceleration or deceleration at start is necessary.

1 : Enabled There is a delay time of 64 ms at start to build the torque limit.

######## ■ L7-35: Low Freq Regen Torque Limit Lvl

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L7-35 (1B57) Expert|Low Freq Regen Torque Limit Lvl|Sets the torque limit used during low-speed regeneration. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50.0% (0.0 - 200.0%)|

Reduces the regenerative torque limit to the level set with L7-35 when using low frequencies such that the output frequency is less than L7-36 [Regen Torque Limit Derate Freq]. The drive does not decrease torque limits during ramp to stop operation. Decrease the setting of L7-35 when oC [Overcurrent] issues occur while a regenerative load is input and the speed reference is constant.

Note:

•Reduce the setting value of L7-35 in increments of 10.0% and reduce the setting value of L7-36 in increments of 2.0 Hz when faults occur during regenerative loads at low speed.

Page 448

•Setting values that are too high can cause faults.

•The torque limit reduction function does not operate when L7-35 is set with a value larger than L7-03 [Forward Regenerative Trq Limit] or L7-04 [Reverse Regenerative Trq Limit].

•The motor may rotate slightly faster than the reference when a regenerative load is input at low speeds while L7-35 is set to a low value.

######## ■ L7-36: Regen Torque Limit Derate Freq

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L7-36 (1B58) Expert|Regen Torque Limit Derate Freq|Sets the frequency width at which L7-35 [Low Freq Regen Torque Limit Lvl] operates.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|6.0 Hz (0.0 - 30.0 Hz)|

If the drive detects oC [Overcurrent] faults when you connect regenerative loads at low speed, increase the setting value. Decreases the torque limit as specified by the setting of L7-35 in a range of 0 ≤ output frequency < L7-36. When the torque limit gradually changes as specified by the output frequency until the output frequency = L7-36, the value changes to the setting of L7-03 [Forward Regenerative Trq Limit] and L7-04 [Reverse Regenerative Trq Limit].

Note: If you increase the setting of L7-36, the motor will rotate at a speed higher than specified when a you input a regenerative load. Do not set the value higher than necessary.

◆ L8: Drive Protection L8 parameters set protective functions that prevent faults such as overheating, phase loss, and ground faults.

######## ■ L8-01: 3% ERF DB Resistor Protection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L8-01 (04AD)|3% ERF DB Resistor Protection|Sets the function to enable braking resistor protection with a Yaskawa ERF series braking resistor (3% ED) installed on the heatsink.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

0 : Disabled Disables braking resistor protection. Use this setting for dynamic braking options that are not Yaskawa ERF series braking resistors. 1 : Enabled Enables protection for Yaskawa ERF series braking resistors.

Note: Set L8-01 = 1 and H2-01 to H2-03 = D [MFDO Function Select = Braking Resistor Fault]. Use a sequence to turn OFF power with MFDO.

######## ■ L8-02: Overheat Alarm Level

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L8-02 (04AE)|Overheat Alarm Level|Sets the oH detection level in temperature.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by o2-04, C6-01 (50 - 150 °C)|

If the heatsink temperature is more than the temperature set in this parameter, the drive detects an overheat pre-alarm. To enable this function, set one of H2-01 to H2-03 [MFDO Function Select] to 20 [Drive Overheat Pre-Alarm (oH)]. If the temperature increases to the overheat fault level, the drive will trigger an oH1 [Heatsink Overheat] fault and stop operation.

######## ■ L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---|

Page 449

Page 450

Page 451

Page 452

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L8-18 (04BE)|Software Current Limit Selection|Set the software current limit selection function to prevent damage to the main circuit transistor caused by too much current.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

0 : Disabled When the output current is at the software current limit value, the drive does not restrict the output voltage.

Note: The drive may detect an oC [Overcurrent] when loads are particularly heavy or the acceleration time is particularly short.

1 : Enabled When the output current is at the software current limit value, the drive decreases output voltage to decrease output current. When the output current decreases to the software current limit level, the drive starts usual operation.

######## ■ L8-19: Freq Reduction @ oH Pre-Alarm

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L8-19 (04BF)|Freq Reduction @ oH PreAlarm|Sets the ratio at which the drive derates the frequency reference during an oH alarm.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.8 (0.1 - 0.9)|

When these two conditions are correct, this function is enabled:

• L8-03 = 4 [Overheat Pre-Alarm Ope Selection = Run@L8-19 Rate]

• oH alarm is output

######## ■ L8-20: Control Fault & Step Out Detect

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L8-20 (04C0) Expert|Control Fault & Step Out Detect|Sets operation after the drive detects a CF fault when A1-02 = 4 [Control Method Selection = Advanced Open Loop Vector].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0 - 2)|

If you enter a Stop command but it cannot stop drive operation, the drive will detect CF. 0 : Disabled 1 : CF/STPo Detection Enabled 2 : CF ALM/Stop The drive stops DC injection braking as specified by the value of b2-03 [DC Inject Braking Time at Start].

Note:

•When A1-02 = 4, control will not be stable if you do not do Rotational Auto-Tuning. This can cause CF faults if you ramp to stop. If the drive detects CF, do Rotational Auto-Tuning and Line-to-Line Resistance Tuning. Also, do Line-to-Line Resistance Tuning.

•If you set A1-02 = 4 and set these parameters, the drive can detect CF because it cannot stop the operation in some load conditions. Make sure that you do Rotational Auto-Tuning and Line-to-Line Resistance Tuning correctly and then set L8-20 = 0.

–d5-01 = 1 [Torque Control Selection = Torque Control] –L3-11 = 1 [Overvoltage Suppression Select = Enabled] –Decreased L7-01 to L7-04 [Torque Limit].

Page 453

Page 454

Page 455

|---|---|---|---| |L8-38 (04EF)|Carrier Frequency Reduction|Sets the carrier frequency reduction function. The drive reduces the carrier frequency when the output current is more than a specified level.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02, C601 and o2-04

(0 - 2)|

If you decrease the carrier frequency, it increases the overload tolerance. The overload capacity increases temporarily for oL2 [Drive Overloaded] and lets the drive operate through transient load peaks and not trip.

0 : Disabled The drive will not decrease the carrier frequency at high current.

1 : Enabled below 6 Hz

The drive decreases the carrier frequency at speeds less than 6 Hz when the current is more than 100% of the drive rated current. When the current is less than 88% or the output frequency is more than 7 Hz, the drive goes back to the usual carrier frequency.

2 : Enabled for All Speeds The drive decreases the carrier frequency at these speeds:

• Output current is a minimum of 100% of the drive rated current and the frequency reference is less than 6 Hz.

• Output current is a minimum of 109% of the drive rated current, the drive is in Normal Duty mode, and the frequency reference is 7 Hz or more.

• Output current is a minimum of 112% of the drive rated current, the drive is in Heavy Duty mode, and the

frequency reference is 7 Hz or more. When the drive switches the carrier frequency to the set value, it uses the delay time set in L8-40 [CarrierFreqReduct Off DelayTime] and a hysteresis of 12%.

######## ■ L8-40: Carrier Freq Reduction Off-Delay

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L8-40 (04F1)|Carrier Freq Reduction OffDelay|Sets the length of time until the automatically reduced carrier frequency returns to the condition before the reduction.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by A1-02 (0.00 - 2.00 s)|

Set L8-40 ≠ 0.00 to enable the carrier frequency reduction function during start-up. When operation starts, the drive automatically decreases the carrier frequency. When the time set in L8-40 is expired, the carrier frequency returns to the value set in C6-02 [Carrier Frequency Selection]. When L8-38 = 1, 2 [Carrier Frequency Reduction = Enabled], the drive applies L8-40 as the time for the carrier frequency to return to its configured value after it is decreased.

######## ■ L8-41: High Current Alarm Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |L8-41 (04F2)|High Current Alarm Selection|Sets the function to cause an HCA [Current Alarm] when the output current is more than 150% of the drive rated current.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

0 : Disabled The drive will not detect HCA [Current Alarm]. 1 : Enabled If the output current is more than 150% of the drive rated current, the drive will detect HCA. The MFDO terminal set for an alarm [H2-01 to H2-03 = 10] activates.

######## ■ L8-51: STPo I Detection Level

Page 456

Page 457

Page 458

Page 459

Page 460

Page 461

Page 462

Page 463

Page 464

Page 465

######## ■ n3-02: HSB Current Limit Level

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n3-02 (0589) Expert|HSB Current Limit Level|Sets the maximum current output during high-slip braking as a percentage of E2-01 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)]. Also set the current suppression to prevent exceeding drive overload tolerance.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|Determined by C6-01, L8-38 (0 - 150%)|

Note: The upper limit of the setting range changes when the setting for C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] changes.

•150% when C6-01 = 0 [Heavy Duty Rating (HD) for Constant Torque Applications].

•110% when C6-01 = 1 [Normal Duty Rating (ND) for Variable Torque Applications].

When you decrease the setting value for current suppression, it will make the deceleration time longer.

• When you must detect ov [DC Bus Overvoltage] during high-slip braking, set this parameter to a low value.

• If the motor current increases during high-slip braking, decrease the setting value to prevent burn damage in the motor.

• The overload tolerance for the drive is 150% for Heavy Duty Rating (HD) and 110% for Normal Duty Rating (ND).

######## ■ n3-03: HSB Dwell Time at Stop

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n3-03 (058A) Expert|HSB Dwell Time at Stop|Sets the dwell time, a length of time when high-slip braking is ending and during which the motor speed decreases and runs at a stable speed. For a set length of time, the drive will hold the actual output frequency at the minimum output frequency set in E1-09.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.0 s (0.0 - 10.0 s)|

If there is too much inertia or when the motor is coasting to a stop after high-slip braking is complete, increase the setting value. If the setting value is too low, machine inertia can cause the motor to rotate after high-slip braking is complete.

######## ■ n3-04: HSB Overload Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n3-04 (058B) Expert|HSB Overload Time|Sets the time used to detect oL7 [High Slip Braking Overload], which occurs when the output frequency does not change during high-slip braking. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|40 s (30 - 1200 s)|

If a force on the load side is rotating the motor or if there is too much load inertia connected to the motor, the drive will detect oL7. The current flowing to the motor from the load can overheat the motor and cause burn damage to the motor. Set this parameter to prevent burn damage to the motor.

ParameterDetails

######## 2

Page 466

######## ■ n3-13: OverexcitationBraking (OEB) Gain

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n3-13 (0531)|OverexcitationBraking (OEB) Gain|Sets the gain value that the drive multiplies by the V/f pattern output value during overexcitation deceleration to calculate the overexcitation level.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.10 (1.00 - 1.40)|

The V/f pattern output value goes back to its usual level after the motor stops or accelerates again to the frequency reference speed. The best value of this parameter changes when the flux saturation characteristics of the motor change.

• Gradually increase the value of n3-13 to 1.25 or 1.30 to increase the braking power of Overexcitation Deceleration. If the gain is too much, the motor can have flux saturation and cause a large quantity of current to flow. This can increase the deceleration time.

• Decrease the setting value if flux saturation causes overcurrent. If you increase the setting value, the drive can detect oC [Overcurrent], oL1 [Motor Overload], and oL2 [Drive Overload]. Decrease the value of n3-21 [HSB Current Suppression Level] to prevent oC and oL.

• Regular use of overexcitation deceleration or extended periods of overexcitation deceleration can increase internal motor temperatures. Decrease the setting value in these conditions.

• If ov [Overvoltage] occurs, increase the deceleration time.

######## ■ n3-14: OEB High Frequency Injection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n3-14 (0532) Expert|OEB High Frequency Injection|Sets the function that injects harmonic signals during overexcitation deceleration.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0 (0, 1)|

Enable this parameter to set a shorter deceleration time.

Note:

•If you frequently use overexcitation deceleration on a motor, the motor loss will increase the risk of burn damage.

•When you set this parameter to 1, the motor can make a loud excitation sound during overexcitation deceleration. If the excitation sound is

unwanted, set this parameter to 0 to disable the function. 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled

The drive injects harmonic signals at the time of overexcitation deceleration. You can decrease the deceleration time because motor loss increases.

######## ■ n3-21: HSB Current Suppression Level

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n3-21 (0579)|HSB Current Suppression Level|Sets the upper limit of the current that is suppressed at the time of overexcitation deceleration as a percentage of the drive rated current.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100% (0 - 150%)|

If flux saturation during Overexcitation Deceleration makes the motor current become more than the value set in this parameter, the drive will automatically decrease the overexcitation gain. If oC [Overcurrent], oL1 [Motor Overload], or oL2 [Drive Overloaded] occur during overexcitation deceleration, decrease the setting value. If repetitive or long overexcitation deceleration cause the motor to overheat, decrease the setting value.

Page 467

Page 468

|---|---|---|---| |n4-60 (1B80)|Motoring Low Speed Comp Gain|Sets a compensation gain to improve the control qualities for motoring loads in the low speed range.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0% (50.0 - 200.0%)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n4-61 (1B81)|Low Speed Comp Frequency Level|Sets a frequency at which the settings n4-60 [Motoring Low Speed Comp Gain] and n4-62 [Regen Low Speed Comp Gain] are enabled. When the output frequency < n4-61, the drive adjusts the torque to agree with the settings for n4-60 and n4-62. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|6.00 Hz (0.50 - 12.00 Hz)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n4-62 (1B82)|Regen Low Speed Comp Gain|Sets a compensation gain to improve the control qualities for regenerative loads in the low speed range.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100.0 (50.0 - 500.0)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n4-63 (1B83)|Speed EstimateResponse@High Freq|Sets the responsiveness of the speed estimation in high speed ranges, where the output frequency is ≥ n4-67 [Estimate Gain Switchover Freq].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|60.0 (0.1 - 300.0)|

If better response of speed estimation is necessary, or if the motor oscillates, or if there is a large quantity of torque ripple, increase the setting value in 10.0 unit increments. If this does not make it better, decrease the setting value in 10.0 unit increments.

ParameterDetails

######## 2

Note: Do rotational Auto-Tuning before you adjust n4-63, n4-64 [Speed Estimate Response@Low Freq], n4-65 [Flux Estimate Response@High Freq], and n4-66 [Flux Estimate Response @Low Freq].

######## ■ n4-64: Speed Estimate Response@Low Freq

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n4-64 (1B84)|Speed Estimate Response@Low Freq|Sets the responsiveness of the speed estimation in low speed ranges, where 0 ≤ the output frequency, which is < n4-67 [Estimate Gain Switchover Freq].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|60.0 (0.1 - 300.0)|

If better response of speed estimation is necessary, or if the motor oscillates, or if there is a large quantity of torque ripple, increase the setting value in 10.0 unit increments.

Note: Do rotational Auto-Tuning before you adjust n4-63 [Speed EstimateResponse@High Freq], n4-64, n4-65 [Flux Estimate Response@High Freq], and n4-66 [Flux Estimate Response @Low Freq].

######## ■ n4-65: Flux Estimate Response@High Freq

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---|

Page 469

|n4-65 (1B85)|Flux Estimate Response@High Freq|Sets the responsiveness of the magnetic flux estimation in high speed ranges, where the output frequency is ≥ n4-67 [Estimate Gain Switchover Freq]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.50 - 3.00)|

If the drive detects oS [Overspeed] in no-load conditions, or if the speed does not become stable in the high speed range, increase or decrease the setting value in 0.05 unit increments.

######## ■ n4-66: Flux Estimate Response @Low Freq

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n4-66 (1B86)|Flux Estimate Response @Low Freq|Sets the responsiveness of the magnetic flux estimation in low speed ranges, where 0 ≤ the output frequency, which is < n4-67 [Estimate Gain Switchover Freq]. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.50 (0.50 - 3.00)|

If the drive detects oS [Overspeed] in no-load conditions, or if the speed does not become stable in the low speed range, increase or decrease the setting value in 0.05 unit increments.

######## ■ n4-67: Estimate Gain Switchover Freq

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n4-67 (1B87)|Estimate Gain Switchover Freq|Sets the switching frequency for estimation gain for these parameters:

n4-63 [Speed EstimateResponse@High Freq]
n4-64 [Speed Estimate Response@Low Freq]
n4-65 [Flux Estimate Response@High Freq]
n4-66 [Flux Estimate Response @Low Freq] Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|6.00 Hz (0.00 - E1-04 setting)|

When the output frequency ≥ n4-67, the drive will select n4-63 and n4-65. When the output frequency < n4-67, the drive will select n4-64 and n4-66.

######## ■ n4-68: Speed Estimation Filter Time

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n4-68 (1B88)|Speed Estimation Filter Time|Sets the primary delay time constant for the speed estimation value. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0.001 s (0.001 - 0.010 s)|

If the motor speed oscillates in the high speed range, set the value to 0.010 s.

######## ■ n4-69: Flux Control Response

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n4-69 (1B89)|Flux Control Response|Unifies control of magnetic flux to make motor vibrations more stable.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1.00 (0.00 - 60.00)|

If step-out occurs when the load changes, decrease the setting value in 1.00 increments. Note: If heavy loads decrease motor speed, increase the setting value in 1.00 increments. If it does not get better, increase n4-74 [Limit of Flux Loop] in 20% increments.

######## ■ n4-70: Speed Command Comp @ Low Freq

Page 470

Page 471

Page 472

Page 473

Page 474

Page 475

Page 476

Page 477

Page 478

Page 479

Page 480

Page 481

Page 482

Page 483

Page 484

Page 485

Page 486

Page 487

Page 488

Page 489

Page 490

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n8-75 (05C4)|Medium Load Iq Level (low)|Set n8-78 [Medium Load Id Current] to the percentage of load current (q-axis current) that you will apply, where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = a setting value of 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50% (0 - 255%)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n8-76 (05CD) Expert|Id Switching Filter Time|Sets the filter time constant for d-axis current reference. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|200 ms (0 - 5000 ms)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n8-77 (05CE)|Heavy Load Iq Level|Set n8-49 [Heavy Load Id Current] to the percentage of load current (q-axis current) that you will apply, where E5-03 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] = a setting value of 100%.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|90% (0 - 255%)|

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n8-78 (05F4)|Medium Load Id Current|Sets the level of the pull-in current for mid-range loads.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|0% (-200 - +200%)|

######## ■ n8-79: Pull-in Current @ Deceleration

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n8-79 (05FE)|Pull-in Current @ Deceleration|Sets the pull-in current that can flow during deceleration as a percentage of the E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)].

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|50% (0 - 200%)|

If overcurrent occurs during deceleration, slowly decrease the setting in 5% increments. Note: When n8-79 = 0, the drive will use the value set in n8-51 [Pull-in Current @ Acceleration].

######## ■ n8-84: Polarity Detection Current

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |n8-84 (02D3) Expert|Polarity Detection Current|Sets the current for processing an estimation of the initial motor magnetic pole as a percentage, where E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current] is the 100% value.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|100% (0 - 150%)|

WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Make sure that the polarity is correct before you send a Run command. If the drive incorrectly detects the polarity, the drive can rotate in the direction opposite of the Run command and cause serious injury or death.

If you use a Yaskawa motor and the motor nameplate has an “Si” item, set this parameter to a value equal to or more than "Si x 2". Consult the motor manufacturer to determine the maximum setting values. Find the Polarity of Magnetic Poles At start, the drive estimates the magnetic poles and finds the polarity of the magnetic poles. When A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM], the drive finds the polarity of the magnetic poles only at the first startup. Check monitor U6-57 [PolePolarityDeterVal] to make sure that the drive correctly estimated the polarity of the magnetic poles. The drive automatically calculates n8-84 when High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning completes successfully.

######## ■ n8-94: Flux Position Estimation Method

Page 491

Page 492

Page 493

Page 494

Page 495

Page 496

Page 497

Page 498

Page 499

Page 500

Page 501

• E9-07 [Motor Rated Power] • T1-02 [Motor Rated Power] • T2-04 [PM Motor Rated Power]

• T4-08 [Motor Rated Capacity] 0 : kW Shows the motor output in kW units. 1 : HP Shows the motor output in HP units.

######## ◆ o2: Keypad Operation

######## ■ o2-01: LO/RE Key Function Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |o2-01 (0505)|LO/RE Key Function Selection|Sets the function that lets you use to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE Modes.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|

0 : Disabled

ParameterDetails

######## 2

You cannot use to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE Modes. 1 : Enabled

You can use to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE Modes when the drive is stopped. When LOCAL Mode is selected, on the keypad will come on. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If you change the control source when b1-07 = 1 [LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection = Accept Existing RUN Command], the drive can start suddenly. Before you change the control source, remove all personnel from the area around the drive, motor, and load. Sudden starts can cause serious injury or death. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Fully examine all mechanical and electrical connections before you change o2-01 [LO/RE Key Function Selection] or b1-07 [LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection]. Sudden starts can cause serious injury or death. If b1-07 = 1 [Accept Existing RUN Command] and there is an active Run command when you switch from LOCAL to REMOTE Mode, the drive can start suddenly.

Table 2.73 Function Settings with o2-01 and b1-07

|Function Selection|LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection|Switching from LOCAL Mode to REMOTE Mode|Switching from REMOTE Mode to LOCAL Mode| |---|---|---|---| |o2-01 = 0 [Disabled]|b1-07 = 0 [Disregard Existing RUN Command]|The drive will not switch modes.|The drive will not switch modes.| |o2-01 = 0 [Disabled]|b1-07 = 1 [Accept Existing RUN Command]|The drive will not switch modes.|The drive will not switch modes.| |o2-01 = 1 [Enabled]|b1-07 = 0 [Disregard Existing RUN Command]|The drive will not start operating although the Run command is active. When you set Run command to active again, the drive will start to run.|The drive cannot operate because the Run command is not enabled.| |o2-01 = 1 [Enabled]|b1-07 1 [Accept Existing RUN Command]|When the Run command is active, the drive will start to run immediately when the mode switches from LOCAL to REMOTE.|The drive cannot operate because the Run command is not enabled.|

######## ■ o2-02: STOP Key Function Selection

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |o2-02 (0506)|STOP Key Function Selection|Sets the function to stop the drive with the button on the keypad when the Run command source for the drive is REMOTE (external) and not assigned to the keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|1 (0, 1)|

0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled

Page 502

Page 503

Page 504

Page 505

Page 506

Page 507

Page 508

Page 509

Page 510

Page 511

Page 512

Page 513

Page 514

Page 515

Page 516

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |o5-04 (1554) RUN|Log Monitor Data 2|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|102 (000, 101 - 999)|

ParameterDetails

Note: Set the U monitor number you will log. For example, to show U1-02 [Output Frequency], set o5-04 = 102. When it is not necessary to set data log monitor, set this parameter to 000.

######## ■ o5-05: Log Monitor Data 3

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |o5-05 (1555) RUN|Log Monitor Data 3|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|103 (000, 101 - 999)|

Note: Sets the number of the U monitor you will log. For example, to show U1-03 [Output Current], set o5-05 103. When it is not necessary to set data log monitors, set this parameter to 000. You cannot select U2 monitor [Fault Trace] or U3 Monitor [Fault History].

######## ■ o5-06: Log Monitor Data 4

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |o5-06 (1556) RUN|Log Monitor Data 4|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|107 (000, 101 - 999)|

Note: Sets the number of the U monitor you will log. For example, to show U1-07 [DC Bus Voltage], set o5-06 = 107. When it is not necessary to set data log monitors, set this parameter to 000. You cannot select U2 monitor [Fault Trace] or U3 Monitor [Fault History].

######## ■ o5-07: Log Monitor Data 5

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |o5-07 (1557) RUN|Log Monitor Data 5|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|108 (000, 101 - 999)|

Note: Sets the number of the U monitor you will log. For example, to show U1-08 [Output Power], set o5-07 = 108. When it is not necessary to set data log monitors, set this parameter to 000. You cannot select U2 monitor [Fault Trace] or U3 Monitor [Fault History].

######## ■ o5-08: Log Monitor Data 6

|No. (Hex.)|Name|Description|Default (Range)| |---|---|---|---| |o5-08 (1558) RUN|Log Monitor Data 6|Sets the data log monitor. This parameter is only available when using an LCD keypad.

V/f CL-V/f OLV CLV AOLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM EZOLV

|V/f, OLV/PM: 0, CL-V/f, OLV, CLV, AOLV, AOLV/ PM, CLV/PM, EZOLV: 105

(000, 101 - 999)|

Page 517

Page 518

Page 519

Page 520

Page 521

Page 522

Page 523

Page 524

Page 525

Page 526

Page 527

Page 528

Page 529

Page 530

3.5 Auto-Tuning .............................................................................................................589

3.6 Test Run....................................................................................................................598

3.7 Fine Tuning during Test Runs (Adjust the Control Function).....................600

3.8 Test Run Checklist .................................................................................................607

3.1 Section Safety

####### 3.1 Section Safety

|DANGER| |---| |Electrical Shock Hazard

Do not examine, connect, or disconnect wiring on an energized drive. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment and wait for the time specified on the warning label at a minimum. The internal capacitor stays charged after the drive is de-energized. The charge indicator LED extinguishes when the DC bus voltage decreases below 50 Vdc. When all indicators are OFF, remove the covers before measuring for dangerous voltages to make sure that the drive is safe.

If you do work on the drive when it is energized, it will cause serious injury or death from electrical shock. The drive has internal capacitors that stay charged after you de-energize the drive.

|

|WARNING| |---| |Electrical Shock Hazard

Do not operate the drive when covers are missing. Replace covers and shields before you operate the drive. Use the drive only as specified by the instructions.

Some figures in this section include drives without covers or safety shields to more clearly show the inside of the drive. If covers or safety shields are missing from the drive, it can cause serous injury or death.

Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the drive is energized. If you touch the internal components of an energized drive, it can cause serious injury or death.|

####### 3.2 Keypad: Names and Functions

| | | | |---|---|---| | | | |

Figure 3.1 Keypad Table 3.1 Keypad: Names and Functions

|No.|Name|Function| |---|---|---| |A|RUN LED|Illuminates to show that the drive is operating the motor. The LED turns OFF when the drive stops. Flashes to show that:

• The drive is decelerating to stop.
• The drive received a Run command but the frequency reference is 0 Hz. Flashes quickly to show that:
• The drive received a Run command from the Multi-Function Digital Input (MFDI) terminals and is switching to REMOTE Mode while the drive is in LOCAL Mode.
• The drive received a Run command from the MFDI terminals when the drive is not in Drive Mode.
• The drive received a Fast Stop command.
• The safety function shuts off the drive output.
• The user pushed on the keypad while the drive is operating in REMOTE Mode.
• The drive is energized with an active Run command and b1-17 = 0 [Run Command at Power Up = Disregard Existing RUN Command].
| |B|ALM LED|Illuminates when the drive detects a fault. Flashes when the drive detects:

• Alarm
• An oPE parameter setting error
• A fault or alarm during Auto-Tuning The light switches off when the drive is in normal operation. There is no fault or alarm.
| |C|microSD Card Insertion Slot|The insertion point for a microSD card.| |D|Function Keys (F1, F2, F3)|The menu shown on the keypad sets the functions for function keys. The name of each function is in the lower half of the display window.| |E|LO/RE LED|Illuminated: The keypad controls the Run command (LOCAL Mode). OFF: The control circuit terminal or serial transmission device controls the Run command (REMOTE Mode).

Note:

• LOCAL: Operated using the keypad. Use the keypad to enter Run/Stop commands and the frequency reference command.
• REMOTE: Operated from the control circuit terminal or serial transmission. Use the frequency reference source entered in b1-01 and the Run command source selected in b1-02.
|

|No.|Name|Function| |---|---|---| |F|LO/RE Selection Key|Switches drive control for the Run command and frequency reference between the keypad (LOCAL) and an external source (REMOTE).

Note:

• Stop operation to enable the LO/RE Selection Key when in Drive Mode. Set o2-01 0 [LO/RE Key Function Selection Disabled] to disable when switching from REMOTE to LOCAL will have a negative effect on system performance.
• The drive will not switch between LOCAL and REMOTE when it is receiving a Run command from an external source.
| |G|STOP Key|Stops drive operation. Note: The STOP key has highest priority. Push to stop the motor even when a Run command (REMOTE Mode) is active at any external Run command source. Set o2-02 0 [STOP Key Function Selection Disabled] to disable the priority in .|

Page 531

|H|Left Arrow Key|Moves the cursor to the left.| |H|Up Arrow Key/Down Arrow Key

/|• Scrolls up or down to display the next item or the previous item.
• Selects parameter numbers, and increments or decrements setting values.
| |H|Right Arrow Key (RESET)|• Moves the cursor to the right.
• Continues to the next screen.
• Clears drive faults.
| |H|ENTER Key|• Enters parameter values and settings.
• Selects menu items to move the user between keypad displays.
• Selects each mode, parameter, and set value.
| |I|RUN Key|Starts the drive in LOCAL mode. Starts the motor tuning procedure in Auto-Tuning Mode.

Note: Push on the keypad to set the drive to LOCAL Mode before using the keypad to operate the motor.| |J|USB Terminal|Insertion point for a mini USB cable. Uses a USB cable (USB standard 2.0, type A - mini-B) to connect the keypad to a PC.| |K|RJ-45 Connector|Connects to the drive using an RJ-45 8-pin straight through UTP CAT5e extension cable or keypad connector.| |L|Clock Battery Cover|Cover for the clock battery.

Note:

• The battery included with the keypad is for operation check. It may be exhausted earlier than the expected battery life described in the manual.
• Refer to “Maintenance & Troubleshooting Manual (TOEPYAIGA8001)” for details on replacement procedure.

To replace the battery, use a Hitachi Maxell “CR2016 Lithium Manganese Dioxide Lithium Battery” or an equivalent battery with these properties:

• Nominal voltage: 3 V
• Operating temperature range: -20°C to +85°C (-4°F to +185°F)
| |M|Insulation Sheet|An insulating sheet is attached to the keypad battery to prevent battery drain. Remove the insulation sheet before you use the keypad for the first time.| |N|Nameplate|Shows the model, lot number, and FLASH number of the keypad.

Note:

Make sure that you use a keypad with FLASH number 1004 or later. Keypads with FLASH numbers 1003 and earlier will not show characters correctly.|

################## WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If you change the control source when b1-07 = 1 [LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection = Accept Existing RUN Command], the drive can start suddenly. Before you change the control source, remove all personnel from the area around the drive, motor, and load. Sudden starts can cause serious injury or death.

######## ◆ LCD Display

Figure 3.2 LCD Display Indications Table 3.2 LCD Display Indications and Meanings

|Symbol|Name|Description| |---|---|---| |A|Time display area|Shows the current time. Set the time on the default settings screen.| |B|Forward run/Reverse indication|Shows direction of motor rotation.

• FWD: Shown when set to Forward run.
• REV: Shown when set to Reverse run. Note: In DriveWorksEZ operation, FWD or REV flash.
| |C|Ready|The screen will show Rdy when the drive is ready for operation or when the drive is running.| |D|Mode display area|Shows the name of the current mode or screen.| |E|Frequency reference source indicator|Shows the current frequency reference source.

• KPD: keypad
• AI: analog input terminal (terminals A1 to A3)
• COM: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
• OPT: option card
• RP: pulse train input terminal (terminal RP)
| |F|Data display area|Shows parameter values, monitor values, and details of the results of operations.| |G|Function keys 1 to 3 (F1 to F3)|The function names shown in this area will change when the selected screen changes. Push one of the function keys to on the keypad to do the function.|

######## ◆ Indicator LEDs and Drive Status

|LED|Display|Drive Status| |---|---|---| |RUN LED|Illuminated|The drive is operating the motor.| |RUN LED|Flashing|• The drive is decelerating to stop.
• The drive received a Run command, but the frequency reference is 0 Hz.
• The drive received a DC Injection Braking command.
| |RUN LED|Flashing Quickly|• The drive received a Run command from the Multi-Function Digital Input (MFDI) terminals and is switching to REMOTE Mode while the drive is in LOCAL Mode.
• The drive received a Run command from an external source, but the drive is not in the Drive Ready (READY) condition.
• The drive received a Fast Stop command.
• The safety function shuts off the drive output.
• The user pushed on the keypad while the drive is operating in REMOTE Mode.
• The drive is energized with an active Run command and b1-17 = 0 [Run Command at Power Up = Disregard Existing RUN Command].
• When b1-03 = 3 [Stopping Method Selection = Coast to Stop with Timer], the Run command is disabled then enabled during the Run wait time.
• The drive received a DC Injection Braking command.
• The voltage of the main circuit power supply decreased, and only the 24 V power supply is supplying power to the drive.
| |RUN LED|OFF|The motor is stopped.| |ALM LED|Illuminated|The drive detects a fault.| |ALM LED|Flashing|The drive detects:

• An alarm
• An oPE parameter setting error
• An Auto-Tuning error Note: The digital characters shown on the keypad will also flash.
| |ALM LED|OFF|There are no drive faults or alarms.| |LO/RE LED|Illuminated|The keypad controls the Run command (LOCAL Mode).| |LO/RE LED|OFF|The control circuit terminal or serial transmission device controls the Run command (REMOTE Mode).|

Page 532

Page 533

Page 534

Page 535

Page 536

Page 537

Page 538

Page 539

Page 540

Page 541

Page 542

Page 543

Page 544

Page 545

Page 546

Page 547

Page 548

Page 549

Page 550

Page 551

Page 552

Page 553

Page 554

Page 555

Page 556

Page 557

Page 558

Page 559

Page 560

Page 561

Page 562

Page 563

Page 564

Page 565

Page 566

Page 567

Page 568

Page 569

Page 570

Page 571

Page 572

Page 573

Page 574

Page 575

Page 576

Page 577

KeypadUseandTestRun

2. Push or to select [Yes] and then push .

3. Push or to select [Yes] and then push .

The keypad will show the “End” message when the write process is complete.

###### 3.5 Auto-Tuning

Auto-Tuning uses motor characteristics to automatically set drive parameters for vector control. Think about the type of motor, drive control method, and the motor installation environment and select the best Auto-Tuning method. The keypad will show the messages with prompts to input the necessary parameter information. These prompts are specified by the selected Auto-Tuning method and the control method setting in A1-02.

◆ Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors This section gives information about Auto-Tuning for induction motors. Auto-Tuning sets these parameters:

• Motor parameters E1-xx, E2-xx (E3-xx, E4-xx for motor 2)

• Speed feedback detection-use F1-xx (only with CLV)

Note:

Do Stationary Auto-Tuning if you cannot do Rotational Auto-Tuning. There can be large differences between the measured results and the motor characteristics when Auto-Tuning is complete. Examine the parameters for the measured motor characteristics after you do Stationary Auto-Tuning.

Table 3.4 Types of Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors

|Mode|Parameter Settings|Application Conditions and Benefits|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Setting)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Setting)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |Mode|Parameter Settings|Application Conditions and Benefits|V/f (0)|CL-V/f (1)|OLV (2)|CLV (3)|AOLV (4)| |Rotational Auto-Tuning|T1-01 = 0|• When you can decouple the motor and load the motor can rotate freely while Auto-Tuning.
• When operating motors that have fixed output characteristics.
• When it is necessary to use motors that have highprecision control.
• When you cannot decouple the motor and load, but the motor load is less than 30%.
|x|x|x|x|x| |Stationary Auto-Tuning 1|T1-01 = 1|• When you cannot decouple the motor and load, but the motor load is more than 30%.
• When the information from the motor test report or motor nameplate is not available. With Stationary Auto-Tuning, the energized drive stays stopped for approximately 1 minute. During this time, the drive automatically measures the necessary motor parameters.
• When operating the motor with a light load after Auto-Tuning. The drive can automatically calculate the motor parameter settings necessary for torque control. Set T1-12 = 1 [Test Mode Selection = Yes] to do a test run after Auto-Tuning.
|-|-|x|x|x| |Line-to-Line Resistance|T1-01 = 2|• After Auto-Tuning, the wiring distance between the drive and motor changed by 50 m or more.
• When the wiring distance is 50 m or more in the V/f Control mode.
• When the motor output and drive capacity are different.
|x|x|x|x|x|

######## ■ Input Data for Induction Motor Auto-Tuning

To do Auto-Tuning, input data for the items in Table 3.5 that have an "x". Before starting Auto-Tuning, prepare the motor test report or record the information on the motor nameplate as a reference.

Keypad Use and Test Run

################# Table 3.5 Input Data for Induction Motor Auto-Tuning

Page 578

Page 579

|---|---|---|---|---|---| |Mode|Parameter Settings|Application Conditions and Benefits|OLV/PM (5)|AOLV/PM (6)|CLV/PM (7)| |Z-Pulse Offset (Pole Position)|T2-01 3|• When you do not know the encoder Z-pulse offset.
• When the encoder was replaced
• If you have compensated for the deviation from Z phase (Δθ).

Note:

The motor will rotate slowly while the drive measures the encoder base position.|-|-|x| |PM Rotational Auto-Tuning|T2-01 4|• When the information from the motor test report or motor nameplate is not available.
• When you can decouple the motor and load the motor can rotate freely while Auto-Tuning.
• Values measured during Auto-Tuning are automatically set to the motor parameters.
|x|x|x| |High Frequency Injection AutoTuning|T2-01 5|• Automatically determines the control parameters required to set n8-35 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method High Frequency Injection] or n8-57 1 [HFI Overlap Selection = Enabled].
• Applicable to IPM motors only.
• Perform tuning with the motor connected to the drive. Note:

When you want to set n8-35 1 or n8-57 1, perform High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning. Configure the drive with the data from the motor nameplate before performing High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning. High Frequency Injection Auto-Tuning automatically makes adjustments while it is stopped but still energized.|x|x|x|

######## ■ Input Data for PM Motor Auto-Tuning

To do Auto-Tuning, input data for the items in Table 3.7 and Table 3.8 that have an "x". Before starting Auto-Tuning, prepare the motor test report or record the information on the motor nameplate as a reference.

Table 3.7 Input Data for PM Motor Auto-Tuning

|Input Data|Parameter|Unit|Auto-Tuning Mode (T2-01 Setting)|Auto-Tuning Mode (T2-01 Setting)|Auto-Tuning Mode (T2-01 Setting)|Auto-Tuning Mode (T2-01 Setting)|Auto-Tuning Mode (T2-01 Setting)|Auto-Tuning Mode (T2-01 Setting)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |Input Data|Parameter|Unit|PM Motor Parameter Settings (0)|PM Motor Parameter Settings (0)|PM Motor Parameter Settings (0)|PM Stationary Auto-Tuning

(1)|PM Stationary Auto-Tuning

(1)|PM Stationary AutoTuning for Stator Resistance

(2)| |Control method selection|A1-02|-|5, 6, 7|5|6, 7|5|6, 7|5, 6, 7| |PM Motor Code Selection|T2-02|-|Motor code of Yaskawa motor *1|FFFF *2|FFFF *2|-|-|-| |PM Motor Type|T2-03|-|-|-|-|x|x|-| |PM Motor Rated Power|T2-04|kW|-|x|x|x|x|-| |PM Motor Rated Voltage|T2-05|V|-|x|x|x|x|-| |PM Motor Rated Current|T2-06|A|-|x|x|x|x|x| |PM Motor Base Frequency|T2-07|Hz|-|x|-|x|-|-| |Number of PM Motor Poles|T2-08|-|-|x|x|x|x|-| |PM Motor Base Speed|T2-09|min-1|-|-|x|-|x|-| |PM Motor Stator Resistance|T2-10|Ω|x|x|x|-|-|-| |PM Motor d-Axis Inductance|T2-11|mH|x|x|x|-|-|-| |PM Motor q-Axis Inductance|T2-12|mH|x|x|x|-|-|-| |Back-EMF Units Selection|T2-13|-|x|x|x|-|-|-| |Back-EMF Voltage Constant (Ke)|T2-14|*3|x|x|x|-|-|-| |Pull-In Current Level|T2-15|%|-|-|-|x|x|-|

|Input Data|Parameter|Unit|Auto-Tuning Mode (T2-01 Setting)|Auto-Tuning Mode (T2-01 Setting)|Auto-Tuning Mode (T2-01 Setting)|Auto-Tuning Mode (T2-01 Setting)|Auto-Tuning Mode (T2-01 Setting)|Auto-Tuning Mode (T2-01 Setting)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |Input Data|Parameter|Unit|PM Motor Parameter Settings (0)|PM Motor Parameter Settings (0)|PM Motor Parameter Settings (0)|PM Stationary Auto-Tuning

(1)|PM Stationary Auto-Tuning

(1)|PM Stationary AutoTuning for Stator Resistance

(2)| |Control method selection|A1-02|-|5, 6, 7|5|6, 7|5|6, 7|5, 6, 7| |PM Motor Code Selection|T2-02|-|Motor code of Yaskawa motor *1|FFFF *2|FFFF *2|-|-|-| |Encoder Pulse Count (PPR)|T2-16|-|*4|-|*4|-|*4|-| |Encoder Z-Pulse Offset for PM Motor|T2-17|Degrees|*4|-|*4|-|*4|-|

Page 580

Page 581

######## ■ Auto-Tuning Input Data in EZ Open Loop Vector Control Method

To do Auto-Tuning, input data for the items in Table 3.10 that have an "x". Before starting Auto-Tuning, prepare the motor test report or record the information on the motor nameplate as a reference.

Table 3.10 Auto-Tuning Input Data in EZ Open Loop Vector Control Method

|Input Data|Parameter|Unit|Auto-Tuning Mode (T4-01 Setting)|Auto-Tuning Mode (T4-01 Setting)| |---|---|---|---|---| |Input Data|Parameter|Unit|Motor Parameter Setting

(0)|Line-to-Line Resistance (1)| |Motor Type Selection|T4-02|-|x|-| |Motor Max Revolutions|T4-03|min-1|x|-| |Motor Rated Revolutions|T4-04|min-1|x|-| |Motor Rated Frequency|T4-05|Hz|x|-| |Motor Rated Voltage|T4-06|V|x|-| |PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)|T4-07|A|x|x| |PM Motor Rated Power (kW)|T4-08|kW|x|-| |Number of Motor Poles|T4-09|-|x|-|

◆ Control Tuning To increase drive responsiveness and prevent hunting, use Auto-Tuning to automatically adjust the control-related parameters. These types of Auto-Tuning are available for the control system:

• Inertia Tuning

• ASR Tuning

• Deceleration Rate Tuning

• KEB Tuning Note: If you do Control Tuning, you cannot set H1-xx 16 [Motor 2 Selection]. Do not do Control Tuning for applications that switch between motor 1 and motor 2.

Table 3.11 Control Loop Tuning Selection

|Mode|T3-00|Application Conditions and Benefits|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |Mode|T3-00|Application Conditions and Benefits|V/f (0)|CL-V/f (1)|OLV (2)|CLV (3)|AOLV (4)|OLV/PM (5)|AOLV/ PM (6)|CLV/PM (7)|EZOLV (8)| |Inertia Tuning|0|• For Feed Forward Control
• When L2-29 1 [Kinetic Energy Backup Method = Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2].
• When MFDI H1-xx = 7A [KEB RideThru 2 Activate (N.C.)].
|-|-|-|x|-|-|-|x|-| |ASR Tuning|1|To let the set response frequency (including Inertia Tuning) automatically adjust the ASR gain.|-|-|-|x|-|-|-|x|-|

|Mode|T3-00|Application Conditions and Benefits|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)|Applicable Control Method (A1-02 Value)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |Mode|T3-00|Application Conditions and Benefits|V/f (0)|CL-V/f (1)|OLV (2)|CLV (3)|AOLV (4)|OLV/PM (5)|AOLV/ PM (6)|CLV/PM (7)|EZOLV (8)| |Deceleration Rate Tuning|2|To automatically adjust the deceleration rate to prevent an ov [Overvoltage] fault.|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x| |KEB Tuning|3|• To automatically adjust parameter settings to prevent an ov [Overvoltage] fault with the KEB Ride-Thru function.
• When L3-11 1 [Overvoltage Suppression Select Enabled].
|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|

Page 582

################# Table 3.12 Input Data for Control Tuning

|Input Data|Parameters|Unit|Auto-Tuning Mode (T3-00 Value)|Auto-Tuning Mode (T3-00 Value)|Auto-Tuning Mode (T3-00 Value)|Auto-Tuning Mode (T3-00 Value)| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |Input Data|Parameters|Unit|Inertia Tuning (0)|ASR (Speed Regulator)

(1)|Dec Rate Tuning (2)|KEB Tuning (3)| |Test Signal Frequency|T3-01|Hz|x|x|-|-| |Test Signal Amplitude|T3-02|Rad|x|x|-|-| |Motor Inertia|T3-03|Kg∙m2|x|x|-|-| |System Response Frequency|T3-04|Hz|-|x|-|-|

■ Inertia Tuning

Inertia Tuning uses the motor speed and torque reference to estimate the system inertia and automatically sets the drive parameters related to the inertia ratio of the machinery and motor. Use Inertia Tuning for Feed Forward control or when H1-xx = 7A [MFDI Function Select = KEB Ride-Thru 2 Activate (N.C.)]. Inertia tuning identifies the load inertia and optimizes the speed loop gain and feed forward gain to get a high level of control capability. You can set the speed response without thinking about the load, which increases the precision when synchronizing multiple drives. Since the motor can continue to operate during a power outage, Inertia Tuning keeps the best ramp to stop deceleration curve for KEB Ride-Thru.

■ ASR Tuning

ASR Tuning estimates the motor load inertia and automatically sets the parameters. ASR Tuning also uses the measured load inertia value to do an automatic adjustment after calculating the proportional gain of speed control (ASR).

■ Deceleration Rate Tuning

Deceleration Rate Tuning automatically sets the deceleration rate to prevent an ov [Overvoltage] fault during motor deceleration. Set C1-11 [Accel/Decel Time Switchover Freq] first to automatically set parameters C1-02 [Deceleration Time 1] (high speed range) and C1-08 [Deceleration Time 4] (low speed range).

■ KEB Tuning

KEB Tuning automatically sets parameters used for the KEB Ride-Thru function and for the overvoltage suppression function. Control Tuning automatically sets the parameters in Table 3.13 to the best values.

################# Table 3.13 Parameters set in Control Tuning

|Parameters Automatically Set|Inertia Tuning|ASR Tuning|Deceleration Rate Tuning|KEB Tuning| |---|---|---|---|---| |C1-02 [Deceleration Time 1]|-|-|x|-| |C1-08 [Deceleration Time 4]|-|-|x *1|-| |C1-09 [Fast Stop Time]|-|-|-|x *2| |C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1]|-|x|-|-| |C5-17 [Motor Inertia]|x|x|-|-|

|Parameters Automatically Set|Inertia Tuning|ASR Tuning|Deceleration Rate Tuning|KEB Tuning| |---|---|---|---|---|

Page 583

Page 584

Page 585

Page 586

Page 587

Page 588

Page 589

Table 3.16 Parameters for Fine Tuning the Drive (A1-02 = 2[OLV])

|Issue|Parameter Number|Possible Solutions|Default|Recommended Setting| |---|---|---|---|---| |• Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response
• Hunting or oscillation at midrange speeds (10 Hz to 40 Hz)
|n2-01 [SpdFeedbackDetectCtr (AFR) Gain]|• To increase the speed of torque or speed response, decrease the setting value in increments of 0.05.
• If hunting or oscillation occur, decrease the setting value in increments of 0.05.
|1.00|0.50 - 2.00| |• Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response
• Hunting or oscillation at midrange speeds (10 Hz to 40 Hz)
|n2-02 [SpdFeedbackDetCtr(AFR) TimeConst1]|• To increase the speed of torque or speed response, decrease the setting value in increments of 10 ms and examine the response.
• If hunting or oscillation occur or if the load inertia is too much, increase the setting value in increments of 50 ms and examine the response.

Note:

Make sure that this parameter setting is: n2-02 ≤ n2-03 [Automatic Freq Regulator Time 2] holds true.

When you adjust n2-02, you must also increase the C4-02

[Motor 1 Torque Comp Delay Time] value by the same ratio.|50 ms|50 ms to 2000 ms| |ov [overvoltage] occurs when the drive stops accelerating, starts to decelerate, or when there are large changes in the load.|n2-03 [SpdFeedbackDetCtr(AFR) TimeConst2]|• If ov occurs, increase the setting value in increments of 50 ms and examine the response.
• If the response is not sufficient, decrease the setting value in increments of 10 ms and examine the response.

Note:

Make sure that this parameter setting is: n2-02 [Automatic Freq Regulator Time 1] ≤ n2-

03. When you adjust n2-03 you must also increase the C4-06

[Motor 2 Torque Comp Delay Time] value by the same ratio.|750 ms|750 ms to 2000 ms| |ov [overvoltage] occurs when the drive stops accelerating, starts to decelerate, or when there are large changes in the load.|C4-06 [Motor 2 Torque Comp Delay Time]|• If ov occurs, increase the setting value in increments of 10 ms and examine the response.
• If the response is not sufficient, decrease the setting value in increments of 2 ms and examine the response.

Note:

Make sure that this parameter setting is: C4-02 [Torque Compensation Delay Time] ≤ C4-06.

When you adjust C4-06, you must also increase the n2-03 [SpdFeedbackDetCtr(AFR) TimeConst2] value by the same ratio.|150 ms|150 ms to 750 ms|

|Issue|Parameter Number|Possible Solutions|Default|Recommended Setting| |---|---|---|---|---| |• Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response
• Hunting or oscillation
|C4-02 [Torque Compensation Delay Time 1]|• If torque or speed response are slow, decrease the setting value in increments of 2 ms.
• If hunting or oscillation occur, increase the setting value in increments of 10 ms.

Note:

Make sure that this parameter setting is: C4-02 ≤ C4-06 [Motor 2 Torque Comp Delay Time].

When you adjust C4-02, you must also increase the n2-02 [SpdFeedbackDetCtr (AFR) TimeConst1] value by the same

ratio.|20 ms *1|20 ms to 100 ms *1| |• Speed response is slow.
• Speed is not stable.
|C3-02 [Slip Compensation Delay Time]|• If speed response is slow, decrease the setting value in increments of 10 ms.
• If speed is not stable, increase the value in increments of 10 ms.
|200 ms *1|100 ms to 500 ms| |Speed precision is unsatisfactory.|C3-01 [Slip Compensation Gain]|• If speed is too slow, increase the setting value in increments of 0.1.
• If speed is too fast, decrease the setting value in increments of 0.1.
|1.0 *2|0.5 - 1.5| |• The volume of the motor excitation sound is too high.
• Hunting or oscillation at low speeds (10 Hz or lower)
|C6-02 [Carrier Frequency Selection]|• If the volume of the motor excitation sound is too high, increase the carrier frequency.
• If hunting or oscillation occur at low speeds, decrease the carrier frequency.
|1 (2 kHz) *3|0 to upper limit value| |• Torque at low speeds (10 Hz or lower) is not sufficient. speed response is slow.
• Speed response is slow.
• Large initial vibration at start up.
|• E1-08 [Mid Point AVoltage]
• E1-10 [Minimum Output Voltage]
|• If torque or speed response are slow, increase the setting value.
• If there is large initial vibration at start up, decrease the setting value

Note:

If the setting value is set too high, a large torque reference may be output even with light loads.|• E1-08: 11.0 V *2
• E1-10: 2.0 V *2
|Default setting +/- 2 V *4|

*1 The default setting changes when the settings forA1-02 [Control Method Selection] and o2-04 [Drive Model (KVA) Selection] change.

*2 The default setting changes when the settings for A1-02 [Control Method Selection] and E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection] change.

*3 The default setting changes when the settings for C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] and o2-04 change.

*4 Recommended settings are for 200 V class drives. Multiply the voltage by 2 for 400 V class drives.

######## ◆ Closed Loop Vector Control Method

Table 3.17 Parameters for Fine Tuning the Drive (CLV)

|Issue|Parameter Number|Possible Solutions|Default|Recommended Setting| |---|---|---|---|---| |• Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response
• Hunting or oscillation
|• High speed C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1]
• Low speed C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain 2 (P)] *1
|• If torque or speed response are slow, increase the setting value in increments of 5.00.
• If hunting or oscillation occur, decrease the setting value.
|20.00|10.00 - 50.00| |• Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response
• Hunting or oscillation
|• High speed C5-02 [ASR Integral Time 1]
• Low speed C5-04 [ASR Integral Time 2 (I)] *1
|• If torque or speed response are slow, decrease the setting value.
• If hunting or oscillation occur, increase the setting value.
|0.500 s|0.300 s to 1.000 s| |The drive cannot find ASR proportional gain or integral time for low speed or high speed.|C5-07 [ASR Gain Switchover Frequency] *1|Change the ASR proportional gain and ASR integral time to conform to the output frequency.|0.0 Hz|0.0 Hz to maximum output frequency|

|Issue|Parameter Number|Possible Solutions|Default|Recommended Setting| |---|---|---|---|---| |Hunting or oscillation|C5-06 [ASR Delay Time] *1|• If torque or speed response are slow, decrease the setting value in increments of 0.010.
• If the rigidity of the machine is unsatisfactory and vibration is possible, increase the setting value.
|0.004 s|0.004 s to 0.020 s| |• The volume of the motor excitation sound is too high.
• Hunting or oscillation at low speeds (3 Hz or lower)
|C6-02 [Carrier Frequency Selection]|• If the volume of the motor excitation sound is too high, increase the carrier frequency.
• If hunting or oscillation occur at low speeds, decrease the carrier frequency.
|1 (2.0 kHz) *2|2.0 kHz to upper limit value|

Page 590

*1 Refer to the section on C5-xx parameters for more information about speed control (ASR).

*2 The default setting changes when the settings for C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] and o2-04 [Drive Model (KVA) Selection] change.

######## ◆ Advanced Open Loop Vector Control Method

################# Table 3.18 Parameters for Fine Tuning the Drive (AOLV)

|Issue|Parameter Number|Possible Solutions|Default|Recommended Setting| |---|---|---|---|---| |• oS [Overspeed] occurs.
• Hunting or oscillation.
|T1-01 [Auto-Tuning Mode Selection]|• Make sure that the output of the drive and the motor are connected correctly.
• Do Rotational Auto-Tuning for a single motor.
|-|0| |The volume of the motor excitation sound is too high.|C6-02 [Carrier Frequency Selection]|If the volume of the motor excitation sound is too high, increase the carrier frequency.|1 (2 kHz) *1|1 to upper limit value| |Speed precision is unsatisfactory|E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip]|• Decouple the motor and machine and do Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• If the motor speed is slow, increase the value of E2-02 in small increments (approximately 0.1% of the default setting value).
• If the motor speed is fast, decrease the value of E2-02 in small increments (approximately 0.1% of the default setting value).
|*2|Set to a value that is ±5% of the current value.| |• Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response
• Hunting or oscillation
|• High speed C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1]
• Low speed C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain 2 (P)] *3
|• If torque or speed response are slow, increase the setting value in increments of 5.00.
• If hunting or oscillation occur, decrease the setting value.
|• C5-01 = 10.00
• C5-03 = 20.00
|10.00 - 50.00| |• Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response
• Hunting or oscillation
|• High speed C5-02 [ASR Integral Time 1]
• Low speed C5-04 [ASR Proportional Gain 2 (P)] *3
|• If torque or speed response are slow, decrease the setting value.
• If hunting or oscillation occur, increase the setting value.
|0.500 s|0.300 s to 1.000 s| |The drive cannot find speed response for low speed or high speed.|• C5-07 [ASR Gain Switchover Frequency] *4
• High speed

C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1]
C5-02 [ASR Integral Time 1]

• Low speed

C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain 2 (P)] *3
C5-04 [ASR Integral Time 2]

|Change the ASR proportional gain and ASR integral time to conform to the output frequency.|• C5-07 = 0.0 Hz
• C5-01 = 10.00
• C5-02 = 0.500 s
• C5-03 = 20.00
• C5-04 = 0.500 s
|C5-07: 0.0 to maximum output frequency| |Hunting or oscillation|C5-06 [ASR Delay Time] *4|• If torque or speed response are slow, decrease the setting value in increments of 0.010.
• If the rigidity of the machine is unsatisfactory and vibration is possible, increase the setting value.
|0.004 s|0.004 s to 0.020 s|

*1 The default setting changes when the settings for C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] and o2-04 [Drive Model (KVA) Selection] change.

*2 The default setting changes when the setting for o2-04 [Drive Model Selection] changes.

KeypadUseandTestRun

######## 3

*3 Refer to the section on C5-xx parameters for more information about speed control (ASR).

*4 The best values for a no-load operation are different than the best values for actual loading operation.

######## ◆ Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors

Table 3.19 Parameters for Fine Tuning the Drive (A1-02 = 5[OLV/PM])

|Issue|Parameter Number|Possible Solutions|Default|Recommended Setting| |---|---|---|---|---| |Unsatisfactory motor performance|E1-xx parameters, E5-xx parameters|• Check the settings for E1-06, E1-04 [Base Frequency, Maximum Output Frequency].
• Check the E5-xx and make sure that all motor data has been set correctly.

Note: Do not set E5-05 [PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)] to a line-to-line resistance value.

• Do Auto-Tuning.
|-|-| |Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response|n8-55 [Motor to Load Inertia Ratio]|Adjust to match the load inertia ratio of the motor and machine.|0|Near the actual load inertia ratio.| |Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response|n8-45 [Speed Feedback Detection Gain]|Decrease the setting value in increments of 0.05.|0.80|-| |Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response|C4-01 [Torque Compensation Gain]|Adjust the setting value.

Note:

Setting this value too high can cause overcompensation and motor oscillation.|0.00|1.00| |• Oscillation when the motor starts.
• Motor stalls.
|n8-51 [Pull-in Current @ Accel/ Decel]|Increase the setting value in increments of 5%.|50%|-|

Page 591

|• Oscillation when the motor starts.
• Motor stalls.
|• b2-02 [DC Injection Braking Current]
• b2-03 [DC Inject Braking Time at Start]
|Use DC Injection Braking at start.

Note:

This can cause the motor to rotate in reverse for approximately 1/8 of a turn at start.|• b2-02: 50%
• b2-03: 0.00 s
|• b2-02: Adjust as necessary.
• b2-03: 0.5 s
| |• Oscillation when the motor starts.
• Motor stalls.
|n8-55 [Motor to Load Inertia Ratio]|Increase the setting value.

Note:

When operating a single motor or with a minimum amount of inertia, setting this value too high can cause motor oscillation.|0|Near the actual load inertia ratio.| |There is too much current during deceleration.|n8-79 [Pull-in Current at Deceleration]|Set n8-79 < n8-51.|50%

Note:

When n8-79 = 0, the drive will apply the n8-51 setting to the pull-in current during deceleration.|Decrease in increments of 5%.| |Stalling or oscillation occurs when load is applied during constant speed|n8-47 [Pull-in Current Comp Filter Time]|Decrease the setting value in increments of 0.2 s.|5.0 s|-| |Stalling or oscillation occurs when load is applied during constant speed|n8-48 [Pull-in/Light Load Id Current]|Increase the setting value in increments of 5%.|30%|-| |Stalling or oscillation occurs when load is applied during constant speed|n8-55 [Motor to Load Inertia Ratio]|Increase the setting value.

Note:

When operating a single motor or with a minimum amount of inertia, setting this value too high can cause motor oscillation.|0|Near the actual load inertia ratio.| |Hunting or oscillation|n8-45 [Speed Feedback Detection Gain]|Increase the setting value in increments of 0.05.|0.80|-| |The drive detects STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected] fault when the load is not too high.|• E5-09 [PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))]
• E5-24 [PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)]
|• Adjust the setting value.
• Examine the motor code on the motor nameplate or the data sheet, then set correct values for E5-09 or E5-24.
|*1|• Yaskawa motor Set the motor code from the motor nameplate.
• Motor from another manufacturer Set the values from the test report.
| |The drive detected stalling or STPo [Motor Step-Out Detected] at high speed and maximum output voltage.|n8-62 [Output Voltage Limit Level]|Set to a value lower than the actual input voltage.|• 200.0 V
• 400.0 V
|-|

*1 The default setting changes when the settings for E5-01 [Motor Code Selection] and o2-04 [Drive Model (KVA) Selection] change.

######## ◆ Advanced Open Loop Vector Control Method for PM

################# Table 3.20 Parameters for Fine Tuning the Drive (A1-02 = 6[AOLV/PM])

|Issue|Parameter Number|Possible Solutions|Default|Recommended Setting| |---|---|---|---|---| |• Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response
• Hunting or oscillation
|• High speed C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain

1]

• Low speed C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain

2]

|• If torque or speed response are slow, increase the setting value in increments of 5.00.
• If hunting or oscillation occur, decrease the setting value.
|10.00|5.00 to 30.00 *1| |• Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response
• Hunting or oscillation
|• High speed C5-02 [ASR Integral Time 1]
• Low speed C5-04 [ASR Integral Time 2]
|• If torque or speed response are slow, decrease the setting value.
• If hunting or oscillation occur, increase the setting value.
|0.500 s|0.300 s to 1.000 s *1| |The drive cannot find ASR proportional gain or integral time for low speed or high speed.|C5-07 [ASR Gain Switchover Frequency]|Change the ASR proportional gain and ASR integral time to conform to the output frequency.|0.0%|0.0% to maximum rotation speed| |Hunting or oscillation|C5-06 [ASR Delay Time]|If the rigidity of the machine is unsatisfactory and vibration is possible, increase the setting value in increments of 0.010.|0.016 s|0.016 s to 0.035 s *1| |Step-out|E1-xx parameters, E5-xx parameters|Refer to the motor nameplate or test report and set E1-xx or E5-xx correctly.|-|-|

*1 The best values for a no-load operation are different than the best values for actual loading operation.

######## ◆ Closed Loop Vector Control Method for PM

################# Table 3.21 Parameters for Fine Tuning the Drive (CLV/PM)

|Issue|Parameter Number|Possible Solutions|Default|Recommended Setting| |---|---|---|---|---| |• Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response
• Hunting or oscillation
|• High speed C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain

1]

• Low speed C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain

2]

|• If torque or speed response are slow, increase the setting value in increments of 5.00.
• If hunting or oscillation occur, decrease the setting value.
|20.00|10.00 to 50.00 *1| |• Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response
• Hunting or oscillation
|• High speed C5-02 [ASR Integral Time 1]
• Low speed C5-04 [ASR Integral Time 2]
|• If torque or speed response are slow, decrease the setting value.
• If hunting or oscillation occur, increase the setting value.
|0.500 s|0.300 to 1.000 s *1| |The drive cannot find speed response for low speed or high speed.|• C5-07 [ASR Gain Switchover Frequency]
• High speed

C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1]
C5-02 [ASR Integral Time 1]

• Low speed

C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain 2]
C5-04 [ASR Integral Time 2]

|Change the ASR proportional gain and ASR integral time to conform to the output frequency.|• C5-07 = 0.0 %
• C5-01 = 20.00
• C5-02 = 0.500 s
• C5-03 = 20.00
• C5-04 = 0.500 s
|0.0% to maximum rotation speed| |Hunting or oscillation|C5-06 [ASR Delay Time]|If the rigidity of the machine is unsatisfactory and vibration is possible, increase the setting value in increments of 0.010.|0.004 s|0.004 to 0.020 s *1| |Step-out|E1-xx parameters, E5-xx parameters|Refer to the motor nameplate or test report and set E1-xx or E5-xx correctly.|-|-|

*1 The best values for a no-load operation are different than the best values for actual loading operation.

Page 592

KeypadUseandTestRun

######## ◆ EZ Open Loop Vector Control Method

################# Table 3.22 Parameters for Fine Tuning the Drive (A1-02 = 8[EZOLV])

|Issue|Parameter Number|Possible Solutions|Default|Recommended Setting| |---|---|---|---|---| |• Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response
• Hunting or oscillation
|• High speed C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain

1]

• Low speed C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain

2]

|• If torque or speed response are slow, increase the setting value in increments of 5.00.
• If hunting or oscillation occur, decrease the setting value.
|10.00|10.00 to 50.00 *1| |• Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response
• Hunting or oscillation
|• High speed C5-02 [ASR Integral Time 1]
• Low speed C5-04 [ASR Integral Time 2]
|• If torque or speed response are slow, decrease the setting value.
• If hunting or oscillation occur, increase the setting value.
|0.500 s|0.300 s to 1.000 s *1| |The drive cannot find ASR proportional gain or integral time for low speed or high speed.|C5-07 [ASR Gain Switchover Frequency]|Change the ASR proportional gain and ASR integral time to conform to the output frequency.|0.0%|0.0% to maximum rotation speed| |Hunting or oscillation|C5-06 [ASR Delay Time]|If the rigidity of the machine is unsatisfactory and vibration is possible, increase the setting value in increments of 0.010.|0.004 s|0.004 s to 0.020 s *1| |Step-out|E9-xx parameters|Refer to the motor nameplate or test report and set E9-xx correctly.|-|-| |Oscillation when the motor starts.|n8-51 [Accel / Decel Pull-In Current]|Increase the setting value.|80%|Increase in increments of 5%.| |Motor stalls.|L7-01 to L7-04 [Torque Limit]|Increase the setting value.|200%|Increase in increments of 10%.|

*1 The best values for a no-load operation are different than the best values for actual loading operation.

3.8 Test Run Checklist

####### 3.8 Test Run Checklist

Examine the items in this checklist and check each item before a test run.

|Checked|No.|Description| |---|---|---| | |1|Correctly install and wire the drive as specified by this manual.| | |2|Energize the drive.| | |3|Set the voltage for the power supply in E1-01 [Input AC Supply Voltage].|

Check the applicable items as specified by your control method. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Correctly wire the start/stop and safety circuits before you energize the drive. If you momentarily close a digital input terminal, it can start a drive that is programmed for 3-Wire control and cause serious injury or death from moving equipment.

Table 3.23 V/f Control [A1-02 = 0] and Closed Loop V/f Control [A1-02 = 1]

|Checked|No.|Description| |---|---|---| | |4|Select the best V/f pattern for your application and motor characteristics. Example: For a motor with a rated frequency of 60 Hz, set E1-03 = 1 [V/f Pattern Selection = Const Trq, 60Hz base, 60Hz max] as a standard V/f pattern.|

Page 593

Page 594

|Checked|No.|Description| |---|---|---| | |15|Set E5-01 through E5-24 [PM Motor Settings].| | |16|Set C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1] and C5-02 [ASR Integral Time 1].|

############### 3.8 Test Run Checklist

|Checked|No.|Description| |---|---|---| | |17|Set F1-01 [Encoder 1 Pulse Count (PPR)] and F1-05 [Encoder 1 Rotation Selection].| | |18|Set E5-11 [Encoder Z-Pulse Offset].|

|Checked|No.|Description| |---|---|---| | |19|The keypad will show “Rdy” after starting to operate the motor.| | |20|To give the Run command and frequency reference from the keypad, push to set to LOCAL Mode (when in LOCAL Mode, the LO/RE LED illuminates).

| | |21|If the motor rotates in the opposite direction during test run, switch two of the motor cables (U/T1, V/T2, W/T3).| | |22|Set Heavy Duty or Normal Duty Mode with C6-01 [Normal / Heavy Duty Selection] to conform to the load condition.| | |23|Set E2-01 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] and L1-01 [Motor Overload Protection Select] correctly for motor thermal protection.| | |24|Set the drive for REMOTE Mode when the control circuit terminals supply the Run command and frequency reference (in REMOTE Mode, the LO/ RE LED turns OFF).| | |25|When terminal A1 is used for the frequency reference:

• Voltage input

– Set DIP Switch S1-1 on the drive to “V”.
– Set H3-01 = 0, 1 [Terminal A1 Signal Level Select = 0 to 10V (Lower Limit at 0), -10 to +10V (Bipolar Reference)].
– Set H3-02 = 0 [Terminal A1 Function Selection = Frequency Reference].

• Current input

– Set DIP Switch S1-1 on the drive to “I”.
– Set H3-01 = 2, 3 [Terminal A1 Signal Level Select = 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA].
– Set H3-02 = 0 [Terminal A1 Function Selection = Frequency Reference].
| | |26|When terminal A2 is used for the frequency reference:

• Voltage input

– Set DIP Switch S1-2 on the drive to “V”.
– Set H3-09 = 0, 1 [Terminal A2 Signal Level Select = 0 to 10V (Lower Limit at 0), -10 to 10 V (Bipolar Reference)].
– Set H3-10 = 0 [Terminal A2 Function Selection = Frequency Reference].

• Current input

– Set DIP Switch S1-2 on the drive to “I”.
– Set H3-09 = 2, 3 [Terminal A2 Signal Level Select = 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA].
– Set H3-10 = 0 [Terminal A2 Function Selection = Frequency Reference].
| | |27|When terminal A3 is used for the frequency reference:

• Voltage input

– Set DIP Switch S4 on the drive to analog input side.
– Set DIP Switch S1-3 on the drive to “V”.
– Set H3-05 = 0, 1 [Terminal A3 Signal Level Select = 0 to 10V (Lower Limit at 0), -10 to +10V (Bipolar Reference)].
– Set H3-06 = 0 [Terminal A3 Function Selection = Frequency Reference].

• Current input

– Set DIP Switch S4 on the drive to analog input side.
– Set DIP Switch S1-3 on the drive to “I”.
– Set H3-05 = 2, 3 [Terminal A3 Signal Level Select = 4 to 20 mA (Lower Limit at 4), 0 to 20 mA (Bipolar Reference)].
– Set H3-06 = 0 [Terminal A3 Function Selection = Frequency Reference].
| | |28|Make sure that the frequency reference reaches the necessary minimum and maximum values.

→ If drive operation is incorrect, make these adjustments: Gain adjustment: Set the maximum voltage and current values, then adjust the analog input gain until the frequency reference reaches the necessary value. (For terminal A1 input: H3-03, for terminal A2 input: H3-11, for terminal A3 input: H3-07) Bias adjustment: Set the maximum voltage/current values, then adjust the analog input bias until the frequency reference reaches the necessary minimum value. (For terminal A1 input: H3-04, for terminal A2 input: H3-12, for terminal A3 input: H3-08)|

4

Mechanical & Electrical Installation

This chapter explains how to properly mount and install the drive, and to wire the control circuit terminals, motor, and power supply.

4.1 Section Safety .........................................................................................................610

4.2 Removing/Reattaching Covers...........................................................................612

4.3 Electrical Installation.............................................................................................617

4.4 Main Circuit Wiring ................................................................................................621

4.5 Control Circuit Wiring ...........................................................................................623

4.6 Control I/O Connections.......................................................................................632

4.7 Connect the Drive to a PC....................................................................................636

Page 595

4.1 Section Safety

####### 4.1 Section Safety

|DANGER| |---| |Electrical Shock Hazard

Do not examine, connect, or disconnect wiring on an energized drive. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment and wait for the time specified on the warning label at a minimum. The internal capacitor stays charged after the drive is de-energized. The charge indicator LED extinguishes when the DC bus voltage decreases below 50 Vdc. When all indicators are OFF, remove the covers before measuring for dangerous voltages to make sure that the drive is safe.

If you do work on the drive when it is energized, it will cause serious injury or death from electrical shock. The drive has internal capacitors that stay charged after you de-energize the drive.

|

|WARNING| |---| |Electrical Shock Hazard

Do not operate the drive when covers are missing. Replace covers and shields before you operate the drive. Use the drive only as specified by the instructions.

Some figures in this section include drives without covers or safety shields to more clearly show the inside of the drive. If covers or safety shields are missing from the drive, it can cause serous injury or death.

Make sure that the protective ground wire conforms to technical standards and local safety regulations. The IEC/EN 61800-5-1:2007 standard specifies that you must wire the power supply to automatically de-energize when the protective ground wire disconnects. You can also connect a protective ground wire that has a minimum cross-sectional area of 10 mm2 (copper wire) or 16 mm2 (aluminum wire).

If you do not obey the standards and regulations, it can cause serious injury or death. The leakage current of the drive will be more than 3.5 mA in drive models 4414 to 4720.

The drive can cause a residual current with a DC component in the protective earthing conductor. When a residual current operated protective or monitoring device prevents direct or indirect contact, always use a type B Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) as specified by IEC/EN 60755. If you do not use the correct GFCI, it can cause serious injury or death.

Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry when you do work on the drive. Tighten loose clothing and remove all metal objects, for example watches or rings. Loose clothing can catch on the drive and jewelry can conduct electricity and cause serious injury or death. Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the drive is energized. If you touch the internal components of an energized drive, it can cause serious injury or death. Only let approved personnel install, wire, maintain, examine, replace parts, and repair the drive. If personnel are not approved, it can cause serious injury or death. Do not modify the drive body or drive circuitry.

Modifications to drive body and circuitry can cause serious injury or death, will cause damage to the drive, and will void the warranty. Yaskawa is not responsible for modifications of the product made by the user.

Fire Hazard Tighten all terminal screws to the correct tightening torque. Connections that are too loose or too tight can cause incorrect operation and damage to the drive. Incorrect connections can also cause death or serious injury from fire. Tighten screws at an angle in the specified range shown in this manual.

If you tighten the screws at an angle not in the specified range, you can have loose connections that can cause damage to the terminal block or start a fire and cause serious injury or death.|

4.1 Section Safety

|WARNING

| |---| |Do not use the main circuit power supply (Overvoltage Category III) at incorrect voltages. Operate the drive in the specification range of the input voltage on the drive nameplate. Voltages that are higher than the permitted nameplate tolerance can cause damage to the drive.

When you install a dynamic braking option, wire the components as specified by the wiring diagrams. Incorrect wiring can cause damage to braking components or serious injury or death.|

|NOTICE| |---| |Do not let unwanted objects, for example metal shavings or wire clippings, fall into the drive during drive installation. Put a temporary cover over the drive during installation. Remove the temporary cover before start-up. Unwanted objects inside of the drive can cause damage to the drive. Obey correct electrostatic discharge (ESD) procedures when you touch the drive. Incorrect ESD procedures can cause damage to the drive circuitry.

Select a motor that is compatible with the load torque and speed range. When 100% continuous torque is necessary at low speed, use an inverter-duty motor or vector-duty motor. When you use a standard fan-cooled motor, decrease the motor torque in the low-speed range.

If you operate a standard fan-cooled motor at low speed and high torque, it will decrease the cooling effects and can cause heat damage.

Obey the speed range specification of the motor as specified by the manufacturer. When you must operate the motor outside of its specifications, contact the motor manufacturer.

If you continuously operate oil-lubricated motors outside of the manufacturer specifications, it can cause damage to the motor bearings.

When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is longer than 100 m (328 ft), make sure that the motor insulation voltage is sufficient or use an inverter-duty motor or vector-duty motor with reinforced insulation. Motor winding and insulation failure can occur.

Before you connect a dynamic braking option to the drive, make sure that qualified personnel read and obey the Braking Unit and Braking Resistor Unit Installation Manual (TOBPC72060001).

If you do not read and obey the manual or if personnel are not qualified it can cause damage to the drive and braking circuit.

Make sure that all connections are correct after you install the drive and connect peripheral devices. Incorrect connections can cause damage to the drive.|

Note:

•Torque characteristics differ compared to operating the motor directly from line power. The user should have a full understanding of the load torque characteristics for the application.

•The current rating of submersible motors is usually higher than the current rating of standard motors for a given motor power. Make sure that the rated output current of the drive is equal to or more than the current rating of the motor. If the motor wire length is longer than 100 m (328 ft), select the correct wire gauge to adjust for a loss in voltage and prevent a loss of motor torque.

•Do not use unshielded wire for control wiring. Use shielded, twisted-pair wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive. Unshielded wire can cause electrical interference and unsatisfactory system performance.

Mechanical&ElectricalInstallation

####### 4.2 Removing/Reattaching Covers

This section gives information about how to remove and reattach the front cover and terminal cover for wiring and inspection. Different drive models have different procedures to remove and reattach the covers. Refer to Table 4.1 for more information.

Page 596

Page 597

Page 598

Page 599

•Make sure that you do not pinch wires or signal lines between the wiring cover and the drive before you reattach the cover.

•Tighten the screws to a tightening torque of 0.98 N∙m to 1.33 N∙m (8.67 in∙lb to 11.77 in∙lb).

################# Figure 4.13 Reattach the Terminal Cover

####### 4.3 Electrical Installation

DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not examine, connect, or disconnect wiring on an energized drive. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment and wait for the time specified on the warning label at a minimum. The internal capacitor stays charged after the drive is de-energized. The charge indicator LED extinguishes when the DC bus voltage decreases below 50 Vdc. When all indicators are OFF, remove the covers before measuring for dangerous voltages to make sure that the drive is safe. If you do work on the drive when it is energized, it will cause serious injury or death from electrical shock. The drive has internal capacitors that stay charged after you de-energize the drive.

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. De-energize the drive and wait 5 minutes minimum until the Charge LED turns off. Remove the front cover and terminal cover to do work on wiring, circuit boards, and other parts. Use terminals for their correct function only. Incorrect wiring, incorrect ground connections, and incorrect repair of protective covers can cause death or serious injury.

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Use the terminals for the drive only for their intended purpose. Refer to the technical manual for more information about the I/O terminals. Wiring and grounding incorrectly or modifying the cover may damage the equipment or cause injury.

◆ Standard Connection Diagram Wire the drive as specified by Figure 4.14. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Set the MFDI parameters before you close control circuit switches. Incorrect Run/Stop circuit sequence settings can cause serious injury or death from moving equipment. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Correctly wire the start/stop and safety circuits before you energize the drive. If you momentarily close a digital input terminal, it can start a drive that is programmed for 3-Wire control and cause serious injury or death from moving equipment. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. When you use a 3-Wire sequence, set A1-03 = 3330 [Initialize Parameters = 3-Wire

Initialization] and make sure that b1-17 = 0 [Run Command at Power Up = Disregard Existing RUN Command] (default). If you do not correctly set the drive parameters for 3-Wire operation before you energize the drive, the motor can suddenly rotate in reverse when you energize the drive.

WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Check the I/O signals and the external sequences for the drive before you set the Application Preset function. When you set the Application Preset function (A1-06 ≠ 0), it changes the I/O terminal functions for the drive and it can cause equipment to operate unusually. This can cause serious injury or death.

WARNING! Fire Hazard. Install sufficient branch circuit short circuit protection as specified by applicable codes and this manual. The drive is suited for circuits that supply not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac maximum (200 V Class), 480 Vac maximum (400 V Class). Incorrect branch circuit short circuit protection can cause serious injury or death.

NOTICE: When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is longer than 100 m (328 ft), make sure that the motor insulation voltage is sufficient or use an inverter-duty motor or vector-duty motor with reinforced insulation. Motor winding and insulation failure can occur.

################# Note:

Do not connect the AC control circuit ground to the drive enclosure. Incorrect ground wiring can cause the control circuit to operate incorrectly.

Mechanical&ElectricalInstallation

| | | | |---|---|---| | | | |

| | | | |---|---|---| | | | | | | | | | | | |

Page 600

Page 601

Page 602

Page 603

|---|---|---|---|---|---| |Model|2004 - 2082|2110 - 2138|2169 - 2415|-|Function| |Model|4002 - 4044|4060 - 4168|4208 - 4414|4477 - 4720|Function| |R/L1|Main circuit power supply input|Main circuit power supply input|Main circuit power supply input|Main circuit power supply input|To connect a commercial power supply.| |S/L2|Main circuit power supply input|Main circuit power supply input|Main circuit power supply input|Main circuit power supply input|To connect a commercial power supply.| |T/L3|Main circuit power supply input|Main circuit power supply input|Main circuit power supply input|Main circuit power supply input|To connect a commercial power supply.| |U/T1|Drive output|Drive output|Drive output|Drive output|To connect a motor.| |V/T2|Drive output|Drive output|Drive output|Drive output|To connect a motor.| |W/T3|Drive output|Drive output|Drive output|Drive output|To connect a motor.| |B1|Braking resistor connection|Braking resistor connection|-|-|To connect a braking resistor or braking resistor unit.| |B2|Braking resistor connection|Braking resistor connection|-|-|To connect a braking resistor or braking resistor unit.| |+2|• DC power supply input (+1 and -)
• DC reactor connection (+1 and +2)
|-|-|-|To connect peripheral devices, for example:

• DC power input
• Braking unit
• DC link choke Note:

Remove the jumper between terminals +1 and +2 to connect a DC link choke.| |+1|• DC power supply input (+1 and -)
• DC reactor connection (+1 and +2)
|DC power supply input (+1 and -)|• DC power supply input (+1 and -)
• Braking unit connection (+3 and -)
|• DC power supply input (+1 and -)
• Braking unit connection (+3 and -)
|To connect peripheral devices, for example:

• DC power input
• Braking unit
• DC link choke Note:

Remove the jumper between terminals +1 and +2 to connect a DC link choke.| |-|• DC power supply input (+1 and -)
• DC reactor connection (+1 and +2)
|DC power supply input (+1 and -)|• DC power supply input (+1 and -)
• Braking unit connection (+3 and -)
|• DC power supply input (+1 and -)
• Braking unit connection (+3 and -)
|To connect peripheral devices, for example:

• DC power input
• Braking unit
• DC link choke Note:

Remove the jumper between terminals +1 and +2 to connect a DC link choke.| |+3|-|-|• DC power supply input (+1 and -)
• Braking unit connection (+3 and -)
|• DC power supply input (+1 and -)
• Braking unit connection (+3 and -)
|To connect peripheral devices, for example:

• DC power input
• Braking unit
• DC link choke Note:

Remove the jumper between terminals +1 and +2 to connect a DC link choke.| | |• 200 V: D class grounding (ground to 100 Ω or less)
• 400 V: C class grounding (ground to 10 Ω or less)
|• 200 V: D class grounding (ground to 100 Ω or less)
• 400 V: C class grounding (ground to 10 Ω or less)
|• 200 V: D class grounding (ground to 100 Ω or less)
• 400 V: C class grounding (ground to 10 Ω or less)
|• 200 V: D class grounding (ground to 100 Ω or less)
• 400 V: C class grounding (ground to 10 Ω or less)
|To ground the drive.|

Note:

Use terminals B1 and - to connect a CDBR-type control unit to drive models 2004 to 2138 and 4002 to 4168 that have built-in braking transistors.

####### 4.5 Control Circuit Wiring

This section gives information about wiring the control circuit.

◆ Control Circuit Connection Diagram Wire the drive control circuit as shown in Figure 4.16.

| | | | |---|---|---| | | | | | | | | | | | |

| | | |---|---| | | |

Mechanical&ElectricalInstallation

Page 604

Page 605

|Type|Terminal|Name (Default)|Function (Signal Level)| |---|---|---|---| |Digital Inputs|S1|MFDI selection 1 (ON: Forward run OFF: Stop)|• Photocoupler
• 24 V, 6 mA Note: Install the wire jumpers between terminals SC-SP and SC-SN to set the MFDI power supply (sinking/sourcing mode or internal/external power supply).
• Sinking Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SP.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SN. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• Sourcing Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SN.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SP. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• External power supply: No jumper necessary between terminals SC-SN and terminals SC-SP.
| |Digital Inputs|S2|MFDI selection 2 (ON: Reverse run OFF: Stop)|• Photocoupler
• 24 V, 6 mA Note: Install the wire jumpers between terminals SC-SP and SC-SN to set the MFDI power supply (sinking/sourcing mode or internal/external power supply).
• Sinking Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SP.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SN. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• Sourcing Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SN.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SP. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• External power supply: No jumper necessary between terminals SC-SN and terminals SC-SP.
| |Digital Inputs|S3|MFDI selection 3 (External fault (N.O.))|• Photocoupler
• 24 V, 6 mA Note: Install the wire jumpers between terminals SC-SP and SC-SN to set the MFDI power supply (sinking/sourcing mode or internal/external power supply).
• Sinking Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SP.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SN. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• Sourcing Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SN.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SP. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• External power supply: No jumper necessary between terminals SC-SN and terminals SC-SP.
| |Digital Inputs|S4|MFDI selection 4 (Fault reset)|• Photocoupler
• 24 V, 6 mA Note: Install the wire jumpers between terminals SC-SP and SC-SN to set the MFDI power supply (sinking/sourcing mode or internal/external power supply).
• Sinking Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SP.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SN. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• Sourcing Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SN.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SP. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• External power supply: No jumper necessary between terminals SC-SN and terminals SC-SP.
| |Digital Inputs|S5|MFDI selection 5 (Multi-step speed reference 1)|• Photocoupler
• 24 V, 6 mA Note: Install the wire jumpers between terminals SC-SP and SC-SN to set the MFDI power supply (sinking/sourcing mode or internal/external power supply).
• Sinking Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SP.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SN. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• Sourcing Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SN.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SP. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• External power supply: No jumper necessary between terminals SC-SN and terminals SC-SP.
| |Digital Inputs|S6|MFDI selection 6 (Multi-step speed reference 2)|• Photocoupler
• 24 V, 6 mA Note: Install the wire jumpers between terminals SC-SP and SC-SN to set the MFDI power supply (sinking/sourcing mode or internal/external power supply).
• Sinking Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SP.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SN. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• Sourcing Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SN.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SP. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• External power supply: No jumper necessary between terminals SC-SN and terminals SC-SP.
| |Digital Inputs|S7|MFDI selection 7 (Jog command)|• Photocoupler
• 24 V, 6 mA Note: Install the wire jumpers between terminals SC-SP and SC-SN to set the MFDI power supply (sinking/sourcing mode or internal/external power supply).
• Sinking Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SP.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SN. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• Sourcing Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SN.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SP. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• External power supply: No jumper necessary between terminals SC-SN and terminals SC-SP.
| |Digital Inputs|S8|MFDI selection 8 (Baseblock command (N.O.))|• Photocoupler
• 24 V, 6 mA Note: Install the wire jumpers between terminals SC-SP and SC-SN to set the MFDI power supply (sinking/sourcing mode or internal/external power supply).
• Sinking Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SP.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SN. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• Sourcing Mode: Install a jumper between terminals SC and SN.

NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SC and SP. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.

• External power supply: No jumper necessary between terminals SC-SN and terminals SC-SP.
| |Digital Inputs|SN|MFDI power supply 0 V|MFDI power supply, 24 V (maximum 150 mA) NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SP and SN. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.| |Digital Inputs|SC|MFDI selection common|MFDI power supply, 24 V (maximum 150 mA) NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SP and SN. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.| |Digital Inputs|SP|MFDI power supply +24 Vdc|MFDI power supply, 24 V (maximum 150 mA) NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals SP and SN. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.| |Safe Disable Input|H1|Safe Disable input 1|Remove the jumper between terminals H1-HC and H2-HC to use the Safe Disable input.

• 24 V, 6 mA
• ON: Normal operation
• OFF: Coasting motor
• Internal impedance 4.7 kΩ
• OFF Minimum OFF time of 2 ms.
| |Safe Disable Input|H2|Safe Disable input 2|Remove the jumper between terminals H1-HC and H2-HC to use the Safe Disable input.

• 24 V, 6 mA
• ON: Normal operation
• OFF: Coasting motor
• Internal impedance 4.7 kΩ
• OFF Minimum OFF time of 2 ms.
| |Safe Disable Input|HC|Safe Disable function common|Safe Disable function common NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals HC and SN. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive.| |Master Frequency Reference|RP|Master frequency reference pulse train input (Master frequency reference)|• Response frequency: 0 Hz to 32 kHz
• H level duty: 30% to 70%
• H level voltage: 3.5 V to 13.2 V
• L level voltage: 0.0 V to 0.8 V
• Input impedance: 3 kΩ
| |Master Frequency Reference|+V|Power supply for frequency setting|10.5 V (allowable current 20 mA maximum)| |Master Frequency Reference|-V|Power supply for frequency setting|-10.5 V (allowable current 20 mA maximum)| |Master Frequency Reference|A1|MFAI1 (Master frequency reference)|Voltage input or current input

Select terminal A1 with DIP switch S1-1 and H3-01 [Terminal A1 Signal Level Select].
Select terminal A2 with DIP switch S1-2 and H3-09 [Terminal A2 Signal Level Select]

• -10 V to +10 V/-100% to +100% (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
• 0 V to 10 V/100% (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
• 4 mA to 20 mA/100%, 0 mA to 20 mA/100% (input impedance: 250 Ω)
| |Master Frequency Reference|A2|MFAI2 (Combined to terminal A1)|Voltage input or current input

Select terminal A1 with DIP switch S1-1 and H3-01 [Terminal A1 Signal Level Select].
Select terminal A2 with DIP switch S1-2 and H3-09 [Terminal A2 Signal Level Select]

• -10 V to +10 V/-100% to +100% (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
• 0 V to 10 V/100% (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
• 4 mA to 20 mA/100%, 0 mA to 20 mA/100% (input impedance: 250 Ω)
| |Master Frequency Reference|A3|MFAI3/PTC input (Auxiliary frequency reference)|• Voltage input or current input Select using DIP switch S1-3 and H3-05 [Terminal A3 Signal Level Select].

– -10 V to +10 V/-100% to +100% (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
– 0 V to 10 V/100% (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
– 4 mA to 20 mA/100%, 0 mA to 20 mA/100% (input impedance: 250 Ω)

• PTC input (Motor Overheat Protection) Set DIP switch S4 to “PTC” and set DIP switch S1-3 to “V” to set terminal A3 for PTC input.
| |Master Frequency Reference|AC|Frequency reference common|0 V| |Master Frequency Reference|E (G)|Connecting shielded cable|-|

Mechanical&ElectricalInstallation

■ Output Terminals Refer to Table 4.4 and Table 4.5 for a list of output terminals and functions.

Table 4.4 Control Circuit Output Terminals

|Type|Terminal|Name (Default)|Function (Signal Level)| |---|---|---|---| |Fault Relay Output|MA|N.O. output (Fault)|• Relay output
• 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A
• 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
• Minimum load: 5 V, 10 mA (Reference value)
| |Fault Relay Output|MB|N.C. output (Fault)|• Relay output
• 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A
• 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
• Minimum load: 5 V, 10 mA (Reference value)
| |Fault Relay Output|MC|Digital output common|• Relay output
• 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A
• 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
• Minimum load: 5 V, 10 mA (Reference value)
| |MFDO|M1|MFDO (During Run)|• Relay output
• 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A
• 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
• Minimum load: 5 V, 10 mA (Reference value) Note:

Do not set functions that frequently switch ON/OFF to MFDO (M1 to M6) because this will decrease the performance life of the relay contacts. Yaskawa estimates switching life at 200,000 times (assumes 1 A, resistive load).| |MFDO|M2|MFDO (During Run)|• Relay output
• 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A
• 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
• Minimum load: 5 V, 10 mA (Reference value) Note:

Do not set functions that frequently switch ON/OFF to MFDO (M1 to M6) because this will decrease the performance life of the relay contacts. Yaskawa estimates switching life at 200,000 times (assumes 1 A, resistive load).| |MFDO|M3|MFDO (Zero Speed)|• Relay output
• 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A
• 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
• Minimum load: 5 V, 10 mA (Reference value) Note:

Do not set functions that frequently switch ON/OFF to MFDO (M1 to M6) because this will decrease the performance life of the relay contacts. Yaskawa estimates switching life at 200,000 times (assumes 1 A, resistive load).| |MFDO|M4|MFDO (Zero Speed)|• Relay output
• 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A
• 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
• Minimum load: 5 V, 10 mA (Reference value) Note:

Do not set functions that frequently switch ON/OFF to MFDO (M1 to M6) because this will decrease the performance life of the relay contacts. Yaskawa estimates switching life at 200,000 times (assumes 1 A, resistive load).| |MFDO|M5|MFDO (Speed Agree 1)|• Relay output
• 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A
• 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
• Minimum load: 5 V, 10 mA (Reference value) Note:

Do not set functions that frequently switch ON/OFF to MFDO (M1 to M6) because this will decrease the performance life of the relay contacts. Yaskawa estimates switching life at 200,000 times (assumes 1 A, resistive load).|

Page 606

|MFDO|M6|MFDO (Speed Agree 1)|• Relay output
• 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A
• 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
• Minimum load: 5 V, 10 mA (Reference value) Note:

Do not set functions that frequently switch ON/OFF to MFDO (M1 to M6) because this will decrease the performance life of the relay contacts. Yaskawa estimates switching life at 200,000 times (assumes 1 A, resistive load).|

Table 4.5 Control Circuit Monitor Output Terminals

|Type|Terminal|Name (Default)|Function (Signal Level)| |---|---|---|---| |Monitor Output|MP|Pulse train output (Output frequency)|32 kHz (maximum) Refer to “Pulse Train Output” on page 632 for more information.| |Monitor Output|FM|Analog monitor output 1 (Output frequency)|Select voltage or current output.

• 0 V to 10 V/0% to 100%
• -10 V to +10 V/-100% to +100%
• 4 mA to 20 mA (receiver recommended impedance: 250 Ω) Note:

Select with jumper switch S5 and H4-07 [Terminal FM Signal Level Select] or H4-08 [Terminal AM Signal Level Select].| |Monitor Output|AM|Analog monitor output 2 (Output current)|Select voltage or current output.

• 0 V to 10 V/0% to 100%
• -10 V to +10 V/-100% to +100%
• 4 mA to 20 mA (receiver recommended impedance: 250 Ω) Note:

Select with jumper switch S5 and H4-07 [Terminal FM Signal Level Select] or H4-08 [Terminal AM Signal Level Select].| |Monitor Output|AC|Monitor common|0 V|

■ External Power Supply Input Terminals Refer to Table 4.6 for a list of the functions of the external power supply input terminals.

Table 4.6 External Power Supply Input Terminals

■ Serial Communication Terminals Refer to Table 4.7 for a list of serial communication terminals and functions.

|Type|Terminal|Name (Default)|Function| |---|---|---|---| |External Power Supply Input Terminals|PS|External 24 V power supply input|Supplies backup power to the drive control circuit, keypad, and option board. 21.6 VDC to 26.4 VDC, 700 mA| |External Power Supply Input Terminals|AC|External 24 V power supply ground|0 V|

Table 4.7 Serial Communication Terminals

|Type|Terminal|Terminal Name|Function (Signal Level)|Function (Signal Level)| |---|---|---|---|---| |Modbus Communication|D+|Communication input/output (+)|MEMOBUS/Modbus communications Use an RS-485 cable to connect the drive.

Note:

Set DIP switch S2 to ON to enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS/Modbus network.|• RS-485
• MEMOBUS/Modbus communication protocol
• Maximum 115.2 kbps
| |Modbus Communication|D-|Communication output (-)|MEMOBUS/Modbus communications Use an RS-485 cable to connect the drive.

Note:

Set DIP switch S2 to ON to enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS/Modbus network.|• RS-485
• MEMOBUS/Modbus communication protocol
• Maximum 115.2 kbps
| |Modbus Communication|AC|Signal ground|0 V|0 V|

◆ Control Circuit Terminal Configuration The control circuit terminals are in the positions shown in Figure 4.17.

| | | |---|---| | | |

Page 607

Page 608

Page 609

Page 610

Page 611

Page 612

Page 613

Page 614

Page 615

Page 616

Page 617

Page 618

Page 619

Page 620

Page 621

Page 622

Page 623

Page 624

Page 625

Page 626

Page 627

Page 628

Page 629

Page 630

Page 631

Page 632

Index

Numerics 24 V power supply

Power supply input terminals.....................................626

A Acceleration and deceleration times

Switching by external input.......................................247 Switching by output frequency ...................................248 Switcing by Motor 2 Selection commands......................248

Acceleration time

Parameter ............................................................247 Unit of measurement setting ......................................250

Adjustment of control functionality ..................................600 AFR

Parameter ............................................................486 ALM indicator.....................................................543, 546 ALM/ERR

LED status...........................................................549 Ambient Temperature Setting

Parameter ............................................................478 Analog gauge

Monitors .............................................................557 Analog input

Function selection for terminals A1 through A3 ...............405 Analog Output

Gain/Bias Adjustment .............................................419 Monitor Parameter Selection......................................419 Signal Level Selection .............................................419 Terminal AM Monitor Selection .................................421 Terminal FM Monitor Selection..................................420

Application Preset.......................................................179 ASR

Closed Loop V/f Control adjustment procedure ...............261 Fine tuning ..........................................................263 Parameter ............................................................260 Vector Control Adjustment Procedure...........................261

ASR tuning...............................................................593 Precautions ..........................................................597

Auto-Tuning .............................................................589 ASR and Inertia Tuning Parameters .............................538 ASR tuning..........................................................593 Induction Motor ....................................................589 Induction Motor Parameters ......................................532 Inertia Tuning .......................................................593 PM Motor Parameters..............................................535 PM Motors ..........................................................590 Precautions ..........................................................595 Precautions to Note before ASR Tuning ........................597 Precautions to Note before Inertia Tuning ......................597 Procedure ............................................................574 Rotational Auto-Tuning Precautions.............................596 Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance

precautions....................................................597 Stationary Auto-Tuning Precautions.............................596 Stator resistance Auto-Tuning precautions......................597

B Backlight

Timing of shut-off..................................................585 Backup

Page 633

Parameters (drive to keypad) .....................................566 Backup function.........................................................522 Bar graph

Monitors .............................................................555 Base frequency

Parameter ............................................................302 Base Frequency

Motor 2 Parameters ................................................307 Base voltage

Motor 2 parameters.................................................308 Parameter ............................................................303

Bi-Directional function.................................................287 Braking Resistor

Protective function .................................................475 bUS

Detection condition settings.......................................345 Detection conditions ...............................................341 Operation Selection after Detection..............................340

C Capacitor Maintenance Setting........................................524 Carrier frequency

Diminish.............................................................480 Parameter ............................................................269

CE

Detection Selection.................................................424 Detection Time......................................................424 Operation Selection after Detection..............................423

Checklist

Test run ..............................................................607 Communication option

Parameter ............................................................335 Connecting multiple drives ............................................336 Control circuit terminals

Configuration of terminal block..................................626 I/O terminals function selection switches .......................631 Terminal functions .................................................624 Wire gauge ..........................................................627 Wiring................................................................623 Wiring procedure for terminal block.............................628

Control method

Selection .............................................................176 Cooling Fan

Activation Conditions Setting ....................................477 Off Delay Timer ....................................................478

Crimp ferrule ............................................................627 Cumulative Operation TimeSetting...................................523 Current Detection Speed Search ...................................... 211

############## D

Page 634

Page 635

Page 636

Derating..............................................................480 Firmware update lock...................................................192 Freq Ref Setting Method Select.......................................520 Freq reference bias

Parameter ............................................................287 Frequency Agreement

Parameter ............................................................462 Frequency reference

Command source correlation diagram...........................274 LOCAL/REMOTE Run selection..........................194, 274 Making changes using keypad....................................551 Offset frequency addition .........................................293 Switching between LOCAL/REMOTE .............194, 203, 274 Upper and lower frequency limits................................280

Frequency reference bias

Parameter ............................................................282 Frequency reference hold function

Parameter ......................................................282, 287

G Gateway mode...........................................................336 GF

Protective function .................................................477 Ground Fault Detection

Protective function .................................................477

H HCA

Alarm Settings ......................................................481 High-Slip Braking

Parameter ............................................................487 HOME screen............................................................551 Horsepower ..............................................................517

I IGBT Maintenance Setting ............................................524 Induction Motor

Auto-Tuning.........................................................589 Inertia Tuning............................................................593

Precautions ..........................................................597 Input Phase Detection

Protective function .................................................476 Input voltage

Parameter ............................................................296 Installation

Front cover ..........................................................612 Terminal cover......................................................612

Internal Drive Braking Transistor Protective function .................................................482

J Jog command ............................................................280 Jog operation.............................................................551 JOG operation ...........................................................551 Jump frequency

Page 637

Parameter ............................................................281 Jumper switch ...........................................................631

K KEB ride-thru function

Compensation Time................................................448 Operation during momentary power loss........................447 Parameter ............................................................441

KEB Ride-Thru Function

KEB Method Selection ............................................451 Single Drive KEB Method ........................................451 System KEB Method...............................................451

Keypad

Backlight setting....................................................585 Data log setting .....................................................583 Display drive information .........................................586 Display software version ..........................................586 HOME screen.......................................................551 Language selection...........................................175, 576 Meaning of indicators..............................................543 Method of operation................................................543 Set date and time ...................................................577 Set time ..............................................................577 Setup Wizard........................................................579 Start/stop data logging .............................................582

Keypad Display .........................................................510 Keypad Display Selection.............................................. 511 Keypad Operation.......................................................517 Keypad-related settings.................................................510 kWh Monitor Initialization ............................................525

L Language selection......................................................175

Procedure ............................................................576 LCD contrast adjustment...............................................513 LED Light Function Selection ........................................521 LED status ring

ALM/ERR...........................................................549 Ready.................................................................549 RUN..................................................................549

LF

Protective function .................................................477 LF2

Protection Functions ...............................................479 Load Inertia Ratio

Parameter ............................................................460 LO/RE Key Function Selection .......................................517 LOCAL/REMOTE indicator ....................................543, 546 LSo

Protective function .................................................483

M Main circuit terminals

Wiring................................................................621 Main menu

Display procedure ..................................................551 Maintenance Period.....................................................523 Maximum Output Frequency

Motor 2 Parameters ................................................306

Page 638

Page 639

Motor 2 Parameters ................................................307 Induction Motor

Motor Parameters...................................................303 Minimum Output Voltage

Motor 2 Parameters ................................................307 Parameter ............................................................302

Momentary Power Loss

KEB Compensation Time .........................................448 Monitors

Data log setting ...............................................583–584 Display analog gauge ..............................................557 Display bar graph...................................................555 Display procedure ..................................................552 Set custom monitors................................................553 Show custom monitors.............................................554 Start/stop data logging.............................................582 Trend Plot Display .................................................558

Motor

Change direction of motor rotation ..............................551 Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Thermistor ..........435 Wiring................................................................621

Motor 2

Base Frequency.....................................................307 Base voltage.........................................................308 Control mode settings..............................................306 Leakage Inductance ................................................309 Line-to-Line Resistance ...........................................309 Maximum Output Frequency .....................................306 Maximum Output Voltage.........................................307 Mid point B frequency.............................................307 Mid point B voltage................................................308 Middle Output Frequency .........................................307 Middle Output Frequency Voltage ...............................307 Minimum Output Frequency......................................307 Minimum Output Voltage .........................................307 Motor Iron Loss.....................................................310

Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1.......................310

Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2.......................310 Motor rated power (kW)...........................................310 No-load Current ....................................................309 Number of motor poles ............................................309 Rated current........................................................308 Rated Slip............................................................308

V/f Pattern...........................................................306 Motor Code Selection .................................................. 311 Motor Overheating

Operation During Detection of Alarms..........................440 Operation During Detection of Faults (PTC Input)............440

Motor Overload

Electric Thermal Protection Operation Time ...................439 Protection Functions ...............................................436

Motor parameters

Motor 2 ..............................................................308 Motor 2 Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 ....................310 Motor 2 Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 ....................310 Motor 2 No-load Current..........................................309 Motor 2 number of motor poles ..................................309 Motor 2 rated Current..............................................308 Motor 2 rated power (kW) ........................................310

Motor Parameters .................................................295, 303 Motor 2 Iron Loss ..................................................310 Motor 2 Leakage Inductance......................................309 Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance.................................309 Motor 2 Rated Slip .................................................308

Motor parameters (induction motors) ................................303 Leakage Inductance ................................................305 Line-to-Line Resistance ...........................................304 Motor Iron Loss.....................................................305 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1.......................305 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2.......................305 Motor rated power (kW)...........................................305 No-load Current ....................................................304 Number of motor poles ............................................304 Rated current........................................................303 Rated Slip............................................................303

Motor Power Unit Selection...........................................517 MotorDirect@PowUpWhenUsingKeypad ..........................520 Multi-step speed operation.............................................274

Page 640

Setting procedure...................................................274

N NumOfRunCommands Counter Initial...............................525

O oC

Overcurrent Detection Gain.......................................479 Off-Delay Timer.........................................................220 Offset frequency

Parameter ............................................................293 oH

Alarm Settings ......................................................475

oH2 Alarm Settings ......................................................475

oH3 Operation During Detection of Alarms..........................440

oH4 Operation During Detection of Faults (PTC Input)............440

oL2

Protective function .................................................478 On-Delay Timer .........................................................220 Ope Select @Keypad is Disconnect..................................520 Operation During Momentary Power Loss

KEB ride-thru function ............................................441 Operation method selection .......................................447 Parameter ............................................................447 Speed Search function .............................................210

Option card

Parameter ............................................................316 oS

Detection level......................................................319 Detection time ......................................................319 Operation Select at Overspeed....................................317

Output Phase Loss Detection

Protective function .................................................477 Overexcitation deceleration

Parameter ............................................................488 Overtorque detection

Parameter ............................................................466

P Parameter

Access Level Selection ............................................175 Automatic selection ................................................193 Backup (drive to keypad)..........................................566 Changing setting values ...........................................563 Checking modified parameters ...................................570 Checking user custom parameters................................564 Delete Backed-up Parameters.....................................569 Restore (Auto Backup) ............................................587 Restore (keypad to drive)..........................................567 Restoring default settings..........................................572 User-set ..............................................................193 Verify (keypad and drive) .........................................568

Password

Page 641

Setting................................................................179 Verification..........................................................179

PC

Connection procedure..............................................636 PF

Protective function .................................................476 PGo

Detection time ......................................................320 Operation Selection after Detection..............................317

PGoH Detection level......................................................323

Level detection (PG1)..............................................321

Level detection (PG2)..............................................322

Phase Order Selection ..................................................203 PID control...............................................................222

control block diagram..............................................224 Feedback value input...............................................223 fine tuning ...........................................................225 Parameter ............................................................227 PID feedback loss detection.......................................224 PID Sleep............................................................225 Setpoint input .......................................................223

PM motor parameters

d-Axis inductance ..................................................312 Encoder Z pulse offset.............................................313

Induced voltage constant 1........................................312

Induced voltage constant 2........................................313 Motor rated current................................................. 311 Motor rated power.................................................. 311 Number of motor poles ............................................ 311 q-Axis inductance ..................................................312 Stator resistance ....................................................312

PM Motor Parameters ..................................................310 PM Motors

Auto-Tuning.........................................................590 Fine Adjustment ....................................................499

Motor Code Selection.............................................. 311 Motor Parameters...................................................310

Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Thermistor...............435 Protection Functions

DC bus undervoltage...............................................449 Drive Overheating..................................................475 LF2 ...................................................................479 Motor Overload.....................................................436 oC.....................................................................479 oH2 ...................................................................475 Overcurrent..........................................................479 Uv1 ...................................................................449

Protective function

Desynchronization..................................................483 Drive Overheating..................................................475 GF ....................................................................477 Ground Fault Detection............................................477 HCA..................................................................481 Input Phase Detection..............................................476 Internal Drive Braking Transistor ................................482 LF.....................................................................477 Low Speed Desynchronization ...................................483 LSo ...................................................................483 Motor Overheating .................................................440 Motor Overheating (PTC Input)..................................440 oH.....................................................................475 oH3 ...................................................................440 oH4 ...................................................................440 oL2 ...................................................................478 Output Current Overload ..........................................481 Output Phase Loss Detection .....................................477 Overload .............................................................478 PF.....................................................................476 rr ......................................................................482 Software Current Limit Selection ................................478

Page 642

Page 643

Page 644

Yaskawa Ga800 Variable Speed Drive

Ask AI

Common Questions

Full Manual

More from Yaskawa

Similar Unknown

Yaskawa Ga800 Variable Speed Drive

Ask AI

Common Questions

Full Manual

Table of Contents

i

Preface and General Precautions

1

Parameter List

2

Parameter Details

3

Keypad Use and Test Run

4

Mechanical & Electrical Installation

Index

More from Yaskawa

Similar Unknown